( PDF ) Miados e rugidos: as denominações dos felinos em Bantu

Carmita Gomez Flores

MIADOS E RUGIDOS :

AS DENOMINAÇÕES DOS FELINOS EM BANTU

UNIR

Campus de Guajará-Mirim

Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ciências da Linguagem

2009

ads:

Livros Grátis

http://www.livrosgratis.com.br

Milhares de livros grátis para download.

Carmita Gomez Flores

MIADOS E RUGIDOS :

AS DENOMINAÇÕES DOS FELINOS EM BANTU

Dissertação apresentada ao

Programa de Pós-Graduação em

Linguística “Stricto Sensu”,

como requisito para a obtenção

do título de Mestre em Ciências

da Linguagem, área de

Concentração Etnolinguística

Africanista, da Universidade

Federal de Rondônia, Campus

de Guajará-Mirim, sob a

orientação do Prof. Pós-Dr.

Jean-Pierre Angenot.

UNIR

Campus de Guajará-Mirim

Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ciências da Linguagem

2009

Ficha Catalográfica

FLORES, Camita Gomez

Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos

em Bantu / Carmita Gomez Flores. − Guajará-Mirim /

RO - 2009.

Orientador : Prof. Pós-Dr. Jean-Pierre Angenot.

Dissertação (Mestrado) em Ciências da Linguagem.

Área de concentração: Etnolinguística Africanista.

Universidade Federal de Rondônia / UNIR, Campus

de Guajará-Mirim.

1. Bantu. 2. Etimologia. 3. Cognato. 4. Zoonímia. I.

Angenot, Jean-Pierre. II. Universidade Federal de

Rondônia, Campus de Guajará-Mirim. III. Título.

III

Esta dissertação foi julgada suficiente como um dos requisitos para a obtenção do

título de Mestre em Ciências da Linguagem, área de Concentração Etnolinguística

Africanista, e aprovada em sua forma final pelo Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ciências da

Linguagem da Universidade Federal de Rondônia, Campus de Guajará-Mirim.

Guajará-Mirim, 2 de março de 2009.

________________________________

Prof. Pós-Dr. Jean-Pierre Angenot

Coordenador do Programa de Mestrado

em Ciências da Linguagem

______________________________________

Prof

a

. Pós-Dr

a

. Geralda de Lima Angenot

Vice-Coordenadora do Programa de Mestrado

em Ciências da Linguagem

BANCA EXAMINADORA

____________________________

Prof. Pós-Dr. Jean-Pierre Angenot

Orientador e Presidente da Banca

____________________________________

Prof

a

. Pós-Dr

a

. Geralda de Lima V. Angenot

Examinadora

_____________________________________

Prof. Pós-Dr. Daniel Mutombo Huta-Mukana

Examinador Externo

IV

Para

Jean-Pierre Angenot,

Catherine Bárbara Kempf,

Beatriz Mercado Bazan

e Petronila Gomez Arce;

eternos mestres.

V

AGRADECIMENTOS

Nas trilhas da Etnolinguística Africanista fazer estudos da língua Bantu é constatar

que ela pertence a uma enorme família de línguas da África. Isso exige atenção e dedicação, a

fim de se realizar um bom trabalho. Embora se faça leituras e releituras de livros, não é o

suficiente para escrever uma dissertação individualmente. Precisa-se de alguém para que

possa direcionar os estudos. Diante desse desafio meus agradecimentos:

ao meu orientador Prof. Pós-Dr. Jean-Pierre Angenot, pelo incentivo à pesquisa

científica, considerada de extrema relevância à vida acadêmica; pela confiança constante

depositada na minha pessoa; pela orientação, que sem medir esforços esteve pronto para

compartilhar seus conhecimentos; pela determinação de criar um Mestrado em Guajará-

Mirim;

à Profª. Pós-Drª. Geralda de Lima Vitor Angenot, pelo estímulo para a concretização

deste trabalho;

ao Prof. Pós-Dr. Daniel Mutombo Huta Mukana, pela sua brilhante colaboração ao

curso do Mestrado;

aos demais professores do Programa de Mestrado em Ciências da Linguagem;

aos alunos do curso de Letras de 2003, da Universidade Federal de Rondônia-

UNIR/Campus de Guajará-Mirim, Ana Cristina Martins Amaecing, Margareth de Souza

Lima, Luciana Alves Lessa Abichabki, Gomercindo Zamarchi Filho e Marcelo Monaco, pelo

incentivo que me deram para eu continuar estudando.

ao Geovany Gomez Mafra, Ailton Soares Gomez, Alex Ferreira Gomes, Marcelo

Gomes Cardoso, Danisia Flores Gomez, Denis Gomes Rodrigues, Neidson Gomes Mauro,

Osman Flores Gomez, pelo apoio nas atividades de pesquisa.

RESUMO VI

Apresentar-se-à a identificação e a interpretação de algumas das diversas

denominações competitivas atestadas no domínio bantu (mais de 500 línguas) para designar

os principais representantes das nove classes de felinos (lince caracal, gato doméstico e gatos

selvagens, guepardo, leão, leopardo, serval) e pseudo-felinos (civetas e genetas) africanos.

Tal levantamento não resultou de pesquisas de campo na África mas de buscas bibliográficas

no acervo sobre línguas bantu (2.996 títulos, entre dicionários, léxicos, gramáticas e artigos).

Esse acervo foi disponibilizado, pelo prof. J.-P. Angenot, para o Programa de Mestrado em

Ciências da Linguagem. Constatou-se que os maiores agrupamentos de aparentes cognatos

correspondiam a agrupamentos de reflexos dos dez étimos que foram reconstruídos em Proto-

bantu (Meeussen, 1969) para denominar felinos africanos. Os dados lexicais coletados neste

estudo levam a uma reavaliação do número de regiões e das zonas nas quais se distribui cada

um dos étimos acima mencionados (cf. Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg, 2003).

Afloraram também alguns conjuntos inéditos de cognatos, relativamente bem documentados,

que propiciarão tentativas de reconstruções de proto-lexemas, com diversos graus de

profundidade histórica, a níveis regionais, zonais e grupais. Enfim apresenta-se em paralelo

os mapas de distribuições geográficas dos habitats dos felinos dentro dos limites da área

bantu e das regiões e zonas linguísticas em línguas das quais são atestadas denominações

desses felinos.

Palavras Chave: Bantu. Etimologia. Cognato. Zoonímia.

RÉSUMÉ

VII

Ce travail a pour objetif l’identification et l’interprétation de quelques unes des

diverses dénominations attestées dans le domaine bantu (plus de cinq cents langues) pour

désigner les neuf classes de félins (lion, léopard, guépard, linx caracal, serval, chat sauvage et

chat domestique) et de pseudo-félins (civette et genette) africains. Cependant, il ne s’agit pas

ici du fruit d’ enquêtes sur le terrain en Afrique, mais de recherches bibliographiques

effectuées dans la collection d’ouvrages sur les langues bantu (2996 titres, composées de

dictionnaires, de lexiques, de grammaires e d’articles). Cette collection d’ouvrages que le

Professeur Jean-Pierre Angenot à mis à la disposition du Mestrado (Master) em Ciências da

Linguagem de l’Université Fédérale de Rondônia (Brésil). Il apparaît que les regroupements

de cognats apparents les plus nombreux correspondent aux regroupements des réflexes des

dix éthymons qui ont été reconstruits em proto-bantu (Meeussen, 1969) pour désigner les

félins africains. Les données lexicales collectées dans cette étude suggèrent une ré-évaluation

du nombre de regions et de zones dans lesquelles sont distribués chacun des étimons sus-

mentionnés (cf. Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg, 2003). Sont apparus également

quelques ensembles inédits de cognats, relativement bien documentés, pouvant donner lieu à

des tentatives de reconstruction de proto-lexèmes, à divers degré de profondeur historique, à

niveau regional, zonal e grupal. Dans le dernier chapitre sont presentés em parallèle les

données collectées.

Mots Clés: Bantu. Étymons. Cognats. Zoonimie.

LISTA DE ABREVIATURAS E CONVENÇÕES

VII

PB Proto-bantu

Esp Espécie

Cf Confere

HL Tom alto baixo

HH Tom alto alto

LL Tom baixo baixo

LH Tom baixo alto

[ ] Realização fonética

? Indica dúvida quanto à classe do plural

* Forma reconstruída do proto-bantu

# Limite de morfema

SUMÁRIO

IX

FOLHA DE APROVAÇÃO........................................................................................ III

DEDICATÓRIA ......................................................................................................... IV

AGRADECIMENTOS ................................................................................................ V

RESUMO..................................................................................................................... VI

RÉSUMÉ..................................................................................................................... VII

LISTA DE ABREVIATURAS E CONVENÇÔES ................................................... VIII

SUMÁRIO ................................................................................................................. IX

INTRODUÇÃO.......................................................................................................... 13

METODOLOGIA ...................................................................................................... 14

CAPÍTULO 1 − Prolegômenos: Teóricos e Classificatórios ....................................

15

1.1. Delimitação do estudo .................................................................................. 16

1.2. Por que "bantu"? ........................................................................................... 16

1.3. Classificação externa das línguas bantu (Greenberg, 1955) ......................... 16

1.4. Classificação interna das línguas bantu (Guthrie, 1948) .............................. 18

1.4.1. Critérios classificatórios de Guthrie.................................................... 18

1.4.2. Metodologia da classificação tipológica de Guthrie........................... 18

1.4.3. Bantu stricto sensu versus bantu lato sensu . ..................................... 22

CAPÍTULO 2 − As denominações dos felinos em bantu: Ilustrações e ...................

distribuições.

23

CAPÍTULO 3 − Inventário das denominações com a classificação referencial de ...

Guthrie

41

3.1. Zona A ..................................................................................................... 42

3.2. Zona B ..................................................................................................... 46

3.3. Zona C .................................................................................................... 49

3.4. Zona D .................................................................................................... 52

3.5. Zona E .................................................................................................... 54

3.6. Zona F ..................................................................................................... 58

3.7. Zona G .................................................................................................... 60

3.8. Zona H .................................................................................................... 65

3.9. Zona J ...................................................................................................... 69

3.10. Zona K .................................................................................................... 73

3.11. Zona L .................................................................................................... 77

3.12. Zona M ................................................................................................ 79

3.13. Zona N ................................................................................................. 83

3.14. Zona P .................................................................................................. 86

3.15. Zona R ................................................................................................. 89

3.16. Zona S .................................................................................................. 91

CAPÍTULO 4 − Classificação semântica dos zoônimos ......................................

96

4.1. Linces

Felis caracal; Felis caligata Temminck .............................

97

4.2. Civeta

Civettictis civetta .................................................................

98

4.3. Gato (doméstico

Felis felis .............................................................................

ou selvagem)

101

4.4. Gatos selvagens

Felis lybica; Felis nigripes; Felis silvestris cafra; Profelis....

aurata

112

4.5. Geneta

Genetta genetta.; Genetta angolensis; Genetta cristata; .....

Genetta victoriae; Genetta rubiginosa; Genetta servalina;

Genetta tigrina

114

4.6. Guepardo

Acinonyx jubatus ...................................................................

117

4.7. Leão

Panthera leo ..........................................................................

119

4.8. Leopardo

Panthera pardus ....................................................................

129

4.9. Serval

Leptailurus serval ..................................................................

140

CAPÍTULO 5 − Conjuntos de cognatos ..................................................................

141

5.1.Reflexos de étimos proto-bantu reconstruídos (A. E. Meeussen, 1969) ...... 142

5.1.1. *d

Z

I› # n−pa@ka› 9/10

gato doméstico; gato selvagem ....................

142

5.1.2. *d

Z

I› # n−t

S

i@

m

ba@ 9/10

gato selvagem; civeta; geneta;leão;leopardo..

*d

Z

U› # n−t

S

i@

m

ba@ 1n/2

geneta

*dI@ # i›−t

S

i@

m

ba@ 5/6

leão

*dI@ # i›−t

S

i@

m

ba@ 5/6

leão

*d

Z

I # n−ti@

m

ba› 9/10

leopardo

145

5.1.3. *d

Z

I› # n−t

S

U@bi› 9/10

leopardo .......................................................

7/8

leopardo

149

5.1.4. *d

Z

I› # n−go›i› 9/10 l

eopardo .......................................................

151

5.1.5. *d

Z

I› # n−ta

m

boi 9/10

leão ...............................................................

155

5.1.6. *d

Z

I› # n−ko@t

S

I› 9/10 l

eão ...............................................................

157

5.1.7. *d

Z

I› # n−kopI 9/10

leopardo; leão ..............................................

158

5.1.8. *d

Z

I› # n−d

Z

U›di› 9/10

serval .............................................................

159

5.1.9. *d

Z

I› # n−tu

N

go 9/10

civeta ou gato-de-algália .............................

161

5.1.10. *dI@ # i›−d

Z

o@bo› 5/

6 civeta ou gato-de-algália ..............................

163

5.2. Reflexos de étimos não reconstruídos regionais, zonais ou grupais .......... 164

5.2.1. "¯au"

gato ....................................................................................

164

5.2.2. "−bisi"

gato ....................................................................................

166

5.2.3 "−sama"

leão ....................................................................................

167

5.2.4. "−kalamu"

leão ....................................................................................

168

. 5.2.5. "−Si

N

gi"

gato ....................................................................................

169

5.2.6. "−kodi"

civeta .................................................................................

170

5.2.7. "−ke

N

ge"

civeta .................................................................................

171

5.2.8. "−po

n

do"

leão ....................................................................................

172

5.2.9. "−tare"

leão ...................................................................................

173

5.3. Vestígios de zoônimos de origem bantu identificados em português..........

brasileiro

174

5.4.1. angüê [

a)

N

»gWe

]

onça ou jaguar .............................

......

174

5.4.2. orossimba [ oRo»si)

m

bå ]

gato ....................................................

174

5.4.3. carofimba [ kaRo»i)

m

bå ]

gato ....................................................

174

5.4.4. cariengue [ ka»RJe)

N

gI ]

gato .....................................................

174

5.4.5. quimpracaca [ ki)

m

pRa»kakå ]

gato ....................................................

174

5.4. Tabelas recapitulativas .............................................................................. 175

5.5. Mapas comparativos .................................................................................. 177

5.5.1. Habitat do Leão e Vocábulos para "leão" em bantu ....................... 177

5.5.1.1. LEÃO 1: *−t

S

i@

m

ba@ .............................................................

178

5.5.1.2. LEÃO 2: *−go›i› .................................................................

179

5.5.1.3. LEÃO 3: *−ta

m

boi ...........................................................

180

5.5.1.4. LEÃO 4: *−ko@t

S

I ...............................................................

181

5.5.1.5. LEÃO 5: "−sama" ............................................................

182

5.5.1.6. LEÃO 6: "−kalamu" ........................................................

183

5.5.1.7. LEÃO 7: "−kodi" .............................................................

184

5.5.1.8. LEÃO 8: "−po

n

do"..............................................................

185

5.5.1.9. LEÃO 9: "−tare" ...............................................................

186

CONCLUSÃO .......................................................................................................... 187

REFERÊNCIAS DAS OBRAS CONSULTADAS ................................................ 188

13

INTRODUÇÃO

O trabalho visa mostrar os principais representantes das nove classes de felinos

(lince caracal, gato doméstico, gatos selvagens, guepardo, leão, leopardo, serval) e pseudo-

felinos (civetas e genetas) africanos atestados no domínio bantu em mais de 500 línguas.

Foi realizado um levantamento que resultou, não de pesquisas de campo na África,

mas de buscas bibliográficas no acervo sobre línguas bantu (2.996 títulos, entre dicionários,

léxicos, gramáticas e artigos) disponibilizado, pelo Prof. Pós-Dr. Jean-Pierre Angenot, para o

Programa de Mestrado em Ciências da Linguagem. Mas é importante não tomá-lo como “algo

pronto”, “acabado”, falhas a descoberto surgirão e a pesquisa vai denunciá-la. Todavia,

descontadas as imperfeições (as críticas serão aceitas de bom grado), acredita-se ter dado um

passo para trabalhos posteriores na interpretação de outros dados. Espera-se ter dado uma

contribuição efetiva para a compreensão das denominações dos felinos nas línguas bantu.

O trabalho está articulado da seguinte maneira: no primeiro capítulo será apresentado

os prolegômenos teóricos e classificatórios, fazendo uma delimitação do estudo realizado.

Enfatizou-se o porquê “bantu”, e por fim apresentou-se as classificações ora aceitas para as

línguas bantu, ilustradas com mapas para mellhor entendimento.

O segundo capítulo mostra imagens e mapas dos felinos africanos em estudo, bem

como a origem, localização, variação e distribuição.

O terceiro capítulo apresenta o inventário das lexias levantadas conforme a

classificação de Guthrie (o.c.), revista por Maho (oc.). O quarto capítulo propõe uma

classificação semântica dessas mesmas lexias.

O quinto capítulo traz o inventário dos conjuntos de cognatos reconstruídos por

Meeussen em proto-bantu, em seguida os reflexos de étimos não-reconstruidos, assim como

os vestígios de zoônimos de origem bantu atestados no Brasil. Apresenta-se, também, tabelas

recapitulativas de algumas etimologias proto-bantu com sua distribuição dos reflexos atuais

proposta por Bastin, Coupez, Mumba e Schadeberg (2003); uma distribuição atualizada; uma

distribuição de grupos dos referidos reflexos proposto por Flores (2009). Enfim, seguem-se

em paralelo os mapas de distribuições geográficas dos habitats do felino leão dentro dos

limites da área bantu e das regiões e zonas linguísticas em línguas nas quais são atestadas

denominações desse felino.

14

METODOLOGIA

Este trabalho foi elaborado com o objetivo de fornecer dados, o mais relevante e

fiáveis possíveis, ao projeto integrado Os Bantuísmos brasileiros: Levantamento dos

Cognatos e Identificação Etimológica. O projeto articula-se da seguinte forma: uma

primeira etapa consiste em complementar o levantamento de todos os candidatos a

bantuismos atestados no mais diversos falares brasileiros. Atualmente há uma lista prévia

formada por cerca de três mil prováveis bantuismos identificados em pesquisas bibliográficas

realizadas principalmente em bibliotecas especializadas da cidade de Salvador (CEAO-Centro

de Estudos Afro-Orientais da UFBA) e através do acesso à ampla biblioteca pessoal de

propriedade dos professores e pesquisadores do CEPLA.

A segunda etapa consiste em uma análise linguística interna, baseada em critérios

estruturais sincrônicos, fonológicos, morfológicos e semânticos, que permita realizar uma

separação criteriosa dos vocábulos que são candidatos a bantuismos.

A terceira etapa consiste em estabelecer, a partir do significado de cada bantuismo

plausível, um levantamento detalhado do conjunto dos termos cognatos e dos não cognatos de

mesmo conteúdo semântico, que são atestados nas centenas de línguas bantu documentadas.

Na quarta etapa, finalmente, os dados obtidos serão interpretados, classificados e

ponderados em função de critérios como a concentração regional ou, ao contrário, a dispersão

no domínio bantu.

15

CAPÍTULO 1

PROLEGÔMENOS:

TEÓRICOS E CLASSIFICATÓRIOS

16

1.1. DELIMITAÇÃO DO ESTUDO

Restringiu-se o estudo à identificação e interpretação das diversas denominações

competitivas, atestadas no domínio bantu (mais de 500 línguas), para designar os principais

representantes das nove classes de felinos (lince caracal, gato doméstico, gatos selvagens,

guepardo, leão, leopardo e serval) e pseudo-felinos (civetas e genetas) africanos.

Tal levantamento não resultou de pesquisas de campo na África mas de buscas

bibliográficas no acervo sobre línguas bantu (2.996 títulos, entre dicionários, léxicos,

gramáticas e artigos) que o prof. J.-P. Angenot disponibilizou para o Programa de Mestrado

em Ciências da Linguagem.

1.2. POR QUE "BANTU"?

A palavra bantu significa "os humanos". É constituída de um radical nominal −

−−

−

n

tu

"ente" precedido de um prefixo de classe 2 ba−

−−

− que marca o plural e se aplica geralmente aos

seres humanos. Trata-se de uma palavra que é atestada em toda a extensão do domínio da

famíla de línguas africanas com o mesmo nome, não obstante eventuais variações fônicas. O

uso dessa denominação se deve a W. H. J. Bleek (1862).

1.3. CLASSIFICAÇÃO EXTERNA DAS LÍNGUAS BANTU (GREENBERG, 1955)

De acordo com a classificação genética de Joseph Greenberg, as línguas africanas se

distribuem em quatro megafamílias ou “phyla” :

♦ Niger-Kordofan

♦ Nilo-Saariano

♦ Afro-Asiático

♦ Koisan.

17

Convém lembrar que muitas das idéias de Greenberg oriundaram-se duma

classificação prévia proposta por Westermann (1911) que distinguia um conjunto de línguas

ditas Sudaneses Ocidentais e outro de línguas ditas Sudaneses Orientais.

18

1.4. CLASSIFICAÇÃO INTERNA DAS LÍNGUAS BANTU (GUTHRIE, 1948)

1.4.1. Critérios classificatórios de Guthrie

Guthrie determinou uma série de critérios principais e subsidiários, que permitem

classificar as línguas bantu

1.4.1.1. Critérios principais

1.4.1.1.1 Sistema de classes compartilhado

A identificação de um sistema de pelo menos 5 classes gramaticais compartilhadas que

apresentem as seguintes características :

(a) os prefixos são os morfemas indicadores das classes (cujo número, de acordo com cada

língua, varia de 10 a 20) às quais pertencem as palavras bantu;

(b) há uma associação regular de pares de classes para indicar a oposição entre o singular e o

plural. Existe também palavras vinculadas a uma única classe cujo prefixo é similar, às vezes,

a um prefixo singular e, outras vezes, a um prefixo plural;

(c) os prefixos nominais ditos independentes regem a concordância dos demais prefixos

(adjetival, pronominal, verbal) e infixos que, consequentemente, são ditos dependentes;

(d) não existe nenhuma correlação dos classificadores com a noção de gênero masculino

versus feminino.

1.4.1.1.2. Raízes lexicais compartilhadas

A identificação de uma parte compartilhada do vocabulário que seja relacionada

através de regras a um conjunto de raízes comuns hipotéticas.

1.4.1.2. Critérios subsidiários

1.4.1.2.1. A identificação de um conjunto de radicais a partir dos quais a

maioria das palavras são formadas através de um processo aglutinativo.

1.4.2. Metodologia da classificação tipológica de Guthrie

Guthrie utiliza um método de classificação tipológico que ele chama de prático e que

funciona da seguinte maneira:

(a) ele escolhe uma LÍNGUA específica, por exemplo o mongo da zona C ou Luba da zona L;

(b) ele constitui GRUPOS lingüísticos com base nessas línguas, com base em critérios

tipológicos (lexicais, gramaticais, fonológicos, fonéticos e tonais);

(c) ele reune esses grupos linguísticos em agrupamentos regionais maiores denominados

ZONAS. Em cada caso recorre a isoglossas para demarcar as diferentes zonas, com base em

critérios que podem mudar de uma zona para outra.

19

Guthrie distinguiu ao todo 16 zonas. 78 grupos linguísticos e 650 línguas bantu (além

dos inúmeros dialetos contidos nessas línguas).

No mapa abaixo estão delimitadas as zonas do domínio bantu. Essas zonas são

tipologicamente agrupadas em 5 áreas maiores, ou sejam, (a) a área do Noroeste (NW) com as

3 zonas A, B, C; (b) a área do Sudoeste (SW) com as 3 zonas H, K, R.; (c) a área do Centro

(Ce) com as 4 zonas D, L, M, N; a área do Nordeste (NE) com as 4 zonas J, E, F e G; e a

área Sudeste (SE) com as duas zonas P e S.

20

As zonas são subdivididas em grupos que contém línguas individuais:

Zona A (com 9 Grupos ): Camarões, Guiné Equatorial, Gabão, Congo-Brazzaville;

Zona B (com 8 Grupos): Gabão, Congo-Brazzaville, Congo-Kinshasa;

Zona C (com 9 Grupos): Congo-Brazzaville, Congo-Kinshasa;

Zona D (com 6 Grupos): Congo-Kinshasa;

Zona E (com 7 Grupos): Quênya, Tanzânia;

Zona F (com 3 Grupos): Tanzânia;

Zona G (com 6 Grupos): Tanzânia, Quênya, Somália, Comoros;

Zona H (com 4 Grupos): Congo-Brazzaville, Congo-Kinshasa, Angola;

Zona J (com 6 Grupos): Congo-Kinshasa, Ruanda, Burundi, Uganda, Quênya, Tanzânia;

Zona K (com 5 Grupos): Congo-Kinshasa, Angola, Zâmbia, Namíbia;

Zona L (com 6 Grupos): Congo-Kinshasa, Zâmbia;

Zona M (com 6 Grupos): Congo-Kinshasa, Zâmbia, Zimbábue, Tanzânia;

Zona N (com 4 Grupos): Zâmbia, Botsuana, Moçambique, Malaui, Tanzânia;

Zona P (com 3 Grupos): Tanzânia, Moçambique, Malaui;

Zona R (com 4 Grupos): Angola, Namíbia, Botsuana; Zona S (com 6 Grupos): Zimbábue,

Botsuana, Moçambique, África do Sul, Suazilândia, Lesoto.

21

A repartição mencionada acima em regiões, zonas e grupos se destaca no seguinte

mapa elaborada por Yvonne Bastin (1978) do Museu Real da África Central, Tervuren,

Bélgica

22

1.4.3. Bantu stricto sensu versus bantu lato sensu

A família bantu stricto sensu corresponde ao bantu de Guthrie. Quanto à família banto

dita lato sensu, ela inclui uma parte das línguas do grupo rotulado Grassfields, que eram até

então consideradas bantoides (ou semi-bantu) e não bantu. Essa reclassificação parcial baseia-

se em critérios estabelecidos por Crabb e Greenberg, principalmente o do presença de uma

consoante nasal bilabial “m” (ou de um vestígio dela como, por exemplo, “b”, “v”,...) dentro

do prefixo nominal das três classes 1 (“mu”), 3 (“mu”) e 6 (“ma”), ao passo que, nestas

mesmas três classes, as outras línguas bantoides (ao qual pertence a família bantu) apresentam

apenas prefixos vocálicos sem “onset” nasal.

No levantamento de dados lexicais não foram consideradas as línguas desta nova zona

rotulada Grassfields Bantu, embora o material disponível sobre essas línguas esteja incluído

na bibliografia disponível. Obviamente os dados atestados nessas línguas não poderão ser

mantidas indefinidamente excluídos no estudo mais completo que se pretende realizar, uma

vez que pertencem ao provável homeland a partir do qual se iniciou a expansão bantu com

suas duas ramificações iniciais, como mostra o mapa a seguir.

23

CAPÍTULO 2

AS DENOMINAÇÕES DOS FELINOS

EM BANTU :

ILUSTRAÇÕES E DISTRIBUIÇÕES

24

LINCE CARACAL

(Felis caracal)

O caracal (Caracal caracal) é um carnívoro da família dos felídeos habitante da

África e da Ásia Menor. Apesar de sua aparência lembrar a de um lince, este gato selvagem é

parente próximo do serval. O caracal mede aproximadamente 65 cm mais 30 de cauda. Possui

pernas longas e uma aparência esguia. A cor da pelagem pode variar de avermelhado,

acinzentado a amarelo torrado. Um caracal selvagem vive cerca de 12 anos, mas em cativeiro

pode chegar aos 17 anos. É um animal surpreendentemente fácil de se domesticar.

25

LINCE DE BOTAS

(Felis caligata Temminck)

O lince de botas (Felis caligata Temminck) é um felídeo africano de espécie

extinta, parente próximo do lince caracal, que aparece somente em fotografia.

26

CIVETA ou GATO-DE-ALGÁLIA

(Civettictis civetta)

A civeta-africana (Civettictis civetta) é um mamífero carnívoro, africano,da família

dos viverrídeos, com até 90 cm de comprimento. A espécie possui uma pelagem negra com

manchas brancas e glândulas anais que produzem uma secreção acre e oleosa, conhecida

como almíscar, utilizada na confecção de perfumes. Também é conhecido pelos nomes de

algália, civeta-africana, gato-almiscarado, gato-de-algália e gato-lagária. A civeta-africana

distribui-se por toda a África subsariana, com excepção da Somália.

27

GATO DOMÉSTICO

(Felis catus)

O gato doméstico (Felis sylvestris catus) é um animal da família dos felídeos, muito

popular como animal de estimação, sendo um predador de animais como roedores, cobras e

escorpiões. Há indícios de sua associação com humanos a pelo menos 9.500 anos atrás. O

gato-doméstico, por seu caráter independente, aceita a coabitação do homem mas não

abandona nenhuma de suas prerrogativas de animal livre. Por isso não é considerado

propriamente doméstico. Sai à hora que lhe convém, deita-se onde quer, come o que gosta,

goza da hospitalidade e das carícias que lhe agradam, mas recusa-as quando as irritam. Se

caça camundongos é pelo esporte e não para se tornar útil. Animal livre, o gato é

independente e voluntarioso. Como os outros carnívoros marca o seu território urinando nos

limites do mesmo, inclusive na cama do dono e, isso tem significação apenas para os outros

gatos.

28

GATO DOURADO

(Profelis aurata)

O gato-dourado (Profelis aurata) encontra-se no Oeste e Centro de África nas

florestas tropicais, nas zonas montanhosas e nas zonas úmidas. Este felino de tamanho médio,

apresenta uma pelagem que varia entre o cinzento e o castanho-avermelhado, por vezes pode

ser ligeiramente malhada. As suas presas são principalmente ratazanas e outros tipos de

roedores e de vez em quando caça daimões, macacos, aves e pequenos antílopes.

29

GATO DE PÉS PRETOS

(Felis nigripes)

O Gato-bravo-de-patas-negras (Felis nigripes) é um pequeno felídeo selvagem

espalhado pelos desertos da África e da Ásia. Ele vive em desertos e áreas que são quentes

demais e secas mesmo para um gato do deserto: o Saara, o Deserto Arábico, e os desertos do

Irã e o Paquistão. Ele vive em torno de 13 anos em cativeiro.

30

GATO SELVAGEM AFRICANO

(Felis lybica)

O gato selvagem africano (Felis silvestris lybica) é uma subespécie de gato montês

(Felis silvestris). Acredita-se que sería o primeiro gato domesticado pelos antigos egípcios ou

alguma civilização relacionada, ao menos 4.000 anos. Pode ser encontrado na África, Oriente

Médio e em uma grande variedade de habitats: savana, estepe, bosque, etc.

31

GATO SELVAGEM CAFRA

(Felis silvestris cafra)

O gato selvagem cafra (Felis silvestris cafra) é uma das cinco subespécies do Felis

silvestris, ou seja, é uma variação de gato selvagem. Podendo ser encontrado nas Regiões

Central e Sul da África. Sua dieta é composta de pequenos roedores, sendo este o seu

alimento mais comum. Mas comem, também, outros mamíferos pequenos, pássaros, répteis,

anfíbios, insetos e outros invertebrados. O gato wselvagem cafra, assim como outros de sua

espécie, possui hábitos noturnos.

32

GENETA DE ANGOLA

(Genetta angolensis)

A geneta de Angola (Genetta angolensis) é um mamífero carnívoro, autóctone de

Angola. Pode ser encontrada nas florestas e savanas úmidas da África, variando entre o Sul

do Zaire, Centro e Nordeste de Angola, Oeste da Zâmbia, Norte de Moçambique, e,

provavelmente, Sul da Tanzânia. Apresenta uma pelagem que varia entre o cinzento ou

cinzento-avermelhado, com pequenas manchas no corpo e listas na cauda. Tem o focinho

preto, com auréolas brancas à volta dos olhos e da boca.

33

GENETA GIGANTE

(Genetta victoriae)

A geneta gigante (Genetta victoriae) é uma espécie de mamífero carnívoro,

relativo à civeta. Pode ser encontrada na região Central da África, em lugares tais como

Uganda e em partes do Zaire.

34

GENETA PINTADA COMUM

(Genetta genetta)

A geneta pintada comum (Genetta genetta) é uma variação de geneta que pode ser

encontrada possivelmente no Leste e certeza em quase toda área da África. Tem o corpo mais

comprido, a cabeça mais pontuda e suas patas são mais curtas que um gato doméstico. É um

animal ágil, capaz de ir praticamente a qualquer lugar que quiser, podendo dar saltos de até

1,80 m de altura. Alimenta-se de cobras, pequenos roedores e insetos. Faz a sua toca numa

fenda de rocha ou num buraco abandonado. Dificilmente abandona seu território. Para caçar,

segue uma trilha regular, que ela marca com sua urina.

35

GENETA SERVALINA

(Genetta servalina)

A geneta servalina (Genetta servalina) é uma espécie de carnívoro, da família dos

viverrídeos, relativo às civetas. Esta espécie pode ser encontrada na parte Central , Oeste e

um pouco na parte Leste da África. Seu corpo tem pontos pretos e sua cauda longa é rodeada

de faixas pretas. O comprimento combinado da cabeça e do corpo é de aproximadamente 41-

50 cm, a cauda é de 35-44 cm. Pesam em torno de 1 a 2 quilogramas . A geneta servalina é

um animal relativamente pequeno, tímido, solitário e de hábitos noturnos.

36

GENETA TIGRINA

(Genetta tigrina)

A geneta tigrina (Genetta tigrina) é um mamífero carnívoro, da família dos

viverrídeos. A cabeça e o comprimento do corpo variam entre 49 a 60 cm. Apresenta uma

cauda entre 42cm a 54cm de comprimento de cor branco-rodeado, preto-derrubada e uma

listra dorsal que funciona dos ombros à base da cauda. Esta geneta pode ser encontrada no

Sul da África, aproximadamente 12 graus de latitude norte, em uma variedade maior de

habitats do que outras genetas. Suas presas incluem roedores, pássaros, répteis, pequenos

invertebrados e, também, frutas.

37

GUEPARDO

(Acinonyx jubatus)

O guepardo (Acinonyx jubatus), também conhecido como chita, leopardo-caçador

ou onça-africana é um animal da família dos felídeos (Felidae), ainda que de comportamento

atípico, se comparado com outros da mesma família. É a única espécie vivente do gênero

Acinonyx. Tendo como habitat a savana, vive na África, Península Arábica e no Sudoeste da

Ásia. As almofadas das patas da chita têm ranhuras para tracionar melhor em alta velocidade,

e sua longa cauda serve para lhe dar estabilidade nas curvas em alta velocidade. Cada chita

pode ser identificada pelo padrão exclusivo de anéis existentes em sua cauda. É um animal

predador, preferindo caçar as suas presas através de perseguições em alta velocidade, em vez

de táticas como a caça por emboscada ou em grupo, mas as vezes pode caçar em dupla.

Consegue atingir velocidades de 115 a 120 km/h, por curtos períodos de cada vez (ao fim de

400 m de corrida), sendo o mais rápido de todos os animais terrestres.

38

LEÃO

(Panthera leo)

O leão (Panthera leo) em épocas históricas compreendia toda a África, Oriente

Médio, Irã, Índia e Europa (de Portugal à Bulgária e do sul da França à Grécia). Hoje ainda se

podem encontrar leões na África subsaariana, entretanto populações significativas só existem

em parques nacionais na Tanzânia e África do Sul. A subespécie asiática consiste hoje em

torno de 300 leões que vivem num território de 1412 km² na floresta de Gir, noroeste da Índia,

um santuário no estado de Gujarat. Os leões foram extintos na Grécia por volta do ano 100

d.C. e no Cáucaso, seu último local na Europa, por volta do século X, mas sobreviveram em

considerável número até o começo do século XX no Oriente Médio e no Norte da África.

39

LEOPARDO

(Panthera pardus)

O leopardo (Panthera pardus), também chamado onça em Angola, é, como o leão,

tigre e jaguar, um dos quatro "grandes gatos" do gênero Panthera. Medem de 1 a quase 2 m

de comprimento, e pesam entre 30 e 70 kg. As fêmeas têm cerca de dois terços do tamanho do

macho. De menor porte do que o jaguar, o leopardo não é menos feroz. Habita a África e

Ásia. Possui várias subespécies, algumas criticamente ameaçadas, como o leopardo-de-amur,

o leopardo-da-barbária e o leopardo-da-arábia. O leopardo-nebuloso (Neofelis nebulosa) e o

leopardo-das-neves (Panthera uncia) pertencem a espécies e gêneros separados.

40

SERVAL

(Leptailurus serval)

O serval (Leptailurus serval) é um mamífero carnívoro da família dos felídeos. Mede

cerca de 85 cm, mais 40 cm de cauda. Embora não sejam animais domesticados, os servais

são por vezes criados em lares particulares como qualquer outro animal de estimação. Os

servais podem saltar até 3 m para apanhar aves pela asa. São felídeos bastante ágeis com

longas patas e uma cabeça pequena. Caçam de noite com incríveis habilidades, táticas de

espera e de batida, capturando muitos roedores e mamíferos. Especialmente ratos-toupeiras e

lagartos. Os servais habitam territórios bem definidos, em áreas pouco arborizadas em

savanas, próximos de água, na África Subsaariana.

41

CAPÍTULO 3

INVENTÁRIO DAS DENOMINAÇÕES

COM

CLASSIFICAÇÃO REFERENCIAL

DE

GUTHRIE

42

Os dados lexicais coletados na tabela abaixo sobre os principais representantes das

nove classes dos felinos africanos, exemplificados mediante a numeração de 1 a 9 (1.lince

caracal, 2.civeta, 3.gato domético, 4.gato selvagem, 5.genete, 6.guepardo, 7.leão, 8.leopardo,

9.serval), estão apresentados de forma arbitrária. Tais lexemas fazem parte de

línguas/dialetos delimitados em 16 zonas linguísticas representados nos mapas com a cor

vermelha. Essas zonas são tipologicamente agrupadas em áreas sequencialmente de acordo

com a classificação referencial de Guthrie (1948) atualizada por Maho (2008), cuja única

concessão é a incorporação da zona J identificada por Meeussen e que é constituída pelo

desmembramento parcial das zonas D e E, que foi renomeado, respectivamente, JD e JE.

ZONA A

A zona A agrupa línguas faladas no Noroeste da África, principalmente no Sul do

Camarão, Guiné equatorial, Norte do Gabão, Norte do Congo-Brazzaville, e no extremo

Sudoeste da região Central da República Africana.

GRUPOS LÍNGUAS /

DIALETOS

LEXEMAS

A10

A11 Lundu 2 civeta

m

ba

Lundu

3 Gato doméstico koa

-Balong

7 Leão

N

gia

8 leopardo

N

gç

A111 Ngolo 2 civeta

m

ba

3 gato doméstico aNWa

koa

7 leão

N

gia

8 leopardo

N

gç

3 gato doméstico aNWa

8 leopardo

n

Ze

A121 Mbonge 2 civeta

m

ba

43

3 gato doméstico aNa

koa

7 leão

N

gia

8 leopardo

N

gç

A122 Kundu 2 civeta

m

ba

3 gato doméstico aNWa

koa

Si

N

gi

7 leão

N

gia

8 leopardo

N

gç

A13 Balong 3 gato doméstico SiN

8 leopardo

N

go

A14 Bonkeng 3 gato doméstico Sa

N

kala

si

N

ge

8 leopardo

n

Zo

A141 Lefo 3 gato doméstico SiN

8 leopardo

N

go

A15ca Akoose 3 gato doméstico SeN

8 leopardo

N

go

N

goa

A20

A22 Mokpwe 3 gato doméstico m

w

a^

m

ba›la

Duala

7 leão

m

ba

N

gu

8 leopardo n`›dZç&

A23 Su 3 gato doméstico ma

m

bala

8 leopardo

n

Zo

A24 Duala 3 gato doméstico si

N

gi

7 leão

N

gila

8 leopardo

n

Zo

A25 Wuri 3 gato doméstico si

N

gi

7 leão

N

gila

8 leopardo

n

Zo

A30

Bube

A31 Bubi 3 gato doméstico i

n

Zipa

bWatu

-Benga

4 gato selvagem

n

tSi

m

ba

A32 Batanga 3 gato doméstico

awa

m

bara , ba−

8 leopardo

N

ko

A32a Noko 3 gato doméstico si

N

gi

7 leão

N

gia

8 leopardo i

n

Zo

A32b Puku 3 gato doméstico si

N

gi

8 leopardo i

n

Zo

A34 Benga 3 gato doméstico pWesi

8 leopardo

N

gi

A40

A41 Rombi 3 gato doméstico

m

bio

44

Basaa

8 leopardo vu

N

gu , beu

N

gu

A41b Rombi-Kotto 3 gato doméstico SiN

8 leopardo

n

Zi

A43a Basaa 3 gato doméstico si@

N

gI^

kala

A46 Mandi 7 leão i

N

gojo@

8 leopardo Eba@la

A462 Yambeta 2 civeta

n

d

Z

ç&

3 gato doméstico mu^s

4 gato selvagem

nusu´N´@l´@N , tu−

Babetta "gato-

tigre"

nçsçla aka@n , tç−

Babetta "gato-

tigre"

7 leão

N

ga

N

gç@@

8 leopardo

N

gç', po−

A50

A52 Mbong 3 gato doméstico

m

bio

Bafia

8 leopardo vu

N

gu , beu

N

gu

A60

A601e Ngoro 3 gato doméstico

awa

m

bara , ba−

Sanaga

8 leopardo

N

ko

A601f Bachenga 8 leopardo u

N

go

A62c Nuasue 2 civeta

gijçbç , bi−

n

sçpç@ , i−

3 gato doméstico isi@Na

musE@

4 gato selvagem

nufili@No

n

di@ , tu−

numandE@ / nçma˘ndE , tu−

nupE@sEk , tu−

"gato selvagem

malhado"

5 geneta

gijçbç , bi−

7 leão

aNual , i−

i

N

gojo

8 leopardo

a¯aNma , ba−

pumç@

n

d

A62d Mmala 3 gato doméstico isi@

N

ga

A65 Bati 8 leopardo u

N

go

A70

A71 Eton 3 gato doméstico i›si@

N

ga^

Yaunde

7 leão i›

NÉM

gÉbe@m

-Fang

8 leopardo ze&

A72 Ewondo 2 civeta

zol 9

m

vi 9

Mandinia binotata

3 gato doméstico

N

go#

n

ta@n 9

e@si

N

ga , bi−

"gato que se tornou

selvagem"

4 gato selvagem

n

d

z

ol 9

5 geneta

n

si&n 9

Genetta servalina

45

7 leão

e

N

gWem , bi−

8 leopardo

z´&˘ 9

N

ge@d

n

so# fa 9

A74a Bulu 3 gato doméstico pWesi

esi

N

gi

8 leopardo

N

gi

ze , beze

A75 Fang 3 gato doméstico

n

si

N

g'

7 leão

NÉm

gÉb´›

NÉm

gÉb´›m

8 leopardo

n

ze , be

n

ze

A75a Ntumu 3 gato doméstico esi

N

gi

8 leopardo ze , beze

A80

A81 Ngumba 3 gato doméstico si

N

gi

Maka

7 leão

n

Sio , ba

n

Sio

-Njem

8 leopardo

n

Ze , bo

n

Ze

A811 Mabea 3 gato doméstico si

N

gi

7 leão

n

Sio , ba

n

Sio

8 leopardo

n

Ze , bo

n

Ze

A84 Njem 8 leopardo

N

kWe / o

N

kWe

A841 Badwee 2 civeta

dWa&b , bi−

9 serval

A90

Kako

A93 Kako 8 leopardo

N

goi

46

ZONA B

A zona B agrupa línguas faladas no Gabão, Congo-Brazzaville, e no oeste do Congo

Kinshasa.

B10

B11a Mpongwe 2 civeta niwa

Myene

3 gato doméstico pus

oSi

¯

gi

5 geneta si

N

gi

(esp. de)

7 leão bi

n

d

Z

i

8 leopardo

n

d

Z

Egç

B11b Rungu 3 gato doméstico ¯ami

7 leão

∫o@li› / ∫U@li› , bç@l , bo@le›

mi

@N

gi›ri›

m

baki

8 leopardo kÉpi@a›

p´@

N

g´›ri› / m´@

N

g´›ri›

wara

ba›jni@

d

Z

eﬂ˘r

gE@mE@

B11e Nkomi 3 gato doméstico o

m

bisi

B20

B202 Sikhu 2 civeta

n

zç^˘bç@ , ba−n−

Kele

3 gato doméstico

mu@kç@ƒç› , mi@−

7 leão

e@

N

gu@

N

gu› , bi@−

8 leopardo

e@ba^

n

d

↓

a› , bi@−

B204 Ndambomo 3 gato doméstico

mu›

m

b

w

E›lE›, mi›−

7 leão

N

go›

N

go@ , ba›−n−

8 leopardo

zJE@, ba›−

B21 Sheke 3 gato doméstico pusu

8 leopardo

n

Zevi

B22a Kele oeste 3 gato doméstico ¯ame

7 leão nina

8 leopardo

n

Z

e /

n

SJe

B22b Ngom 3 gato doméstico ¯ame

7 leão nina

47

8 leopardo

n

Z

e /

n

SJe

B24 Wumvu 3 gato doméstico

N

kç^ƒ

↓

ç› , mi@−

8 leopardo

N

gç^j

↓

i , bE@−

B25 Kota 3 gato doméstico

ma@¯i› , ba›−

7 leão

N

gÉbo›

N

gÉb

↓

o› , ba›−

8 leopardo

N

gç›ji› , ba›−

B251 Sake 3 gato doméstico mai , mamai

8 leopardo

N

goi

B30

B301 Viya 7 leão ƒe

m

bo

N

go

Tsogo

B305 Vove 2 civeta

ged

j

çbç@ , bi−

Viverra civetta

mukE@

N

gE , mi−

3 gato doméstico bukç@gç

bWa

N

ga

bukçgç bWa

N

ga

bukçgç

ma@ji

4 gato selvagem

la@bo

Felis aurata "gato-tigre

"

5 geneta

−si

N

gi

Genetta servalina

7 leão

ge

m

bo

N

go@ , bi−

8 leopardo

n

zEgç

B32 Kande 3 gato doméstico

e@maji / di@ma˘ji

n

Zot

S

i

8 leopardo

n

Zego

B33 Pinzi 3 gato doméstico

n

Zot

S

i

8 leopardo

n

Zego

B40

B41 Shira 3 gato doméstico

n

t

S

ut

S

i

Shira

8 leopardo ma›ƒe@n´

-Punu

B42 Shango 3 gato doméstico

n

t

S

ut

S

i

7 leão i@

m

bu^

N

gu›

8 leopardo ma@ƒ

j

en´

B43 Punu 8 leopardo ma›ƒe@n´›

9 serval

n

zu&t

S

i

B50

B501 Wanzi 8 leopardo

N

gWe›

Njabi

B51 Duma 3 gato doméstico

mukogo , mi−

8 leopardo eba

n

da

ebabi

n

Zego

N

goi

B52 Njebi 2 civeta

n

zçbç , ba−

mu

N

gania

3 gato doméstico mukog

h

o

n

Zut

S

i

5 geneta

musi

N

gi , mi−

7 leão

ji

m

bu

N

gu , bi−

48

8 leopardo

maƒE@na@ / ma›xE›˘n

n

zE›ƒE@ , ba›−

B60

B61 Mbete 3 gato doméstico tewae , lewae

Mbete

7 leão

gebowo , e−

8 leopardo

N

go

B62 Mbaama 3 gato doméstico kewai , ewai

7 leão

kebobo / bobo

8 leopardo

N

go

B70

B71 Teke norte 3 gato doméstico

n

Zut' , ba−

Teke

7 leão

gekumu , be−

8 leopardo

N

go

B73d Teke-Tyee 3 gato doméstico kewai

7 leão

N

kosi

8 leopardo

N

go

B75 Teke próprio 3 gato doméstico

N

ganion

7 leão ka›

N

gu›

N

gu@

N

kWe

8 leopardo

N

go

B77b Teke-Fumu 3 gato doméstico

N

ganiu

buma

7 leão

N

kWe

N

go

m

bulu

8 leopardo

N

go

B80

B801 Lele 8 leopardo k

w

eji

Tende

B802 Ngongo 8 leopardo koj'

-Yanzi

B81 Tiene 3 gato doméstico dJobo

8 leopardo

N

koi

B82 Buma 3 gato doméstico

m

pusi

ga

m

pamu

tewae

5 geneta

n

zir /

n

zYr

7 leão

kemuk

n

ta

m

bo

8 leopardo

N

go

N

gWe

B83 Mfinu 4 gato selvagem pak'

8 leopardo koi

B85 Ya ns 7 leão

N

kOﬂt

8 leopardo

N

gç›˘

49

ZONA C

A zona C agrupa línguas faladas no Congo-Brazzaville, Congo-Kinshasa, e na

pequena região Central da República Africana.

C10

C13 Mbati 8 leopardo

N

gçi

Ngundi

C22 Akwa 8 leopardo bo

N

go

n

Zo

C20

C24 Koyo 3 gato doméstico ç›

m

b

w

E@lE›

Mboshi

C25 Mboshi 3 gato doméstico

N

ga›pa@mi›

8 leopardo d

z

i›a›

C25a Bunji 3 gato doméstico o

m

bWE&

C30

C30b Lingala 2 Civeta mosç@lç

Bangi

7 Leão

N

kç@si

-Ntumba

8 leopardo

N

kçJi

C31b Ngiri 7 Leão

N

kç@si

8 leopardo

N

gçji

C31c Nunu 3 gato doméstico

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

7 Leão

N

koSe

8 leopardo

N

goi

C32 Bangi 3 gato doméstico

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

7 Leão

N

kç@si

8 leopardo

N

gç

j

i

C321 Moi 3 gato doméstico

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

7 Leão

N

koSe

8 leopardo

N

goi

C322 Dzamba 3 gato doméstico dJobo

8 leopardo

N

koi

C35b Bolia 2 Civeta

liçbç@ , ba− / diobo

3 gato doméstico

boluato@ , be−

N

ga

m

bale

5 geneta

boba

N

ga@ , be−

n

si@

m

ba@

7 leão

N

kçhi

8 leopardo

N

koi

50

9 serval

lowu@a / lowa

C36a Pfoto 3 gato doméstico ko

n

doko

8 leopardo

N

koi

C36d Ngala 3 gato doméstico ko

n

doko

8 leopardo

N

koi

C36f Kangana 8 leopardo koi

C36ia Leku 8 leopardo zE

N

kçi

C36ib Mbenga 8 leopardo

N

gçi@

C37 Budza 3 gato doméstico ko

n

doko

8 leopardo sua , sua

C401b Gezo 8 leopardo kopije

C41 Ngombe 3 gato doméstico

a@kç@

n

dçkç / i@kç@

n

d

Z

çkç / i@kç@

N

gçkç

4 gato selvagem bo

n

do@ko@

mo

n

di

m

ba

ga

m

bala

7 leão si@

m

ba@

8 leopardo gÉbç

n

duku@

gÉbu@ku@

ma

m

bi

m

bo@

moja^gÉba@ka@

n

duku@

s

w

a

C42 Mbwela 3 gato doméstico oko

n

doko

8 leopardo ehua

e

N

koi

C43b Benge 3 gato doméstico de

n

dara

7 leão gu

N

guru

8 leopardo Ekopi

C44 Bwa 3 gato doméstico da

n

dala

bu

N

gu

7 leão bJuk

8 leopardo

kopi / ikopi

C50

C501 Likile 8 leopardo kçi

Soko

C51 Mbesa 8 leopardo pa

N

ge

-Kele

C52 So 3 gato doméstico ko

n

doko

8 leopardo koi

C54 Lombo 3 gato doméstico paa

8 leopardo koi

C55 Kele 3 gato doméstico faka

moso

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

goi

C56 Foma 3 gato doméstico paka

7 leão ikakala

8 leopardo

N

goi

51

C60

Mongo

C61 Mongo 2 civeta bowa@ne@

Civettictis civetta

d

Z

ç&

Civettictis civetta

-Nkundu

3 gato doméstico

N

ga

m

pa@

N

ga

N

gçi

m

pame

4 gato selvagem lçwa@

Felis aurata "gatodourado"

5 geneta jE@¯i

Genetta

p

oiana

richardsoni

bç

N

kç@nç

Genetta servalina

boma

N

ga@

Genetta tigrina

7 leão e

N

ge@

m

be@

N

kç@si

8 leopardo

N

kç@i /

N

gç@i

sa

n

dZa@

"jovem leopardo"

lo

m

pu@tu@

"grande

feroz"leopardo

9 serval jolo

C61b Bokote 3 gato doméstico boma

N

ga

8 leopardo koje

C61l Mbole 3 gato doméstico

bubuzi , bi−

8 leopardo

N

kçi

C70

C702 Sambala 7 leão ki

m

b

w

i

Tetela

8 leopardo kçji

C71 Tetela 2 civeta d

j

çwç@

3 gato doméstico ¯a@o@

paka

omole

6 guepardo

n

ta

m

b

w

e@

7 leão

N

ki

m

b

w

e@ 9

n

ta

m

b

w

e@ 9

ta

m

bu 9

8 leopardo

mo

N

go@ / emo

N

go@

N

kçi / kçi

C72 Kusu 7 leão

N

kç@si

ta

m

bWE

8 leopardo kçi

kom

C73 Nkutu 8 leopardo koi

C75 Lemba 8 leopardo

koi /

N

koi

C76 Ombo 7 leão

−si@

m

ba

C80

C82 Hendo 3 gato doméstico wa

N

gi

Kuba

7 leão

n

ta

m

b

w

E

-Bushoong

8 leopardo

N

kçji

C83 Bushong 3 gato doméstico puS

8 leopardo k

w

E@j

C85 Wongo 6 guepardo koi

52

ZONA D

A zona D agrupa línguas faladas no Leste do Congo-Kinshasa, e na pequena região

Sul do Sudão, e Sudeste Central da República Africana.

D10

D12 Lengola 2 civeta tSi@

m

ba@

Mbole

8 leopardo poma@

-Enya

D13 Mituku 2 civeta musi@

m

ba@

4 gato selvagem i

m

pa@ka

8 leopardo

N

goi

D14a Enya de

Kisangani

3 gato doméstico m`pa›ka›

mosiko

7 leão

mo›si@

m

ba@ / si@

m

ba@

j´raN , çj´raN / maj´raN

8 leopardo

N

gç›

jiƒaz / jigaZa

ke

N

ge

D20

D22 Amba 3 gato doméstico

n

Za

N

gWa , ba−

Lega

-Holoholo

8 leopardo

N

gWe

D23 Kumu 8 leopardo

mabHia@

N

ga@ , moli−

D25 Lega 2 civeta

mu›si@lE› , me−

3 gato doméstico

¯a@gU› 9/10

paka

mWera

4 gato selvagem

musi

m

ba, mi−

7 leão

n

si@

m

ba@ / ta

m

bWe

8 leopardo

N

gç›zi› /

N

goj

i

N

gWe / ni

N

gWe

9 serval paka

D27

L

27

Bangubangu 3 gato doméstico

anono , to−

8 leopardo

i›

N

gi›,

N

ge›he›, mohela, me−

D28 Holoholo 7 leão

n

ta

m

bWe

8 leopardo

¯

ge

D28a Guha 3 gato doméstico ¯avu

53

7 leão

n

ta

m

bWe

8 leopardo

N

ge ,

N

gWe

D30

D311 Bira 7 leão silio

Bira

-Nyali

8 leopardo

m

po

N

go

u

N

gWi

D32 Sese 2 civeta akeka@

3 gato doméstico kajaju

4 gato selvagem asi@

m

ba

me@pu›lu

"gato selvagem aquático

de barriga branca"

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo

mo›li@ , ba−

ma›pela@

N

ga

D33 Nyali 3 gato doméstico e

n

Za

N

gWa

8 leopardo kWeju

D331 Vanuma 3 gato doméstico e

n

Za

N

gWa

8 leopardo kWeju

D332 Budu 8 leopardo kWei

D40

D43 Nyanga 2 civeta

n

ti@

n

di@

Nyanga

7 leão

n

ta@re

8 leopardo muna

N

goi

N

goi

D50

D54a Bembe 2 civeta m`si@

m

ba@

Bembe

-Aboke 3 gato doméstico pa@ka

-Buyi

7 leão ta

m

bWE

8 leopardo hE

N

gWE

D54b Bembe 2 civeta m`si@

m

ba@

-Atombwe 3 gato doméstico pa@ka

7 leão ta

m

bWE

8 leopardo hE

N

gWE

D54c Bembe 2 civeta musi@

m

ba@

-Lolenge 3 gato doméstico apa@ka

7 leão ta

m

bWE

8 leopardo

N

goWe

D54d Bembe 2 civeta m`si@

m

ba@

Mtambala 3 gato doméstico na@lçba

7 leão ta

m

bWE

8 leopardo he

N

gWE

D54e Bembe 2 civeta m`si@

m

ba@

-Ngangya 5 geneta ta

m

bWE

6 guepardo ha

N

gWE

7 leão m`si@

m

ba@

8 leopardo pa@ka

9 serval pa@ka

54

ZONA E

A zona E agrupa línguas faladas na Kenya e no Norte da Tanzânia.

E40

E46 Temi 2 Civeta ebu

Temi

5 Geneta ebina

6 Guepardo ebElE

7 leão

-Elo

8 leopardo ebegç

E50

Kikuyu

-Kamba

E51 Gikuyu 3 gato doméstico kaiho

moruaru

m

paka

7 leão

morot

h

i@ / morozi

8 leopardo

N

gare

E55 Kamba 3 gato doméstico

m

baka

7 leão mu¯e

m

bo

ti

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

go / e

N

go / i

N

go

E55a Kamba Kitu 2 civeta

N

go

3 gato doméstico

m

baka

5 geneta

N

go

6 guepardo IkinU

7 leão mU¯a

m

bU

8 leopardo

N

go

E55b Kamba

Mach.

2 civeta

N

go

3 gato doméstico

m

baka

5 geneta

N

go

6 guepardo kakoka maei

7 leão mU¯a

m

bU

8 leopardo

N

go

E60

Chaga

E60 Chaga 3 gato doméstico

N

kite

m

paka

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo obasi

¯ama

n

ru

55

irumu

N

gWe

N

gulamu

E621a Meru 3 gato doméstico ¯au

moruaru

m

paka

5 geneta fu

N

gu

7 leão si

m

ba

moroti

8 leopardo duma

N

gare

E621aa

Meru

Imenti

2 civeta narot

S

o

3

gato doméstico

m

paka

5 geneta narot

S

o

6 guepardo

m

pau

7 leão

N

gatu¯i

8 leopardo narot

S

o

E621ab

Meru

Tigania

2 civeta ki¯aru

3 gato doméstico

m

paka

5 geneta ki¯aru

6 guepardo narot

S

o

7 leão

N

gatu¯i

8 leopardo

N

kari

E621b Mashami 2 civeta

m

baka

3 gato doméstico

m

baka

ise

5 geneta

m

baka

6 guepardo

N

gare

7 leão mi˘so

8 leopardo ¯ama

n

du

E621c Siha 3 gato doméstico baka

6 guepardo obasi

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo ¯ama

n

ru

E621d Kiwoso 3 gato doméstico baka

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo uwaru, oluwaru

E622a Moshi 3 gato doméstico

N

kite

m

paka

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo obasi

¯ama

n

ru

irumu

N

gWe

56

N

gulamu

E622c Wuunjo 3 gato doméstico misi

paka

5 geneta ipaka

6 guepardo

ru

N

g

w

i (ja

N

goe)

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo ru

N

gu

ru

¯

gWa (?)

E622cbc

Lema 6 guepardo ru

N

gu

7 leão si

m

ba

mop

f

i¯a

E622cc

Mamba 7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo ru

N

gWa

E623a Seri 2 civeta

N

gajaja

3 gato doméstico baka

5 geneta ita

6 guepardo

n

dana

7 leão

N

gare

mo¯i

si

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

gulamu

E623c Mkuu 3 gato doméstico

m

baka

7 leão

N

gare

8 leopardo

N

gulam

E623d Keni 7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

g

w

e

E65 Gweno 3 gato doméstico ki¯ani

ki¯awi

5 geneta kiSeg

h

e

6 guepardo m`lula

7 leão t

h

i

m

ba

8 leopardo m`lula

E70

E71 Pokomo 3 gato doméstico

m

fuateni

Nyika

7 leão d

z

i

m

ba

-Taita

2 civeta ule

m

be

E72 Nyika 3 gato doméstico upusi

u¯avo

5 geneta i

m

fu

N

go

7 leão i

n

sama

8 leopardo i

n

zowe

E72a Giryama 3 gato doméstico paka

¯au

7 leão t

s

i

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

8 leopardo t

S

ui

57

E72d Duruma 3 gato doméstico paka

¯au

7 leão t

s

i

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

8 leopardo t

S

ui

E73 Digo 3 gato doméstico paka

¯au

7 leão t

s

i

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

8 leopardo t

s

ui

E74a Dabida 3 gato doméstico pusi

mu¯ao , mi−

7 leão Si

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

8 leopardo

i

N

ge / i

N

gWe / i

N

gWa

E74b Taveta 3 gato doméstico mu¯awi

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo lukeri

58

ZONA F

A zona F agrupa línguas faladas na Tanzânia

F10

F11 Tongwe 3 gato doméstico ka¯ag

w

i

Tongwe

7 leão

n

si

m

ba

-Bende

8 leopardo

N

g

w

e

n

subi

F20

F21 Sukuma 2 civeta

n

tu

N

go

Sukuma

3 gato doméstico

¯a&u / ¯a&mu

-Nyamwezi

8 leopardo suBi

F22 Nyamwezi 3 gato doméstico ¯a&BU&

t

S

au

N

gu

liza

N

go

7 leão

n

si

m

ba

8 leopardo

suwi /

n

suwi

F22b Mweri 3 gato doméstico ¯a&BU&

F22d Nyanyembe 3 gato doméstico ¯awa

7 leão

n

si

m

ba

8 leopardo

n

suwi

F23 Sumbwa 3 gato doméstico ¯awo

7 leão

n

Si

m

ba

F24 Kimbu 2 civeta i

n

tu

N

go

3 gato doméstico i¯au

5 geneta i

n

tu

N

go

6 guepardo ivalavala

7 leão i

n

si

m

ba

8 leopardo i

n

suvi

F25 Wungu 2 civeta

o

m

bo:lo

3 gato doméstico

e¯a:u

e

m

baka "

gato macho meio

selvagem"

5 geneta ofu

N

go

7 leão

esa:ma

8 leopardo e

N

goi

59

F30

F31 Nyiramba 2 civeta za

N

gu wa m

w

is

Nilamba

-Rangi

3 gato doméstico za

N

gU

¯au

5 geneta

n

tu

N

go

6 guepardo

n

sUE

7 leão

n

si

m

ba

8 leopardo

n

sUE

F32 Nyaturu 2 civeta kHaumu

F32a Nyaturu-Cha. 3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta kHaumu

6 guepardo mu

n

Zoni

7 leão

N

g'i

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

g'Wie

F32b Nyaturu-Wil. 2 civeta ro

N

gi

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta

n

tu

N

go

6 guepardo

N

g'uvi

N

g'o

m

be

7 leão

N

g'i

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

g'uvi

F33 Rangi 3 gato doméstico ¯awu

5 geneta

N

kanV

6 guepardo luzi

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo sVBi

F34 Mbugwe 3 gato doméstico ¯awu

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo sVBi

60

ZONA G

A zona G agrupa

línguas faladas numa

área ampla do Leste da

Africa, inclusive no Sul

da Somalia, Leste da

Kenya, daTanzania,

Norte de Moçambique,

e da ilha Comoro.(sem

incluir a ampla

distribuição do

Swahili)

Área do Swahili

como Língua Franca

G10

G11 Gogo 3 gato doméstico ¯ao

Gogo

-Kagulu

7 leão si

m

ba

¯alopala

¯atuni

8 leopardo

n

sui

duma

G12 Kagulu 3 gato doméstico ¯ao

7 leão isi

m

ba

¯alopala

8 leopardo

gWi , ma−

duma

G20

G22a North Pare 3 gato doméstico ki¯awi

Shambala

5 geneta ifu

N

go

7 leão t

h

imba

8 leopardo m`lula

G22b Asu 3 gato doméstico m`¯awi

4 gato selvagem ki¯awi t

S

a sakeni

5 geneta ifu

N

go

6 guepardo itag

h

a

61

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo m`lula

G23 Shambala

3 gato doméstico ¯au

t

S

o

n

jWe

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo Sui

7 leão Si

m

ba

8 leopardo Sui

G24 Bondei 2 civeta fu

N

go

3 gato doméstico m`¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo sui

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo sui

duma

G30

G301 Doe 3 gato doméstico m`¯au

Zigula

7 leão si

m

ba

-Zaramo

8 leopardo sui

duma

G31 Zigula 2 civeta fu

N

go

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo

m

bega

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo sui

duma

G32a Ngh’wele 2 civeta

N

gawa

3 gato doméstico ¯au

paka

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo duma

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo t

S

ui

G32b Kwere 2 civeta ¯au

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo duma

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo duma

sui

G33 Zaramo 2 civeta

N

gawa

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo duma

7 leão si

m

ba

62

N

godomi

8 leopardo t

S

ui

G34 Ngulu 3 gato doméstico m`¯au

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo sui

duma

G35 Ruguru 3 gato doméstico m`¯ao

G36 Kami 2 civeta ¯au ule

N

ga

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo kizHo

N

go duma

7 leão si

m

ba

¯alopala

8 leopardo duma

gWi , ma−

G37 Kutu 2 civeta fu

N

go

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo duma

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo t

S

ui

G40

G401 Mgao 3 gato doméstico maka

Swahili

7 leão Si

m

ba

8 leopardo Suvi

G402 Makwe 1 lince de botas

makanu

n

du 9/10

3 gato doméstico

maka 9/10

5 geneta mu¯a

m

be

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo suBi

G41 Tikuu 4 gato doméstico paka

8 leão si

m

ba

9 leopardo tuvi

G42 Swahili 2 civeta

N

gawa

3 gato doméstico paka

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo duma

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo t

S

ui

G42aa Amu 3 gato doméstico paka

7 leão si

m

ba

G42ab Siu 3 gato doméstico paka

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo tui

G42b Mvita 3 gato doméstico paka

63

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo tui

G42c Pate 3 gato doméstico paka

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo tui

G44a Ngazija 3 gato doméstico

m

paha

G50

Pogolo

-Ndamba

G51 Pogolo 3 gato doméstico ¯au

Nkano

siuzi

5 geneta fu

N

gu

6 guepardo lika

N

gasi

m

ba

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo duma

G52 Ndamba 3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

n

gufu

n

gu

6 guepardo likakasi

m

ba

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo duma

G60

G61 Sango 2 civeta ¯a

n

tSu

Bena

-Kinga

3 gato doméstico

i¯awu / ¯awu

lupaka

5 geneta ifu

N

gofu

N

go

6 guepardo

n

samagu

7 leão

i¯alupala / ¯alupala

8 leopardo iduma

G62 Hehe 2 civeta idu˘ma

3 gato doméstico i¯a˘hu

ilipaka

"gato macho meio

selvagem"

5 geneta idu˘ma

6 guepardo

inuluva / ilituluva

7 leão i¯alupala

¯alopala

8 leopardo idu˘ma

G63 Bena 3 gato doméstico m`¯ao

G64 Pangwa 2 civeta lifu

N

gofu

N

go

3 gato doméstico limisi

ixipHaxa

5 geneta lifu

N

gofu

N

go

6 guepardo lisava

N

ge

7 leão lisi

m

ba

8 leopardo liduma

G65 Kinga 2 civeta imavo

3 gato doméstico i¯au

imavo

64

5 geneta ilisu

N

gu

6 guepardo elibWi

iduma

7 leão i

N

galamu

elibo

n

zu

8 leopardo iduma

G66 Wanji 2 civeta duma

3 gato doméstico ¯avu

5 geneta duma

6 guepardo ¯avu

7 leão ¯alupala

8 leopardo duma

G67 Kisi 2 civeta lifu

N

ga

3 gato doméstico li¯awu

nama

N

ga , tu−

5 geneta lifu

N

ga

6 guepardo li¯a

m

bo

7 leão liduma

8 leopardo sovi

n

tçrome

65

ZONA H

A zona H agrupa línguas faladas na maior parte no Sul do Gabão, Oeste do Congo-

Brazzaville, Oeste do Congo-Kinshasa, e Norte deAngola.

H10

H10a Kituba 2 civeta

kiko›di , ba−/bi−

Kikongo

3 gato doméstico

m

bu@

m

ba , ba−

muka@ma , mi−

N

ga@i , ba−

nia@u , ba−

pu@su , ba−

4 gato selvagem

muke@

N

ge@ / muke

N

gi , mi−

7 leão

N

ko@si , ba−

n

ta@

m

bu , ba−

8 leopardo

N

go , ba−

N

ko›i , ba−

H11 Bembe 2 civeta n`

n

d

z

obo@

3 gato doméstico kiwa@ji

5 geneta musi@˘

m

ba@

7 leão n`

N

ko@si@

8 leopardo n`

N

go@

9 serval n`

n

d

z

usi

H12 Vili 2 civeta

n

zob’u:

3 gato doméstico

¯au , zi−

m`baku , mi−

4 gato selvagem si

n

zi

8 leopardo

N

go

kiku

m

bu , bi−

n`›komo

H16 Kongo 2 civeta

n

zima

3 gato doméstico

m

bu›

m

ba / i

m

bu˘

m

ba, zi−

kiwa›ji, bi−

¯a@u , bi−

m

budi

mWi@si , mi−

gato novo

66

mi

n

si

waji

m

viama

N

gu

mia@u

e

N

gatu

[Kongo-

noroeste]

4 gato selvagem

n

si

n

zi

5 geneta

m

bo›

N

gi ,

m

−

Genetta pardina

m

bo›

N

gia ,

m

−

m

ba^la ,

m

−

7 leão

N

ko@si

8 leopardo

¯

go@

kWebu

9 serval

n

zu›zi

ki

n

sezi

H16aa Kongo-sul

Sikongo

2 civeta

ko

m

be / eko

m

be , ma−

n

Zima ,

n

−

3 gato doméstico

miSi ,

m

−

m

bu

m

ba ,

m

−

budi

5 geneta

m

ba^˘la ,

m

−

m

bo

N

gi ,

m

−

(Genetta pardina)

7 leão

N

koSi ,

N

− /

N

kosi

8 leopardo

N

go ,

N

−

9 serval

n

zuji ,

n

−

H16ab Solongo 3 gato doméstico

m

budi

miSi

m

bu

m

ba

4 gato selvagem si

m

ba

7 leão

N

kosi

8 leopardo

N

go

9 serval

n

deze 9

H16ab Solongo 3 gato doméstico

m

budi

miSi

m

bu

m

ba

4 gato selvagem si

m

ba

7 leão

N

kosi

8 leopardo

N

go

9 serval

n

deze

H16ac Songo 3 gato doméstico miSi

m

bu

m

ba

budi

7 leão

N

kosi

8 leopardo

N

go

H16c Kongo-

Mayombe

2 civeta d

Z

i@

n

d

z

ç^bu›

m

fuki , mi

m

−

67

Yombe 3 gato doméstico

n

si

m

ba

waji / kiwaji, bi−

4 gato selvagem lu@ke›ni› , lukenikeni

m

bo

N

gi

5 geneta

m

ba^la , zi

m

−

8 leopardo

N

go@ , zi

n

−

n`@kç@mu›

H16ca Kongo-oeste 2 civeta

n

zo@bo

Ndibu 3 gato doméstico

m

bu›

m

ba

n

si@

m

ba

H16dc Kongo-norte

Kakongo

3 gato doméstico waja

i

n

zuzia

7 leão kose

zi

N

kose

8 leopardo

N

go

H16f Kongo-

nordeste

2 civeta

n

t

S

i@

n

zi@

Laadi 3 gato doméstico

m

bu›ma@

4 gato selvagem sio&no›

6 guepardo

N

go@

7 leão

N

go@

m

bu›lu›

H16g Kongo-leste 3 gato doméstico

m

bu›

m

ba

Ntandu 4 gato selvagem

n

si

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

go@

9 serval

n

zu›zi

H21 Kimbundu 3 gato doméstico kamuZiri

miSi / kamiSi

kiwaja

H20

Kimbundu

4 gato selvagem

Si

m

ba / muSi

m

ba

kisue

muke

N

ge

kisue@ja

lusu

ta

m

bu

7 leão

hoZi , Zi− / hoSi

n

du

m

ba

ka

n

du

m

ba hoZi

(esp. de)

ki

n

zamu

hitu

8 leopardo

N

go , ji− / i

N

go , ji− / o

N

go

kulama

kamukamu

(espécie de)

9 serval

n

Zi

n

Zi

H21a Ngola 7 leão hoSi

8 leopardo i

N

go

H21b Njinga 8 leopardo kolama

68

H22 Sama 7 leão hosi

8 leopardo i

N

go

H23 Bolo 7 leão hosi , nihosi

8 leopardo i

¯

go , ni

N

go

H24 Songo 3 gato doméstico Si

m

ba , ziSi

m

ba

7 leão hoisi

8 leopardo

ji

¯

gWe , zi−

H30

H31 Yaka 2 civeta

n

d

z

i@ma

Yaka

3 gato doméstico ¯a@˘wu

N

ka@ma@

4 gato selvagem

m

ba@la@

lu

m

bo@

N

gi@

7 leão t

h

a@

m

bu@

N

kWe

8 leopardo k

h

o@˘ja

N

go

jisu@pa@ "

leopardo pequeno"

tami

H32 Suku 8 leopardo

N

go@

H34 Mbangala 7 leão

hoSi /koSi , Si−

8 leopardo kuloama

H40

Hungana

H42 Huana 8 leopardo

N

go

69

ZONA J

A zona J agrupa línguas faladas na área do grande lago, especialmente na Uganda, na

região Leste do Congo-Kinshasa, Rwanda, Burundi, e no Nordeste da Tanzânia , e Oeste da

Kenya.

JD40

JD41 Konzo 3 gato doméstico akaZa

N

go

Konzo

7 leão e

n

dare , esJa

n

dare

-Ndandi

8 leopardo e

N

gWe

JD 42 Nande 2 civeta ekite@

n

de

3 gato doméstico olU@bU

n

dU, aka¯amulo@la@ti

akapu@su, akapusupu@su

epusupu@su

5 geneta aka@si

m

ba

7 leão

e

n

dale / e

n

dali

e¯a

N

gu@su

eki¯a

N

gu@su

omukorobuja

8 leopardo e@boha

esJo@

m

boha / esJoboha

e

N

gweﬂ˘

esoro

JD50

JD 51 Hunde 7 leão

n

da@le

Shi

JD 53 Shi 7 leão n`@tale

-Hunde

8 leopardo

N

gWi

9 serval

n

d

Z

uzi

6 guepardo

JD 56 Bwari 3 gato doméstico ka¯abo, mWera

7 leão

n

da

m

bWe

8 leopardo ¯We

JD60

Ruanda

-Rundi

JD 61 Rwanda 2 civeta ihi

m

bi

iruru@ma

igite&

n

de

3 gato doméstico i

n

ja

N

gWe

70

ipusi@

ihu&ku

i¯ira@hu&ku

4 gato selvagem i

n

turo

5 geneta uruto@ni

ururara

7 leão i

n

tare

8 leopardo i

N

gWe

iginugu@biri

igiot

S

okomo / igiot

S

okoma

i¯a

m

barabare

n

zi

ito&¯otsi

9 serval imo

n

do

i

N

go&

n

do

ima

n

zi

ihu

n

da˘za , mahu

n

daza

i¯a

m

barabatabazi

JD 64 Shubi 1 lince caracal ¯ao

¯amo

5 geneta e

n

tale

N

ga

n

za

6 guepardo

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

n

zumura

7 leão ¯ao

¯amo

JD 66 Há 3 gato doméstico i¯a^bu›

4 gato selvagem igika›ra›

ikigo

m

ba

7 leão i

n

ta›

m

bWe›

i

n

tare

"leão pequeno"

8 leopardo i

N

gWe

i

n

zumula , ama−

JE10

Nyoro

JE101 Gungu 7 leão ntali

si

m

ba

-Ganda

8 leopardo mumWa

JE 11 Nyoro 3 gato doméstico e

n

Za

N

gu

7 leão e

n

tale

8 leopardo e

N

go

JE 111 Kyopi 8 leopardo e

N

gWe

JE 12 Tooro 3 gato doméstico e

n

Za

N

gu

7 leão ekit

S

u

n

t

S

u

8 leopardo e

N

go

JE 121 Hema 3 gato doméstico e

n

d

Z

a@

N

gWa

7 leão e

n

ta@re

8 leopardo e@

N

go

71

JE 13 Nkole 7 leão et

S

it

S

u@

n

t

S

u

8 leopardo e

N

gWe

JE 131 Hima 3 gato doméstico e

n

ja

N

gu

7 leão ekit

S

u@

n

t

S

u , warut

S

u@

n

t

S

u

e

n

tare

8 leopardo e

N

gWe@ , warugWe@

JE 15 Ganda 2 civeta efu

m

be

3 gato doméstico ekapa

akajaju

akaZa

N

gWa

mujai

7 leão

e

m

pologoma / e

m

porogoma

8 leopardo

e

N

go / eNgoi

e

m

para

JE 16 Soga 3 gato doméstico ekapa

akajaju

akaZa

N

gWa

mujai

7 leão

e

m

pologoma / e

m

porogoma

8 leopardo

e

N

go / eNgoi

e

m

para

9 leão ekapa

akajaju

akaZa

N

gWa

mujai

JE 18 Nyala 3 gato domético jimo

n

do

lisi

m

ba

7 leão linani

8 leopardo ji

N

gWe

JE20

JE 21 Nyambo 3 gato domético e

n

za

N

gu

Haya

7 leão e

n

tale

-Jita

8 leopardo

e

n

zumura , ama−

JE 22 Haya 3 gato doméstico

e

n

Za

N

gWa / akaZa

N

gu

akaZa

N

gWa

7 leão

e

n

tale / e

n

tare

8 leopardo e

m

pumi

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

m

pisi

ekitarago

JE 22d Ziba 3 gato doméstico ¯ao

¯amo

7 leão e

n

tale

N

ga

n

za

8 leopardo

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

n

zumura

72

JE 24 Kerebe 2 civeta

ikala , ma−

3 gato doméstico urubaka

e

m

paka

e

n

si

m

ba

5 geneta e

n

si@

m

ba

7 leão e

n

tale

8 leopardo

e

n

da@la@ / e

n

dara

JE 25 Jita 8 leopardo d

Z

i

n

dara

JE30

Masaba

JE 31 Masaba 3 gato doméstico i

n

Zusi

mujaga

-Luhya

7 leão

itala¯i / itolani

8 leopardo i

N

gWe

JE 31a Gisu 3 gato doméstico i

n

Zusi

mujaga

7 leão

itala¯i / itolani

8 leopardo i

N

gWe

JE 31c Bukusu 3 gato doméstico e@pa@ka›

7 leão etalanoi

8 leopardo e

N

gWe

JE 32a Hanga 3 gato doméstico lisi

m

ba

7 leão linani

e

n

dui

8 leopardo i

N

gWe

JE40

Logooli

-Kuria

JE403 Suba 3 gato doméstico

igisi

m

ba , ivi−

ekWçro

egit

S

ugu

8 leopardo ekeiri

e

N

go

JE404 Sizaki 2 civeta e

N

gWe

3 gato doméstico ¯amu

5 geneta e

N

gWe

6 guepardo ke

m

bulu

7 leão eka

8 leopardo e

N

gWe

JE406 Singa 3 gato doméstico lisi

m

ba

7 leão linani

e

n

dui

8 leopardo i

N

gWe

JE42 Gusii 3 gato doméstico Ekebusi

igisi

m

ba

7 leão e@

n

tale@

8 leopardo e@

N

gWi˘

9 serval e@

n

Zuzi

JE43 Kuria 3 gato doméstico

egeta

N

go , evi−

8 Leopardo e

N

gWe

73

ZONA K

A zona K agrupa línguas faladas na cobertura da área da região do Congo-Kinshasa,

Leste de Angola, Oeste de Zambia, e da região do Norte da Namíbia e Botswana.

K10

Chokwe

-Lunda

K11 Chokwe 1 lince caracal

lWama , ma−

mulJaSi , mi_

zuZi, ma−

m

bWakut

S

i

2 civeta

t

S

ikole , ji−

3 gato doméstico

kamiSi , tu− / kameSi , tu−

N

gato

4 gato selvagem

Zima , ma−

5 geneta Si

m

ba

7 leão tHa

m

bWe

i

n

du@

m

ba , ma−

ka¯ali, tu−

8 leopardo

t

S

a

N

g

w

i , j−

k

h

ulwama, ma−

ka

N

gWili , tu−

kazu

n

da

t

S

ite@ta , ji−

K12b Ngangela 1 lince caracal li@vWaki@ ti

3 gato doméstico

m

bi@Si›

4 gato selvagem mu›SWe›

5 geneta i@

n

t5i›

m

ba›

6 guepardo li@Su›

m

pu›

7 leão

n

du@

m

ba›

8 leopardo i@

N

gWe›

9 serval t

S

i@nu›ku›

K13 Luchazi 3 gato doméstico ka

m

bi›Si›

ka

N

ga@tu

7 leão

n

du

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

g

w

e , va−

74

kiSu

m

ba

K14 Lwena 2 civeta t

S

ika›i , vika›i

3 gato doméstico kameSi , tumeSi

N

gatu /

N

gatWe , va

N

gatWe

5 geneta Si

m

ba , vaSi

m

ba

t

S

imona , vimona

6 guepardo su

m

bu , vasu

m

bu

7 leão

n

du@

m

ba , va

n

du@

m

ba

8 leopardo t

S

i@su

m

pa , aji@su

m

pa

t

S

isu›pa , visu›pa

i

N

gWe , vai

N

gWe

ta

m

bWe , vata

m

bWe

9 serval zuZi , vazuZi

mu¥aSi , mi¥aSi

K15 Mbunda 7 leão mu¯ime

8 leopardo

N

gWe

K16 Nyengo 7 leão

n

de

8 leopardo

n

to

K17 Mbwela 3 gato doméstico

m

bisi

7 leão

n

du

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

g

w

e , va−

kiSu

m

ba

K20

K22 Lunda 1 lince caracal

m

bWa

N

go

N

gu , a−

Lunda

2 civeta

t

S

ikai , aji−

3 gato doméstico

kamesa , atu−

kameSi , atu−

bo

n

so

4 gato selvagem

kabo

n

zu , atu−

5 geneta

t

S

imona , aji−

n

Si

m

ba , a−

6 guepardo

t

S

i

n

d

Z

i

n

da , aji−

t

S

isama , aji−

7 leão

n

ta

m

bu , a−

N

kaSama , a−

n

du

m

ba , a−

t

S

i

m

bu , ji

m

bu

8 leopardo

N

ge@

t

S

isu

m

pa , aji− / Su

m

pe , iSu

m

pe

K221 Ndembu 8 leopardo

t

S

isu

m

pa , aji−

K23 Ruund 3 gato doméstico kameS

4 gato selvagem kabo^z

m

ba@l

"felino pequeno (esp. de)"

7 leão

n

ta

m

b

u8h

8 leopardo t

S

isu

m

p

t

S

ise

N

ga

n

ta

m

b

u8h

75

K30

K31 Luyana 3 gato doméstico sinono

Luyana

7 leão

n

de , a

n

dei

n

di , ti

n

di

mu¯ime

8 leopardo

n

do , ti

n

do

N

gWe

K33a Kwangali 1 lince caracal

rugedi , va−

2 civeta

rusi

m

ba , va−

3 gato doméstico

m

bisi , va−

4 gato selvagem

sinono , ji−

5 geneta

rusi

m

ba , va−

6 guepardo

ehu

m

bu , ma−

7 leão

¯ime , va−

8 leopardo

N

gWe , va−

9 serval

etu

N

gira , ma−

K331 Sambyu 1 lince caracal ruge@di

2 civeta liSa^

N

gaSa^

N

ga

3 gato doméstico

re

N

ga@ / kare

N

ga@

m

bi@Si

4 gato selvagem Simo^no

5 geneta ruti^

m

ba

6 guepardo

lihu^

m

bu / liSu^

m

bu

7 leão ¯i@me

8 leopardo

N

gWe@

9 serval

litu^g

h

ira / litu^jira

K332 Gciriku 1 lince caracal ruge@di

2 civeta liSa^

N

gaSa^

N

ga

3 gato doméstico

re

N

ga@ / kare

N

ga@

m

bi@Si

4 gato selvagem Simo^no

5 geneta ruti^

m

ba

6 guepardo

lihu^

m

bu / liSu^

m

bu

7 leão ¯i@me

8 leopardo

N

gWe@

9 serval

litu^g

h

ira / litu^jira

K333 Mbukushu 1 lince caracal kogHo

2 civeta

ru

m

bWa

N

go

N

go, ma−

3 gato doméstico ka@tHe@

4 gato selvagem

tHi›no@no›, ji−

5 geneta tHi›

m

ba›

6 guepardo

di›ku›

m

bWa› , ma−

7 leão ¯i›me›

8 leopardo

n

dHo›gHo›

9 serval nujera

K40

K401 Mbalangwe 8 leopardo u

N

gWE

76

Subiya

K402 Fwe 4 gato selvagem t

S

inau

-Totela

K41 Totela 8 leopardo

N

gWE , ba−

K42 Subiya 3 gato doméstico

t

S

inono , zi−

7 leão

n

davu

8 leopardo

N

gWe

K50

Pende

K51 Mbala 2 civeta

gi@godi , i−

u

m

bWa

N

go

N

go , a@−

3 gato doméstico

N

ga^ji

u

N

gaj , a−

pak'

4 gato selvagem galu

m

bo

N

gi

si^^

m

ba , á−

5 geneta

n

d

Z

i

n

d

Z

i

6 guepardo gise^

N

ga ta^

m

bu

gi

m

bu^

N

gu

significa também

"hiena"

7 leão

gisu@pa i−

ta&

m

bu a−

isi

N

ga t

h

a

m

bu

(dialeto de

Kikwit)

8 leopardo

u

n

zama, a−

ko&j / k

h

o&ji

(dialeto de Kikwit)

K52 Pheende 2 civeta gi

N

ge

ko

m

be

3 gato doméstico mukama

4 gato selvagem

n

zuZi

ejra

5 geneta

n

d

Z

i

n

d

Z

i

7 leão t

h

a

m

b

w

e

8 leopardo gisupa

koloma

9 serval Si

m

ba

(chamado equivocadamente

de "ocelote")

K54 Holu 2 civeta ki@ko@di

3 gato doméstico

ka@mi@si , tu@−

4 gato selvagem

n

zi^

m

bi

7 leão k

h

o@si

8 leopardo k

h

u@l

w

a@ma

77

ZONA L

A zona L agrupa línguas faladas principalmente no Sul do Congo-Kinshasa e na região

Oeste da Zambia.

L20

L21 Kete 8 leopardo o@

N

kaSa , a@

N

kaSa

Songe

L22ba Bindji-sul 3 gato doméstico ka

m

pi@Si›

7 leão

n

ta

m

bu^

8 leopardo ko›ji›

L23 Songye 2 civeta mukJe&

N

gJe@

7 leão

n

ta

m

bWe

8 leopardo

N

ge

L30

L303 Zela 4 gato selvagem ka¯a@

m

ba@

Luba

7 leão

n`

ta

m

bo

8 leopardo

N

ge@

L31a Luba-Kasai 2 civeta

n

Si›

m

ba›

3 gato doméstico

m

paka

ka¯au

4 gato selvagem

m

bala

kabale

n

ti

m

ba

5 geneta

muke›

N

ge , mi−

m

bala /

m

bale

7 leão

n

ta

m

bWa

n

ti

m

ba

8 leopardo

N

kaSama

kisu

m

pa

n

ta

m

bWa

L31b Luluwa 3 gato doméstico

m

balabala

ka

m

biSi

7 leão

n

ta

m

bWe

8 leopardo

N

kasama , tu−

L32 Kanyok 3 gato doméstico kabo

n

z'

7 leão o

n

ta

m

p'

78

8 leopardo ¯ama

N

ga

ko

N

golo

t

S

iso

m

p'

L33

Luba- Katanga

6 guepardo kaze

n

za

n

ta

m

bo

7 leão

n

ta

m

bo

8 leopardo

N

ge@

ka@bWi@ka@ / ka@wi@ka@

L34 Hemba 3 gato doméstico lubaka

kabele , tu−

7 leão

n

tambo

N

kalamo

8 leopardo

N

ge

L35 Sanga 7 leão n@`ta@

m

bo@

8 leopardo

N

ge@

L40

L41 Kaonde 2 civeta katu

m

pa , bakatu

m

pa

Kaonde

3 gato doméstico kamezHi

4 gato selvagem kapaka , tupaka

5 geneta

n

Si

m

ba

6 guepardo

m

pu

m

pu

n

ta

7 leão

n

ta

m

bo

bokWe , mabokWe

8 leopardo

N

ge@˘

t

S

isu

m

pa , kat

S

isu

m

pa

9 serval musuzHi , misuzHi

L60

L62 Nkoya 7 leão kalamo

Nkoya

8 leopardo towo

ka

m

pulu

79

A zona M agrupa línguas numa área da região do Oeste da Tanzania, região do

Sudeste do Congo-Kinshasa, a maior parte da Zâmbia, e a maior parte do Norte e da ponta do

Malawi, e pequena região do Norte de Zimbabwe.

M10 M11 Pimbwe 3 gato doméstico i¯au

Fipa

5 geneta ufu

N

go

-Mambwe

7 leão i

n

si

m

ba

ikala

N

ga

8 leopardo i

N

gWi

kabWima

M12 Rungwa 2 civeta ufu

N

go

3 gato doméstico

i¯au / u¯au

5 geneta ufu

N

go

6 guepardo imo

n

do

7 leão it

S

ikala

e

n

si

m

ba

i

n

sana

8 leopardo

e

N

gWi / i

N

gWi

e

n

suwi / i

n

suwi

M13 Fipa 2 civeta ikuwe

3 gato doméstico i¯au

5 geneta ifu

N

go

6 guepardo i

n

so

N

go

7 leão

ikala

N

gu / ikala

N

ga , aja−

it

S

isama

n

si

m

ba

8 leopardo i

N

gWi

kabWima

M14 Rungu 3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

7 leão t

S

isama

8 leopardo na

N

gu

M15 Mambwe 2 civeta azu

m

bWe

ZONA M

80

3 gato doméstico a¯au

5 geneta afu

N

go

6 guepardo amuso

N

go

7 leão

at

S

isama /

n

sama

8 leopardo ina

N

gu

ka

m

boto

9 serval

m

bale

M20 M201 Lambya 2 civeta usi

n

di

Nyika

4 gato selvagem upusi

-Safwa

5 geneta ifu

N

go

6 guepardo i

n

se

n

zi

7 leão i

N

kalamu

8 leopardo u

n

zJela

M21 Wandia 2 civeta mutolo

3 gato doméstico

eNawu / ¯awu

5 geneta

efututu / fututu

6 guepardo it

S

uzuzuna

N

gu

7 leão

it

S

i

m

bWi / t

S

i

m

bWi

8 leopardo

ina

N

gu / na

N

gu

i

N

ka

m

pu /

N

ka

m

pu

u

n

ziera

M22 Mwanga 3 gato doméstico

eNawu / ¯awu

6 guepardo it

S

uzuzuna

N

gu

7 leão

it

S

i

m

bWi / t

S

i

m

bWi

8 leopardo

i

N

ka

m

pu /

N

ka

m

pu

M23 Nyika 4 gato doméstico

u¯awu , awa−

9 leopardo i

n

zowe

M24 Malila 3 gato doméstico u¯a^Bu

5 geneta i

n

fu

N

go

7 leão i

n

sama

8 leopardo i

N

koko

M25 Safwa 2 civeta ifu

N

go

3 gato doméstico i¯aBu

6 guepardo i

N

goje

7 leão i

n

sama

8 leopardo i

N

goje

M30

Nyakyusa

M301 Ndali 3 gato doméstico u¯au

upusi

-Ngonde

5 geneta ifu

N

go

7 leão i

N

galamu

8 leopardo usa¯aga

M31a Nyakyusa 3 gato doméstico ipusi

¯aru , wa−

akaruk'a

7 leão i

N

galamu

81

M40 M402 Aushi 4 gato selvagem

Bemba

7 leão i@

N

kalamu

M41 Taabwa 2 civeta

mubuku , ba−

3 gato doméstico

kame

n

si , tu−

ka¯au , tu−

4 gato selvagem

kapaka / lupaka , m−

5 geneta

n

si

m

ba , ba

n

−

7 leão

N

kalamu , ba

N

−

n

ta

m

bWe

mukutu , mi−

kala

N

gu /

N

kala

N

ga

8 leopardo

ka

m

fuma , tu− / baka−

9 serval

libalabala , mababala / balibalab

ala

M42 Bemba 1 lince caracal i

n

Si

m

ba

3 gato doméstico ¯a›u›

t

S

o&na@ / it

S

o&na@

pu˘Si

su

m

bWe

m

paka

4 gato selvagem

m

puSi

6 guepardo i

m

fu

N

go

7 leão

i@

N

kalamu / i@

N

kalamo /

N

kalamo

8 leopardo

li@

m

bWi@li@ / i

m

bWi@li@

M421 Lembwe 7 leão i@

N

kalamu

8 leopardo li@

m

bWi@li@

M50 M51 Wisa 3 gato doméstico tJona

Lala-Bisa

7 leão

N

kalamu

-Lamba

8 leopardo i

N

go

M52 Lala 2 civeta

fu

N

gWe , wa−

katu

m

pa , wa−

3 gato doméstico

m

paka

t

S

ona

4 gato selvagem

m

paka

5 geneta i

n

si

m

ba

7 leão i

N

kalamu

i

m

pa

N

ga

siwu

m

bokoto , wa−

8 leopardo i

n

t

S

e

n

se

i

m

balali

i

N

go

N

ke

n

se

9 serval i

m

bale

ka

m

bale , wa−

i¯o

n

si

82

M54 Lamba 3 gato doméstico

m

paka

t

S

ona

4 gato selvagem

m

paka

7 leão

N

kalamu

8 leopardo i

N

go

m

balale

N

ke

n

se

M60 M63 Ila 3 gato doméstico kaze

Lenje

-Tonga

7 leão

Su

m

bWa / uSu

m

bWa

i

n

davu

8 leopardo Siluwe

M631 Sala 3 gato doméstico kaze

7 leão

Su

m

bWa / uSu

m

bWa

i

n

davu

8 leopardo Siluwe

M634 Lumbu 3 gato doméstico kaze

7 leão

Su

m

bWa / uSu

m

bWa

i

n

davu

8 leopardo Siluwe

83

ZONA N

A zona N agrupa línguas faladas em Malawi, região do Norte e Central de

Moçambique, Sul da Tanzania, Leste da Zambia, e pequena regiãodo Norte de Zimbabwe.

N10

Manda

N11 Manda 3 gato doméstico li

m

bujali

lipusi

lihJomi

5 geneta lifu

N

gu

6 guepardo lijugila

7 leão lihi

m

ba

8 leopardo lisovi

N12 Ngoni de

Tanzânia

3 gato doméstico ka

m

lamu

kapusi

5 geneta lihu

N

gu

6 guepardo lihi

m

ba mHuku

7 leão lihi

m

ba

8 leopardo t

S

ihuvi

N121 Ngoni 7 leão

N

ka

N

go , mi−

de Malawi 8 leopardo ¯aribWe

N13 Matengo 1 civeta kisomi

3 gato doméstico musa

m`lamu

hJomi

m

bujali

kanama

N

ga

5 geneta lihu

N

gu

7 leão lihi

m

ba

libç

n

Zo

8 leopardo kihuwi

i

n

sui

N14 Mpoto 3 gato doméstico pusi

m

bu¯au

kimlamo

5 geneta lihu

N

go

7 leão lihi

m

ba

84

8 leopardo kihobi

N15b Siska 3 gato doméstico mbujao

8 leopardo ¯arubWi

N20

Tumbuka

N21a Tumbuka 3 gato doméstico

m

bujao

kanama

N

ga

7 leão ji

N

go

N30 N31a Nyanja 2 civeta ka¯i

m

bi

Chewa

-Nyanja

3 gato doméstico

m

p

h

aka

m

bWijao

4 gato selvagem bvu

m

b

w

e

7 leão t

S

iro

m

bo

m`ka

N

go

N

kHalamu

t

S

iro

m

bo

8 leopardo ka

m

buku

ka

m

pala

¯alub

w

e

ka

N

go

m

bWa

N31b Chewa 2 civeta ka¯i

m

bi

3 gato doméstico

t

S

ona , wa−

7 leão

muka^

N

go , mi−

ka

N

go

m`karamo

8 leopardo ka

m

buku

¯arubWe

N31c Manganja 3 gato doméstico

m

paka

7 leão

muka^

N

go , mi−

8 leopardo ¯alugWe

N40

Senga

N41 Nsenga 3 gato doméstico

m

bujao

t

S

ona

-Sena

7 leão

N

kalamu

8 leopardo i

N

go

N42 Kunda 3 gato doméstico

m

bHaka , ap

h

aka

7 leão

N

kalamo

8 leopardo ¯alugWe

N43 Nyungwe 1 lince de botas bo

N

ga

2 civeta fu

N

go

3 gato doméstico paka , zi

m

paka

7 leão po

n

doro

N

kalamo

8 leopardo ¯arugWe

9 serval mujusi

N44 Sena 1 lince de botas bo

N

ga

3 gato doméstico

m

paka , mapaka

4 gato selvagem

n

d’juzi , zi

n

djuzi

grande, com pele

de leopardo

85

pakabo

N

ga , mapakalo

N

ga

pequeno, pintado

7 leão

n

g’alamo , zi

N

galamo / kalamu

n

so

N

gWe@ , miso

N

gWe@

m

po

n

doro

8 leopardo ¯arugWe@ , a¯arugWe@

9 serval sud

Z

e

N446 Malawi 7 leão fesi

8 leopardo nalugWe

N46 Podzo 3 gato doméstico

m

pHaka

8 leopardo ¯arugWe

86

ZONA P

A zona P agrupa línguas faladas no Sul da Tanzania, Norte de Moçambique, e Sul de

Malawi.

P10 P11 Ndengereko 2 civeta u

N

go

Matumbi

3 gato doméstico

m

baka , mapaka

lijome

¯ao

5 geneta u

N

go

6 guepardo

m

baka poli

7 leão i

m

ba

8 leopardo obe

P12 Rufiji 7 leão i

m

ba

P13 Matuumbi 2 civeta u

N

go

3 gato doméstico mWajome

¯ao

5 geneta u

N

go

6 guepardo mWajome

7 leão i

m

ba

8 leopardo obE

P14 Ngindo 2 civeta lihu

N

gu

3 gato doméstico

m

baka

¯au

m

bujari

kimlamo

5 geneta lihu

N

gu

6 guepardo lila

m

balWaZu

7 leão

lihi

m

ba , ma−

8 leopardo kihobi

9 serval lihu

N

gu

P15 Mbunga 3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

gu

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo duma

87

P20 P21 Yao 2 civeta wu›

N

go›

Yao

3 gato doméstico t

S

o&me› , jo&me›

4 gato selvagem

m`so

m

bola , mi−

t

S

u)lu , i−

5 geneta

m

be^

n

du›

7 leão

disi^

m

ba› , ma−

8 leopardo

t

S

isu@Bi› , i−

9 serval t

S

i›wu@lu›

P22 Mwera 2 civeta

m

baka du

n

du

3 gato doméstico

m

bujao

m

baka

5 geneta

fu

N

go / u

N

go

6 guepardo ¯alubWe

n

Zui

7 leão

N

ka

N

go

i

m

ba

8 leopardo ¯alubWe

uvHi

P23 Makonde 2 civeta ihu

N

go

3 gato doméstico

imaka , di−

u

m

bWija

4 gato selvagem

litSelela , ma−

kaulu , va−

i¯a

m

ba , di− / va−

5 geneta ihu

N

go

6 guepardo i¯udi

7 leão ihi

m

ba , dihi

m

ba

uhi

m

ba , ahi

m

ba / vahi

m

ba 2

n`

n

tumi , mi− / va

n

−

8 leopardo isuBi , disuBi

usuBi , asuBi / vasuBi

P25 Mabiha 2 civeta lipWida

3 gato doméstico

m`maka / lipaka

5 geneta ju

N

gu

7 leão

n

tumi

hi

m

ba

8 leopardo suBi

9 serval

n

Zudi

P30

Makua

P31 Makhuwa 3 gato doméstico

pa›k

h

a , a−

t

S

o›me , a−

pu›si , a−

kWa›tu , a−

N

kanu

4 gato selvagem

mu¯apa , a−

maluwa , a−

88

nipWesa , ma−

musit

S

u , a−

nikokWe , a−

n`¯ika , ma−

n

Se@ne› / Se@ne› , ma−

5 geneta miapa

7 leão

mWat

S

o@ , a−

k

h

aramu , a− / karamo

muka

N

gu , amu−

mWasit

S

u , a−

n`si

m

pa , ma− leão velho e

solitário

8 leopardo

havara , a−

n

t

S

ulukWi , a− /

n

tHulukWi , a−

na

n

tHavi , a−

¯arukWe , a−

9 serval

murowani , a−

P31b Metto 3 gato doméstico paka

mi

n

Za

7 leão karamu

muka

N

gu / ka

N

gu

8 leopardo havara

P31ca Lolo 7 leão

pHodogoma / po

n

do

N

goma

kHalamu

P31cb Takwane 7 leão pHodogoma

P31cc Manyawa 7 leão podogoma

P31cd Marenje 7 leão podogoma

P31ce Kokola 7 leão po)

n

dogoma

P32 Lomwe 3 gato doméstico mohae

7 leão mWato

8 leopardo keregere

severe

P33 Ngulu 2 civeta fu

N

go

3 gato doméstico ¯au

5 geneta fu

N

go

6 guepardo sa

N

galuge

m

be

7 leão si

m

ba

8 leopardo sui

P34 Chuabo 1 lince de botas bo

N

ga

3 gato doméstico paka

7 leão poÍogom´

mWa

n

doe / mWa

n

due

8 leopardo ¯arugWe

89

ZONA R

A zona R agrupa línguas faladas na Angola, Norte de Namíbia e Oeste de Botswana.

R10 R11 Umbundu 1 lince caracal

o

n

d

Z

Wi , olo−

olukWatuki

Umbundu

2 civeta

o

N

gele , olo−

okasi

N

ge

okamuku

oka

n

doti

3 gato doméstico

okale

N

ge , otu− / kale

N

ge

o

N

gatu

4 gato selvagem ot

S

isue, olufue

5 geneta

olusi

m

ba , olo−

okalusi

m

ba , otulu−

6 guepardo

oka¯ali , olo−

7 leão o›hosi , o›do›hosi

o

n

du

m

ba

mWelJuse

N

ge

mu¯u¯a

okuvikuvi

o

N

guli

8 leopardo

o

N

gWe , olo−

o

n

Zui , olo−

olusi

m

ba

okajuvi

okaho

n

d

Z

o , okako

n

d

Z

o

m

ba

n

dakusi

R12 Ndombe 7 leão

n

du

m

bu

8 leopardo o

N

gWe

R13 Nyaneka 3 gato doméstico o

m

bisi

4 gato selvagem ofWe

Felis silvestris cafra

elolo

gato

de maiores

dimensões

5 geneta olusi

m

ba

7 leão o

N

kHofi

o

N

kHulika / o

N

kHurika

90

o

n

du

m

bu

o

m

bu

N

gu

o¯ime

o

m

pHu

m

ba

o

N

guli

8 leopardo o

N

gWe

o

N

kHapi

e

m

balai

o

N

gWe tete

espécie pequena e

muito brava

R14 Khumbi 2 civeta

ofi@mHa , ono−

3 gato doméstico

o@

m

bisi , ono−

6 guepardo eBala , oma@la

7 leão

o@

N

kHeja@ma , ono−

8 leopardo

o@

N

gwe , ono@−

R20

Wambo

-Ndonga

R21 Kwanyama 3 gato doméstico

m

biSi

ofi

m

ba

N

gato

4 gato selvagem ka›le›

N

ga›

6 guepardo e›to@to›no@

7 leão o

N

gHu@di›

on

h

osi

8 leopardo

o

N

gWe› / e

N

gWe

ha@

m

bi@do›

ehi

N

ga

R22 Ndonga 3 gato doméstico kale

N

ga , okale

N

ga

oka

m

biSi , u

m

biSi

N

gatu , o

N

gatu

4 gato selvagem

SihWe , o−

6 guepardo

etotono , oma− 5/6

7 leão

o

n

du

m

bu , o−

o

N

koSi , o− / o

N

kosi

onime , o−

8 leopardo o

N

gWe

ehi

N

ga / eSi

N

ga

9 serval oSijaluhWa , ijaluhWa

R30

Herero

R31 Herero 3 gato doméstico

oka

m

bi@hi@ , ou−

okahWe

7 leão

o

N

ge@ja›ma› , ozo−

o

n

du

m

bi

8 leopardo o@

N

gWe›

otJi

m

baru

N

gWe

R311 Kaoko 7 leão ta

m

bWe

R40 R41 Yeyi 5 geneta u›

n

si@

m

ba›

Shona

7 leão u›

n

da@vu›

8 Leopardo u›

N

gWe@

91

ZONA S

A zona S agrupa línguas faladas na maior parte do Sul da África, especialmente no

Sul da África, Lesotho, Swaziland, Zimbabwe, Botswana e Sul do Moçambique.

Área Zulu

Área Xhosa

Área Shona

Área Tswana

Área Sul do Sotho

Área Norte do Sotho

S?

1

S? Tomboji 3 gato doméstico ma

N

gWe

8 Leopardo ka

m

ba

S? Zaruto 3 gato doméstico

m

baka

8 Leopardo ka

m

ba

S? Rue 3 gato doméstico ma

N

gWe

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

S10

Shona

S10 Shona 7 leão Su

m

ba

m

˙

o

n

doro

1

Cf. em Sir Horry H. Jonhonston 1919. Grupo Q do Sul da Rhodesia-Pungwe-Sabi. 65ª, 66 e 67. p. 268-272.

92

8 Leopardo ru

N

gWe

kHa

m

ba

S11 Korekore 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

doro

S111 Tawara 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

doro

S111 Tawara 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

doro

S112 Budya 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

doro

S12 Zezuru 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

dorç

Su

m

ba

S121 Heva 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

doro

Su

m

ba

S131 Tewe 3 gato doméstico paka

7 Leão

m

bHo

n

dolo

8 Leopardo ka

m

ba

S14 Karanga 3 gato doméstico paka

unema

N

ge

7 Leão Su

m

ba

imo

n

doro

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

m

bada

S141 Duma 3 gato doméstico paka

7 Leão Su

m

ba

S142 Govera 3 gato doméstico paka

7 Leão Su

m

ba

S15 Ndau 3 gato doméstico t

S

ima

N

gobe

paka

7 Leão

m

bHo

n

dolo

Su

m

ba

8 Leopardo

ka

m

ba , ma−

S151 Garwe 7 Leão Su

m

ba

S16 Kalanga 7 Leão hu

m

ba

S16b Nambya 7 Leão iSu

m

ba

S16c Lilima 7 Leão Su

m

ba

S16d Rozvi 7 Leão m

˙

o

n

doro

m

˙

ere

t

S

u

m

ba

S20

Venda

S21 Venda 2 Civeta

da›

m

ba›ra›na›

N

ga› / d

z

a@

m

ba@ra@na@

N

ga@

i¯a

N

ga@nWa›ha@

3 gato doméstico t

S

ima›

N

ge›

4 gato selvagem pHa@ha@

go@wa›

go@ja›

6 Guepardo da›ga›la›d

z

Je›

7 Leão

n

da›u@

8 leopardo i›gWe›

lu›gWe›

93

N

gWe›

9 Serval di›di›

N

gWe›

S30

Sotho

S31 Tswana 3 gato doméstico ka@t

s

i@

pHaxe

-Tswana

6 Guepardo le

N

gao

7 Leão tau

S31c Ngwatu 3 gato doméstico pHaxe

6 Guepardo le

N

gao

7 Leão tau

S32a Pedi 3 gato doméstico semaka

tloli

6 Guepardo le

N

gao

7 Leão tau

lekakuba

8 Leopardo

N

kWe

lepoxo

9 Serval p

h

aha

S33 South Sotho 1 lince caracal tHoane

2 Civeta leqaqane

3 gato doméstico kat

s

e , dikat

s

e

semaka

tloli

4 gato selvagem qWabi

5 Geneta t

s

ipa e nat

h

eba a maholo

geneta

tigrina

t

s

ipa e nat

h

eba a masesane

geneta pintada

6 Guepardo le

N

gau , ma

N

gau

7 Leão tau , ditau

lekakuba

8 Leopardo

N

kWe , di

N

kWe

lepoxo

9 Serval p

h

aha

q

w

ako

tlodi

S34 Lozi 3 gato doméstico

kaze / likaze

5 Geneta

sipa / lisipa

6 Guepardo linau

7 Leão

n

de

8 Leopardo

N

gWi

n

do

S40

Nguni

S40 Nguni 3 gato doméstico

m

paka

m`lamu

nWawi

7 leão

m

po

n

doro

kirWani

m

pozo

N

go

94

N

g

w

e¯ama

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

S41 Xhosa 3 gato doméstico i

m

paka

7 Leão i

n

damse

i

N

go¯ama

ibubesi

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

ihlozi / i

n

dlozi

S42 Zulu 2 Civeta

n

si

m

ba

3 gato doméstico ikati

i

N

gWabi

i

m

paka

4 gato selvagem i

m

bodHla

i

n

d

h

lozi

7 Leão i

m

bube

ibubesi

i

N

gole / i

N

golo

i

N

go¯ama

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe›

i

N

gWa›vu

i

N

gola

ihlosi

ibo

N

go

9 Serval

n

dlo@zi@

S43 Swati 3 gato doméstico

madu / mat' u / omat'u

7 Leão ibubesi

i

m

bube

i

N

go¯ama

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

S44 Ndebele of 3 gato doméstico

u

N

kazi / o

N

kazi

Zimbabwe 7 Leão isilWana

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

S50 S51 Tswa 1 lince de botas bua

n

dera

Tswa

3 gato doméstico t

S

Jo

N

ga

-Rhonga

4 gato selvagem t

s

i

m

ba

7 Leão bo

n

da

8 Leopardo ka

m

ba

S53 Changana, 3 gato doméstico

m

baka

8 Leopardo ka

m

ba

S53b N’walunga 8 Leopardo ji

N

gWe

S53e Gwamba 3 gato doméstico Sima

N

ga

8 Leopardo ji

N

gWe

S532 Gwamba 3 gato doméstico

Sipakana , bsi−

Sipaka , bsi−

SipiSi , bsi−

S54 Rhonga 4 gato selvagem ji

n

si

m

ba , ti

n

si

m

ba

95

7 Leão

i

n

dao / ji

n

d

Z

au , ti−

N

gala

8 Leopardo

i

N

gWe / ji

N

gWe , ti−

9 Serval

ji

n

dloti , ti−

S60 S61 Chopi 3 gato doméstico wo

N

ga

Copi

4 gato selvagem t

s

i

m

ba

7 Leão

N

gala

S611 Lenge 3 gato doméstico wo

N

ga

4 gato selvagem t

s

i

m

ba

7 Leão

N

gala

N

kalamu

8 Leopardo

Siluwe , wa−

S62 Shengwe 3 gato doméstico gima

N

ga

7 Leão

bo

n

do / bo

n

da

8 Leopardo i

N

gWe

ka

m

ba

96

CAPÍTULO 4

CLASSIFICAÇÃO SEMÂNTICA

DOS

ZOÔNIMOS

97

4.1. LINCES

G402 makanu

n

du

JD 64 ¯ao

¯amo

K11

lWama , ma−

mulJaSi , mi−

zuZi, ma−

m

bWakut

S

i

K12b li@vWaki@ ti

K22

m

bWa

N

go

N

gu , a−

K33a

rugedi , va−

K331 ruge@di

K332 ruge@di

K333 kogHo

M42 i

n

Si

m

ba

N13 kisomi

N43 bo

N

ga

N44 bo

N

ga

P34 bo

N

ga

R11

o

n

d

Z

Wi , olo−

olukWatuki

S33 tHoane

S51 bua

n

dera

98

4.2. CIVETA

A11

m

ba

A111

m

ba

A121

m

ba

A122

m

ba

A462

n

d

Z

ç&

A62c

gijçbç , bi−

n

sçpç@ , i−

A72 zol

m

vi

A841

dWa&b , bi−

B11a niwa

B202

n

zç^bç@ , ba

n

−

B305

ged

j

çbç@ , bi−

mukE@

N

gE , mi−

B52

n

zçbç , ba−

mu

N

gania

C30b mosç@lç

C35b

liçbç@ , ba− / diobo

C61 bowa@ne@

d

Z

ç&

C71 d

j

çwç@

D12 tSi@

m

ba@

D13 musi@

m

ba@

D25

mu›si@lE› , me−

D32 akeka@

D43

n

ti@

n

di@

D54a m`si@

m

ba@

D54b m`si@

m

ba@

D54c musi@

m

ba@

D54d m`si@

m

ba@

D54e m`si@

m

ba@

E46 ebu

E55a

N

go

E55b

N

go

E621aa narot

S

o

E621ab ki¯aru

E621b

m

baka

E623a

N

gajaja

E71

ule

m

be

F21

n

tu

N

go

F24 i

n

tu

N

go

F25

o

m

bolo

F31 za

N

gu wa m

w

is

99

F32 kHaumu

F32b ro

N

gi

G24 fu

N

go

G31 fu

N

go

G32a

N

gawa

G32b ¯au

G33

N

gawa

G36 ¯au ule

N

ga

G37 fu

N

go

G42

N

gawa

G61 ¯a

n

tSu

G62 iduma

G64 lifu

N

gofu

N

go

G65 imavo

G66 duma

G67 lifu

N

ga

H10a

kiko›di , ba−/bi−

H11 n`

n

d

z

obo@

H12

n

zob’u

H16

n

zima

H16aa

ko

m

be / eko

m

be , ma−

n

Zima ,

n

−

H16c d

Z

i@

n

d

z

ç^bu›

m

fuki , mi

m

−

H16ca

n

zo@bo

H16f

n

t

S

i@

n

zi@

H31

n

d

z

i@ma

JD 42 ekite@

n

de

JD 61 ihi

m

bi

iruru@ma

igite&

n

de

JE 15 efu

m

be

JE 24

ikala , ma−

JE404 e

N

gWe

K11

t

S

ikole , ji−

K14 t

S

ika›i , vika›i

K22

t

S

ikai , aji−

K33a

rusi

m

ba , va−

K331 liSa^

N

gaSa^

N

ga

K332

liSa^

N

gaSa^

N

ga

K333

ru

m

bWa

N

go

N

go, ma−

K51

gi@ godi , i−

u

m

bWa

N

go

N

go , a@−

K52 gi

N

ge

ko

m

be

100

K54 ki@ko@di

L23 mukJe&

N

gJe@

L31a

n

Si›

m

ba›

L41

katu

m

pa , bakatu−

M12 ufu

N

go

M13 ikuwe

M15 azu

m

bWe

M201 usi

n

di

M25 ifu

N

go

M41

mubuku , ba−

M52

fu

N

gWe , wa−

katu

m

pa , wa−

N31a ka¯i

m

bi

N31b ka¯i

m

bi

N43

fu

N

go

P11 u

N

go

P13 u

N

go

P14 lihu

N

gu

P21 wu›

N

go›

P22

m

baka du

n

du

P23 ihu

N

go

P25 lipWida

P33 fu

N

go

R11

o

N

gele , olo−

okasi

N

ge

okamuku

oka

n

doti

R14

ofi@mHa , ono−

S21

da›

m

ba›ra›na›

N

ga› / d

z

a@

m

ba@ra@na@

N

ga@

i¯a

N

ga@nWa›ha@

S33

leqaqane

S42

n

si

m

ba

101

4.3. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

A11 koa

A111 aNWa

koa

A111 aNWa

A121 aNa

koa

A122 aNWa

koa

Si

N

gi

A13 SiN

A14 Sa

N

kala

si

N

ge

A15ca SeN

A141 SiN

A22 m

w

a^

m

ba›la

A23 ma

m

bala

A24 si

N

gi

A25 si

N

gi

A31 i

n

Zipa

bWatu

A32

awa

m

bara , ba−

A32a si

N

gi

A32b si

N

gi

A34 pWesi

A41

m

bio

A41b SiN

A43a si@

N

gI^

Kala

A462

mu^˘s

A52

m

bio

A601e

awa

m

bara , ba−

A62c

isi@Na

mu˘sE@

A71 i›si@

N

ga^

A72

N

go#

n

ta@n

e@si

N

ga , bi−

A74a pWesi

esi

N

gi

A75

n

si

N

g'

A75a esi

N

gi

A81 si

N

gi

A811 si

N

gi

B11a

pus

oSi

¯

gi

102

B11b ¯ami

B11e o

m

bisi

B202

mu@kç@ƒç› , mi@−

B204

mu›

m

b

w

E›lE›, mi›−

B21 pusu

B22a ¯ame

B22b ¯ame

B24

N

kç^˘ƒ

↓

ç› , mi@−

B25

ma@¯i› , ba›−

B305

bukç@gç

bWa

N

ga

bukçgç bWa

N

ga

ma@ji

B251 mai , mamai

B32

e@maji / di@−

n

Zot

S

i

B33

n

Zot

S

i

B41

n

t

S

ut

S

i

B42

n

t

S

ut

S

i

B51

mukogo , mi−

B52

mukog

h

o

n

Zut

S

i

B61

tewae , le−

B62

kewai , e−

B71

n

Zut' , ba−

B75

N

ganion

B73d kewai

B77b

N

ganiu

buma

B81 dJobo

B82

m

pusi

ga

m

pamu

tewae

C24 ç›

m

b

w

E@lE›

C25

N

ga›pa@mi›

C25a o

m

bWE&

C31c

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

C32

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

C32

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

C321

N

ga

m

pa

N

go

C35b

boluato@ , be−

N

ga

m

bale

C322 dJobo

C36a ko

n

doko

C36d ko

n

doko

103

C37 ko

n

doko

C41

a@kç@

n

dçkç / i@kç@

n

d

Z

çkç / i@kç@

N

gçkç

C42 oko

n

doko

C43b de

n

dara

C44 da

n

dala

bu

N

gu

C52 ko

n

doko

C54 paa

C55 faka

moso

m

ba

C56 paka

C61

N

ga

m

pa@

N

ga

N

gçi

m

pame

C61b boma

N

ga

C61l

bubuzi , bi−

C71

¯a@o@

paka

omole

C82 wa

N

gi

C83 puS

D14a

m

`pa›ka›

mosiko

D22

n

Za

N

gWa , ba−

D25

¯a@gU›

paka

mWera

D27

/L27

anono , to−

D28a ¯avu

D32

kajaju

D33 e

n

Za

N

gWa

D331 e

n

Za

N

gWa

D54a

pa@ka

D54b

pa@ka

D54c

apa@ka

D54d

na@lçba

E51 kaiho

moruaru

m

paka

E55

m

baka

E55a

m

baka

E55b

m

baka

E60

N

kite

m

paka

E621a ¯au

moruaru

m

paka

104

E621aa

m

paka

E621ab

m

paka

E621b

m

baka

Ise

E621c baka

E621d baka

E622a

N

kite

m

paka

E622c misi

paka

E623c

m

baka

E623a

baka

E65 ki¯ani

ki¯awi

E71

m

fuateni

E72 upusi

u¯avo

E72a paka

¯au

E72d paka

¯au

E73 paka

¯au

E74a pusi

mu¯ao , mi−

E74b mu¯awi

F11 ka¯ag

w

i

F21

¯a&u / ¯a&mu

F22 ¯a&˘BU&

t

S

au

N

gu

liza

N

go

F22b ¯a&BU&

F22d ¯awa

F23 ¯awo

F24

i¯au

F25

e¯au

e

m

baka

F31

za

N

gU

¯au

F32a ¯au

F32b

¯au

F33 ¯awu

F34 ¯awu

G11 ¯ao

G12 ¯ao

G22a ki¯awi

105

G22b m`¯awi

G23 ¯au

t

S

o

n

jWe

G24

m`¯au

G301 m`¯au

G31

¯au

G32a

¯au

paka

G32b

¯au

G33

¯au

G34 m`¯au

G35 m`¯ao

G36

¯au

G37

¯au

G402

maka

G42

paka

G42ab paka

G42aa paka

G42b paka

G42c paka

G44a

m

paha

G51 ¯au

N

kano

siuzi

G52 ¯au

G61

i¯awu / ¯awu

lupaka

G62

i¯ahu

ilipaka

G65

i¯au

imavo

G66

¯avu

G67

li¯awu

nama

N

ga , tu−

H10a

m

bu@

m

ba , ba−

muka@ma , mi−

N

ga@i , ba−

¯ia@u , ba−

pu@su , ba−

H11

kiwa@ji

H12

¯au , zi−

m`baku , mi−

H16

m

bu›

m

ba / i

m

bu

m

ba, zi−

kiwa›ji, bi−

¯a@u , bi−

106

m

budi

mWi@si , mi−

mi

n

si

waji

m

viama

N

gu

mia@u

e

N

gatu

H16aa

miSi ,

m

−

m

bu

m

ba ,

m

−

budi

H16ab

m

budi

miSi

m

bu

m

ba

H16ab

m

budi

miSi

m

bu

m

ba

H16ac miSi

m

bu

m

ba

budi

H16c

n

si

m

ba

waji / kiwaji, bi−

H16ca

m

bu›

m

ba

n

si@

m

ba

H16dc waja

i

n

zuzia

H16f

m

bu›˘ma@

H16g

m

bu›

m

ba

H21 kamuZiri

miSi / kamiSi

kiwaja

H24 Si

m

ba , ziSi

m

ba

H31

¯a@˘wu

N

ka@ma@

JD41 akaZa

N

go

JD 42

olU@bU

n

dU

aka¯amulo@la@ti

akapu@su

akapusupu@su

epusupu@su

JD 56

ka¯abo

mWera

JD 61

i

n

ja

N

gWe

ipusi@

ihu&ku

i¯ira@hu&˘ku

JD 66 i¯a^bu›

107

JE 11 e

n

Za

N

gu

JE 12 e

n

Za

N

gu

JE 131 e

n

ja

N

gu

JE 121 e

n

d

Z

a@

N

gWa

JE 15

ekapa

akajaju

akaZa

N

gWa

mujai

JE 16 ekapa

akajaju

akaZa

N

gWa

mujai

JE 18 jimo

n

do

lisi

m

ba

JE 21 e

n

za

N

gu

JE 22

e

n

Za

N

gWa / akaZa

N

gu

akaZa

N

gWa

JE 22d ¯ao

¯amo

JE 24

urubaka

e

m

paka

e

n

si

m

ba

JE 31 i

n

Zusi

mujaga

JE 31a i

n

Zusi

mujaga

JE 31c e@pa@ka›

JE 32a lisi

m

ba

JE403

igisi

m

ba , ivi−

ekWçro

egit

S

ugu

JE404

¯amu

JE406 lisi

m

ba

JE42 Ekebusi

igisi

m

ba

JE43

egeta

N

go , evi−

K11

kamiSi , tu− / kameSi , tu−

N

gato

K12b

m

bi@Si›

K13 ka

m

bi›xi›

ka

N

ga@tu

K14

kameSi , tumeSi

N

gatu /

N

gatWe , va

N

gatWe

K17

m

bisi

K22

kamesa , atu−

kameSi , atu−

108

bo

n

so

K23 kameS

K31 sinono

K33a

m

bisi , va−

K331

re

N

ga@ / kare

N

ga@

m

bi@Si

K332

re

N

ga@ / kare

N

ga@

m

bi@Si

K333

ka@tHe@

K42

t

S

inono , zi−

K51

N

ga^ji

u

N

gaj , a−

pak'

K52

mukama

K54

ka@mi@si , tu@−

L22ba ka

m

pi@Si›

L31a

m

paka

ka¯au

L31b

m

balabala

ka

m

biSi

L32 kabo

n

z'

L34 lubaka

kabele , tu−

L41 kamezHi

M11 i¯au

M12

i¯au / u¯au

M13

i¯au

M14 ¯au

M15

a¯au

M21

eNawu / ¯awu

M22

eNawu / ¯awu

M24 u¯a^Bu

M25

i¯aBu

M301 u¯au

upusi

M31a ipusi

¯aru , wa−

akaruk'a

M41

kame

n

si , tu−

ka¯au , tu−

M42

¯a›u›

t

S

o&na@ / it

S

o&na@

puSi

su

m

bWe

m

paka

109

M51 tJona

M52

m

paka

t

S

ona

M54

m

paka

t

S

ona

M63 kaze

M631 kaze

M634 kaze

N11 li

m

bujali

lipusi

lihJomi

N12 ka

m

lamu

kapusi

N13

musa

m`lamu

hJomi

m

bujali

kanama

N

ga

N14 pusi

m

bu¯au

kimlamo

N15b mbujao

N21a

m

bujao

kanama

N

ga

N31a

m

p

h

aka

m

bWijao

N31b

t

S

ona , wa−

N31c

m

paka

N41

m

bujao

t

S

ona

N42

m

bHaka , ap

h

aka

N44

m

paka , mapaka

N43

paka , zi

m

paka

N46

m

pHaka

P11

m

baka , mapaka

lijome

¯ao

P13

mWajome

¯ao

P14

m

baka

¯au

m

bujari

kimlamo

P15 ¯au

P21

t

S

o&me› , jo&me›

P22

m

bujao

110

m

baka

P23

imaka , di−

u

m

bWija

P25

m`maka / lipaka

P31

pa›k

h

a , a−

t

S

o›me , a−

pu›si , a−

kWa›tu , a−

N

kanu

P31b paka

mi

n

Za

P32 mohae

P33

¯au

P34 paka

R11

okale

N

ge , otu− / kale

N

ge

o

N

gatu

R13 o

m

bisi

R14

o@

m

bisi , ono−

R21

m

biSi

ofi

m

ba

N

gato

R22 kale

N

ga , o˘kale

N

ga

oka

m

biSi , u

m

biSi

N

gatu , o

N

gatu

R31

oka

m

bi@hi@ , ou−

okahWe

Sxx ma

N

gWe

Sxy

m

baka

Sxz ma

N

gWe

S131 paka

S14 paka

unema

N

ge

S141 paka

S142 paka

S15 t

S

ima

N

gobe

paka

S21

t

S

ima›

N

ge›

S31 ka@t

s

i@

pHaxe

S31c pHaxe

S32a semaka

tloli

S33 katse , dikatse

semaka

tloli

111

S34

kaze / likaze

S40

m

paka

m`lamu

nWawi

S41 i

m

paka

S42

ikati

i

N

gWabi

i

m

paka

S43

madu / mat' u / omat'u

S44

u

N

kazi / o

N

kazi

S51

t

S

Jo

N

ga

S53

m

baka

S53e Sima

N

ga

S532

Sipakana , bsi−

Sipaka , bsi−

SipiSi , bsi−

S61 wo

N

ga

S611 wo

N

ga

S62 gima

N

ga

112

4.4. GATOS SELVAGENS

A31

n

t

S

i

m

ba

A462

nusu´N´@l´@N , tu−

nçsçla aka@n , tç−

A62c

nufili@No

n

di@ , tu−

numa

n

dE@ / nçma

n

dE , tu−

nupE@sEk , tu−

A72

n

d

z

ol

B305

la@bo

B83 pak'

C41

bo

n

do@ko@

mo

n

di

m

ba

ga

m

bala

C61

lçwa@

D13

i

m

pa@ka

D25

musi

m

ba, mi−

D32

asi@

m

ba

me@pu›lu

G22b

ki¯awi t

S

a sakeni

G41 paka

H10a

muke@

N

ge@ / muke

N

gi , mi−

H12

si

n

zi

H16

n

si

n

zi

H16ab si

m

ba

H16c

lu@ke›ni› , lukenikeni

m

bo

N

gi

H16f

sio&no›

H16g

n

si

m

ba

H21

Si

m

ba / muSi

m

ba

kisue

muke

N

ge

kisue@ja

lusu

ta

m

bu

H31

m

ba@la@

lu

m

bo@

N

gi@

JD 61

i

n

turo

JD 66

igika›ra›

ikigo

m

ba

K11

Zima , ma−

K12b

mu›SWe›

K22

kabo

n

zu , atu−

K23

kabo^z

m

ba@l

K33a

sinono , ji−

113

K331 Simo^no

K332

Simo^no

K333

tHi›no@no›, ji−

K402 t

S

inau

K51

galu

m

bo

N

gi

si^^

m

ba , á−

K52

Si

m

ba

K52

n

zuZi

ejra

K54

n

zi^

m

bi

L303 ka¯a@

m

ba@

L31a

m

bala

kabale

n

ti

m

ba

L41 kapaka , tupaka

M201 upusi

M23

u¯awu , awa−

M41

kapaka / lupaka , m−

N31a

bvu

m

b

w

e

N44

n

d’juzi , zi

n

d

j

uzi

paka bo

N

ga , mapaka lo

N

ga

P21

m`so

m

bola , mi−

t

S

u)lu , i−

P23

litSelela , ma−

kaulu , va−

i¯a

m

ba , di− / va−

P31

mu¯apa , a−

maluwa , a−

nipWesa , ma−

musit

S

u , a−

nikokWe , a−

n`¯ika , ma−

n

Se@ne› / Se@ne› , ma−

R11

ot

S

isue

olufue

R13

ofWe, elolo

R21

ka›le›

N

ga›

R22

SihWe , o−

S21

pHa@ha@, go@wa›, go@ja›

S33

qWabi

S42

i

m

bodHla, i

n

d

h

lozi

S51 t

s

imba

S54

ji

n

si

m

ba , ti

n

−

S61

t

s

i

m

ba

S611

t

s

i

m

ba

114

4.5. GENETA

A62c

gijçbç , bi−

A72

n

si&n

B11a

si

N

gi

B305

−si

N

gi

B52

musi

N

gi , mi−

B82

n

zir /

n

zYr

C35b

boba

N

ga@ , be−

n

si@

m

ba@

C61 jE@¯i

bç

N

kç@nç

boma

N

ga

D54e

ta

m

bWE

E46

ebina

E55a

N

go

E55b

N

go

E621a

fu

N

gu

E621aa narot

S

o

E621ab ki¯a˘ru

E621b

m

baka

E622c

ipaka

E623a

ita

E65

kiSeg

h

e

E72

i

m

fu

N

go

F31

n

tu

N

go

F24

i

n

tu

N

go

F25

ofu

N

go

F32a

kHaumu

F32b

n

tu

N

go

F33

N

kanV

G22a

ifu

N

go

G22b

ifu

N

go

G23

fu

N

go

G24

fu

N

go

G31

fu

N

go

G32a

fu

N

go

G32b

fu

N

go

G33

fu

N

go

G36

fu

N

go

G37

fu

N

go

G402

mu¯a

m

be

G42

fu

N

go

G51

fu

N

gu

G52

fu

n

gufu

n

gu

115

G61

ifu

N

gofu

N

go

G62

iduma

G64

lifu

N

gofu

N

go

G65

ilisu

N

gu

G66

duma

G67

lifu

N

ga

H11

musi@

m

ba@

H16

m

bo›

N

gi ,

m

−

m

bo›

N

gia ,

m

−

m

ba^la ,

m

−

H16aa

m

ba^la ,

m

−

m

bo

N

gi ,

m

−

H16c

m

ba^la , zi

m

−

JD 42

aka@si

m

ba

JD 61

uruto@ni

ururara

JD 64

e

n

tale

N

ga

n

za

JE 24

e

n

si@

m

ba

JE404

e

N

gWe

K11

Si

m

ba

K12b

i@

n

t5i›

m

ba›

K14

Si

m

ba , va−

t

S

imona , vi−

K22

t

S

imona , aji−

n

Si

m

ba , a−

K33a

rusi

m

ba , va−

K331 ruti^

m

ba

K332

ruti^

m

ba

K333 tHi›

m

ba›

K51

n

d

Z

i

n

d

Z

i

K52

n

d

Z

i

n

d

Z

i

L31a

muke›

N

ge , mi−

m

bala /

m

bale

M11

ufu

N

go

M12

ufu

N

go

M13

ifu

N

go

M14

fu

N

go

M15

afu

N

go

M201 ifu

N

go

M21

efututu / fututu

M24

i

n

fu

N

go

M301 ifu

N

go

M41

n

si

m

ba , ba

n

−

M52

i

n

si

m

ba

116

N11

lifu

N

gu

N12

lihu

N

gu

N14

lihu

N

go

P11

u

N

go

P13

u

N

go

P14

lihu

N

gu

P15

fu

N

gu

P21

m

be^

n

du› 9/10

P22

fu

N

go / u

N

go

P23

ihu

N

go

P25

ju

N

gu

P31 miapa

P33

fu

N

go

R11

olusi

m

ba , olo−

okalusi

m

ba , otulu−

R13

olusi

m

ba

R41 u›

n

si@

m

ba›

S33

t

s

ipa e nat

h

eba a maholo

t

s

ipa e nat

h

eba a masesane

S34

sipa / li−

117

4.6. GUEPARDO

C71

n

ta

m

b

w

e@

C85 koi

D54e

ha

N

gWE

E46

ebElE

D54e

ha

N

gWE

E55a

IkinU

E55b

kakoka maei

E621aa

m

pau

E621ab narot

S

o

E621b

N

gare

E621c

obasi

E622c

ru

N

g

w

i (ja

N

goe)

E622cbc ru

N

gu

E623a

n

dana

E65

m`lula

F24

ivalavala

F31 nsUE

F32a

mu

n

Zoni

F32b

N

g'uvi

N

g'o

m

be

F33

luzi

G22b

itag

h

a

G23

Sui

G24

sui

G31

m

bega

G32a

duma

G32b

duma

G33

duma

G36

kizHo

N

go duma

G37

duma

G42

duma

G51

lika

N

ga si

m

ba

G52

likaka si

m

ba

G61

n

samagu

G62

inuluva / ilituluva

G64

lisava

N

ge

G65

elibWi

iduma

G66

¯avu

G67

li¯a

m

bo

H16f

N

go@

JD 64

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

n

zumura

JE404

ke

m

bulu

K12b

li@Su›

m

pu›

118

K14

su

m

bu , va−

K22

t

S

i

n

d

Z

i

n

da , aji−

t

S

isama , aji−

K33a

ehu

m

bu , ma−

K331

lihu^

m

bu / liSu^

m

bu

K332

lihu^

m

bu / liSu^

m

bu

K333

di›ku›

m

bWa› , ma−

K51

gise^

N

ga ta^

m

bu

gi

m

bu^

N

gu

L33 kaze

n

za

n

ta

m

bo

L41

m

pu

m

pu

n

ta

M12

imo

n

do

M13

i

n

so

N

go

M15

amuso

N

go

M201 i

n

se

n

zi

M21 it

S

uzuzuna

N

gu

M22

it

S

uzuzuna

N

gu

M25

i

N

goje

M42

i

m

fu

N

go

N11

lijugila

N12

lihi

m

ba mHuku

P11

m

baka poli

P13

mWajome

P14

lila

m

balWaZu

P22

¯alubWe

n

Zui

P23

i¯udi

P33

sa

N

galuge

m

be

R11

oka¯ali , olo−

R14 eBala , oma@la

R21

e›to@to›no@

R22

etotono , oma−

S21

da›ga›la›d

z

Je›

S31 le

N

gao

S31c

le

N

gao

S32a

le

N

gao

S33

le

N

gau , ma

N

−

S34

linau

119

4.7. LEÃO

A11

N

gia

A111

N

gia

A121

N

gia

A122

N

gia

A22

m

ba

N

gu

A24

N

gila

A25

N

gila

A32

N

gia

A462

N

ga

N

gç@@

A46 i

N

gojo@

A62c

aNual , i−

i

N

gojo

A71

i›

NÉM

gÉbe@m

A72

e

N

gWem , bi−

A75

NÉm

gÉb´›

NÉm

gÉb´›m

A81

n

Sio , ba

n

−

A811

n

Sio , ba

n

−

B11a

bi

n

d

Z

i

B11b

∫o@li› / ∫U@li› , bç@l , bo@le›

mi

@N

gi›ri›

m

baki

B202

e@

N

gu@

N

gu› , bi@−

B204

N

go›

N

go@ , ba›n−

B22a

nina

B22b

nina

B25

N

gÉbo›

N

gÉb

↓

o› , ba›−

B301 ƒe

m

bo

N

go

B305

ge

m

bo

N

go@ , bi−

B42 i@

m

bu^

N

gu›

B52

ji

m

bu

N

gu , bi−

B61

gebowo , e−

B62

kebobo / bobo

B71

gekumu , be−

B73d

N

kosi

B75

ka›

N

gu›

N

gu@

N

kWe

B77b

N

kWe

N

go

m

bulu

B82

kemuk

n

ta

m

bo

B85

N

kOﬂt

C30b

N

kç@si

C31b

N

kç@si

120

C31c

N

koSe

C32

N

kç@si

C321

N

koSe

C35b

N

kçhi

C41

si@

m

ba@

C43b

gu

N

guru

C44

bJuk

C61

e

N

ge@

m

be@

N

kç@si

C56

ikakala

C702 ki

m

b

w

i

C71

N

ki

m

b

w

e@

n

ta

m

b

w

e@

ta

m

bu

C72

N

kç@si

ta

m

bWE

C76

−si@

m

ba 9/10

C82

n

ta

m

b

w

E

D14a

mo›si@

m

ba@ / si@

m

ba@

j´raN , çj´raN / maj´raN

D25

n

si@

m

ba@ / ta

m

bWe

D28

n

ta

m

bWe

D28a

n

ta

m

bWe

D311 silio

D32

si

m

ba

D43

n

ta@re

D54a

ta

m

bWE

D54b

ta

m

bWE

D54c

ta

m

bWE

D54d

ta

m

bWE

D54e

m`si@

m

ba@

E46

-Elo

E51

morot

h

i@ / morozi

E55

mu¯e

m

bo

ti

m

ba

E55a

mU¯a

m

bU

E55b

mU¯a

m

bU

E60

si

m

ba

E621a

si

m

ba

moroti

E621aa

N

gatu¯i

E621ab

N

gatu¯i

E621b

miso

E621c

si

m

ba

E621d

si

m

ba

121

E622a

si

m

ba

E622c

si

m

ba

E622cbc si

m

ba

mop

f

i¯a

E622cc si

m

ba

E623a

N

gare

mo¯i

si

m

ba

E623c

N

gare

E623d si

m

ba

E65

t

h

i

m

ba

E71

d

z

i

m

ba

E72

i

n

sama

E72a

t

s

i

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

E72d

t

s

i

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

E73

t

s

i

m

ba

mu¯a

m

bo

E74b

si

m

ba

F11

n

si

m

ba

F22

n

si

m

ba

F22d

n

si

m

ba

F23

n

Si

m

ba

F24

i

n

si

m

ba

F25 esama

F31

n

si

m

ba

F32a

N

g'i

m

ba

F32b

N

g'i

m

ba

F33

si

m

ba

F34

si

m

ba

G11

si

m

ba

¯alopala

¯atuni

G12

isi

m

ba

¯alopala

G22a

t

h

i

m

ba

G22b si

m

ba

G23

Si

m

ba

G24

si

m

ba

G301

si

m

ba

G31

si

m

ba

G32a

si

m

ba

G32b

si

m

ba

G33

si

m

ba

N

godomi

122

G34

si

m

ba

G36

si

m

ba

¯alopala

G37

si

m

ba

G401

Si

m

ba

G402

si

m

ba

G42

si

m

ba

G42aa si

m

ba

G42ab s

im

ba

G42b

si

m

ba

G42c si

m

ba

G51

si

m

ba

G52

si

m

ba

G61

i¯alupala / ¯alupala

G62

i¯alupala

¯alopala

G64

lisi

m

ba

G65

i

N

galamu

elibo

n

zu

G66

¯alupala

G67

liduma

H10a

N

ko@si , ba−

n

ta@

m

bu , ba−

H11

n`

N

ko@si@

H16

N

ko@si

H16aa

N

koSi ,

N

− /

N

kosi

H16ab

N

kosi

H16ac

N

kosi

H16dc

kose, zi

N_

H16f

N

go@

m

bu›lu›

H21

hoZi , Zi− / hoSi

n

du

m

ba

ka

n

du

m

ba hoZi

ki

n

zamu

hitu

H21a hoSi

H22 hosi

H23

hosi , ni-

H24

hoisi

H31

t

h

a@

m

bu@

N

kWe

H34

hoSi /koSi , Si−

JD41 e

n

dare , esJa

n

dare

JD 42

e

n

dale / e

n

dali

e¯a

N

gu@su

123

eki¯a

N

gu@su

omukorobuja

JD 51

n

da@le

JD 53 n`@tale

JD 56

n

da

m

bWe

JD 61

i

n

tare

JD 64

¯ao

¯amo

JD 66

i

n

ta›

m

bWe›

i

n

tare

JE101 ntali

si

m

ba

JE 11

e

n

tale

JE 12

ekit

S

u

n

t

S

u

JE 121

e

n

ta@re

JE 13 et

S

it

S

u@

n

t

S

u

JE 131

ekit

S

u@

n

t

S

u , waru−

e

n

tare

JE 15

e

m

pologoma / e

m

porogoma

JE 16

e

m

pologoma / e

m

porogoma

JE 18

linani

JE 21

e

n

tale

JE 22

e

n

tale / e

n

tare

JE 22d

e

n

tale

N

ga

n

za

JE 24

e

n

tale

JE 31

itala¯i / itolani

JE 31a

itala¯i / itolani

JE 31c etalanoi

JE 32a

linani

e

n

dui

JE404

eka

JE406

linani

e

n

dui

JE42

e@

n

tale@

K11

tHa

m

bWe

i

n

du@

m

ba , ma−

ka¯ali, tu−

K12b

n

du@

m

ba›

K13

n

du

m

ba

K14

n

du@

m

ba , va

n

−

K15 mu¯ime

K16

n

de

K17

n

du

m

ba

K22

n

ta

m

bu , a−

124

N

kaSama , a−

n

du

m

ba , a−

t

S

i

m

bu , ji

m

−

K23

n

ta

m

b

u8h

K31

n

de , a

n

−

i

n

di , ti

n

−

mu¯ime

K33a

¯ime , va−

K331 ¯i@me

K332

¯i@me

K333

¯i›me›

K42

n

davu

K51

gisu@pa i−

ta&

m

bu a−

isi

N

ga t

h

a

m

bu

K52

t

h

a

m

b

w

e

K54

k

h

o@si

L22ba

n

ta

m

bu^

L23

n

ta

m

bWe

L303

n`

ta

m

bo

L31a

n

ta

m

bWa

n

ti

m

ba

L31b

n

ta

m

bWe

L32

o

n

ta

m

p'

L33

n

ta

m

bo

L34

n

ta

m

bo

N

kalamo

L35 n@`ta@

m

bo@

L41

n

ta

m

bo

bokWe , ma−

L62 kalamo

M11

i

n

si

m

ba

ikala

N

ga

M12

it

S

ikala

e

n

si

m

ba

i

n

sana

M13

ikala

N

gu / ikala

N

ga , aja−

it

S

isama

n

si

m

ba

M14

t

S

isama

M15

at

S

isama /

n

sama

M201 i

N

kalamu

M21

it

S

i

m

bWi / t

S

i

m

bWi

M22

it

S

i

m

bWi / t

S

i

m

bWi

M24

i

n

sama

125

M25

i

n

sama

M301 i

N

galamu

M31a

i

N

galamu

M402 i@

N

kalamu

M41

N

kalamu , ba

N

−

n

ta

m

bWe

mukutu , mi−

kala

N

gu /

N

kala

N

ga

M42

i@

N

kalamu / i@

N

kalamo

M421 i@

N

kalamu

M51

N

kalamu

M52

i

N

kalamu

i

m

pa

N

ga

siwu

m

bokoto , wa−

M54

N

kalamu

M63

Su

m

bWa / uSu

m

bWa

i

n

davu

M631

Su

m

bWa / uSu

m

bWa

i

n

davu

M634

Su

m

bWa / uSu

m

bWa

i

n

davu

N11

lihi

m

ba

N12

lihi

m

ba

N121

N

ka

N

go , mi−

N13

lihi

m

ba

libç

n

Zo

N14

lihi

m

ba

N21a ji

N

go

N31a

t

S

iro

m

bo

m`ka

N

go

N

kHalamu

t

S

iro

m

bo

N31b

muka^

N

go , mi−

ka

N

go

m`karamo

N31c

muka^

N

go , mi−

N41

N

kalamu

N42

N

kalamo

N43

po

n

doro

N

kalamo

N44

n

g’alamo , zi

N

− / kalamu

n

so

N

gWe@ , mi−

m

po

n

doro

N446 fesi

P11

i

m

ba

126

P12 i

m

ba

P13

i

m

ba

P14

lihi

m

ba , ma−

P15

si

m

ba

P21

disi^

m

ba› , ma−

P22

N

ka

N

go

i

m

ba

P23

ihi

m

ba , di−

uhi

m

ba , a− / vahi

m

ba

n`

n

tumi , mi− / va

n

P25

n

tumi

hi

m

ba

P31

mWat

S

o@ , a−

k

h

aramu , a− / karamo

muka

N

gu , amu−

mWasit

S

u , a−

n`si

m

pa , ma−

P31b

karamu

muka

N

gu / ka

N

gu

P31ca

pHodogoma / po

n

do

N

goma

kHalamu

P31cb pHodogoma

P31cc podogoma

P31cd podogoma

P31ce po)

n

dogoma

P32 mWato

P33

si

m

ba

P34 poÍogom´

mWa

n

doe / mWa

n

due

R11

o›hosi , o›do›hosi

o

n

du

m

ba

mWelJuse

N

ge

mu¯u¯a

okuvikuvi

o

N

guli

R12

n

du

m

bu

R13

o

N

kHofi

o

N

kHulika / o

N

kHurika

o

n

du

m

bu

o

m

bu

N

gu

o¯ime

o

m

pHu

m

ba

o

N

guli

R14

o@

N

kHeja@ma , ono−

127

R21

o

N

gHu@di›

on

h

osi

R22

o

n

du

m

bu , o−

o

N

koSi , o− / o

N

kosi

onime , o−

R31

o

N

ge@ja›ma› , ozo−

o

n

du

m

bi

R311 ta

m

bWe

R41 u›

n

da@vu›

S10 Su

m

ba

m

˙

o

n

doro

S11 m

˙

o

n

doro

S111 m

˙

o

n

doro

S111 m

˙

o

n

doro

S112 m

˙

o

n

doro

S12 m

˙

o

n

dorç

Su

m

ba

S121 m

˙

o

n

doro

Su

m

ba

S131

m

bHo

n

dolo

S14 Su

m

ba

imo

n

doro

S141 Su

m

ba

S142 Su

m

ba

S15

m

bHo

n

dolo

Su

m

ba

S151 Su

m

ba

S16 hu

m

ba

S16b iSu

m

ba

S16c Su

m

ba

S16d m

˙

o

n

doro

m

˙

ere

t

S

u

m

ba

S21

n

da›u@

S31 tau

S31c

tau

S32a

tau

lekakuba

S33

tau , di−

Lekakuba

S34

n

de

S40

m

po

n

doro

kirWani

m

pozo

N

go

N

g

w

e¯ama

S41

i

n

damse

128

i

N

go¯ama

ibubesi

S42

i

m

bube

ibubesi

i

N

gole / i

N

golo

i

N

go¯ama

S43

ibubesi

i

m

bube

i

N

go¯ama

S44

isilWana

S51

bo

n

da

S61

N

gala

S611

N

gala

N

kalamu

S54

i

n

dao / ji

n

d

Z

au , ti−

N

gala

S62

bo

n

do / bo

n

da

129

4.8. LEOPARDO

A11

N

gç

A111

N

gç

A111

n

Ze

A121

N

gç

A122

N

gç

A13

N

go

A14

n

Zo

A141

N

go

A15ca

N

go

N

goa

A22 n`›d

Z

ç&

A23

n

Zo

A24

n

Zo

A25

n

Zo

A32

N

ko

A32

i

n

Zo

A32b i

n

Zo

A34

N

gi

A41 vu

N

gu , beu

N

gu

A41b

n

Zi

A46 Eba@la

A462

N

gç', po−

A52 vu

N

gu , beu

N

gu

A601e

N

ko

A601f u

N

go

A62c

a¯aNma , ba−

pumç@

n

d

A65 u

N

go

A71

ze&

A72

z´&

N

ge@d

n

so# fa

A74a

N

gi

ze , be−

A75

n

ze , be

n

−

A75a

ze , be−

A81

n

Ze , bo

n

−

A811

n

Ze , bo

n

−

A84

N

kWe / o

N

−

A93

N

goi

B11a

n

d

Z

Egç 9

B11b kÉpi@a›

p´@

N

g´›ri› / m´@

N

−

wa˘ra

130

ba›jni@

dZeﬂr

gE@mE@

B202

e@ba^

n

d

↓

a› , bi@−

B204

zJE@ , ba›−

B21

n

Zevi

B22a

n

Z

e /

n

SJe

B22b

n

Z

e /

n

SJe

B24

N

gç^j

↓

i , bE@−

B25

N

gç›ji› , ba›−

B251

N

goi

B305

n

zEgç 9/10

B32

n

Zego

B33

n

Zego

B41 ma›ƒe@n´

B42 ma@ƒ

j

en´

B43 ma›ƒe@n´›

B501

N

gWe›

B51 eba

n

da

ebabi

n

Zego

N

goi

B52

maƒE@na@ / ma›xE›n

n

zE›ƒE@ , ba›−

B61

N

go

B62

N

go

B71

N

go

B73d

N

go

B75

N

go

B77b

N

go

B801 k

w

eji

B802 koj'

B81

N

koi

B82

N

go

N

gWe

B83 koi

B85

N

gç›

C13

N

gçi

C22 bo

N

go

n

Zo

C25 d

z

i›a›

C30b

N

kçJi

C31b

N

gçji

C31c

N

goi

C32

N

gç

j

i

C321

N

goi

131

C322

N

koi

C35b

N

koi

C36a

N

koi

C36d

N

koi

C36f koi

C36ia zE

N

kçi

C36ib

N

gçi@

C37 sua , sua

C401b kopije

C41

gÉbç

n

duku@

gÉbu@ku@

ma

m

bi

m

bo@

moja^gÉba@ka@

n

duku@

s

w

a

C42 ehua

e

N

koi

C43b

Ekopi

C44

kopi / ikopi

C501 kçi

C51 pa

N

ge

C52 koi

C54 koi

C55

N

goi

C56

N

goi

C61

N

kç@i /

N

gç@i

sa

n

dZa@ 9/10

lo

m

pu@tu@ 11/10

C61b koje

C61l

N

kçi

C702 kçji

C71

mo

N

go@ / e−

N

kçi / kçi

C72 kçi

kom

C73 koi

C75

koi /

N

koi

C82

N

kçji

C83 k

w

E@j

D12 poma@

D13

N

goi

D14a

N

gç›

jiƒaz / jigaZa

ke

N

ge

132

D22

N

gWe

D23

mabHia@

N

ga@ , moli−

D25

N

gç›zi› /

N

goj

i

N

gWe / ni

N

gWe

D27

/L27

i›

N

gi›

N

ge›he›

mohela , me−

D28

¯

ge˘

D28a

N

ge ,

N

gWe

D311

m

po

N

go

u

N

gWi

D32

mo›li@ , ba−

ma›pela@

N

ga

D33 kWeju

D331 kWeju

D332 kWei

D43

muna

N

goi

N

goi

D54a

hE

N

gWE

D54b

hE

N

gWE

D54c

N

goWe

D54d

he

N

gWE

D54e

pa@ka

E46

ebegç

E51

N

gare

E55

N

go / e

N

go / i

N

go

E55a

N

go

E55b

N

go

E60

obasi

¯ama

n

ru

irumu

N

gWe

N

gulamu

E621a

duma

N

gare

E621aa narot

S

o

E621ab

N

kari

E621b

¯ama

n

du

E621c

¯ama

n

ru

E621d

uwaru, olu−

E622a

obasi

¯ama

n

ru

irumu

N

gWe

N

gulamu

133

E622c

ru

N

gu

ru

¯

gWa

E622cc ru

N

gWa

E623a

N

gulamu

E623c

N

gulam

E623d

N

g

w

e

E65

m`lula

E72

i

n

zowe

E72a

t

S

ui

E72d

t

S

ui

E73

t

s

ui

E74a

i

N

ge / i

N

gWe / i

N

gWa

E74b

lukeri

F11

N

g

w

e

n

subi

F21

suBi

F22

suwi /

n

suwi

F22d

n

suwi

F24

i

n

suvi

F25

e

N

go˘i

F31

n

sUE

F32a

N

g'Wie

F32b

N

g'uvi

F33

sVBi

F34

sVBi

G11

n

sui

duma

G12

gWi , ma−

duma

G22a

m`lula

G22b

m`lula

G23

Sui

G24

sui

duma

G301

sui

duma

G31

sui

duma

G32a

t

S

ui

G32b

duma

sui

G33

t

S

ui

G34

sui

duma

G36

duma

134

gWi , ma−

G37

t

S

ui

G401

Suvi

G402

suBi

G41

si

m

ba

G42

t

S

ui

G42ab

tui

G42b

tui

G42c

tui

G51

duma

G52

duma

G61 iduma

G62

iduma

G64

liduma

G65

iduma

G66

duma

G67

sovi

n

tçrome

H10a

N

go , ba−

N

ko›i , ba−

H11

n`

N

go@

H12

N

go

kiku

m

bu , bi−

n`›komo

H16

N

go@

kWebu

H16aa

N

go ,

N

−

H16ab

N

go

H16ac

N

go

H16c

N

go@ , zi

n

−

n`@kç@˘mu›

H16dc

N

go

H16g

N

go@

H21

N

go , ji

N

− / i

N

go , ji− / o

N

go

kulama

kamukamu

H21a i

N

go

H21b kolama

H22 i

N

go

H23

i

¯

go , ni

N

−

H24

ji

¯

gWe , zi−

H31

k

h

o@ja

N

go

jisu@pa@

tami

135

H32

N

go@

H34 kuloama

H42

N

go

JD41

e

N

gWe

JD 42

e@boha

esJo@

m

boha / esJoboha

e

N

gweﬂ

esoro

JD 53

N

gWi

JD 56

¯We

JD 61

i

N

gWe

iginugu@biri

igiot

S

okomo / igiot

S

okoma

i¯a

m

barabare

n

zi

ito&¯o˘tsi

JD 66

i

N

gWe

i

n

zumula , ama−

JE101 mumWa

JE 11

e

N

go

JE 111 e

N

gWe

JE 12

e

N

go

JE 121

e@

N

go

JE 13 e

N

gWe

JE 131

e

N

gWe@ , waru−

JE 15

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

m

para

JE 16

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

m

para

JE 18

ji

N

gWe

JE 21

e

n

zumura , ama−

JE 22

e

m

pumi

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

m

pisi

ekitarago

JE 22d

e

N

go / e

N

goi

e

n

zumura

JE 24

e

n

da@la@ / e

n

dara

JE 25 d

Z

i

n

dara

JE 31

i

N

gWe

JE 31a i

N

gWe

JE 31c e

N

gWe

JE 32a

i

N

gWe

JE403 ekeiri

e

N

go

JE404

e

N

gWe

136

JE406

i

N

gWe

JE42

e@

N

gWi

JE43 e

N

gWe

K11

t

S

a

N

g

w

i , j−

k

h

ulwama, ma−

ka

N

gWili , tu−

kazu

n

da

t

S

ite@ta , ji−

K12b

i@

N

gWe›

K13

N

g

w

e , va−

kiSu

m

ba

K14

t

S

i@su

m

pa , aji@su

m

pa

t

S

isu›pa , vi−

i

N

gWe , va−

ta

m

bWe , va−

K15

N

gWe

K16

n

to

K17

N

g

w

e , va−

kiSu

m

ba

K22

N

ge@

t

S

isu

m

pa , aji− / Su

m

pe , iSu

m

pe

K221

t

S

isu

m

pa , aji−

K23

t

S

isu

m

p

t

S

ise

N

ga

n

ta

m

b

u8h

K31

n

do , ti

n

−

N

gWe

K33a

N

gWe , va−

K331

N

gWe@

K332

N

gWe@

K333

n

dHo›gHo›

K401 u

N

gWE

K41

N

gWE , ba−

K42

N

gWe

K51

u

n

zama, a−

ko&j / k

h

o&ji

K52

gisupa

Koloma

K54

k

h

u@l

w

a@ma

L21

o@

N

kaSa , a@

N

−

L22ba

ko›ji›

L23

N

ge

L303

N

ge@

L31a

N

kaSama

kisu

m

pa

n

ta

m

bWa

L31b

N

kasama , tu−

137

L32

¯ama

N

ga

ko

N

golo

t

S

iso

m

p'

L33

N

ge@

ka@bWi@ka@ / ka@wi@ka@

L34

N

ge

L35

N

ge@

L41

N

ge@

t

S

isu

m

pa , kat

S

i−

L62 towo

ka

m

pulu

M11

i

N

gWi

kabWima

M12

e

N

gWi / i

N

gWi

e

n

suwi / i

n

suwi

M13

i

N

gWi

kabWima

M14

na

N

gu

M15

ina

N

gu

ka

m

boto

M201 u

n

zJela

M21

ina

N

gu / na

N

gu

i

N

ka

m

pu /

N

ka

m

pu

u

n

ziera

M22

i

N

ka

m

pu /

N

ka

m

pu

M24

i

N

koko

M25

i

N

goje

M301 usa¯aga

M31a

ibole

n

Zusi

M402 li@

m

bWi@li@

M41

ka

m

fuma , tu− / baka−

M42

li@

m

bWi@li@ / i

m

−

M421 li@

m

bWi@li@

M51

i

N

go

M52

i

n

t

S

e

n

se

i

m

balali

i

N

go

N

ke

n

se

M54

i

N

go

m

balale

N

ke

n

se

M63

Siluwe

M631

Siluwe

M634

Siluwe

138

N11 lisovi

N12

t

S

ihuvi

N121 ¯aribWe

N13

kihuwi

i

n

sui

N14

kihobi

N15b ¯arubWi

N31a

ka

m

buku

ka

m

pala

¯alub

w

e

ka

N

go

m

bWa

N31b

ka

m

buku

¯arubWe

N31c

¯alugWe

N41

i

N

go

N42 ¯alugWe

N43

¯arugWe

N44

¯arugWe@ , a−

N446 nalugWe

N46 ¯arugWe

P11

obe

P13

obE

P14

kihobi

P15

duma

P21

t

S

isu@Bi› , i−

P22

¯alubWe

uvHi

P23

isuBi , di−

usuBi , a− / va−

P25

suBi

P31

havara , a−

n

t

S

ulukWi , a− /

n

tHulukWi , a−

na

n

tHavi , a−

¯arukWe , a−

P31b

havara

P32 keregere

severe

P33

sui

P34 ¯arugWe

R11

o

N

gWe , olo−

o

n

Zui , olo−

olusi

m

ba

okajuvi

okaho

n

d

Z

o / okako

n

d

Z

o

m

ba

n

dakusi

139

R12 o

N

gWe

R13

o

N

gWe

o

N

kHapi

e

m

balai

o

N

gWe tete

R14

o@

N

gwe , ono@−

R21

o

N

gWe› / e

N

gWe

ha@

m

bi@do›

ehi

N

ga

R22

o

N

gWe

ehi

N

ga / eSi

N

ga

R31

o@

N

gWe›

otJi

m

ba ru

N

gWe

R41 u›

N

gWe@

Sxx ka

m

ba

Sxy ka

m

ba

Sxz i

N

gWe

S10 ru

N

gWe

kHa

m

ba

S131

ka

m

ba

S14 i

N

gWe

m

bada

S15

ka

m

ba , ma−

S21

i›gWe›

lu›gWe›

N

gWe›

S32a

N

kWe

lepoxo

S33

N

kWe , di

N

−

Lepoxo

S34

N

gWi,

n

do

S40

i

N

gWe

S41

i

N

gWe

ihlozi / i

n

dlozi

S42

i

N

gWe›, i

N

gWa›vu

i

N

gola, ihlosi, ibo

N

go

S43

i

N

gWe

S44

i

N

gWe

S51

ka

m

ba

S53 ka

m

ba

S53b ji

N

gWe

S53e ji

N

gWe

S54

i

N

gWe / ji

N

gWe , ti−

S611

Siluwe , wa−

S62

i

N

gWe, ka

m

ba

140

4.9. SERVAL

B43

n

zu&t

S

i

C35b

lowu@a / lowa

C61

jolo

D25

paka

D54e

pa@ka

G41

tuvi

H11

n`

n

d

z

usi

H16

n

zu›zi, ki

n

sezi

H16aa

n

zuji ,

n

−

H16ab

n

deze 9

H16g

n

zu›zi

H21

n

Zi

n

Zi

JD 53

n

d

Z

uzi

JD 61

imo

n

do, i

N

go&

n

do, ima

n

zi

ihu

n

daza , ma−

i¯a

m

barabatabazi

JE42

e@

n

Zuzi

K12b

t

S

i@nu›ku›

K14

zuZi , va−

mu¥aSi , mi−

K33a

etu

N

gira , ma−

K331

litu^g

h

ira / litu^jira

K332

litu^g

h

ira / litu^jira

K333 nujera

L41

musuzHi , mi−

M15

m

bale

M23 i

n

zowe

M41

libalabala , ma− / ba−

M52

i

m

bale

ka

m

bale , wa−

i¯o

n

si

N43

mujusi

N44

sud

Z

e

P14

lihu

N

gu

P21

t

S

i›wu@lu›

P25

n

Zudi

P31

murowani , a−

R22

oSijaluhWa , i−

S21

di›di›

N

gWe›

S32a

p

h

aha

S33

p

h

aha, q

w

ako, tlodi

S42

n

dlo@zi@

S54

ji

n

dloti , ti−

141

CAPÍTULO 5

CONJUNTOS DE COGNATOS

142

5.1.

REFLEXOS DE ÉTIMOS PROTO-BANTU RECONSTRUÍDOS (A. E.

MEEUSSEN, 1969)

O inventário dos conjuntos de cognatos apresentados foram reconstruídos por

Meeussen em proto-bantu. A seguir expor-se-à uma lista dos reflexos de étimos não-

reconstruidos, bem como os vestígios de zoônimos de origem bantu atestados no Brasil.

Apresenta-se, também, tabelas recapitulativas de algumas etimologias proto-bantu com sua

distribuição dos reflexos atuais proposta por Bastin, Coupez, Mumba e Schadeberg (2003);

uma distribuição atualizada; uma distribuição de grupos dos referidos reflexos proposto por

Flores (2009). Enfim, seguem-se os mapas de distribuições geográficas dos habitats do felino

leão dentro dos limites da área bantu e das regiões e zonas linguísticas em línguas nas quais

são atestadas denominações desse felino.

5.1.1. *−

−−

−pa

papa

pa@

@@

@ka

kaka

ka›

››

›

5.1.1.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I # n−paka HL

9/10

gato doméstico; gato selvagem

5.1.1.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

NO Ce SO NE SE 3 REGIÕES :

9 ZONAS : ( ) (DLMN) ( ) (JE G) (PS)

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

13 ZONAS :

( BC) (DLMN) ( KR) (JEFG) (PS)

5.1.1.2.1. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

i

m

paka 9/? S41 S42

e

m

paka 9/? JE24

m

paka

9/?

E51 E60 E621a E621aa E621ab E622a L31a M42 M52 M54 N31c

S40

m

paka , ma−

9/6 N44

m

p

h

aka

9/?

N31a N46

e@pa@ka› 9/? JE 31c

pa@ka 9/? D54a D54b

paka 9/? C56 C71 D25 E622c E72a E72d E73 G32a G42 G42aa G42ab

G42b G42c P31b P34 S131 S14 S141 S142 S15

paka , zi

m

−

9/10 N43

143

pa›k

h

a , a−

1Ø/2

P31

pak'

9/? K51

m

paha 9/? G44a

m

baka 9/? E55 E55a E55b E621b E623c Sxy S53

m

baka , ma−

9/6 P11

m

bHaka , a−

1n/2 N42

baka 9/? E621c E621d E623a

pHaxe 9/? S31 S31c

faka 9/? C55

imaka , di−

9/10 P23

maka 9/10 G402

m`pa›ka› ¾ D14a

m`maka ¾ P25

lipaka 5/6 P25

Sipaka , bsi−

7/8 S532

lupaka

11/?

G61

lubaka

11/?

L34

urubaka

11/?

JE24

apa@ka

2?

D54c

5.1.1.2.2. GATO SELVAGEM

i

m

pa@ka 9/? D13

paka 9/? G41

paka bo

N

ga , ma−

9/6 N44

pak' 9/? B83

pHa@ha@ 9/10 S21

paa 9/? C54

lupaka ,

m

−

11/10 M41

kapaka , tu−

12/13 L41

5.1.1.2.3. GATO (MACHO MEIO SELVAGEM)

e

m

baka

9/? F25

ilipaka 5/6 G62

5.1.1.2.4. CIVETA

m

baka 9/? E621b

m

baka du

n

du 9/? P22

5.1.1.2.5. GENETA

m

baka 9/? E621b

ipaka 9/? E622c

144

5.1.1.2.6. GUEPARDO

m

baka poli 9/? P11

5.1.1.2.7. LEOPARDO

pa@ka 9/? D54e

5.1.1.2.8 SERVAL

pa@ka 9/? D54e

paka

9/?

D25

pHaha 9/? S32a S33

145

5.1.2. *−

−−

−t

tt

t

S

SS

S

i

ii

i@

@@

@

m

mm

m

ba

baba

ba@

@@

@

5.1.2.1. ÉTIMOS

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I # n−t

S

i

m

ba HH

9/10 civeta; gato selvagem; geneta; leão; leopardo

PB *d

Z

U # n−t

S

i

m

ba HH

1n/2 Geneta

PB *dI # i−t

S

i

m

ba HH

5/6 Leão

PB *d

Z

I # n−ti

m

ba

HL

9/10

Leopardo

5.1.2.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

14 ZONAS : (A C) (DLMN) (HKR) (JEFG) (P )

NO Ce SO NE SE 4 REGIÕES :

8 ZONAS :

( C) ( MN) ( ) (JEFG) ( S)

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

15 ZONAS :

(A C) (DLMN) (HKR) (JEFG) (PS)

5.1.2.2.1. CIVETA

n

si

m

ba

9/?

S42

n

Si›

m

ba›

9/?

L31a

t

S

i@

m

ba@

9/?

D12

musi@

m

ba@ ¾ D13 D54c

m`si@

m

ba@ ¾ D54a D54b D54d D542

rusi

m

ba va−

11/2+1

1

K33a

5.1.2.2.2. GATO SELVAGEM

n

si

m

ba 9/? H16g

si

m

ba 9/? H16ab

si^^

m

ba , á−

1

Ø

/2a

K51

si@

m

ba , a−

1

Ø

/2a

D32

Si

m

ba 9/? H21 K52

n

ti

m

ba 9/? L31a

n

t

S

i

m

ba 9/?

A31

t

s

i

m

ba 9/? S51 S61 S611

ji

n

si

m

ba , ti−

9/10 S54

Zima , ma−

9/6 K11

mo

n

di

m

ba , mi−

3+9/4+

9

C41

146

musi

m

ba , mi−

¾ D25

muSi

m

ba , mi−

¾ H21

ofi@mHa , ono−

9/10 R14

n

zima

9/?

H16

n

Zima

9/?

H16aa

n

d

z

i@ma

9/?

H31

iduma

9/?

G62

duma

9/?

G66

iruru@ma

11/?

JD61

katu

m

pa , wa− ?

12/2 M52

5.1.2.2.3. GENETA

i

n

si

m

ba

9/?

M52

e

n

si@

m

ba 9/10 JE24

u›

n

si@

m

ba›

1a+9/2

+9

R41

n

si@

m

ba@

9/?

C35b

n

si

m

ba , ba

n

−

9/2+9 M41

n

Si

m

ba , a−

9/2a K22

Si

m

ba

9/?

K11

Si

m

ba , va−

9/2 K14

i@

n

t5i›

m

ba›

9/?

K12b

tHi›

m

ba›

9/?

K333

musi@

m

ba@ 3/4? H11

aka@si

m

ba 12/13 JD42

olusi

m

ba , olo−

9/10 R11

olusi

m

ba 9/? R13

rusi

m

ba , va−ru−

11/2+1

1

K33a

ruti^

m

ba 11/? K331 K332

iduma

9/?

G62 G66

5.1.2.2.4. LEÃO

i

n

si

m

ba

9/?

F24 M11

e

n

si

m

ba

9/?

M12

n

si

m

ba

9/?

F11 F22 F22d F31 M13

n

Si

m

ba

9/?

F23

isi

m

ba

9/?

G12

si@

m

ba@

9/?

C41 D14a D25

si

m

ba

9/?

D32 E60 E621a E621c E621d E622a E622c E622cbc E622cc E623d

E74b F33 F34 G11 G22b G24 G301 G31 G32a G32b G33 G34 G36

G37 G402 G42 G42aa G42ab G42b G42c G51 G52 JE101 P15 P33

−si@

m

ba

9/10 C76

147

Si

m

ba 9/? G23 G401

iSu

m

ba 9/? S16b

Su

m

ba

9/?

S10 S12 S121 S14 S141 S142 S15 S151 S16c

Su

m

bWa

9/?

M63 M631 M64

t

s

i

m

ba

9/?

E72a E72d E73

d

z

i

m

ba

9/?

E71

n

ti

m

ba 9/? L31a

ti

m

ba

9/?

E55

t

h

i

m

ba

9/?

E65 G22a

N

g'i

m

ba

9/?

F32a F32b

ihi

m

ba , di−

9/10 P23

hi

m

ba

9/?

P25

i

m

ba 9/? P11 P12 P13 P22

uhi

m

ba , (v)a−

1a/2(a)

P23

m`si@

m

ba@ ¾ D54e

mo›si@

m

ba@ 3 D14a

n`si

m

pa , ma−

1a/6 P31 leão velho e solitário

lisi

m

ba , ma−

5/6 G64

disi^

m

ba› , ma−

5/6 P21

lihi

m

ba , ma−

5/6 N11 N12 N13 N14 P14

liduma , ma−

5/6 G67

t

S

u

m

ba

9/?

S16d

hu

m

ba 9/? S16

uSu

m

bWa

9/? M63 M631 M64

i

n

du@

m

ba , ma−

9/6

K11

o

n

du

m

ba

9/?

R11

n

du@

m

ba›

9/?

K12b

n

du

m

ba 9/? H21 K13 K17

n

du

m

ba , a−

9/2+9

K22

n

du@

m

ba , va−

9/?

K14

o

n

du

m

bu , o− ?

9/10

R13, R22

n

du

m

bu ?

9/? R12

o

n

du

m

bi

?

9/? R31

5.1.2.2.5. LEOPARDO

si

m

ba 9/? G41

olusi

m

ba 11/? R11

kisu

m

pa

n

ta

m

bWa 7/8 L31a

t

S

i@su

m

pa , aji@−

7/2+ K14 K22 K221

t

S

isu

m

pa 7/8 L41

t

S

isu

m

p 7/2+8 K23

t

S

iso

m

p' 7/8 L32

t

S

isu›pa , vi−

7/8 K14

kiSu

m

ba 7/8 K13 K17

148

gisupa 7/8 K/52

jisu@pa@

9/?

H31

iduma 9/? G61 G62 G65

duma 9/? E621a G11 G12 G24 G301 G31 G32b G34 G36 P15

duma 9/? G51 G52 G66

liduma , ma−

5/6 G64

irumu ?

9/? E60 E622a

5.1.2.2.6. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

e

n

si

m

ba 9/? JE24

n

si@

m

ba

9/? H16ca

n

si

m

ba 9/? H16c

Si

m

ba , zi−

9/10 H24

ofi

m

ba 9/? R21

lisi

m

ba 5/6 JE18 JE 32a JE406

igisi

m

ba , ivi−

7/8 JE403 JE42

5.1.2.2.7. GUEPARDO

lika

N

ga si

m

ba , ma

−

5/6 G51

likaka si

m

ba , ma−

5/6 G52

lihi

m

ba mHuku 5/6 N12

liSu^

m

bu , ma−

5/6 K331 K332

lihu^

m

bu , ma−

5/6 K331 K332

li@Su›

m

pu› , ma−

5/6 K12b

su

m

bu , va−

1Ø/2

K14

ehu

m

bu , ma−

5/6 K33a

iduma 9/? G65

duma 9/? G32a G32b G33 G37 G42

kizHo

N

go duma 7/8 G36

5.1.2.2.8. CARACAL

i

n

Si

m

ba 9/? M42

149

5.1.3. *−

−−

−t

tt

t

S

SS

S

U

UU

U@

@@

@bi

bibi

bi›

››

›

5.1.3.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I› # n−t

S

U@bi› HL

9/10

Leopardo

PB *kI@ # kI›−t

S

U@bI› HL

7/8

Leopardo

5.1.3.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

NO Ce SO NE SE 3 REGIÕES :

6 ZONAS : ( ) ( N) ( ) ( EFG) (PS)

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 3 REGIÕES :

06 ZONAS :

( ) ( M N) ( ) ( EFG) (P )

5.1.3.2.1. LEOPARDO

i

n

suwi 9/? M12

i

n

suvi 9/? F24

e

n

suwi 9/? M12

isuBi , di−

9/10 P23

usuBi , (v)a−

1a/2(a)

P23

t

S

isu@Bi› , i−

7/8 P21

lisovi 5/6 N11

t

S

ihuvi 7/8 N12

kihobi 7/8 P14

n

subi 9/? F11

n

suwi 9/? F22 F22b

i

n

sui 9/? N13

n

sui 9/? G11

n

sUE 9/? F31

suBi 9/? F21 F33 F34 G402 P25

sovi 9/? G67

Suvi 9/? G401

sui 9/? G24 G301 G31 G32b G34 P33

Sui 9/? G23

t

s

ui 9/? E73

t

S

ui

9/?

E72a E72d G32a G33 G37 G42

tui 9/? G42ab G42b G42c

obe 9/? P11 P13

uvHi 9/? P22

o

n

Zui , olo− ?

9/? R11

150

5.1.3.2.2. GUEPARDO

sui 9/? G24

Sui 9/? G23

n

Zui 9/? P22

5.1.3.2.3. SERVAL

tuvi 9/? G41

151

5.1.4. *−

−−

−go

gogo

go›

››

›i

ii

i›

››

›

5.1.4.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I› # n−go›i› LL

9/10

Leopardo

5.1.4.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

5 REGIÕES :

12 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

(ABC) (D MN) (HKR) (JE ) ( S)

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

15 ZONAS :

(ABC) (DLMN) (HKR) (JEF ) ( S)

5.1.4.2.1. LEOPARDO

e

N

goi 9/? F25 JE15 JE16 JE22 JE22d

i

N

goje 9/? M25

N

gç›ji› , ba›−

9/2+9 B25

N

gç^j

↓

i , bE@−

9/2+9 B24

N

gçji 9/? C31b C32

N

g'Wie 9/? F32a

N

kçji 9/? C82

N

goi 9/? A93 B251 B51 C31c C321 C55 C56 D13 D25 D43 JD22d

N

gç@i 9/10 C61

N

gçi 9/? C13

N

gçi@ 9/? C36ib

e

N

koi 9/? C42

N

ko›i , ba

N

−

9/2+9 H10a

N

koi 9/? B81 C322 C35b C36a C36d C75

N

kçi 9/? C30b C36ia C611 C71

N

kç@i 9/? C61

kçji 9/? C702

koje 9/? C61b

ko›ji› 9/? L22ba

k

h

o&ji 9/? K51

k

w

eji 9/? B801

kWeju ?

9/? D33 D331

k

w

E@j 9/? C83

kWej 9/? D332

koj' 9/? B802

kçi 9/? C501 C71 C72

koi 9/? B83 C36f C52 C54 C73 C75

152

ko&j 9/? K51

ji

¯

gWe , zi−

9//10 H24 JE18

ji

N

gWe , ti−

9/10 S54

ji

N

gWe 9/? S53b S53e

i

N

gWe 9/? D25 E74a JD61 JD66 JE31 JE31a JE32a JE406 Sxz S14 S40

S41 S43 S44 S54 S62

i@

N

gWe› 9/? K12b S42

i

N

gWe , vai

N

−

9/2+9 K14

e

N

gWe 9/? JD41 JE111 JE13 JE31c JE404 JE43 R21

e

N

g

w

eﬂ 9/? JD42

e

N

gWe@ , waru−

9/2+11 JE131

o

N

gWe , olo−

9/10 R11

o

N

gWe 9/? R12 R13 R22

o@

N

g

w

e , ono@−

9/10 R14

o

N

gWe› 9/? R21

o@

N

gWe› 9/? R31

u›

N

gWe@

1a+9/2a+

9

R41

N

gWe› 9/? B501 S21

N

gWe 9/? B82 D22 D28a E60 E622a E623d F11 K15 K31 L23

N

gWe@ 9/? K331 K332

N

g

w

e , va

N

−

9/2+9 K13 K17 K33a

N

gWE , ba

N

−

9/2+9 K41

N

goe 9/? D54c

N

g'uvi ?

9/? F32b

u

N

gWE 9/? K401

lu›gWe› 11 S21

N

kWe , o

N

−

9/10 A84

N

kWe

9/? S32a

i

N

go , ji

N

−

9/10 H21 H21a H22 H23

i

N

go 9/? E55 M51 M52 M54 N41

e

N

go 9/? E55 JE403

o

N

go

9/?

H21

u

N

go 9/? A601f A65

N

go@

9/? H16g

N

go@ 9/? H16 H32

N

go@ , zi

n

−

9/10 H16c

N

go 9/? A13 A141 A15ca B61 B62 B71 B73d B75 B77b B82 E56a

E56b H16a H16ab H16ac H16dc E55 H12 H16ab H16ac H31

H42

N

go ,

N

−

9/10 H16aa

N

go , ji

N

−

9/10 H21

N

go , ba−

9/2+9 H10a

N

gç 9/? A11 A111 A121 A122

N

gç› 9/? B85 D14a

153

N

gç' , po−

9/? A462

N

ko 9/? A32 A601e

i

N

ge 9/? E74a

¯

ge 9/? D28 D28a L34

u

N

gWi 9/? D311

gWi , ma−

9/6 G12 G36

i›

N

gi› 9/? D27

N

gi 9/? A34

n`

N

go@ 3+9/4+9 H11

e

N

go 9/? JE11 JE12 JE15 JE16 JE22 JE22d

e@

N

go 9/? JE121

N

kWe , di

N

−

9/10 S33

N

ge@ 9/? K22 L303 L33 L35 L41

ru

N

gWe 11+9 S10

e@

N

gWi 9/? JE42

e

N

gWi 9/? M11

i›gWe› 9/? S21

¯We 9/? JD56

i

N

gWi 9/? L11 M12 M13

N

gWi 9/? JD53 S34

i

n

Zo 9/? A32 A32b

n

Zo 9/? A14 A23 A24 A25

n`›d

Z

ç& 3+9 A22

n

Ze 9/? A111 B22a B22b

n

Ze , bo

n

−

9/2+9 A81 A811

n

ze , be

n

−

9/2+9 A75

ze& 9/? A71

ze , be−

9/2 A74a A75a

zE 9/? C36ia

z´& 9/? A72

zJE@, ba›

n

−

9/2+9

B204

n

Zi 9/? A41b

n

SJe 9/? B22a B22b

ina

N

gu ?

9/? M15 M21

na

N

gu ?

9/? M14 M21

5.1.4.2.2. GUEPARDO

i

N

goje 9/? M25

e

N

goi 9/? JD64

koi 9/? C85

e

N

go 9/? JD64

N

go@ 9/? H16f

154

5.1.4.2.3. LEÃO

ji

N

go 9/? N21a

n

so

N

gWe@ , mi−

9/4 N44

N

kWe 9/? B75 B77b H31

5.1.4.2.4. CIVETA / GENETA

e

N

gWe 9/? JE 404

N

go 9/? E55a E55b

5.1.4.2.5. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

i

n

ja

N

gWe 9/? JD61

5.1.4.2.6. SERVAL

di›di›

N

gWe› ?

9/? S21

155

5.1.5. *−

−−

−ta

tata

ta

m

mm

m

boi

boi boi

boi

5.1.5.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I› # n−−ta

m

boi LL

9/10

Leão

5.1.5.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

4 REGIÕES :

7 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

( BC) ( LM ) (HK) (J ) ( )

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 4 REGIÕES :

8 ZONAS :

( C) (DLM ) (HKR) (J ) ( )

5.1.5.2.1. LEÃO

i

n

ta›

m

bWe› 9/10 , 7/8 JD 66

n

ta

m

bo

9/? B82

n

ta

m

b

w

e@ 9/? C71

n

ta

m

b

w

E 9/? C82

n

ta

m

bWe 9/? D25 D28 D28a L23 L31b M41

n

ta

m

bWa 9/? L31a

n

ta@

m

bu , ba−

9/2/ H10a

n

ta

m

bu , a−

9/2 K22

n

ta

m

bu^ 9/? L22ba

n`

ta

m

bo 9/? L303 L33 L34 L41

n

ta

m

b

u8h

9/? K23

n

da

m

bWe 9/? JD 56

ta

m

bWE 9/? C72 D54a D54b D54c D54d

ta

m

bWe 9/? R311

tHa

m

bWe 9/? K11 K52

ta

m

bu 9/? C71

t

h

a@

m

bu@ 9/? H31

t

h

a

m

bu 9/? K51

n@`ta@

m

bo@ ¾ L35

t

S

i

m

bWi ?

9/? M21 M22

it

S

i

m

bWi ?

9/? M21 M22

5.1.5.2.2. GUEPARDO

n

ta

m

b

w

e@ 9/? C71

ta^

m

bu 7/8 K51

156

5.1.5.2.3. LEOPARDO

n

ta

m

b

u8h

9/? K23

5.1.5.2.4. GENETA

ta

m

bWE 9/? D54e

157

5.1.6. *−

−−

−ko

koko

ko@

@@

@t

tt

t

S

SS

S

I

II

I›

››

›

5.1.6.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I› # n−kot

S

I HL

9/10

Leão

5.1.6.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

3 REGIÕES :

5 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

( BC) ( L ) (H R) ( ) ( )

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

15 ZONAS :

( ABC) (D LMN) (HKR) (0EFG) (PS)

5.1.6.2.1. LEÃO

o

N

koSi , o

N

−

9/10 R22

o

N

kosi 9/? R22

o

N

kHofi 9/? R13

N

koSi ,

N

−

9/? H16aa

N

koSe 9/? C31c C321

N

kosi 9/? B73d H16aa H16ab H16ac

N

ko@si , ba−

9/2 H10a

N

kç@si 9/? C30b C31b C32 C61 C72

N

ko@si

9/? H16

N

kçhi 9/? C35b

n`

N

ko@si@ ¾ H11

N

gç›zi› 9/? D25

N

kOﬂt 9/? B85

koSi , Si−

9/8 H34

k

h

o@si 9/? K54

kose , zi

N

−

9/10 H16dc

on

h

osi 9/? R21

o›hosi , o›do›−

9/? R11

hoZi , Zi−

9/? H21

hoSi 9/? H21 H21a H34

hosi 9/? H22

hosi , ni−

9//10 H23

hoisi 9/? H24

158

5.1.7. *−

−−

−ko

koko

ko›

››

›pI

pIpI

pI@

@@

@

5.1.7.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *−ko›pI@ LH

9/10

leopardo; leão

5.1.7.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

3 REGIÕES :

6 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

(ABC) (DL. ) (H ) ( ) ( )

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 1 REGIÃO :

1 ZONA :

( C) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

5.1.7.2.1. LEOPARDO

Ekopi 9/? C43b

kopije 9/? C401b

kopi, i-

9/10 C44

159

5.1.8. *−

−−

−d

dd

d

Z

ZZ

Z

U

UU

U›

››

›di

didi

di›

››

›

5.1.8.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *−d

Z

U›di›

LL

9/10

Serval

5.1.8.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

4 REGIÕES :

9 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

( ) ( LMN) (HK ) (JE G) (P )

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

11 ZONAS :

( B ) (DLMN) (HK ) (J G) (PS)

5.1.8.2.1. SERVAL

e@

n

Zuzi 9/? JE42

n

Zudi 9/? P25

n

d

Z

uzi 9/? JD 53

n

zu&t

S

i 9/? B43

n

zu›zi 9/? H16 H16g

zuZi , va-

9/2 K14

n

zuji ,

n

−

9/10 H16aa

n`

n

d

z

usi ¾ H11

musuzHi , mi-

¾ L41

mujusi ¾ N43

sud

Z

e 9/? N44

ji

n

dloti , ti−

9/? S54

n

dlo@zi@

9/? S42

tlodi 9/? S33

i

n

zowe ?

9/? M23

5.1.8.2.2. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

i

n

Zusi 9/? JE31 JE31a

n

Zut

S

i 9/? B52

n

Zot

S

i 9/? B32 B33

n

t

S

utSi 9/? B41 B42

n

Zut' , ba

n

−

9/2+9 B71

siuzi ?

9/? G51

i

n

zuzia ?

9/? H16dc

tloli 9/? S32a S33

160

5.1.8.2.3. LEOPARDO

n

Zusi 9/? M31a

i

n

dlozi 9/? S41

ihlozi

9/? S41

ihlosi

9/? S42

5.1.8.2.4. GATO SELVAGEM

n

zuZi 9/? K52

n

d’

j

uzi , zi

n_

9/10 N44

gato

grande, com pele de leopardo

i

n

d

h

lozi

9/? S42

5.1.8.2.5. CARACAL

zuZi, ma−

6 K11

o

n

d

Z

Wi , olo−

9/10 R11

5.1.8.2.6. GUEPARDO

i¯udi P23

161

5.1.9. *−

−−

−

tu

tutu

tu

N

NN

N

go

gogo

go

5.1.9.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *d

Z

I› # n−tu

N

go

9/10

civeta, gato-de-algália

5.1.9.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

4 REGIÕES :

9 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

( ) ( LMN) (HKR) ( EFG) (PS)

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 3 REGIÕES :

5 ZONAS :

( ) ( N) ( ) ( EFG) (P )

5.1.9.2.1. CIVETA

i

n

tu

N

go 9/? F24

n

tu

N

go 9/? F21

ifu

N

go 9/? M25

ufu

N

go 9/? M12

fu

N

go 9/? G24 G31 G37 N43 P33

lifu

N

gofu

N

go 5/6 G64

lifu

N

ga 5/6 G67

fu

N

gWe , wa−

9/2 M52

ihu

N

go 9/? P23

lihu

N

gu 9/? P14

wu›

N

go› 9/? P21

uNgo 9/? P11 P13

5.1.9.2.2. GENETA

i

n

tu

N

go 9/? F24

n

tu

N

go 9/? F31 F32b

i

m

fu

N

go 9/? E72 M24

ifu

N

go 9/? G22a G22b M13 M201 M301

ofu

N

go 9/? F25

ifu

N

gofu

N

go 9/? G61 G64

fu

N

go 9/? G23 G24 G31 G32a G32b G33 G36 G37 G42 M14 P22 P33

fu

N

gu 9/? E621a G51 P15

fu

n

gufu

n

gu 9/? G52

ilisu

N

gu 5/6 G65

lifu

N

gu 5/6 N11

lifu

N

ga 5/6 G67

162

ufu

N

go 9/? M11 M12

afu

N

go 2? M15

lihu

N

go 5/6 N14

lihu

N

gu 5/6 N12 P14

ihu

N

go 9/? P23

u

N

go 9/? P11 P13 P22

ju

N

gu 9/? P25

5.1.9.2.3. GUEPARDO

i

m

fu

N

go 9/? M42

163

5.1.10. *−

−−

−d

dd

d

Z

ZZ

Z

o

oo

o›

››

›bo

bobo

bo@

@@

@

5.1.10.1. ÉTIMO

Meeussen (1969/1980) Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren

PB *dI@ # i›−d

Z

o@bo›

LL

5/6

civeta, gato-de-algália

5.1.10.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3

3 REGIÕES :

4 ZONAS :

NO Ce SO NE SE

(A C) ( L ) ( ) ( G) ( )

Flores (2009). Miados e Rugidos : As Denominações dos Felinos em Bantu

NO Ce SO NE SE 2 REGIÕES :

4 ZONAS :

(ABC) ( ) (H ) ( ) ( )

5.1.10.2.1. CIVETA

d

Z

i@

n

d

z

ç^bu› 5/6 H16c

n`

n

d

z

obo@ 3/4 H11

ged

j

çbç@ , bi−

7/8 B305

gijçbç , bi−

7/8 A62c

ged

j

çbç@ , bi−

7/8 B305

n

zo@bo 9/? H16ca

n

zç^bç@ , ba

n

−

9/2+9 B202

n

zçbç , ba

n

−

9/2+9 B52

n

zob’u

9/? H12

liçbç@ , ba−

5/2 C35b

diobo 5 C35b

d

j

çwç@ 5 C71

n

d

Z

ç& A462

d

Z

ç& , ba

n

−

9/2+9 C61

5.1.10.2.2. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

dJobo 5/? B81 C322

5.1.10.2.3. GENETA

gijçbç , bi−

7/8 A62c

164

5.2. REFLEXOS DE ÉTIMOS NÃO RECONSTRUÍDOS REGIONAIS, ZONAIS

OU GRUPAIS

5.2.1. Grupo "−

−−

−¯

¯¯

¯au

auau

au" gato (doméstico ou selvagem); gato selvagem; lince

caracal; civeta; guepardo; leão.

5.2.1.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.1.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE 5 REGIÕES :

12 ZONAS :

( C) (DLMN) (H ) (JEFG) (PS)

5.2.1.2.1. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

¯au 9/? E621a E72a E72d E73 F31 F32a F32b G23 G31 G32a G32b

G33 G36 G37 G51 G52 M14 P14 P15 P33

¯a@o@ 9/? C71

¯ao 9/? G11 G12 JE22d P11 P13

i¯a^bu› 9/? JD66

i¯aBu 9/? M25

i¯awu 9/? G61

eNawu 9/? M21 M22

u¯a^Bu 9/? M24

u¯avo 9/? E72

i¯ahu 9/? G62

¯a&BU& 9/? F22 F22b

¯a@wu 9/? H31

¯awu 9/? F33 F34 G61 M21 M22

¯awo 9/? F23

¯awa 9/? F22d

¯a@gU› 9/10 D25

¯avu 9/? D28a G66

li¯awu 9/? G67

mu¯ao , mi−

¾ E74a

ka¯abo 12/? JD56

m

bu¯au 9/? N14

m

bujao 9/? N15b N21a N41

m

bWijao 9/? N31a

165

akajaju 9/? JE15 JE16

i¯au 9/? F24 G65 M11 M12 M13

e¯au 9/? F25

a¯au ? M15

u¯au 9/? M12 M301

¯ia@u , ba−

9/2 H10a

¯a&u 9/? F21

¯a@u , bi−

9/8 H16

¯au , zi−

9/10 H12

¯a›u› 9/? M42

m`¯au ¾ G24 G301 G34

m`¯ao ¾ G35

ka¯au 12/? L31a

ka¯au , tu−

12/13 M41

m`¯awi ¾ G22b

mu¯awi ¾ E74b

ki¯awi 7/? E65 G22a

ka¯ag

w

i 12/? F11

5.2.1.2. GATO SELVAGEM

u¯awu , awa−

1a/2a M23

t

S

inau 7/8 K402

ki¯awi tSa sakeni 7/8 G22b

5.2.1.3. CARACAL

¯ao 9/? JD64

5.2.1.4. CIVETA

¯au 9/? G32b

¯au ule

N

ga 9/? G36

5.2.1.5. GUEPARDO

¯avu 9/? G66

linau 9/? S34

5.2.1.6. LEÃO

¯ao 9/? JD64

166

5.2.2. Grupo "−

−−

−bisi

bisibisi

bisi" gato (doméstico ou selvagem); leopardo.

5.2.2.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.2.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE 4 REGIÕES :

7 ZONAS :

( B ) ( LM ) (HKR) ( ) ( S)

5.2.2.2.1. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

o

m

bisi 9/? B11e R13

o@

m

bisi , ono−

9/? R14

oka

m

biSi , u

m

−

12

m

+ 10

R22

oka

m

bi@hi@ , ou−

9/10 R31

ka

m

bi›Si› 12+9/? K13

ka

m

biSi

12+9/? L31b

ka

m

pi@Si› 12+9/13+9 L22ba

m

bi@Si›

9/?

K12b K331 K332

m

bisi

9/?

K17

m

bisi , va−

9/2 K33a

m

biSi 9/2a R21

mWi@si , mi−

9/4 H16 gato novo

misi

9/?

E622c

mi

n

si

9/?

H16

miSi

9/?

H16aa H16ab H16ac H21

ka@mi@si , tu@−

12/13 K54

kamiSi , tu−

12/13 K11

kameSi , tu−

12/13 K11 K14

kameSi , atu−

12/2+13 K22

kameSi , atu−

12/2+13

K22

kameS 12/2+13 K23

kamezHi 12/? L41

kame

n

si , tu−

12/13 M41

SipiSi , bsi−

7/8 S532

5.2.2.2.2. LEOPARDO

e

m

pisi 9/? JE 22

167

5.2.3. Grupo "−

−−

−sama

samasama

sama" leão; leopardo; guepardo.

5.2.3.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.3.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE 3 REGIÕES :

5 ZONAS :

( ) ( LM ) ( K ) ( EF ) ( )

5.2.3.2.1. LEÃO

i

n

sama

9/?

E72 M24 M25

n

sama

9/?

M15

esama

9/?

F25

it

S

isama 7/8 M13 M14

at

S

isama ?+7 M15

N

kaSama , a−

9/2+9 K22

5.2.3.2.2. LEOPARDO

N

kasama , tu−

9+12/13 L31b

N

kaSama 9+12 L31a

u

n

zama, a−

9/2 K51

5.2.3.2.3. GUEPARDO

t

S

isama , aji−

7/? K22

168

5.2.4. Grupo "−

−−

−kalamu

kalamukalamu

kalamu" leão.

5.2.4.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.4.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE) REGIÕES :

4 ZONAS :

5.2.4.2.1. LEÃO

i@

N

kalamu 9/? M42 M421

i

N

kalamu 9/? M201 M52

i@

N

kalamo 9/? M42

i

N

galamu 9/? G65 M301 M31a M412

N

kalamu 9/? M51 M54 N41 S611

N

kalamu , ba

N

−

9/2+9 M41

N

kHalamu 9/? N31a

N

kalamo 9/? L34 N42 N43

kalamu 9/? N44

kalamo 9/? L62

karamu 9/? P31b

m`karamo 3/? N31b

n

g’alamo , zi

N

9/10 N44

kHalamu 9/? P31ca

k

h

aramu , a−

9/? P31

karamo 9/? P31

169

5.2.5. Grupo "−

−−

−Si

SiSi

Si

N

NN

N

gi

gigi

gi" gato (doméstico ou selvagem); gato selvagem; civeta;

geneta.

5.2.5.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.5.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE 2 REGIÕES :

4 ZONAS :

( AB ) ( ) (H R) ( ) ( )

5.2.5.2.1. GATO (DOMÉSTICO OU SELVAGEM)

esi

N

gi 9/? A74a A75a

oSi

¯

gi 9/? B11a

n

si

N

g' 9/? A75

si

N

gi 9/? A24 A25 A32a A32b A81 A811

si@

N

gI^ 9/? A43a

Si

N

gi 9/? A122

si

N

ge 9/? A14

SiN 9/? A13 A141 A41b

SeN 9/? A15ca

i›si@

N

ga^ 9/? A71

e@si

N

ga , bi−

9/? A72 "gato que se tornou selvagem"

isi@Na 9/? A62c

5.2.5.2.2. GATO SELVAGEM

n

si

n

zi ?

9/?

H16 (Kongo noroeste)

si

n

zi ?

9/? H12

5.2.5.2.3. CIVETA

okasi

N

ge 12 R11

5.2.5.2.4. GENETA

n

si&n

9

A72 Genetta servalina

si

N

gi 3/4 B11a (esp. de)

−si

N

gi

3/3 B305 Genetta servalina

musi

N

gi , mi−

3/4 B52

170

5.2.6. Grupo "−

−−

−kodi" civeta; leão.

5.2.6.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.6.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE 1 REGIÃO :

3 ZONAS :

( ) ( ) (HKR) ( ) ( )

5.2.6.2.1. CIVETA

kiko›di , ba−/bi−

7/2~8 H10a

ki@ko@di 7/8 K54

gi@godi , i−

7/8 K51

5.2.6.2.2. LEÃO

o

N

gHu@di› 9 R21

171

5.2.7. Grupo "−

−−

−kenge" civeta; leopardo.

5.2.7.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.7.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE REGIÕES :

ZONAS :

( B ) (DL ) ( ) ( ) (PS)

5.2.7.2.1. CIVETA

mukE@

N

gE , mi−

3/4 B305

mukJe&

N

gJe@ 3/4 L23

5.2.7.2.2. LEOPARDO

ke

N

ge 9/? D14a

172

5.2.8. Grupo "−

−−

−pondo" leão.

5.2.8.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.8.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE REGIÕES :

ZONAS :

( ) ( N) ( ) ( ) (PS)

5.2.8.2.1. LEÃO

m

po

n

doro N44 S40

po

n

doro N43

m

˙

o

n

doro S10 S11 S111 S112 S121

m

˙

o

n

dorç S12

m

bHo

n

dolo S131 S15

m

˙

o

n

doro

S16d

imo

n

doro S14

pHodogoma P31ca P31cb

pondoNgoma P31ca

po)ndogoma P31ce

podogoma P31cc P31cd

poÍogom´ P34

173

5.2.9. Grupo "−

−−

−ta

tata

tare

rere

re" leão; geneta.

5.2.9.1. ÉTIMO

O proto-lexema deste grupo de cognatos ainda não foi reconstruído.

5.2.9.2. REFLEXOS

Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003,

Bantu Lexical Reconstructions 3) não se

pronunciaram a respeito deste conjunto de reflexos.

De acordo com Flores (2009) :

NO Ce SO NE SE) REGIÕES :

4 ZONAS :

5.2.9.2.1. LEÃO

i

n

tare 9/? JD61 KD66

e

n

tale 9/? JE11 JE21 JE22 JE22d JE24

e@

n

tale@ 9/? JE42

e

n

ta@re 9/? JE121

e

n

tare 9/? JE131 JE22

e

n

dale 9/? JD42

e

n

dare , esJa

n

−

9/? JD41

e

n

dali 9/? JD42

n`@tale 3/4 JD53

n

ta@re 9/? D43

n

da@le 9/? JD51

n

tali 9/? JE101

5.2.2.9.2. GENETA

e

n

tale 9/? JD64

174

5.3. VESTÍGIOS DE ZOÔNIMOS DE ORIGEM BANTU IDENTIFICADOS EM

PORTUGUÊS BRASILEIRO

Os cinco africanismos de origem bantu relacionados abaixo foram identificados no

Dicionário de Bantuismos Brasileiros de autoria de Angenot & de Lima Angenot (2008).

5.4.1. angüê [ a)

N

»gWe ] onça ou jaguar

Cf., em 4.1.4 acima, o proto-bantu *

N

go›i› leopardo

5.4.2. orossimba [ oRo»si)

m

bå ] gato

Cf., em 4.1.2 acima, o proto-bantu *

N

go›i› leopardo

5.4.3. carofimba [ kaRo»i)

m

bå ] gato

Cf., em 4.1.2 acima, o proto-bantu *

N

t

S

i@

m

ba@ gato selvagem

5.4.4. cariengue [ ka»RJe)

N

gI ] gato

Cf. Umbundu (R11) okale

N

ge , otu− gato e (R21) ka›le›

N

ga› gato selvagem

5.4.5. quimpracaca [ ki)

m

pRa»kakå ] gato

Cf. talvez, em 4.1.1 acima, o proto-bantu *pa@ka›@ gato doméstico ou selvagem

175

5.4. TABELAS RECAPITULATIVAS

ÉTIMOS

PROTO-

BANTU

DISTRIBUIÇÃO DOS REFLEXOS ATUAIS

de acordo com Bastin, Coupez, Mumba & Schadeberg (2003)

Meeussen

(1969)

Noroeste

Centro

Sudoeste

Nordeste Sudes te

A

B C

D L M

N

H

K

R J E F G

P S

Total

16

*−pa@ka›

0

0 +

+ + + 0 0 0 + + 0 + + + 09

*−t

S

i@

m

ba@

+

0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0

*−ti@

m

ba›

0

0 + 0 0 + + 0 0 0 + + + + 0 +

15

*−t

S

U@bi›

0

0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 + + + + + 06

*−go›i›

+

+ + + 0 + + + + + + + 0 0 0 + 12

*−ta

m

boi

0

+ + 0 + + 0 + + 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 07

*−ko@t

S

I›

0

+ + 0 + 0 0 + 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 05

*−ko›pI@

+

+ + + + 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 06

*−d

Z

U›di›

0

0 0 0 + + + + + 0 + + 0 + + 0 09

*−tu

N

go

0

0 0 0 + + + + + + 0 + + + + + 11

*−d

Z

o›bo@

+

0 + 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 04

ÉTIMOS

PROTO-

BANTU

DISTRIBUIÇÃO ATUALIZADA DOS REFLEXOS ATUAIS

proposta por Flores (2009)

Meeussen

(1969)

Noroeste

Centro

Sudoeste

Nordeste

Sudeste Total

16

A B C

D L M

N

H

K

R J

E

F G

P S

*−pa@ka›

0 + +

+ + + + 0 + 0 +

+

+ + + + 13

*−t

S

i@

m

ba@

*−ti@

m

ba›

+ 0 +

+ + + + + + + +

+

+ + + + 15

*−t

S

U@bi›

0 0 0

0 0 + + 0 0

0 0

+

+ + + 0 06

*−go›i›

+ + +

+ + + + + + + +

+

+ 0 0 + 14

*−ta

m

boi

0 0 +

+ + + 0 + + + +

0

0 0 0 0 08

*−ko@t

S

I›

+ + +

+ + + + + + + 0

+

+ + + + 15

*−ko›pI@

0 0 +

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0

0 0 0 0 01

*−d

Z

U›di›

0 + 0

+ + + + + + 0 +

0

0 + + + 11

*−tu

N

go

0 0 0

0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0

+

+ + + 0 06

*−d

Z

o›bo@

+ + +

0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0

0

0 0 0 0 04

176

ÉTIMOS

a ser

reconstruídos

DISTRIBUIÇÃO DE GRUPOS DE REFLEXOS ATUAIS

proposta por Flores (2009)

Noroeste

Centro

Sudoeste

Nordeste

Sudeste

A

B

C

D

L M

N

H

K

R

J

E

F G

P S

Total

16

"−¯au"

0

0 +

+

+ + + + 0 0 +

+ + +

+ + 12

"−tare"

0

0 0

+

0 0 0 0 + 0 +

0 0 0 0 0 03

"−bisi"

0

+ 0

0

+ + 0 + + + 0

0 0 0 0 + 07

"−Si

N

gi"

+

+ 0

0

0 0 0 + 0 + 0

0 0 0 0 0 04

"−sama"

0

0 0

0

+ + 0 0 + 0 0

+ + 0 0 0 05

"−kalamu

"

0

0 0

0

+ + + 0 0 0 0

0 0 +

+ 0 05

"−kodi"

0

0 0

0

0 0 0 + + + 0

0 0 0 0 0 03

"−ke

N

ge"

0

+ 0

+

+ 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 03

"−po

n

do"

0

0 0

0

0 0 + 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 + + 03

177

5.5. MAPAS COMPARATIVOS

5.5.1. Habitat do Leão e Vocábulos para “Leão” em bantu

HABITAT DO LEÃO VOCÁBULOS PARA "LEÃO" EM BANTU

178

5.5.1.1.

LEÃO 1 :

*−

−−

−t

tt

t

S

SS

S

i

ii

i@

@@

@

m

mm

m

ba

baba

ba@

ZONAS GRUPOS

Noroeste C C40 C70

H H20

K K10 K20

Sudoeste

R R10 R20 R30

D D20 D30 D40 D50

L L30

M M10 M60

Centro

N N10

E E60 E70

F F20 F30

G G10 G20 G30 G40 G50 G60

Nordeste

J JE10

P P10 P20 P30 Sudeste

S S10

179

5.5.1.2.

LEÃO 2 :

*−

−−

−go

gogo

go›

››

›i

ii

i›

››

›

ZONAS GRUPOS

Noroeste B B70

Sudoeste H H30

Centro N N20 N40

180

5.5.1.3.

LEÃO 3 :

*−

−−

−ta

tata

ta

m

mm

m

boi

boiboi

boi

ZONAS GRUPOS

B B80 Noroeste

C C70 C80

H H10 H30

K K10 K20 K50

Sudoeste

R R30

D D20 D50

L L20 L30 L40

Centro

M M20 M40

Nordeste J JD50 JD60

181

5.5.1.4.

LEÃO 4 :

*−

−−

−ko

koko

ko@

@@

@t

tt

t

S

SS

S

I

II

I›

››

›

ZONAS GRUPOS

B B70 B80 Noroeste

C C30 C60 C70

H H10 H20 H30

K K50

Sudoeste

R R10 R20

Centro D D20

182

5.5.1.5.

LEÃO 5 :

"−

−−

−sama

samasama

sama"

ZONAS GRUPOS

Sudoeste K K20

Centro M M10 M20

E E70 Nordeste

F F20

183

5.5.1.6.

LEÃO 6 :

"−

−−

−kalamu

kalamukalamu

kalamu"

ZONAS GRUPOS

L L30 L60

M M20 M30 M40 M50

Centro

N N30 N40

Nordeste G G60

Sudeste P P30

184

5.5.1.7.

LEÃO 7 : "

−

−−

−kodi

kodikodi

kodi

"

ZONAS GRUPOS

Sudoeste R R20

185

5.5.1.8.

LEÃO 8 : "

−

−−

−po

popo

po

n

nn

n

do

dodo

do

"

ZONAS GRUPOS

Centro N N40

P P30 Sudeste

S S10 S40

186

5.5.1.9.

LEÃO 9 :

"−

−−

−tare"

ZONAS GRUPOS

Centro D D40

Nordeste J JD40 JD50 JD60 JE10 JE20

187

CONCLUSÃO

Foi realizado um levantamento o mais completo possível de todos os termos bantu,

tanto cognatos como não-cognatos, usados para expressar as palavras: lince caracal, lince de

botas, civeta ou gato-de-algália, gato doméstico, gato dourado, gato de pés pretos, gato

selvagem africano, gato selvagem cafra, geneta de angola, geneta gigante, geneta pintada

comum, geneta servalina, geneta tigrina, guepardo, leão, leopardo e serval em mais de 500

linguas bantu, bem como outros significados cujos percursos derivacionais ficaram

historicamente entrelaçados.

Ficou demonstrado que os maiores agrupamentos de aparentes cognatos

correspondiam a agrupamentos de reflexos dos únicos dez étimos que foram reconstruídos em

Proto-bantu (Meeussen, 1969) para denominar felinos africanos.

Os dados lexicais coletados neste estudo levam a uma reavaliação do número de

regiões e de zonas nas quais se distribui cada um desses étimos (cf. Bastin, Coupez, Mumba

& Schadeberg, 2003).

Afloraram também alguns conjuntos inéditos de cognatos, bem documentados, que

propiciarão tentativas de reconstruções de proto-lexemas inéditos, com graus de profundidade

histórica, provavelmente a níveis regionais, zonais e grupais, portanto, mais recentes que o

proto-bantu.

Buscou-se fazer um estudo detalhado dos termos já mencionados. À partir daí poderão

surgir novos trabalhos que possam fazer um estudo comparativo entre os termos pesquisados.

Além de comparações entre alguns desses vocábulos e os usados no português brasileiro.

Portanto, acredita-se ter alcançado o resultado almejado da pesquisa. Entretanto, pode-

se concluir que, embora se tenha trabalhado exaustivamente, o estudo realizado é apenas a

ponta de um iceberg.

188

REFERÊNCIAS

DOS

TEXTOS CONSULTADOS

189

GERAL

1.

Haspelmath, M, M. S. Dryer, D. Gill & B. Comrie (2009). WALS: The World Atlas of

Language Structures. Oxford University Press.

2.

Johnston, Sir Harry H. (1919 / 1922). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. Clarendon Press. Vol. I: 818 p.; Vol II: 482 p.

3.

Olson, Kenneth S. & John Hajek (2001).The geographic and genetic distribution of the

labial flap. SIL electronic working paper SILEWP 2001-002

1. BANTOIDES DO SUL

1.1. DELIMITAÇÃO BANTU

Geral, Comparativo e Mesclado

4.

Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2007). “Leftward focus versus rightward focus: the Kwa-Bantu

conspiracy”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15 : 81-104.

5.

Akinlabi, Akinbiyi & Mark Liberman (2007) “Tonal complexes: the prosodic organization

of tones”, Rutgers Optimal Archive, ROA-911.

6.

Alewijnse, B., J. Nerbonne, Lolke Van der Veen & F. Manni (2007). “A computational

approach of Gabon varieties”, in P. Osenova, ed. Proceedings of Recent Advances in

Natural Language Phonology. Borovetz. 10 p.

7.

Anderson, Stephen C., Ed. (1991). Tone in Five Languages of Cameroon. Summer

Institute of Linguistics and University of Texas at Arlington. 138 p.

8.

Angenot, Geralda de Lima & Gustavo Gurgel do Amaral (2009). “Classificação tipológica

e genealógica das Línguas africanas”, Afros & Amazônicos : Revista do Grupo de

Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-Amazônicos – GEPIAA. On-line. Número 1. Porto

Velho : Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 15 p.

9.

Angenot, Geralda de Lima, Gustavo Gurgel do Amaral & Carmita Gomez Flores (2009).

“A Estrutura morfológica do Verbo proto-bantu”,

Afros & Amazônicos : Revista do

Grupo de Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-Amazônicos – GEPIAA. On-line. Número 1.

Porto Velho : Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 11 p.

10.

Angenot, Geralda de Lima, Janine Félix da Silva & Gustavo Gurgel do Amaral (2009). “O

Aumento e o Prefixo nominal proto-bantu: Diacronia e Sincronia”. Afros & Amazônicos

: Revista do Grupo de Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-Amazônicos – GEPIAA. On-

line. Número 1. Porto Velho : Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 16 p.

11.

Angenot, Geralda de Lima, Jean-Pierre Angenot & Maria de Fátima Lima de Souza

(2009). “Inventário dos Étimos nominais proto-bantu: 1550 Reconstruções”

Afros &

Amazônicos : Revista do Grupo de Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-Amazônicos –

GEPIAA. On-line. Número 1. Porto Velho : Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 150 p.

12.

Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1970). “La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues

bantoues”, Africana Linguistica 4, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 1-54

13.

Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1981). “A note on downdrift, low raising and downstep”, in Jean-

Pierre Angenot, Gilles Istre, Jaap Spa & Paulino Vandresen, eds. Studies in Pure Natural

Phonology and Related Topics. UFSC Working Papers in Linguistics. Florianópolis,

Santa Catarina, Brazil. 6-14.

14.

Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1985). “Floating tone in a ternary framework”, in. W. U. Dressler &

L. Tonelli, eds. Natural Phonology from Eisenstadt. Padova, Itália: CLESP.

15.

Angenot, Jean-Pierre & L. Wetzels (1986). “Metrical natural processes in Bantu Loan

Phonology”, 16

th

International Colloquium on African Languages and Linguistics.

Leiden, Holanda.

190

16.

Angenot, Jean-Pierre, V.M.A. Amaral & V. Vegini (1989). “Les mots pour ‘pygmée’,

‘nain’, et ‘lutin’ dans les langues bantoues”, Revista Teias. Florianópolis: Universidade

Federal de Santa Catarina.

17.

Angenot, Yvonne (1970). “Un mot pour “jeune fille” en bantou”, Africana Linguistica 4.

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 55-62

18.

Angenot-Bastin, Yvonne (1971). “Les substantifs à suffixe thématique”, Africana

Linguistica 5. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 1-40

19.

Angenot-Bastin, Yvonne (1977) “Les mots pour “tout” et “seul” dans les langues

bantoues”, Africana Linguistica 7, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 1-56

20.

Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2001). “On the manifestation of stress in African languages”, Paper

presented at TAPS - Typology of African Prosodic Systems. University of Bielefeld.

21.

Bahuchet, Serge & Gérard Philippson (1998). ”Les plantes d’origine américaine en

Afrique bantoue: une approche linguistique”, in G. Chastenet, ed. Plantes et Paysages

d’Afrique. Editions Karthala. 87-116

22.

Baka J. (2005). « Vocabulary. Pourquoi une forme de type *-pái « nouveau » en

protobantu? », in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African

Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 139-146.

23.

Bastin, Yvonne (1975). “ ‘Même´ dans les langues bantoues”, Africana Linguistica 6.

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale. 1-40

24.

Bastin, Yvonne (1983). “Essai de classification de quatre-vingts langues bantoues par la

statistique grammaticale”, Africana Linguistica 9, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal

de l´Afrique Centrale, 11-108

25.

Bastin, Yvonne (1983). La Finale Verbale –ide et l’Imbrication en Bantou. Annales Série

Sciences Humaines, 114. Tervuren, Belgique : Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 249

p.

26.

Bastin, Yvonne (1986). “Les suffixes causatifs dans les langues bantoues”, Africana

Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 55-146

27.

Bastin, Yvonne (1994). “Essai d’analyse des formatifs de type −a− en bantou central”,

Africana Linguistica 11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 93-

144

28.

Bastin, Yvonne (1994). « Reconstruction formelle et sémantique de la dénomination de

quelques mammifères en bantou », AAP, 5-132.

29.

Bastin, Yvonne (2006). “Un PVi à la première personne du singulier en bantou”, Africana

Linguistica 12, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 25-36.

30.

Bastin, Yvonne, André Coupez, Bernard de Halleux & Colette Nasse (1994).

“Lexicostatistique appliquée à la zone B du bantou”, Africana Linguistica 12, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 9-12

31.

Bastin, Yvonne, André Coupez & Michael Mann (1999). Continuity and Divergence in the

Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a Lexicostatistic Study. Annales Sciences

Humaines, 162. Tervuren, Belgique : Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 226 p.

32.

Bastin, Yvonne, André Coupez, Evariste Mumba & Thilo C. Schadeberg (2003)

Bantu lexical reconstructions 3 (BLR3). Tervuren & Leiden.

33.

Bickmore, Lee S. (1996). Bantu tone Spreading and Displacement as Alignment and

minimal Misalignement . Rutgers Optimal Archive ROA-161.

34.

Blanchon, Jean A. & Denis Creissels, eds. (1999). Issues in Bantu Tonology. Köln:

Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

35.

Blench, Roger M. (1989). ”New developments in the classification of Bantu languages and

their historical implications”, in Datation et chronologie dans le Bassin du lac Tchad.

Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

36.

Blench, Roger M. (2004). Genetics and linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa.

Presented at

SAfA 2004 Bergen 27

th

June 2004. Cambridge. 18 p.

37.

Blench, Roger M. & Mallam Dendo (2004).The Benue-Congo Languages: A proposed

191

Internal Classification. Cambridge, UK. 148 p.

38.

Blench, Roger M. & Mallam Dendo (2006). "The Austronesians in Madagascar and their

Interaction with the Bantu of East African coast:surveying the linguistic evidence for

domestic and translocated animals", International Conference on Austronesian

Languages X. Puerto Princesa, Palawan. 19 p.

39.

Boelaert, Edmond (1938). « Vergelijkende dialektenstudie II », Aequatoria, 6: 26-27.

[léxico comparado de 15 palavras em 60 línguas]

40.

Bosch, Sonja E., Laurette Pretorius & Jackie Jones (2007) “Towards machine-readable

lexicons for South African Bantu languages”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 16:

131-145.

41.

Bostoen, Koen (2004). ”Linguistics for the use of African history and the comparative

study of Bantu pottery vocabulary”, Antwerp Papers in Linguistics, 106: 131-154

42.

Bostoen, Koen (2005). “Morphology. Comparative Notes on Bantu Agent Noun

Spirantization”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African

Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 231-257.

43.

Bostoen, Koen (2007). “Bantu plant names as indicators of linguistic stratigraphy in the

Western Province of Zambia”, in Doris L. Payne & Jaime Peña, eds. Selected

Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics. Somerville, MA,

USA Cascadilla Proceedings Project. 16-29.

44.

Bostoen, Koen. Comparative Bantu pottery vocabulary (5.800 entries). Tervuren.

45.

Bostoen, Koen & Jacky Maniacky, Eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative

Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Collection Sciences Humaines.

Tervuren, Belgium : Royal Museum for Central Africa.

46.

Bostoen, Koen, Jacky Maniacky & Mark Stoneking (2006). “An integrated linguistic and

genetic approach to population dynamics in western Zambia”, The 36

th

Colloquium on

African Languages and Linguistics. University of Leiden.

47.

Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1994). “L´accord des adjectifs du protobantou en zone H”,

Africana Linguistica 12. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 13-

18

48.

Bouquet, Armand & André Jacquot (1967). “Essai de géographie linguistique sur quelques

plantes médicinales du Congo-Brazzaville”, Cahiers de l’Office de la Recherche

Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer. Série Sciences Humaines, 4: 4-35.

49.

Buell, Leston (2006). Topics in Bantu Syntax: Syllabus. Leiden University Centre for

Linguistics. 6 p.

50.

Buell, Leston (2006). "Semantic and formal locatives: Implications for the Bantu locative

inversion typology", Proceedings of the Conference on Bantu Grammar: Description

and Theory. SOAS, University of London. 16 p.

51.

Bulkens, Annelies (1997)."Some nominal stems for “canoe” in Bantu language", The 27

th

Annual Meeting of Computed Assisted Language Learning. Leiden. 11 p.

52.

Burssens, Nico. North West Protobantu Reflexes. 142 p.

53.

Bynon-Polak, Louise (1965). “L´Expression des ordinaux dans les langues bantoues”,

Africana Linguistica 2. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale. 127-

160.

54.

Chatelain, Heli (1894). “Bantu notes and vocabularies: Comparative tables and

vocabularies of Lange, Songe, Mbangala, Kioko, Lunda, kiMbundu, uMbundu, Kuba,

Beneki, Pende, Shinshi”, Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York,

26: 208-240

55.

Clements, George N. (1979). “The Description of Terraced-Level Tone Languages”,

Language, 55.3: 536-558

56.

Connell, Bruce (2001). “Downdrift, Downstep, and Declination”, Typology of African

Prosodic Systems Workshop Proceedings. 8 p.

57.

Coupez, A. (1977). “Note sur les morphèmes prédicatifs en protobantou”, Africana

Linguistica 7. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 89-92

192

58.

Coupez, A. (1980). “Traces de dix voyelles en protobantou”, Africana Linguistica 8,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 65-74

59.

Coupez, André (1981). “A linguistic lesson”, in Jean-Pierre Angenot, Gilles Istre, Jaap Spa

& Paulino Vandresen, eds. Studies in Pure Natural Phonology and Related Topics.

UFSC Working Papers in Linguistics. Florianóipolis, Santa Catarina, Brazil. 107-112.

60.

Coupez, André (1983). “La tonalité du protobantu“, Review of Applied Linguistics – ITL,

143-158.

61.

Coupez, André, E. Evrard & J. Vansina (1975). “Classification d´un échantillon de langues

bantoues d´après la lexicostatistique”, Africana Linguistica 6. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 131-158

62.

Crane, Thera (2006). "On the (non?) reality

of homophony avoidance: An examination

of Bantu person paradigms". 18 p.

63.

Creissels, D. (2005). “A typology of subject marker and object marker systems in African

languages”, in Studies in African linguistic typology, Voeltz, F. (eds), Amsterdam /

Philadelphia, John Benjamins, Typological studies in Language

64.

Dalgish, Gerry (1975). "Nasal interactions and Bantu vowel initial roots: The

morphological or phonological solution?", in Robert K. Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the

6

th

Conference on African Linguistics. Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus:

Ohio State University. 68-74.

65.

Damonte, Frederico. "The interpretation of the applied object in Bantu languages: a

syntactic and comparative approach". Padova, Italy. 2 p.

66.

De Blois, K. F. (1970). “The augment in the Bantu languages”, Africana Linguistica 4.

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 85-166

67.

Demuth, Katherine (1995). “The acquisition of tonal systems", In J. Archibald, Ed. The

Acquisition of Non-linear Phonology. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 111-

134.

68.

Demuth, Katherine (2000). “Bantu noun class systems: loan word and acquisition evidence

of semantic productivity”, in Günter Senft, ed. Classification Systems. Cambridge

University Press.

69.

Demuth, Katherine (2003). “The acquisition of Bantu languages” In Derek Nurse & Gerard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Surrey, England: Curzon Press. 209-222.

70.

Demuth, Katherine & Carolyn Harford (1999). “Verb raising and subject inversion in

comparative Bantu”, Journal of African languages and linguistics, 20: 41-61.

71.

Demuth, Katherine & Jeffrey Gruber (1995). “Constraining XP-sequences. Niger-Congo

Syntax and Semantics, 6. African Studies Center, Boston University.

72.

Der-Houssikian, Haig (1969). “

Semantic content of class in Bantu and its syntactic

significance", The South Atlantic Modern Language Association Conference.

Atlanta, Georgia, USA. 14 p.

73.

Der-Houssikian, Haig (1972). “The evidence for a Niger-Congo hypothesis”, Cahiers

d’Etudes Aricaines, 12: 316-322.

74.

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice (2003). “Online dictionaries on the Internet: an overview for

the African languages”, Lexikos, 13: 1-20.

75.

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice (n.d.). "Why does Africa needs Sinclair?". 267-291.

76.

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Daniel J. Prinsloo (2001). “Towards a sound lemmatisation

strategy for the Bantu verb through the use of frequency-based tail slots, with special

reference to Cilubà, Sepedi and Kiswahili”, in J.S. Mdee & H.J.M. Mwansoko. eds.

Proceedings: Makala ya kongamano la kimataifa Kiswahili 2000. Taasisi ya Uchunguzi

wa Kiswahili (TUKI), Chuo Kikuu cha Dar es Salaam.

77.

Devos, Maud (2008). "Grammaticalization and prohibitive constructions in Bantu", NRG4

- New Reflections on Grammaticalization 4. Leuven. 2 p.

78.

Devos, Maud & Johan van der Auwera (2009). "Jespersen cycles in Bantu: double and

triple negation", ALT - 8

th

Biennial Conference. Berkeley, USA. 46 p.

79.

Dikiri-Kidiri, Marcel & Edema Atibakwa Baboya (2003). "Traitement informatique des

Langues africaines", Cahiers du Rifal.

193

80.

Dingemanse, Mark (2006). The Semantics of Bantu Noun Classification: a Review and

Comparison of three Approaches. University of Leiden.

81.

Dingemanse, Mark (2007). “Book review: ‘Semantic assignment rules in Bantu classes’ by

Assibi A. Amidu”, Afrikanistik, Online.

82.

Doke, Clement M. & D.T. Cole (1937-1962). "Language", in I. Schapera, Ed. The Bantu-

speaking Tribes of South Africa : An Ethnographical Survey. London: Routledege &

Kegan Paul Ltd. 309331.

83.

Doke, Clement M. & D.T. Cole (1961). Contributions to the History of Bantu Linguistics.

Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press

84.

Doneux, J. L. (1971). “Deux études sur les interrogatifs en zone J du bantou”, Africana

Linguistica 5. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 119-138

85.

Doneux, Jean (1967). “Données sur la classe 15 nominale en bantou”, Africana Linguistica

3. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 1-22

86.

Doneux, Jean Léonce (2003). Histoire de la Linguistique Africaine. Aix-en-Provence:

Publications de l´Université de Provence.

87.

Doneux, J. L & Claire Grégoire (1977). “Une séquence vocalique à la finale de quelques

thèmes en protobantou”, Africana Linguistica 7. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 159-200

88.

Downing, Laura J. (2001). Tone (non-)transfer in Bantu verbal reduplication. Paper

presented at TAPS (Typology of African Prosodic Systems), University of Bielefeld,

May 2001. 11 p.

89.

Downing, Laura J. (2004). "The prosody of focus in Bantu languages and the primacy of

phrasing", TIE Conference. Santorini, Greece. 8 p.

90.

Downing, Laura J. (2005). “Morphology Conditions Minimality in Bantu Languages”, in

K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with

Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique

Centrale. 259-280.

91.

Downing, Laura J. (2005). “On the ambiguous segmental status of nasals in homorganic

NC sequences”, in M. van Oostendorp & J.M. van de Weijer, eds. The Internal

Organization of Phonological Segments. Mouton de Gruyter.

92.

Downing, Laura J. (2007). “Explaining the role of the morphological continuum in Bantu

spirantisation”, Africana Linguistica, 13: 53-78.

93.

Downing Laura J. (2009). "Optimality Theory and African language phonology",

.

in

Masangu Matondo, Fiona Mc Laughlin & Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of

the 38th Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African

Language Documentation.

Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project

.

1-16

94.

Downing Laura J. (2009). "Linear disorder in Bantu reduplication", Workshop on the

Division of Labor between Morphology and Phonology. Amsterdam: Meertens Institute.

13 p.

95.

Dynamique du Langage. Poissons du Gabon : base de données multimédia (images, sons,

localisation, transcription phonétique des noms) sur les poissons du Gabon

. Lyon.

http://www.ddl.ish-lyon.cnrs.fr/divers/Index.asp?%20Action=Edit&Langue=F&Page=Down#

96.

Elders, Stefan (2007). “Complex verb morphology in Kulango (Gur): similarities and

dissimilarities with Bantu”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 187-200.

97.

Estermann, Carlos (1983). “O termo “kalunga” como designação de Deus nalguns idiomas

da área lingüística do sudoeste da África”, in Etnografia de Angola: Sudoeste e Centro.

Lisboa: Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical. Vol. II. Cap. XIII : 217-221

98.

Estermann, Carlos (1983). “Observações complementares sobre o nome da divindade

suprema “nzambi (Ndyambi)”, in Etnografia de Angola: Sudoeste e Centro. Lisboa:

Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical. Vol. II. Cap. XV : 229-234

99.

Forges, G. (1983). “La classe de l’infinitif en bantou”, Africana Linguistica 9. Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 257-264.

100.

Gadelii, Karl Erland (2001). “Languages in Mozambique”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg

194

Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and Literatures, 1: 6-12

101.

Givón, Talmy (1971). “On the verbal origin of the Bantu verb suffixes”, Studies in African

Linguistics, 2.2: 145-164.

102.

Goldsmith, John(1988). "Prosodic trends in the Bantu languages", in Harry van der Hulst

& Norval Smith, Eds. Autosegmental Studies in Pitch Accent. Dordrecht: Foris

Publications. 81-93.

103.

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). Societies, Religion, and Societies: Central East Tanzanians

and the World They Created, c. 200 BCE to 1800 CE. Columbia University Press. 274

p. [Appendix: 100-word List for Ruvu Languages: 250-257].

104.

Grégoire, Claire (1975). Les Locatifs en Bantou. Annales 85. Tervuren: Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale

105.

Grégoire, Claire (1979). “Les voyelles finales alternantes dans la conjugaison affirmative

des langues bantoues centrales”, Journal of African Languages and Linguistics, 1: 141-

172.

106.

Grinevald, C. & F. Seifart (2004), “Noun classes in African and Amazonian Languages”,

Linguistic Typology , 8 : 34-48.

107.

Guillaume, Henri & Jean-Michel Delobeau (1978). “Une Mosaïque ethnique et

linguistique en milieu rural: Sous-préfecture de Mongouma”, in J.-P. Caprile ed.

Contacts de Langues et Contacts de Culture. Paris: SELAF. 5 p.

108.

Gussenhoven, Carlos (?). "3.3. Autosegmental representation of tone; 3.4; 3.5. Accent; 6.4.

Final lowering; Initial high pitch: reset", The Phonology of Tone and Intonation.

Cambridge. 28-35; 36-41; 110-112; 113-115.

109.

Guthrie, Malcolm (1967-71). Comparative Bantu. 4 vols. Farnborough. Gregg

International Publishers. Possuimos somente: da p. 24 (31-32 *-badu) a p. 315 (1226-

1231 *-kung)

110.

Guthrie, Malcolm [CBOLD]. List of Bantu Language Names (in alphabetical order, with

cross-references).

111.

Guthrie, Malcolm [CBOLD]. List of Bantu Languages Names (in order by Guthrie

numbers).

112.

Hadermann, Pascale (1994). “Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l´infintif dans les

langues bantoues”, Africana Linguistica 11. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 79-92.

113.

Hadermann, Pascale (2005). « Eléments segmentaux et supra-segmentaux pour marquer la

fonction « objet » dans quelques langues bantoues », in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds.

(2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and

Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 397-410.

114.

Hage, Per & Jeff Marck (2008). "Proto-Bantu descent groups", in Milicic Bojka & Jones

Douglas, Eds. Kinship, Language, and Prehistory: Per Hage and the Renaissance in

Kinship Studies, University of Utah Press. 17 p.

115.

Harford, Carolyn & Katherine Demuth (1999). “Prosody outranks syntax: an Optimality

approach to subject inversion in Bantu relatives”, Linguistic Analysis, 29.

116.

Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse, eds. (2002). African Languages: An Introduction.

Cambridge University Press.

117.

Henderson, Brent (2006). “Multiple agreement, concord and case checking in Bantu” . in

Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A. Pemberton, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Shifting the Center of Africanism in

Language Politics and Economic Globalization. 60-65.

118.

Henderson, Brent (2007). "The syntax of agreement in Bantu relatives", in Frederick Hoyt,

Nikki Seifert, Alexandra Teodorescu & Jessica White, Eds. Texas Linguistics Society 9:

Morphosyntax of Underrepresented Languages. CSLI Publications. 167-184

119.

Henderson, Brent (2007). "Multiple agreement and inversion in Bantu", Syntax, 9.3: 275-

289.

120.

Henderson, Brent (2009). “Anti-Agreement and [Person] in Bantu", in Masangu Matondo,

Fiona Mc Laughlin, and Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 38th

195

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African Language

Documentation. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project. 174-181.

121.

Hiernaux, Jean & Anne-Marie Gauthier (1977). « Comparaison des affinités linguistiques

et biologiques de douze populations de langue bantu », Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines.

241-254 pp.

122.

Holden, Clare Janaki (2002). "Bantu language trees reflect the spread of farming across

sub-Saharan Africa: a maximum-parsimony analysis", Proceedings of the Royal Society

of London, 269: 793–799

123.

Holden, Clare Janaki & Russell D. Gray (?). "Chapter 2: Rapid radiation, borrowing and

dialect continua in the Bantu languages". 19-31

124.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1974). “Universals of downdrift: their phonetic basis and

significance for a theory of tone”, Studies in African Linguistics, sup. 5: 169-183

125.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1978). “A model of tone systems”, in Elements of Tone, Stress and

Intonation, Napoli, D. (eds), Georgetown Univeristy Press

126.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, 1979, “Universals of vowel systems: the case of centralized

vowels”, Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences,

Copenhague, 6-11 Aout, 1/2, pp. 27-32

127.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1979). “Phonetic explanation of the development of tones from

prevocalic consonants”, Language , 55.1: 37-58

128.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1979). “Early Bantu population movements and iron

metallurgy: the linguistic evidence”, Berkeley Linguistic Society, 1 : 464-470

129.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1984). “Phonétique expérimentale et diachronie: Application à la

tonogenèse (résumé) “, Pholia, 1: 71-75.

130.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1984). “Les systèmes tonals des Langues Africaines : Typologie et

Diachronie”, Extrait de Phonétique Expérimentale et Diachronie:Application à la

Tonogénèse. Thèse d’Etat. 52 p.

131.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1984). “Tonogenesis revisited”, Pholia, 1: 77-86.

132.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987). « Conditions d’apparition des voyelles nasales dans les

langues bantu e la zone nord-ouest », Pholia, 2: 95-98.

133.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, 1990, “Les langues du Gabon: Etat des connaissances”,

Revue gabonaise des Sciences de l’homme, 2, pp. 29-36

134.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1990). « Présentation de l’Alphabet scientifique des langues du

Gabon », Revue gabonaise des Sciences de l’homme, 2: 105-112.

135.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1990). « Problèmes phonétiques et phonologiques rencontrés dans

les langues du Gabon », Revue Gabonaise des Sciences de l’homme, 2: 97-104

136.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, 1990, “Atlas linguistique du Gabon”, Revue gabonaise des

Sciences de l’homme, 2, pp. 37-42

137.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1992). « Terminologie des odeurs dans quelques langues du

Gabon », Pholia, 7: 61-66.

138.

Hombert, J.M., 2008, « Pygmées et Bantu en Afrique centrale : données génétiques

et interprétations », Colloque panafricain pour le centième anniversaire de

Claude Lévi-Strauss, Libreville, 25 novembre

139.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, P. Mouguiama-Daouda & Lolke Van der Veen, L. (no prelo).

“Aspects of linguistic diversity in western Central Africa”, Proceedings of Language and

Genes Conference, UCSB, Santa Barbara, 8-10 septembre 2006.

140.

Hombert, Jean-Marie,

M. Mouele L. W. Seo (1991). « Quelques outils informatiques

pour la linguistique historique Bantu », Pholia, 6: 131-144

141.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, Mouguiama-Daouda, P. & Philippson, G., 2009, “Bantu

expansion and Hunter-gatherers.”, 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages , Tervuren, March 25

th

-27

th

142.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, F. Nsuka Nkutsi & G. Puech (1987). « Quelques perspectives pour

la linguistique historique bantu », Pholia,2: 99-102.

196

143.

Hombert, Jean-Marie & J. Ohala (1982). “Historical development of tone patterns”, in J. P.

Maher et alii, eds. Proceedings of Papers from the 3

rd

International Conference on

Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam . John Benjamins , pp. 75-84

144.

Hombert, Jean-Marie, J. Ohala & W. Ewan (1979). « Phonetic explanations for the

development of tones », Language, 55: 37-58

145.

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1991).

“

Outils informatiques pour la linguistique historique

bantu”, Pholia, 6: 131-143.

146.

Hombert, Jean-Marie. & Quintana-Murci, L., 2003, “MtDNA variation in Central

Africa: a micro-evolutionary study in Bantu-speaking populations from Gabon”,

Proceedings. of 2

nd

DNA Polymorphisms in Human Population International

Symposium., Paris, Décembre 2003 (abstract) (poster)

147.

Homburger, Lilias (1929). « Les préfixes dans les parlers peul, haoussa et bantous »,

University of Michigan Digital Library. 96 p.

148.

Hurskainen, Arvi. Solutions for Handling: Non-concatenative processes in Bantu

languages. Stanford University.

149.

Hyman, Larry M. (1979). “A reanalysis of tonal downstep”, Journal of African Languages

and Linguistics, 1: 9-29.

150.

Hyman, Larry M. (1986). "The representation of multiple tone heights", in Koen Bogers,

Harry van der Hulst & Maarten Mous, Eds. The Phonological Representation of

Suprasegmentals. Dordrecht: Foris Publications. 109-152.

151.

Hyman, Larry M. (1990). "Boundary tonology and the prosodic hierarchy", in Inkelas,

Sharon & Draga Zec, Eds. The Phonology-Syntax Connection. Chicago: The University

of Chicago Press. 109-126.

152.

Hyman, Larry M. (2000) [CBOLD]. Bantu VH.

153.

Hyman, Larry M. (2000). Privative Tone in Bantu. Symposium on Tone. Tokyo: ILCAA.

21 p.

154.

Hyman, Larry M. (2001). “Cyclicity and base non-identity”, by David Restle & Dietmar

Zaefferer, eds. Sounds and Systems. Mouton de Gruyter.

155.

Hyman, Larry M. (2001). “Privative tone in Bantu”, in Shigeki Kaji, ed.. Cross-linguistic

Studies of tonal Phenomena. Tokyo: ILCAA . Tokyo.

156.

Hyman, Larry M. (2001). Suffix ordering in Bantu: A morphocentric Approach. Rutgers

Optimal Archive ROA-437.

157.

Hyman, Larry M. (2003). “Segmental phonology”, in Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson.

The Bantu Languages. Routledge.

158.

Hyman, Larry M. (2003). “Sound change, .misanalysis, and analogy in the Bantu

causative”, Journal of African Languages and Linguistics, 24: 55-90.

159.

Hyman, Larry M. (2003). "

African languages and phonological theory", GLOT.

Berkeley. 7.6 153-163.

160.

Hyman, Larry M. (2005). "Directional asymmetries in the morphology and phonology of

words, with special reference to Bantu", 43 p.

161.

Hyman, Larry M. (2007). “Reconstructing the Proto-Bantu verbal unit: internal evidence”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 201-211.

162.

Hyman, Larry M. (2007). “Niger-Congo Verb Extensions: Overview and Discussion”, in

Doris L. Payne & Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference

on African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla Proceedings Project. 149-163

163.

Hyman, Larry M. (2008). " The natural history of verb-stem reduplication in Bantu",

Proceedings of 2nd Graz Conference on Reduplication. 153-187.

164.

Hyman, Larry M. (2009). “Penultimate lemgthening in Bantu: A progress report”, 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale (hand-out)

165.

Hyman, Larry M. (2009). "Tonal morphology: Is it different?", Morphology of the World’s

Languages (MOWL). Leipzig. 9 p.

166.

Hyman, Larry M. (2009). "Penultimate lengthening in Bantu Analysis and spread", 2009

197

UC Berkeley Phonology Lab Annual Report, 195-209.

167.

Hyman, Larry M. Gérard Philippson, Lolke van der Veen, Jacky Maniacky, Jeffrey. Good.

Bantu Retention and Innovation Questionnaire (BRIQ).

168.

Hyman, Larry M., Sharon Inkelas & Galen Sibanda, eds. (1998/2003). “Morphosyntactic

correspondence in Bantu reduplication”, in K. Hanson & S. Inkelas, eds. The Nature of

the Word. MIT Press.

169.

Idiata, Daniel Franck (2004). Eléments de Psycholinguistique des Langues Bantu: La

Question du Sémantisme des Classes nominales du point de vue de l’Acquisition du

Langage chez les Enfants. Paris, France: L’Harmattan. 191 p.

170.

Inkelas, Sharon & Draga Zec, Eds. (1990). The Phonology-Syntax Connection. Chicago:

The University of Chicago Press. 428 p.

171.

Janson, Tore (2007). “Bantu spirantisation as an areal change”, Africana Linguistica, 13 :

79-116.

172.

Johnston, Sir Harry H. (1919 / 1922). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. Clarendon Press. Vol. I: 818 p.; Vol II: 482 p.

173.

Jouannet, Francis (1985). “Les schèmes tonals des déverbatifs”, Prosodologie et

Phonologie non-linéaire. Pris : Société d’Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de

France. 355-404.

174.

Kadima, M. (1967). “Le thème pour “autre” dans les langues bantoues”, Africana

Linguistica 3, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 23-38

175.

Kaehler-Meyer, Emmi (?). “Niger-Congo, Eastern Bantu”, Current Trends in Linguistics

7: Linguistics in Sub-Saharan Africa. Mouton

176.

Kamba Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2005). « Le négatif du verbe ‘être’ en bantou », in K.

Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with

Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique

Centrale. 343-360.

177.

Kayibi, Koko Kalambay. A Philogeny of Bantu Languages based on Accents. School of

Mathematical Sciences. Queen Mary, University of London. Preprint. 35 p.

178.

Kerremans, R. (1980). “Nasale suivie de consonne sourde en proto-bantou”, Africana

Linguistica 8, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 159-198

179.

Key, Michael (2006). “Headed spans and Bantu tonology”, Rutgers Optimal Archive ROA-

809.

180.

Kiango, John G. (2005). “Problems of citation form in dictionaries of Bantu languages”,

Nordic Journal of African Studies, 14.3: 255-273.

181.

Kimenyi, Alexandre (?). "The perspective aspect and consonant mutation in Bantu

languages". California State University at Sacramento.

182.

Kingston, John (2003). "Mechanisms of tone reversal", in Shigeki Kaji, Ed. Proceedings of

the Symposium Cross-Linguistic Studies of Tonal Phenomena. Tokyo: ILCAA.. 47-117

[parcial: só de 84 a 117].

183.

Kolbe, F.W. (1888). A Language-Study based on Bantu or an Inquiry into the Laws of

Root-Formation , the Original Pural, the Sexual Dual, and the Principles of Word-

Comparison. London: Trübner & Co. 112 p.

184.

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2004). “Licensing saturation and co-occurence restrictions in

structure: on Meinhof’s Law in Bantu”, Linguistics Analysis, 32.

185.

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2004). “On word-order restrictions in Bantu relative clauses”, Paper

presented at the 4

th

Bantu Grammar Meeting, Leiden.

186.

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2008). Prosodic marking of post-verbal focus in Bantu : in-situ, IAV

and final Focus. University of Essex. 42 p.

187.

Kwenzi-Mikala, J. (1987). « Contribution à l’inventaire des parlers bantu du Gabon »,

Pholia, 2: 103-110

188.

Kwenzi-Mikala, J. (1988). « Quelques remarques sur la transcription des textes oraux en

langues africaines », Pholia, 3, pp. 207-211

189.

Kwenzi-Mikala, J. (1992). « Présentation géo-linguistique de Libreville », Pholia, 7:67-82

190.

Legère, Karsten (2002). “The “Languages of Tanzania Project : Background, Resources

198

and Perspectiva”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African

Languages and Literatures, 2: 163-186.

191.

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2002). “Verbal extensions in Bantu: The case of Swahili and

Nyamwezi”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages

and Literatures, 2: 4-26.

192.

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2009). "Linguistic evidence of Bantu origins of the Sidis of India", in

Kiran Kamal Prasad & Jean-Pierre Angenot, Eds. TADIA, The African Diaspora in Asia:

Explorations on a less Known Fact.. Bangalore: Jana Jagrati Prakashana. 301-314.

193.

Lopes, Armando Jorge (1998). “The language situation in Mozambique”, Journal of

Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 19: 440-486.

194.

Luca, F., L. Van der Veen, L. Andre, P. Mouguiama-Daouda, L. Sica, J.-M. Hombert & L.

Quintana-Murci (2003). “MtDNA variation in Central Africa: a micro-evolutionary study

in Bantu-speaking populations from Gabon.”, Proceedings of 2

nd

DNA Polymorphisms in

Human Population International Symposium. Paris, Décembre 2003 (eds)

195.

Mabiala, J.-N. (1992). « La situation linguistique de la région du Kouilu (Congo) », Pholia

7: 139-150.

196.

Maho, Jouni Filip (1995). Calculating differences in phonological features of consonants

in a sample of 25 Bantu languages plus an abridged appendix. Dept of Linguistics,

Göteborg University. 59 p..

197.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2001). “The Bantu area: (towards clearing up) a mess”, Africa & Asia:

Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and Literatures, 1: 40-49.

198.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2002). Bantu line-up: comparative overview of three Bantu

classifications. Department of Oriental and African Languages, Göteborg University. 59

p.

199.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2003). “Remarks on a few “polyplural” classes in Bantu”, Africa &

Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and Literatures, 3:

162-184

200.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2003). “Towards a bibliography for Mozambican languages, part 1: the

smaller languages”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African

Languages and Literatures, 3: 147-154.

201.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2005). Draft Bibliography for comparative Bantu Studies.

202.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2005). Niger-Congo Noun Class Studies: draft bibliography. 194 pp.

203.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2005). Select Proto-Bantu Vocabulary. 31 pp

204.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2006). Africana-relevant Journals and Serials 166 pp.

205.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2006). NAMLOB Namibian Languages Online Bibliography. 318 p.

206.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2006). Sub-Saharan Languages and Peoples: A bibliographical Survey

of pre-1920 Works. 582 pp.

207.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2007). “The linear ordering of TAM/NEG markers in the Bantu

languages”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15 : 213-225.

208.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2008). NUGL Online. The online version of the New Updated Guthrie

List,a referential classification of the Bantu languages. 131 p.

209.

Maho, Jouni Filip (2009).. BOB - Bantu Online Bibliography. Electronic Bibliography for

African Languages and Linguistics. 468 p.

210.

Maho, Jouni Filip. Bantu Noun Classes.

211.

Maho, Jouni Filip. Bantu Languages & Descriptional Density.

212.

Mangulu, Motigea (). Parlers Riverains de l’Entre Ubangui-Zaïre: Eléments de Structure

Grammaticale. Etudes Aequatoria, 8. 285 p.

213.

Maniacky, Jacky. Bantu languages / Les langues bantu.

214.

Maniacky, Jacky 2005) “Quelques thèmes pour « igname » en bantu”, in K. Bostoen & J.

Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus

on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale . 165-187.

215.

Marck, Jeff, Per Hage, Koen Bostoen & Jean-Georges Kamba Muzenga (2008). " Kin

terms in the East Bantu proto languages: initial findings", in Milicic Bojka & Jones

Douglas, Eds. Kinship, Language, and Prehistory: Per Hage and the Renaissance in

199

Kinship Studies, University of Utah Press. 18 p

216.

Marck, Jeff & Koen Bostoen (2009). " Proto Oceanic society (Austronesian) and Proto

East Bantu society (Niger-Congo), residence, descent and kin terms ca. 1000 BC",

217.

Marlo, Michael R. (2008). "Post-syntactic phonology: evidence from Bantu", NAPhC 5. 10

p.

218.

Marten, Lutz (2004) “Focus positions in Bantu”, Paper presented at the 4

th

Bantu

Grammar Meeting, Leiden.

219.

Marten, Lutz (2007). Bantu Historical Linguistics. Africa

220.

Marten, Lutz (2008). Topics in the Structure of Bantu Languages. 22 p..

221.

Marten, Lutz. “Bantu classification, Bantu trees, and phylogenetic methods”, in Peter

Forster & Colin Renfrew, eds. Phylogenetic Methods and the Prehistory of Languages.

MacDonald Institute for Archaeological Research.

222.

Marten, Lutz Focus. “Strategies and the incremental development of semantic

representations: evidence from Bantu”, in Enoch Aboh, Katharina Hartmann & Malte

Zimmermann, eds. Focus Strategies. Mouton de Gruyter.

223.

Marten, Lutz & Ruth Kempson. “Pronouns, agreement, and the dynamic construction of

verb phrase interpretation: a Dynamic Syntax approach to Bantu clause structure”,

Linguistic Analysis, 32: 471-504.

224.

Marten, Lutz & Ruth Kempson (2002). "Pronouns, agreement, and the dynamic

construction of verb phrase interpretation: A dynamic syntax approach to Bantu clause

structure", in R. Letsholo and Nancy C. Kula and Rose Letsholo, eds. Linguistic Analysis

32: Special eEdition on African Linguistics in the New Millennium. 471-504.

225.

Marten, Lutz & Nancy C. Kula (2007). “Morphosyntactic co-variation in Bantu: two case

studies”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 227-238.

226.

Marten, Lutz & Nancy C. Kula (?). "Object marking and morphosyntactic variation in

Bantu". 17 p.

227.

Marten, Lutz, Nancy Kula & Nhlanhla Thwala (2005) “Parameters of morphosyntactic

variation in Bantu”, Paper presented at the 5

th

Bantu Grammar Meeting, London. 66 p.

228.

Matambirofa, Francis (2000). “Some aspects of the architecture of the possessive noun

phrase in Bantu”, Zambezia, 27.1: 93-102.

229.

Mateene, Kahombo C. (1973). "Quelques principes du choix des noms individuels dans

certaines sociétés bantu

"

, Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 13: 293-325.

230.

Meeussen, A. E. (1954). “The tones of prefixes in Common Bantu”, Africa: Journal of the

International African Institute, 24.1: 48-54.

231.

Meeussen, A. E. (1954). “Werkwoordafleiding in mongo en oerbantoe”, Aequatoria, 17:

81-86.

232.

Meeussen, A. E. (1960). “Les tons de l’infixe en bantou », Aequatoria, 23: 130-135.

233.

Meeussen, A. E. (1961). “Le ton des extensions verbales en bantou », Orbis : Bulletin

International de Documentation Linguistique, 10.2 : 424-427.

234.

Meeussen, A. E. (1962). “De tonen van subjunktief en imperatief in het bantoe”, Africana

Linguistica 1. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 57-74.

235.

Meeussen, A.E. (1965). Reconstructions Grammaticales du Bantou. Tervuren. Mimeo

236.

Meeussen, A.E. (1967). “Bantu Grammatical Reconstructions”, Africana Linguistica 3,

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 70-122.

237.

Meeussen, A.E. (1980). Bantu Lexical Reconstructions. Tervuren: Archives

d´Anthropologie.

238.

Meinhof, Carl (1915). An Introduction to the Study of African Languages. London &

Toronto : J. M. Dent & Sons Ltd.. 190 p.

239.

Morimoto, Yukiko (2002) “Prominence mismatches and differential object marking in

Bantu”, Proceedings of the LFG02 conference. CSLI Publications Online.

240.

Morimoto, Yukiko (2006). “Agreement properties and word order in comparative Bantu”,

ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 161-188.

241.

Mortier O.M.C., Rodolf (1941). “Classificatie der talen van Ubangi, Aequatoria, 1: 1-8

242.

Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick, Jean-Marie Hombert, Lolke Van der Veen. “Aspects of

200

linguistic diversity in western Central Africa”. On-line. 2 pp.

243.

Mufwene, Salikoko S. Contact languages in the Bantu area. Department of Linguistics,

University of Chicago

244.

Mutaka, Ngessimo & Pius Ngwa Tamanji (2000). Introduction to African Linguistics.

LINCOM Europa Handbooks in Linguistics 16. 316 pp.

245.

Muteene, Kahombo (1973). "Quelques principes du choix des noms individuels dans

certaines sociétés bantu", Cahiers d'Etudes Africaines, 13.50: 356-362.

246.

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (2007). Propuesta de una Lingüística Africana

Globalizante y Liberadora. Buenos Aires, Argentina: Universidad Nacional de General

Sarmiento. 117 p.

247.

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (2009). “La oralidad como fuente fiable para la histografía

africana por los estudios lingüísticos”, Afros & Amazônicos : Revista do Grupo de

Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-Amazônicos – GEPIAA. On-line. Número 1. Porto

Velho : Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 21 p.

248.

Muzenga J., Kamba (1986).”Les mots bantous pour “hier” et “demain””, Africana

Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 213-278.

249.

Muzenga J., Kamba (1995). « Le négatif du verbe être en bantou », in J. Maniacky & K.

Bostoen, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on

Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 347-360.

250.

Mwita, Leonard C. (2007). “Prenasalization and the IPA”, Working Papers in Phonetics,

Los Angeles, USA: UCLA. 106: 58-67.

251.

Myers, Amy (1975). "Complementizer choice in selected Eastern Bantu languages", in

Robert K. Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the 6

th

Conference on African Linguistics.

Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus: Ohio State University. 184-193.

252.

Ndonga Mfuwa, Manuel (2008). "Línguas e política lingüística em Angola", Special

WOCAL VI. São Paulo: USP. 17 p.

253.

Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1995). “Towards

a typology of applicatives in Bantu",

Los

Angeles, USA: 26

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics. 35 p.

254.

Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2006). “Resumptive pronominal clitics in Bantu languages”, in

Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A. Pemberton, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Shifting the Center of Africanism in

Language Politics and Economic Globalization. 51-59.

255.

Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1952). Dos Elementos Prefixativos Bantos. Lisboa: Instituto de

Línguas Africanas e Orientais.

256.

Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1954). Não virão de um mesmo tronco as línguas bantas e as

indo-europeias? Lisboa: Instituto de Línguas Africanas e Orientais.

257.

Nsuka Nkutsi, François (1982). Les Structures Fondamentales du Relatif dans les Langues

Bantoues. Sciences Humaines, 107. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique

Centrale. 283 p.

258.

Nsuka Nkutsi, François (1986). “Formatifs et auxiliaires dans les langues bantoues:

Quelques critères de détermination”, Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 337-364.

259.

Nurse, Derek (2001). A survey report for the Bantu languages. SIL Electronic Survey

Reports SILESR 2002-016.

260.

Nurse, Derek (2001). Proto-bantu Wordlist. 10 p.

261.

Nurse, Derek (2006). “Focus in Bantu: verbal morphology and function”, ZAS Papers in

Linguistics, 43: 189-208.

262.

Nurse, Derek (2007). “Did the Proto-Bantu verb have a synthetic or an analytic structure?”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 239-256.

263.

Nurse, Derek (2007). “The emergence of tense in early Bantu”, Selected Proceedings of the

37

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics. Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

264.

Nurse, Derek (2007). Tense and Aspect in Bantu: Online Data Appendix. Dept of

Linguistics, Memorial University of Newfoundland. Volume 1. 312 p.

265.

Nurse, Derek (2007). Tense and Aspect in Bantu: Online Data Appendix. Dept of

201

Linguistics, Memorial University of Newfoundland. Volume 2. 49 p.

266.

Nurse, Derek (2008). Tense and Aspect in Bantu. Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press.

422 p.

267.

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 818 p.

268.

Ohala, John J. (1978). "Southern Bantu versus the world : The case of palatalization of

labials", Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society, 4: 370-

386.

269.

Odden, David (1988). "Predictable tone systems in Bantu", in Harry van der Hulst &

Norval Smith, Eds. Autosegmental Studies in Pitch Accent. Dordrecht: Foris

Publications. 225-251.

270.

Odden, David (1996). "Tone: African languages", in J.A. Goldsmith, Ed. The Handbook of

Phonological Theory. Cambridge: Blackwell Publishers. 444-475.

271.

Odden, David (1999). "Typological issues in tone and stress in Bantu", in Shigeki Kaji, Ed.

Proceedings of the Symposium Cross-Linguistics Studies of Tonal Phenomenon,

Tonogenesis, Typology, and related Topics. Tokyo: ILCAA. 187-215.

272.

Odden, David (2000). “Ordering”, Phonology 2000 Symposium at MIT and Harvard. 47 p.

273.

Oliveira, Américo Correia de (2006). O Livro das Adivinhas Angolanas. Luanda, Angola:

Praxis. 296 p.

274.

Olson, Kenneth S. & John Hajek (2001). The Geographic and Genetic Distribution of the

Labial Flap.

SIL International University of Chicago & University of Melbourne.

17 p.

275.

Petzell, Malin (2003). “Swedish contributions to African linguistics, with a focus on Bantu

languages”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages

and Literatures, 3: 41-52.

276.

Petzell, Malin (2004). “LFG vs transformational theories: a comparison of certain

phenomena in Bantu languages”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and

African Languages and Literatures, 4: 41-52.

277.

Philippson, Gérard (1998). "Evolution des systèmes prosodiques dans les langues bantu :

de la typologie à la diachronie", Faits de Langues, 6 .11 : 429 – 440.

278.

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et Accent dans les Langues bantu d’Afrique orientale.

Thèse d’état. Université René Descartes (Paris 5).

279.

Philippson, Gérard (1998). “Evolution des systèmes prosodiques dans les langues bantu: de

la typologie à la diachronie”, in Susanne Platiel & Raphael Kaboré, eds. Les langues

d’Afrique subsaharienne. Editions Ophrys

280.

Philippson, Gérard (1998). “Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the evolution of

Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman & Charles W. Kisseberth, eds.

Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford University

281.

Polak, Louise (1983). “L´infixe réfléchi en bantou”, Africana Linguistica 9, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 271-304

282.

Polak, Louise (1986). “Cartes de l´Article “L- infixe réfléchi en bantou”, Africana

Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 449-454

283.

Polak, Louise (1986). “Les infixes (“préfixes objets”) du bantou et leur reconstruction”,

Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 365-

422.

284.

Política Lingüística e Ensino das Línguas Nacionais no Gabão. 4 p.

285.

Prinsloo, Daniël J. & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2001). “Taking dictionaries for Bantu

languages into the new millennium, with special reference to Kiswahili, Sepedi and

isiZulu”, in J. S. Mdee & H. J. M. Mwansoko, eds. Makala ya kongamano la kimataifa

Kiswahili Proceedings. Taasisi ya Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili (TUKI), Chuo Kikuu cha

Dar es Salaam.

286.

Quintana-Murci, Lluis (2002). “M

arqueurs génétiques à hérédité uni-parentale:

contributions de l’ADN mitochondrial et du chromosome Y dans l’origine et les

dispersions de l’Homme et des langues”, in Conférence sur l’ Origine de l’Homme, du

Langage et des Langues. Tourtour 6-11 Mars 2002. 7 p.

202

287.

Quintana-Murci, Lluis & J. M. Hombert (2005). “Gènes et Langues : une évolution

parallèle”, in J. M. Hombert, ed. Aux Origines des langues et du langage. Paris:

Fayard, pp. 308-327

288.

Quintana-Murci, Lluis., Quach, H., Harmant, C., Luca, F., Massonnet, B., Patin, E.,

Sica, L., Mouguiama-Daouda, P., Comas, D., Tzur, S., Balanovsky, O., Kidd, K.,

Kidd, J., Van der Veen, L., Hombert, J.M., Gessain, A., Verdu, P., Froment, A.,

Bahuchet, S., Heyer, E., Dausset, J., Salas, A. & Behar, D., 2008, “Maternal traces

of deep common ancestry and asymmetric gene flow between Pygmy hunter-

gatherers and Bantu-speaking farmers”, Proceedings of the National Academy of

Sciences of the USA (PNAS), 105:5, pp. 1596-1601

289.

Rebuschi, Georges (1999). « A propos des classes nominales et de l’accord en Bantou »,

in Colloque Conscila sur l’Accord. Paris III. 19 p.

290.

Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2007). Classification revisitée des Langues bantoues du Gabon

Libreville, Gabon: GRELACO, Université Omar Bongo. 36 p.

291.

Renfrew, Colin (2000). “At the edge of knowability: Towards a prehistory of langua- ges”,

Cambridge Archaeological Journal, 10.1 : 7–34

292.

Ricquier, Birgit (2009). “How cassava became integrated in the culinary traditions of the

region Loango-Benguela: Tha analysis of words for casava productis”, 3

rd

International

Conference on Bantu Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale

(hand-out)

293.

Ricquier, Birgit & Koen Bostoen (2008). “Resolving phonological variability in Bantu

lexical reconstructions: the case of ‘to bake in ashes’, Africana Linguistica, 14: 109-150.

294.

Riedel, Kristina (2009). "Object marking in wh-questions in Bantu", in Akinloye Ojo &

Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on African

Linguistics: Linguistic Research and Languages in Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings

Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 67-76.

295.

Riggle, Jason (1999). "Relational Markedness in Bantu Vowel Height Harmony". Excerpt

of UCLA Master's thesis. 14 p.

296.

Rosenfelder. Mark. Numbers in the Niger-Congo languages: From 1 to 10.(including

Bantu. On-line.

297.

Rugemalira, Josephat M. (2007). “The structure of the Bantu noun phrase”. SOAS Working

Papers in Linguistics, 15: 135-148.

298.

Salting, Don (2003). “Des traits dépendants de l´inventaire: pour une nouvelle approche de

la Hauteur Vocalique”, in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. 211-238.

299.

Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz (2003). Typologie des Langues d’Afrique &

Universaux de la Grammaire. Volume 1: Domaine Bantu. Paris, France: L’Harmattan.

284 p.

300.

Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. (2003). Typologie des Langues d´Afrique &

Universaux de la Grammaire, Volume II:: Approches transversales et Domaine Bantou.

Paris: L´Harmattan.

301.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1970). “Büttner’s contribution to a comparative dictionary of the

Bantu languages”, Africana Marburgensia, 3: 31-35.

302.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1977). “Der Kohortativ “Dual” und Plural in den Bantusprachen”,

XIX. Deutschen Orientalistentag [vom 28. September bis 4. Oktober 1975 in Freiburg im

Breisgau].

303.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1978). “Partizipanten am Dialog: eine grammatische Kategorie,

nachgewiesen am Bantu”, in Struktur und Wandel afrikanischer Sprachen. Dietrich

Reimer Verlag.

304.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1982). « Les suffixes verbaux séparatifs en bantou », Sprache und

Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), 4: 55-66.

305.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985). “Classificatie van naamwoorden en dingen in het bantoe”,

Africa-Focus, 1: 67-85.

306.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1986). “A note on segment inventories, redundancy conditions and

203

A-rules”, in The Phonological Representation of Suprasegmentals. Foris Publications.

307.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1986). “The lexicostatistic base of Bennett and Sterk’s

reclassification of Niger-Congo with particular reference to the cohesion of Bantu”,

Studies in African Linguistics, 17: 69-83.

308.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1987) “Silbenanlautsgesetze im Bantu”, Afrika und Übersee, 70 : 1-

18.

309.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1995). “Object diagnostics in Bantu”, Issues in African Languages

and Linguistics (Essays in Honour of Kay Williamson). National Institute for Nigerian

Languages.

310.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1995). “Spirantization and the 7-to-5 vowel merger in Bantu”, in

Marc Dominicy & Didier Demolin (1995) Sound Change. Amsterdam, (Belgian Journal

of Linguistics 9)The Netherlands: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

311.

Schapera, I., Ed. (1937/1962). The Bantu-speaking Tribes of South Africa : An

Ethnographical Survey. London: Routledege & Kegan Paul Ltd . 505 p.

312.

Schoenbrun, David L. (1997). The Historical Reconstruction of Great Lakes Bantu

Cultural Vocabulary: Etymologies and Distribution. Series: Sprache und Geschichte in

Afrika. SUGIA – Suplements, 9. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 351 p.

313.

Schroeder, Leila (2008). Bantu Orthography Manual. SIL International. 289 p.

314.

Sebasoni, S. (1967). “La préfinale du verbe bantou”, Africana Linguistica 3, Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 1-121-136.

315.

Sedlak, Philip (1983). The Kenyan Language Setting. Washington: Academy for

Educational Development. 15 p.

316.

Sil comparative african wordlist – SILCAWL. 49 p.

317.

Snider, Keith & James Roberts (2006). SIL Comparative African Wordlist (SILCAWL). 49

p.

318.

Stappers, Leo. (1965). “Het hoofdtelwoord in de Bantoe-talen”, Africana Linguistica 2,

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 175-198.

319.

Stappers, Leo (1967). “Het passief suffix –u- in de Bantoe-talen”, Africana Linguistica 3,

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 137-145.

320.

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1999). "Notes sur l'interaction consonnes-tons en proto-bantou", in

Blanchon, Jean A. & Denis Creissels, eds. Issues in Bantu Tonology. Köln: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag. 1-14.

321.

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (2004). Lexiques proto-bantous: étude des cooccurences segmentales

et supra-segmentales. Thèse de doctorat. Université Lumière (Lyon 2). 381 p.

322.

Torrend, J. (1891). A Comparative Grammar of the South-African Bantu Languages

comprising those of Zanzibar, Mozambique, the Zambezi, Kafirland, Bengela, Angola,

the Congo, the Ogowe, the Cameroons, the Lake Region, etc. London: Kegan Paul,

Trench, Trübner & Co. 398 p.

323.

Thornton, John (1993). "Central African Names and African-American Naming Patterns",

The William and Mary Quarterly, 50.4: 727-742.

324.

Thwala, Nhlanhla (2006) “Parameters of variation and complement licensing in Bantu”,

ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 209-232.

325.

Tore, Janson (2007). « Bantu spirantisation as an areal change », Africana Linguistica, 13:

79-115.

326.

Université Lyon-Lumière. Poissons du Gabon.

327.

Vanhoudt, Bettie (1994). @L´expression de “un” dans la numération absolue et référentielle

en protobantou”, Africana Linguistica 11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 215-221

328.

Van Bulck, G. (1948). Les recherches linguistiques au Congo belge. Brussels: IRCB,

mémoire 16

329.

Van Bulck, G. (1954). Mission Linguistique 1949-1951. Bruxelles: Institut Royal Colonial

Belge.

330.

Van de Velde, Mark (2005). “The order of noun and demonstrative in Bantu”, in K.

Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special

204

Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale.

331.

Van de Velde, Mark (1999). “The two language maps of the Belgian Congo”, Annales

Aequatoria. 20,:475-489

332.

Van de Velde, Mark & Johan van der Auwera (in press). « Le marqueur de l’allocutif

pluriel dans les langues bantu », in: Franck Floricic, ed. Essais de Linguistique Générale

et de Typologie Linguistique

333.

Van der Veen, Lolke J., ed. (1995). « Maladies, remèdes et langues en Afrique Centrale »,

Pholia 9. Lyon.

334.

Van der Veen, Lolke J., ed. (in press). Maladies, remèdes et langues en Afrique Centrale.

Ouvrage collectif. 454 p.

335.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1996). « Maladies et remèdes en Afrique Centrale : perception,

dénomination et classification », Proceedings of 3

ème

Colloque Européen

d’Ethnopharmacologie et de la 1

ère

Conférence Internationale d’Anthropologie et

d’Histoire de la Santé et des Maladies. Gênes, Italie.

336.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2000). « Etude de la dénomination des troubles pathologiques en

Afrique Centrale bantoue », in H. Wolff & O. Gensler eds., Proceedings of 2

nd

World

Congress of African Linguistics. Leipzig, Allemagne, 1997. Cologne, Rüdiger Köppe

Verlag.

337.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2001). ”Contribution à l’étude des langues bantoues et des peuples

bantouophones: approche linguistique, approche génétique”, Revue Gabonaise des

Sciences du Langage, 2: 79-94

338.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2006). “Langues, gènes et cultures bantous : le cas du Gabon”,

Proceedings of Crossing borders: Feasability of an Integrated Archaeological and

Linguistic Approach to Population Dynamics in southern Central Africa. MRAC,

Tervuren, Belgique, 2 Février 2006

339.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2007). « Le projet « Langues, gènes et cultures bantu » : objectifs

et enjeux », Semaine scientifique interuniversitaire « 20 ans de recherches sur les

langues et les cultures du Gabon », CCF, Libreville, Gabon.

340.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2007). « Les maladies et les plantes médicinales : dénomination et

catégorisation », Semaine scientifique interuniversitaire « 20 ans de recherches sur les

langues et les cultures du Gabon », UOB, Libreville, Gabon

341.

Van der Veen, Lolke J. & J. M. Hombert, J.M. (2001). “On the origin and Diffusion of

Bantu: a multidisciplinary Approach”, in Proceedings of 32

nd

Annual Conference on

African Languages. Berkeley, Etats-unis, Mars, 2001

342.

Van der Veen, Lolke J., L. Quintana-Murci & D. Comas (2007), “Linguistic, Cultural and

Genetic Perspectives on Human Diversity in West-central Africa, a Joint ESF Eurocores

Project”, Proceedings of OMLL Final Conference, Rome, 14 December 2007

343.

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro: Mélopées Funèbres. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 728 p.

344.

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons de Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

345.

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons des Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 102 p.

346.

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Pileuses du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

347.

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Berceuses du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales.

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

348.

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue du Sud-Est du Katanga.

Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

349.

Werner, Alice (1919). Introductory sketch of the Bantu Languages. London: Kegan Paul,

Trench, Trubner & CO limited. 369 p.

350.

Werner, Alice (1933). Myths and legends of the Bantu. Originally published by Harrap in

London. Webbaccess by the Internet Sacred Text Archive. 164 p.

351.

Whitehead, John & L. F. Whitehead (1910). A Method of Transliteration of the proper

205

Names of Scripture into Congo Languages. Bolobo, Congo Belge: Baptist Mission Press.

152 p.

352.

Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1971). The Noun Class System of Proto-Benue-Congo. The

Hague-Paris: Mouton.

353.

Woolford, Ellen (1994). "Why passive can block object marking", The 25

th

Annual

Conference on African Linguistics. 22 p.

354.

Wotzka, Hans-Peter & Koen Bostoen (2009). "Human settlement and Bantu languages

dispersal in the Inner Congo Basin: A correspondence (re-)analysis of lexicostatistical

data", ECAS 3, Leipzig. 9 p.

355.

Zavoni, Ntondo (2007). A Coabitação lingüística em Angola: Diálogo vs. Conflito.

Mimeo. 15 p.

356.

Zonga, Tingbo-yi (1973). Réflexes des Phonèmes du Proto-bantu en Lingala. Lubumbashi:

CELTA.

1.1.1. NOROESTE BANTU

Zona A

357.

A

G

eral

Alexandre, Pierre (1965). "Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de

synthèse provisoire », Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 5: 503-560.

358.

A

G

eral

Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2007). “Accounting for the Morphophonological

Alternations in Classes 1 and 2 of Bantu Languages of Zone A”, African Study

Monographs, 28.4: 155-179

359.

A

G

eral

Bancel, Pierre (1988). « Double reflexes in Bantu A.70 languages », Pholia,

3: 7-16.

360.

A

G

eral

Burssens, Nico. North West Protobantu Reflexes. 142 p.

361.

A

G

eral

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

362.

A

G

eral

Chumbow, Beban Sammy, Gratien G. Atindogbe, Engelbert Domche Teko &

Martin Luther Bot (2007). “Classification of the Languages of Cameroon

and Equatorial Guinea on the Basis of Lexicostatistics and Mutual

Intelligibility”. African Study Monographs, 28: 181-204.

363.

A

G

eral

Gonzalez Echegaray, Carlos (1964). Estudios Guineos. Vol. II: Etnologia.

Chap. 3: Sistemas de Numeración, cómputo del tiempo y moneda en los

pueblos del Africa Ecuatorial Española.

364.

A

G

eral

Granda, Germán de (1984). "Las lenguas de Guinea Ecuatorial. Materiales

bibliográfico para su estudio", Thesaurus, 39.1-2-3: 170-193.

365.

A

G

eral

Hadermann, Pascale (2005). “Harmonization of Nominal Classes in Bantu

Zone A and Grassfields Bantu Languages”, in J. Maniacky & K. Bostoen,

eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus

on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique

Centrale.

366.

A

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1960). Les langues Bantu du Nord-Ouest: Etat des

Connaissances, Perspectives de la Recherche. Institut d’Etudes Congolaises.

367.

A

G

eral

Janssens, Baudouin (1994). “Etude comparative du thème pçkç îun, autre”

dans le bantou de zone A et des Grassfields”, Africana Linguistica 11,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 93-104.

368.

A

G

eral

Mous, Maarten & Anneke Breedveld (1986). "A dialectometrical study of

some Bantu languages (A.40-A.60) of Cameroon", La Méthode

Dialectométrique Appliquée aux Langues Africaines. Dietrich Reimer

206

Verlag.

369.

A

G

eral

Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo (2005). “Harmonization of Nominal Classes in

Bantu Zone A and Grassfields Bantu Languages”, in K. Bostoen & J.

Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with

Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 375-393.

370.

A

G

eral

Ricquier, Birgit (2005). De Taalsituatie in Equatoriaal-Guinea.

Lisensiaatverhandeling. Universiteit Gent. 144 p.

371.

A

G

eral

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1980). « La morphologie verbale du bantou commun et

les langues bantoues du Cameroun », L’Expansion Bantoue. Société des

Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

372.

A

G

eral

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1980). « Situation actuelle de la classification des

langues bantoues (au sens étroit) du Cameroun », L’Expansion Bantoue.

Société des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

373.

A11

Londo

Heijboer, B.M. (1948). “Londo en lingombe”, Aequatoria, 11: 60-66, 108-110.

374.

A11

Londo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

375.

A11

Londo

Kuperus, Julie (1985) [CBOLD]. Londo Wordlist (1.800 items)

376.

A11

Londo

Tanda, Vincent Ambe & Ayu’nwi N. Neba (2005). “Negation in Mokpe and

two related coastal Bantu languages of Cameroon”, African Study

Monographs, 26: 201-219.

377.

A11

-12

Oroko

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. 154 p

378.

A111

Ngolo

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-132]

379.

A112

Bima

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-113]

380.

A113

Tanga

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-113]

381.

A114

Koko

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-113]

382.

A

115

Londo

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-132]

383.

A12

Lue

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-113]

384.

A12

Lue

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

385.

A121

Mbonge

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [114-132]

386.

A121

Mbonge

Friesen, Lisa (2002). Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge

dialect). MA thesis. University of North Dakota. 134 p.

387.

A122

Kundu

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-132]

388.

A1

23

Ekombe

Friesen, Dan T. (2002). Oroko Orthography Development: linguistic and

sociolinguistic Factors. MA thesis. University of North Dakota. [111-113]

389.

A141

Fo’

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

390.

A15a

Mboo

Chanard, C. (2006). Mboó - systèmes alphabétiques d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL

.

LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

391.

A15ca

Akoose

Angenot, Jean-Pierre, Ilunga Mukubi Wamushiya & Jacques L. Vincke

(1973). A Transpositional Anti-Grammar of the Koose Language of

207

Cameroon. Kinshasa: Revue Zaïroise des Sciences de l´Homme – ONRD.

392.

A15ca

Akoose

Chanard, C. (2006). Akoose (Bakossi), Mboo - systèmes alphabétiques

d’après « Alphabets des langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

393.

A15ca

Akoose

Dorsch, Von H. (1912). "Vocabularium der Nkosi-Sprache (Kamerun) [kwo-

me]", Afrika und Übersee. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, 2.3: 161-193;

2.4: 324-330.

394.

A15ca

Akoose

Hatfield, Deborah, Janneke VanderKooy & Marcia Bleeker (2002). A

Sociolinguistic Survey among the Bakossi. SIL Electronic Survey Reports

SILESR 2003-007. 19 p.

395.

A15ca

Akoose

Hedinger, Robert (1985). Some Issues in the Establishment of an Orthography

for Akóóse. SIL Cameroun. 7 p.

396.

A15ca

Akoose

Hedinger, Robert (1987). The Manenguba Languages of Cameroon. Cameroon

SIL Publications. 309 p.

397.

A15ca

Akoose

Hedinger, Robert & Silvia Hedinger (1977). Phonology of Akoose. SIL

Cameroon Work Papers. 91 p.

398.

A15ca

Akoose

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

399.

A15ce

Bakaka

Hedinger, Robert (1987). The Manenguba Languages of Cameroon. Cameroon

SIL Publications. 309 p.

400.

A15ce

Bakaka

Spielmann, Kent (1998/2003). Mkaa’ Orthography Review

(Bakaka)

. SIL

Cameroun. 31 p.

401.

A21

Mboko

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

402.

A22

Bakwiri

Connell, Bruce (1997) [CBOLD]. Bakweri wordlist (1.950 items)

403.

A22

Bakwiri

Connell, Bruce. (1994). Mòkpè (Bakweri) – English Dictionary. Series: Archiv

afrikanistischer Manuskripte, 3. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 142 p.

404.

A22

Bak

wiri

Hombert, J.M. (1973). “Speaking backwards in Bakwiri”, Studies in

African Linguistics , 4, pp. 27-35

405.

A22

Bakwiri

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

406.

A22

Bakwiri

Marlo, Michael R. & David Odden (2007). “The exponence of TAM in

Bakweri”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 19-31.

407.

A22

Bakwiri

Tanda, Vincent Ambe & Ayu’nwi N. Neba (2005). “Negation in Mokpe and

two related coastal Bantu languages of Cameroon”, African Study

Monographs, 26: 201-219.

408.

A23

Su

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

409.

A24

Duala

Bufe, E. (1910). "Die Dualasprache in ihrem Verhältnis zu den Dialekten des

Nordgebietes der Station Bombe", Afrika und Übersee. Zeitschrift für

Kolonialsprachen, 1.1: 25-36.

410.

A24

Duala

Chanard, C. (2006). Duala - système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

411.

A24

Duala

Dinkelacker, E. (1914). Wörterbuch der Duala-Sprache. Hamburg : L.

Friedrichsen & Co. 236 p.

412.

A24

Duala

Epée, Roger (1975). "The case for a focus position in Duala", in Robert K.

Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the 6

th

Conference on African Linguistics.

Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus: Ohio State University. 210-

226.

413.

A24

Duala

Hecklintjer, F. (1920-1921). "Dualasprichwörter", Afrika und Übersee, 11-12:

35-70; 125-l60. 220-239, 306-315.

414.

A24

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

208

Duala

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

415.

A24

Duala

Makembe, P. (1920-1921). "Duala-Texte",Afrika und Übersee, 11-12: 161-

181.

416.

A24

Duala

Paulian, Christiane (1971). “Esquisse phonologique du duala”, in Etudes

bantoues. Société des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France

(SELAF). 37 p.

417.

A24

Duala

Seidel, A. (1904). Die Duala- Sprache in Kamerun. Julius Gross Verlag. 132

p.

418.

A25

Wuri

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

419.

A27

L

imba

Lamberty, Melinda (2002). “A rapid appraisal survey of Malimba”, ALCAM

610. SIL Cameroun.

420.

A31

Bubi

Boleká, Justo Bolekia (1991). Curso de Lengua Bubi. Malabo: Guinea

Ecuatorial: Ediciones Centro Cultural Hispano-Guineano. 175 p.

421.

A31

Bubi

Clarke, John (1848). Introduction to the Fernandian Tongue. Berwick-on-

Tweed. 65 p.

422.

A31

Bubi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

423.

A32

Batanga

Davison, Phil (1991) Batanga Survey Report. SIL Cameroun.

424.

A32

Batanga

Friesen, Dan T. & Friesen (2001). “Word list”, Extendibility Survey of Oroko.

Unpublished manuscript.13-15. [121 items]

425.

A32

Batanga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

426.

A32a

Noho

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

427.

A32b

Naka

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

428.

A33b

Ngumbi

Elimelech, Baruch (1976). “Noun tonology in Kombe”, Studies in Bantu

Tonology. Southern California Occasional Papers. 3: 115-129.

429.

A33b

Ngumbi

Friesen, Dan T. & Friesen (2001). “Word list”, Extendibility Survey of Oroko.

Unpublished manuscript.13-15. [121 items]

430.

A33b

Ngumbi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

431.

A34

Benga

Alewijnse, B., J. Nerbonne, L.J. van der Veen & F. Manni. “A computational

analysis of Gabon varieties”, Proceedings of the RANLP (Recent Advances

in Natural Language Processing). Workshop on Computational Phonology.

Borovetz (Bulgaria).

432.

A34

Benga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

433.

A41

Rombi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

434.

A41

Rombi

Lamberty, Melinda (2002). A rapid appraisal survey of the Abo and Barombi

speech communities. SIL electronic survey report SILESR 2002-075.

435.

A42

Abo

Atindogbe, Gratien G. (2007). “Accounting for the morphophonological

alternations in classes 1 and 2 of Bantu languages of Zone A”, African Study

Monographs, 28: 155-179.

436.

A42

Abo

Lamberty, Melinda (2002). A rapid appraisal survey of the Abo and Barombi

speech communities. SIL electronic survey report SILESR 2002-075. 28 p.

437.

A43a

Basaa

Buckley, Eugene (1996). “Bare root nodes in Basaa”, University of

Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics, 2: 27-38.

438.

A43a

Basaa

Chanard, C. (2006). Basaa - système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

209

439.

A43a

Basaa

Gray, Russell & Simon Greenhill. Bantu Basic Vocabulary Database: Asu,

Basaa, Bemba, Bukusu, Kinyamwezi, Koyo. University of Auckland, New

Zealand.

440.

A43a

Basaa

Hyman, Larry (2003). “Basaa A.43”, in Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson,

eds. The Bantu Languages. Routledge. 38 p.

441.

A43a

Basaa

Janssens, Baudouin (1986). “Eléments de phonologie et de morphologie

historique du basaa (bantou A43a)”, Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 147-212.

442.

A43a

Basaa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

443.

A43a

Basaa

Lemb, Pierre & François de Gastines (1973) [CBOLD]. Basaa Wordlist (3.700

items)

444.

A43a

Basaa

Lemb, Pierre & François de Gastines (1973). Dictionnaire Basaá-Français.

Douala: Collège Libermann.

445.

A43a

Basaa

Momha, Bellnoun (2007). Dictionnaire Français-Bassa. PARIS: l’Harmattan..

589 p.

446.

A43a

Basaa

Njock, Pierre Emmanuel. Basaa-English-French-German dictionary. SIL

Cameroon.

447.

A43a

Basaa

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1994). Basaa Basic Vocabulary. [421 entries].

448.

A43a

Basaa

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1991). Evolution phonétique d’une Langue bantoue du

nord-ouest: le basaa A43a. Mémoire de DEA. Université Lumière (Lyon 2).

86 p.

449.

A43a

Basaa

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (1991). « Conditionnement tonal de certain doubles

reflexes en basaa », Pholia, 6: 181-190.

450.

A43a

Basaa

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle (2000) [CBOLD]. Basaa Wordlist (2000 items)

451.

A43a

Basaa

... “ Corpus de correspondances protobantou-basaa”, Pholia,?. 73-86

452.

A43b

Koko

Friesen, Dan T. & Friesen (2001). “Word list”, Extendibility Survey of Oroko.

Unpublished manuscript.13-15. [121 items]

453.

A43b

Koko

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

454.

A43b

Koko

Kenmogne, Michel (2000). The Lexical Phonology of Bakoko. SIL Camerron

Working Papers. 348 p.

455.

A44

Nen

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

456.

A44

Nen

Janssens, Baudouin (1988). “Ton et élision vocalique en nen”, Linguistique

Africaine, 1 : 61-94.

457.

A44

Nen

Mous, Maarten (1986). “Vowel harmony in Tunen”, The Phonological

Representation of Suprasegmentals. Foris Publications.

458.

A44

Nen

Mous, Maarten (2005). “The innovative character of object-verb word order in

Nen (Bantu A44, Cameroon)”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005).

Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and

Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 411-424.

459.

A46

Maandé

Chanard, C. (2006). Nomaande - système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets

des langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et

Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

460.

A46

Maandé

Comité de Langue Nomaande (2003). Lexique nomaande-français . SIL

Cameroon. [2.044 entries]. 23 p.

461.

A46

Maandé

Taylor, Carrie (1994) Participant reference in Nomaándé narrative discourse.

SIL Cameroun. 15 p.

462.

A46

Maandé

Taylor, Carrie (1994).

Nómaaàndáà Language Use.

SIL Cameroun 23 p.

210

463.

A46

Maandé

Taylor, Carrie (1999). Pronouns in Nomaande. SIL Cameroun. 11 p.

464.

A46

Maandé

Wilkendorf, Patricia (1987/2004). Exposé de l’alphabet et de l’orthographe du

nomaande. SIL Cameroon. 4 p.

465.

A46

Maandé

Wilkendorf, Patricia (1991). “

Floating high tones in Nomaánde locatives

”,

in Anderson, Stephen C., Ed. in Tone in five Languages of Cameroon

.

Publication 102. SIL & University of Texas at Arlington. 61-72

466.

A46

Maandé

Wilkendorf, Patricia (1991). “

Le système temporel et aspectuel de la

langue nɔmaandɛ

́

”

, in Stephen C. Anderson & Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense

and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon. Summer Institute of

Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington Publications in

Linguistics, 99. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University

of Texas at Arlington.

467.

A46

Maandé

Wilkendorf, Patricia (1997). The functions of relative clauses in Nómaaàndáà.

SIL Cameroun. 11 p.

468.

A46

Maandé

Wilkendorf, Patricia (1998). Adverbial clauses in Nómaandé narrative

discourse. SIL Cameroun. 11 p.

469.

A46

Maandé

Wilkendorf, Patricia (2001). Sketch grammar of Nómaandé. SIL Cameroun. 28

p.

470.

A462

Yambeta

Chanard, C. (2006). Yambeta - système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

471.

A462

Yambeta

YALICO. Yambetta-French Provisional Lexicon. SIL Cameroon. 19 p.

472.

A50

Bafia

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 1 p.

473.

A50

Bafia

Guarisma, Gladys (1969). Etudes Bafia. Paris: SELAF, Klincksieck.

474.

A501

Hijuk

Bradley, David P. (1992). Hijuk Survey Report. SIL Cameroun. 8 p.

475.

A502

Zakaan

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 7 p.

476.

A51

Fa’

Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002). Intelligibility testing of Bafia

among Lefa speakers. SIL electronic survey report SILESR 2002-069.

477.

A51

Fa’

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

478.

A51

Fa’

Mbongue, Joseph et al. (2002). Premiere evaluation globale de la situation

sociolinguistique de la langue lefa. SIL Electronic Survey Reports SILESR

2002-049.

479.

A51

Fa’

Mbongue, Joseph, Engelbert Domche Teko, Edward Brye & Elizabeth Brye

(1999). Première évaluation globale de la situation sociolinguistique de la

langue lefa, ALCAM 581: lefa’. Ministère de la Recherche Scientifique et

Technique (Cameroun). 21 p.

480.

A5

2

Kalong

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

481.

A52

Kalong

Boone, Douglas W. (1992). Dimbong survey report. SIL Cameroun.

482.

A52

Kalong

Hyman, Larry M. (2002). Vowel harmony in Kalong: a system-driven account.

Rutgers Optimal Archive ROA-513. 22 p.

483.

A52

Kalong

Hyman, Larry M. (2002). “ “Abstract” vowel harmony in Kàlòng: a system-

driven account”, in Patrick Sauzet & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. Typologie des

211

Langues d’Afrique et Universaux de la Grammaire. L’Harmattan.

484.

A52

Kalong

Hyman, Larry (2003). “Abstract vowel harmony in Kalong: a system-driven

account”, in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds.

485.

A52

Kalong

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

486.

A53

Kpa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

487.

A531

Rope

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

488.

A54

Tibea

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

489.

A54

Tib

ea

Bradley, David P. (1992. Tibea survey report. SIL Cameroun.

490.

A601

Ki

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

491.

A601

Ki

Diller, Jason & Kari Jordan-Diller (2002). Sentence repetition testing (SRT)

and language shift survey of the Tuki language. SIL Electronic Survey

Reports SILESR 2003-010. 26 p.

492.

A601

Ki

Huey, Paul & Joseph Mbongue (1995). A rapid appraisal survey of Tuki

(ALCAM 551): Mbam et Inoubou & Mbam et Kim Divisions, Center

Province. Ministry of Scientific and Technical Research (Cameroon). 20 p.

493.

A601

Ki

Jordan-Diller, Kari & Jason Diller (1999). A rapid appraisal survey of Tuki

(ALCAM 355): Mbam and Kim Divisions, Center Province.

SIL Cameroun.

26 p.

494.

A601

Ki

Kongne Welaze, Jacquis (2006). Lexique Tuki-Français-Tuki. SIL Cameroon.

82 p.

495.

A601

Ki

Kongne Welaze, Jacquis, Ginger Boyd, Marguerite Biteya, & Gabriel Okalia

(2008).

Précis d’Orthographe pour la Langue Tuki.

SIL Cameroon.

17

p.

496.

A601e

Ngoro

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

497.

A601e

Ngoro

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

498.

A601f

Chenga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

499.

A601g

Bonek

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

500.

A62

Yambasa

Boone, Douglas, David Bradley & Caroline Grant (1992). Central Yambasa

survey report. SIL Electronic Survey Reports SILESR 1999-009. 18 p.

501.

A62

Yambasa

Grant, Caroline A. (1992). Dialect intelligibility testing among Central

Yambasa speech varieties. SIL Cameroun. 25 p.

502.

A62a

Gunu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

503.

A62a

Gunu

Chanard, C. (2006). Nugunu - système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

504.

A62a

Gunu

Orwig, Carol J. (1991). “

Relative time reference in Nugunu”

, in Stephen C.

Anderson & Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense and aspect in eight languages of

212

Cameroon. Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at

Arlington Publications in Linguistics, 99. Dallas: Summer Institute of

Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.

505.

A62a

Gunu

Patman, Frankie (1991). “Tone in the Nugunu verb phrase”, in Anderson,

Stephen C., Ed. in Tone in five Languages of Cameroon

. Publication 102.

SIL & University of Texas at Arlington. 73-91.

506.

A62a

Gunu

Patman, Frankie (1995). A functional account of syntactic similarities in

Nugunu. SIL Cameroun.

507.

A62a

Gunu

Patman, Frankie (1998). Syntactic encoding of informational distinctions in

Nugunu. SIL Cameroun. 64 p.

508.

A62a

Gunu

Robinson, Clinton D.W. (1980). Participants in Gunu narrative discourse. SIL

Cameroun. 23 p.

509.

A62a

Gunu

GULICO (2003). Nugunu provisional lexicon. SIL Cameroon. 26 p.

510.

A62b

Baca

Boone, Douglas W. (1992). Baca (Bongo) survey report. SIL Cameroun. 10 p.

511.

A62c

Yangben

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

512.

A62c

Yangben

Boyd, Ginger (2006).

Précis d’Orthographe de Langue Nuasue

(Yangben).

Yaoundé: Ministère de la Recherche Scientifique et de

l’Innovation. 23 p.

513.

A62c

Yangben

Hyman, Larry (2003). “’Abstract’ vowel harmony in Kalong: a system-driven

account”, in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. 85-112.

514.

A62c

Yangben

Prittie, Rebecca (2002). Nuasue-French-Nuasue Lexicon. SIL Cameroon. 75 p.

515.

A

62d

Mmala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 9 p.

516.

A62d

Mmala

Boyd, Ginger (2006). Précis d’orthographie de Langue Numaala. Yaoundé:

Ministère de la Recherche Scientifique et de l’Innovation. 20 p.

517.

A62e

Libie

Prittie, Rebecca (2002). Grammar Sketch of Nulibie. Cameroun: SIL. 20 p.

518.

A62e

Libie

Boyd, Ginger (2006). Précis d’orthographe de Langue Nulibie.. Yaoundé:

Ministère de la Recherche Scientifique et de l’Innovation

519.

A62f

Mbule

Boone, Douglas W. (1992). A sociolinguistic survey in Mbola: Mbule survey

report.. SIL Cameroun. 19 p.

520.

A65

Bati

Grant, Caroline A. (1992). Bati Survey Report. SIL Cameroun. 6 p.

521.

A65

Bati

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

522.

A70

Bancel, Pierre (1988). ”Double reflexes in Bantu A.70 languages”, Pholia, 3:

7-16.

523.

A70

Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2008). « La dérivation causative dans les langues bantu

du groupe A70 », Africana Linguistica, 14: 85-108..

524.

A71

Eton

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

525.

A71

Eton

Richter, Andreas & Patricia Lecuyer. A little dictionary of Eton: Eton-English

dictionary.

5 p.

526.

A71

Eton

Van de Velde, Mark (2003). “Proper Names and the so-called class 1a in

Eton”, Leuvense Bijdragen. 92.

527.

A71

Eton

Van de Velde, Mark (2006). “The alleged class 2a prefix bO in Eton, a plural

word”, in Rebecca T. Cover & Yuni Kim, eds. Proceedings of the Berkeley

213

Linguistic Society 31

st

Annual Meeting. Special Session on the Languages of

West Africa. 119-130.

528.

A71

Eton

Van de Velde, Mark (2006). A Description of Eton: Phonology, Morphology,

Basic Syntax and Lexicon. PhD Dissertation. Leuven: Katholieke

Universiteit Leuven. 469 p.

529.

A71

Eton

Van de Velde, Mark (2008). « Un cas de changement phonologique par

réanalyse morphonologique en éton », Africana Linguistica, 14: 177-185.

530.

A71

Eton

Van de Velde, Mark. Dictionnaire Eton-Français et Lexique Français-Eton.

On-line. 107 p.

531.

A72

Ewondo

Abega, Prosper (1969). La Grammaire de l´Ewondo. Yaoundé: Université

Fédérale du Cameroun.

532.

A72

Ewondo

Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1971). Aspects de la Phonétique et de la Morphologie

de l´Ewondo. Thèse de doctorat: Universitei te Leiden, Netherlands

533.

A72

Ewondo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

534.

A72

Ewondo

Chanard, C. (2006). Ewondo - Système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

535.

A72

Ewondo

Hartell, Rhonda L. (1993). "Ewondo phonemes and orthographic symbols",

Alphabets of Africa. UNESCO Regional Office in Dakar: BREDA Press. 1

p.

536.

A72

Ewondo

Janssens, Baudouin (1991). « Doubles reflexes apparents en ewondo ou les

chasses-croises de la derivation », Pholia, 6: 155-180.

537.

A72

Ewondo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

538.

A72

Ewondo

Pichon, Fr. 1950). Petite Grammaire Ewondo avec Exercices appropriés.

Yaoundé: Mission Catholique.

539.

A72

Ewondo

Tsala, Th. (before 1971). Dictionnaire Ewondo-Français. Lyon: Imprimerie

Emmanuel Vitte.

540.

A72b

Mvele

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

541.

A74a

Bulu

Alexandre, Pierre (1965). « Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de

synthèse provisoire », Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 5: 503-560.

542.

A74a

Bulu

Alexandre, Pierre (1966). “Préliminaire à une présentation des idéophones

bulu”, Hamburger Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde. Hamburg.

543.

A74a

Bulu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

544.

A74a

Bulu

Chanard, C. (2006). Bulu - Système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

545.

A74a

Bulu

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1988). “Tonper, un test de perception pour langues

tonales: application au bulu, sud-Cameroun”, Pholia, 3: 169-182.

546.

A74a

Bulu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

547.

A74a

Bulu

Wilkinson, Robert W. (1975). “The phonemic status of mid tone in Ebolowa

Bulu”, Proceedings of the Sixth Conference of African Linguistics. OSU

WPL, 20: 75-86.

548.

A75

Fang

Alewijnse, B., J. Nerbonne, L.J. van der Veen & F. Manni. “A computational

analysis of Gabon varieties”, Proceedings of the RANLP (Recent Advances

in Natural Language Processing) Workshop on Computational Phonology.

Borovetz (Bulgaria).

214

549.

A7

5

Fang

Alexandre, Pierre (1965). « Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de

synthèse provisoire », Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 5: 503-560.

550.

A75

Fang

Anonyme. Le Fang en 30 Leçons. Libreville. Miméo.

551.

A75

Fang

Bancel, Pierre (1988). ”Double reflexes in Bantu A.70 languages”, Pholia, 3:

7-16.

552.

A75

Fang

DDL - Université Lumière, Lyon 2 [CBOLD]. Fang Wordlist (450 items)

553.

A75

Fang

Demolin, Didier, Jean-Marie Hombert, Pierre Ondo & Christoph Segebarth

(1992). ”Etude du système vocalique fang par résonance magnétique”,

Pholia, 7: 41-59.

554.

A75

Fang

Dictionnaire fang, français, español, português par Groupe Monefang

555.

A75

Fang

Ella, Edgard Maillard (2007). A Theoretical Model for a Fang-French-English

specialized multi-volume School Dictionary. D. Litt thesis. University of

Stellenbosch.

556.

A75

Fang

Le premier Dictionnaire Fang en Ligne. On-line.

557.

A75

Fang

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1990). “Realisations tonales et constraintes segmentales

en fang”, Pholia, 5: 105-111

558.

A75

Fang

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1991). « Quelques criteres de classification des parlers

fang », Pholia, 6: 145-153.

559.

A75

Fang

Hombert, Jean-Marie, Pither Medjo & Raymond Nguema (1989). “Les fang

sont-ils bantu?”, Pholia, 4: 133-147.

560.

A75

Fang

Hombert, Jean-Marie , D. Comas, P. Mouguiama-Daouda, L.Quintana-Murci,

L. Sica , & Lolke Van der Veen (no prelo). “The Fang enigma: evidence

from genetic and linguistic data”. Proceedings of Cradle of Language

Conference, Université de Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch, Afrique du Sud, 6-10

novembre 2006

561.

A75

Fang

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

562.

A75

Fang

Medjo, Pither (1993). “Etude sur la phonologie du parler fang de Medouneu”,

Pholia, 8: 141-180.

563.

A75

Fang

Medjo, Pither (1994). “Perception de la maladie chez les fang, Gabon”,

Pholia, 9: 74-94.

564.

A75

Fang

Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick, Jean-Marie Hombert, Lolke Van der Veen (n.d).

" Aspects of linguistic diversity in western Central Africa". Lyon. 1 p.

565.

A75

Fang

Van der Veen, Lolke (2007). “The Fang coming all the way down from

‘Egyptland’? Or how the walls of a myth may come tumbling down...”,

Proceedings of ESF Workshop ‘Migration’. Eurocores progamme OMLL,

Porquerolles, France, 5 September 2007

566.

A75

Fang

Van der Veen, Lolke (2007). “The Origins of Fang: Language, Culture and

Genes. Myth and reality”, Linguistics Colloquium, Center for Language and

Cognition Groningen, RUG Groningen, Netherlands.

567.

A75a

Ntumu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

568.

A75a

Ntumu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

569.

A75c

Make

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

570.

A75c

Make

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

571.

A75g

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

215

Suanke

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

572.

A803

Shiwe

Puèch, Gilbert (1989). “Les constituants suprasyllabiques en shiwe [osieba]”,

Pholia, 4: 217-228.

573.

A81

Ngumba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

574.

A81

1

Mabea

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

575.

A82

So

Bradley, David P. (1992). So Survey Report. SIL Cameroun.

576.

A83

Makaa

Boer, Truus & Claire Nkoasse (?). Makaa Mekhist. SIL. Cameroun. 11

p.

577.

A83

Makaa

Chanard, C. (2006). Makaa - systèmes alphabétiques d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL

.

LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

578.

A83

Makaa

Heath, Daniel (1991). “Tone in the Makaa associative construction”, in

Stephen Craig Anderson, ed. Tone in Five Languages of Cameroon. Summer

Institute of Linguistics (SIL) & University of Texas at Arlington. 29 p.

579.

A83

Makaa

Heath, Daniel (1991). “

Tense and aspect in Makaa”

, in Stephen C.

Anderson & Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense and aspect in eight languages of

Cameroon. Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at

Arlington Publications in Linguistics, 99. Dallas: Summer Institute of

Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.

580.

A83

Makaa

Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1993). Preposed Constituents and

Discontinuities in Makaa Discourse. SIL Cameroun. 16 p.

581.

A83

Makaa

Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1996). A Preliminary Grammar Sketch of the

Mékaa Noun and Verb Morphology. SIL Cameroun. 51 p.

582.

A83

Makaa

Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1998). A Preliminary Grammar Sketch of the

Makaa Noun Modifiers and Pronouns. SIL Cameroun. 29 p.

583.

A83

Maka

a

Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (2006). Makaa Discourse Features. SIL

Cameroun. 22 p.

584.

A83

Makaa

Heeley, Matthew (2000). Un Project d’Alphabetisation en Langue Mekaa dans

le Constistoire Nkol Mvolan. SIL Cameroun. 6 p.

585.

A83

Makaa

Heeley, Matthew (2000). A Study of Reader Interest among the Makaa People

of Eastern Cameroon. SIL Cameroun. 9 p.

586.

A83

Makaa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

587.

A83

Makaa

Mbeul, Martin & Ze Saturnin (1996). Mikanda Mi Mékaaà 1 Contes en langue

mékaa. SIL Cameroon. 17 p.

588.

A832

Kol

Henson, Bonnie J. (2009). "Defining the Word in Kol", in Masangu Matondo,

Fiona Mc Laughlin & Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 38th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African

Language Documentation.

Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla

Proceedings Project

. 128-140.

589.

A84

Njem

Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (2006). Njém Phonology. PhD thesis. Department of

African Languages and Linguistics, University of Yaoundé I. 363 p.

590.

A84

Njem

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

591.

A84

Njem

Beavon, Keith H. (1983). “A phonology of Konzime”, Africana Linguistica 9,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 109-136

592.

A84

Njem

Beavon, Keith H. (1991). “

Koozime verbal system”

, in Stephen C.

Anderson & Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense and aspect in eight languages of

216

Cameroon. Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at

Arlington Publications in Linguistics, 99. Dallas: Summer Institute of

Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.

593.

A84

Njem

Beavon, Keith H. (1997) [CBOLD]. Nzime wordlist (5.000 items)

594.

A84

Njem

Beavon, Keith H. Njyem-French-English lexicon.

595.

A84

Njem

Beavon, Keith H. & Mary Beavon, eds. (1996). Lexique koonzime-français.

SIL Cameroon. 121 p.

596.

A84

Njem

Chanard, C. (2006). Koozime - Système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

597.

A84

Njem

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

598.

A841

Bajue

Beavon, Keith. Badwe’e-French lexicon. SIL Cameroon. 353 p.

599.

A85b

Bekwel

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

600.

A85b

Bekwel

Bouka, Leonce Yembi (1993) [CBOLD]. Bekwel Wordlist (950 items)

601.

A85ba

Kwele

(Hakoku)

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

602.

A86c

Mpiemo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

603.

A86c

Mpiemo

Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon. (2003) Mpyemo-French lexicon. SIL

Cameroon. 74 p.

604.

A86c

Mpiemo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

605.

A86c

Mpiemo

Mpyemo-French on-line

606.

A86c

Mpiemo

Thornell, Christina (2003). ”Data on the verb phrase in Mpiemo”, Africa &

Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and

Literatures, v 3, p 91-122.

607.

A86c

Mpiemo

Thornell, Christina (2004). ”Wild plants in the Mpiemo language”, Africa &

Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and

Literatures,4: 57-89.

608.

A86c

Mpiemo

Thornell, Christina & Yasuko Nagano-Madsen (2004). “Preliminaries to the

phonetic structure of the Bantu language Mpiemo”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg

Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and Literatures, 4:163-

180.

609.

A86c

Mpiemo

Thornell, Christina & Mechtild Tronnier (1999). “Morphological function,

syllabic and phonetic form of nasal+plosive combinations in the Bantu

language Mpiemo”, Paper presented at Fonetik 99 - the Swedish Phonetics

Conference, Göteborg University.

610.

A86c

Mpiemo

Tronnier, Mechtild & Christina Thornell (2000). “On the initial aggregation of

nasality and stops in the Bantu language Mpiemo”, Proceedings of Fonetik

2000 - the Swedish Phonetics Conference. Skövde University.

611.

A87

Bomwali

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

612.

A92b

Pomo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

217

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

613.

A92c

Kweso

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 2 p.

614.

A92cb

Kweso

-

Ngulo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 2 p.

615.

A93

Kako

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

616.

A93

Kako

Chanard, C. (2006) Kako - Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

617.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1991). “

Description tonologique de l’énoncé nominal

associatif en kako

”, in Anderson, Stephen C., Ed. in Tone in five

Languages of Cameroon

. Publication 102. SIL & University of Texas at

Arlington. 29-60.

618.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1991). “

Temps et aspect en kako”

, in Stephen C. Anderson &

Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon.

Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington

Publications in Linguistics, 99. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and

the University of Texas at Arlington.

619.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1992). Esquisse Grammaticale du Kakó. SIL Cameroun. 176 p.

620.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1994). Impératif et Injonctif en Kakó. SIL Cameroun. 30 p.

621.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1995). Les Formes Verbales du Kakó (PDF). SIL Cameroun. 82 p.

622.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1996). Tone orthography in Kako (Kako East). SIL Cameroun. 7 p.

623.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1996). Alphabet et orthographe du kako (kako-est). SIL Cameroon.

26 p

624.

A93

Kako

Ernst, Urs (1996). Alphabet et orthographe du mbonjoo - kako-ouest. SIL

Cameroon.

625.

A93

Kako

Urs, Ernst (1998). Le Groupe Verbal et ses Eléments en kakó (1

re

partie). SIL

Cameroun. 10 p.

626.

A93

Kako

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

627.

A93b

Kako

-

Batouri

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

Zona B

628.

B

G

eral

Alewijnse, B., J. Nerbonne, L.J. van der Veen & F. Manni. “A computational

analysis of Gabon varieties”, Proceedings of the RANLP (Recent Advances

in Natural Language Processing) Workshop on Computational Phonology.

Borovetz (Bulgaria).

629.

B

G

eral

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987). « Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le

groupe bantou B40 », Pholia, 2: 5-22.

630.

B

G

eral

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988). « Tonalité des nominaux à thème disyllabique

dans le groupe bantou B20 », Pholia, 3: 37-52.

631.

B

G

eral

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990). “The great *HL split in Bantu group B40”,

Pholia, 5: 17-29.

632.

B

Bouquet, Armand & André Jacquot (1967). “Essai de géographie linguistique

218

G

eral

sur quelques plantes médicinales du Congo-Brazzaville », Cahiers de

l’Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer, série

sciences humaines, 4: 4-35.

633.

B

G

eral

Burssens, Nico. North West Protobantu Reflexes. 142 p.

634.

B

G

eral

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

635.

B

G

eral

Daeleman, J. (1977) “A comparison of some zone B languages in bantu”,

Africana Linguistica 7, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 93-144

636.

B

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1960). Les Langues Bantu du Nord-Ouest: Etat des

Connaissances, Perspectives de la Recherche. Institut d’Etudes Congolaises.

637.

B

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1983). Les Classes Nominales dans les Langues Bantoues des

Groupes B.10, B.20, B.30. Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique

d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

638.

B

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1991). « Le nom de la houe dans les langues bantoues du

nord-ouest: implications historiques », Cahiers des Sciences Humaines, 27:

561-576.

639.

B

G

eral

Mouguiama-Daouda, P. & Lolke Van der Veen. (2005). « B10-B30 :

conglomérat phologénétique ou produit d’une hybridation », in K. Bostoen

& J. Maniacky, eds. Studies in African Comparative Linguistics, with special

focus on Bantu and Mande, 169/1 Tervuren, Royal Museum for Central

Africa, Sciences Humaines. 91-121.

640.

B

G

eral

Rékanga, Jean-Paul (2007). Structures phonologiques des Langues bantoues

du Gabon. Libreville, Gabon: GRELACO/Université Omar Bongo. 11 p.

641.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1988). « Caractéristiques principales du groupe

B30 », Pholia, 3: 271-290.

642.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1989). « Doubles réflexes dans quelques langues du

groupe okani, Gabon », Pholia, 4: 229-243.

643.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1991).” Etude dialectrométrique et lexicostatistique

du groupe B30, Gabon », Pholia, 6: 191-218.

644.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2006). “Langues, gènes et cultures bantous : le cas du

Gabon “, Proceedings. of Crossing borders: Feasability of an Integrated

Archaeological and Linguistic Approach to Population Dynamics in

southern Central Africa. MRAC, Tervuren, Belgique.

645.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2007). « La description des langues du Gabon :

enjeux, historique et perspectives », Semaine scientifique interuniversitaire «

20 ans de recherches sur les langues et les cultures du Gabon », UOB,

Libreville, Gabon

646.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2006). “La situation linguistique du Gabon : état des

recherches “, Proceedings of Crossing borders: Feasability of an Integrated

Archaeological and Linguistic Approach to Population Dynamics in

southern Central Africa. MRAC, Tervuren, Belgique.

647.

B

G

eral

Van der Veen, Lolke J. & C. Coupé (2004). « Quand les langues rencontrent

les gènes : une histoire des populations du Gabon », Lunch de l’ISH. Amphi

Marc Bloch, ISH, Lyon, 25 Juin 2004

648.

B10

-B30 Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick & Lolke J. Van der Veen (2005). « B10-B30:

conglomérat phylogénétique ou produit d’une hybridation », in K. Bostoen

& J. Maniacky, eds. ). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with

Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 91-122.

649.

B11

Effa, Edwige Eyang (1999). Lexique Myen. Libreville, Gabon. Mimeo. 3 p.

219

Myene

650.

B11a

Mpongwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

651.

B11a

Mpongwe

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991). « Le pounou (B43), le mpongwe (B11a) et

l’hypothèse fortis/lenis », Pholia, 6: 49-83.

652.

B11a

Mpongwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

653.

B11a

Mpongwe

Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1990). “Esquisse d’une phonologie

diachronique du mpongwe, B10”, Pholia, 5: 121-146.

654.

B11a

Mpongwe

Monguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1994) [CBOLD]. Mpongwe (Myene) wordlist

(2.600 items) 44 p

655.

B11a

M

pongwe

Wilson, John Leighton (1847). A Grammar of the Mpongwe Language, with

Vocabularies. Snowden & Prall. 109 p.

656.

B11b

Orungu

Ambouroue, Odette (2006). “De la tonalité des nominaux en Orungun

(B11b)”, Africana Linguistica 12, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 1-23

657.

B11b

Orungu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

658.

B11c

Galwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 16 p.

659.

B11c

Galwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

660.

B11c

Galwa

Philippson, Gérard & Gilbert Puèch (1996). Tonal Domains in Galwa.

Unpublished. 46 p.

661.

B11c

Galwa

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1992). “Rencontres et salutations en Galoa - B10,

Gabon”, Pholia, 7: 151-188.

662.

B11d

Dyumba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

663.

B11e

Nkomi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

664.

B11e

Nkomi

Grégoire, Claire (1991). « Premières observations sur le système tonal du

myènè-nkomi, langue bantou du Gabon, B11e », Pholia, 6: 107-129.

665.

B11e

Nkomi

Grégoire, Claire & Jean-Paul Rekanga (1994). “Nouvelles hypothèses

diachroniques sur la classe 10b du myene-nkomi (B11e)”, Africana

Linguistica 11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

71-78.

666.

B11e

Nkomi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

667.

B11e

Nkomi

Rékanga, Jean-Paul (1994). “les réflexes du protobantou en myene-nkomi,

langue bantoue du Gabon (B11e)”, Africana Linguistica 11, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 149-168.

668.

B11e

Nkomi

Rékanga, Jean-Paul (2009). « L’ordre du nom et des pronoms démonstratifs et

possessifs en myene-nkomi », 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-

out)

669.

B20

Kele gr

upo

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988). “Tonalité des nominaux à thème disyllabique

dans le groupe bantou B20”, Pholia, 3.

670.

B201

Ndasa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

671.

B202

Ibouili, Dieudonné (2005) Lexique Siwu. Libreville, Gabon. Miméo. 32 p.

220

Sighu

672.

B203

Sama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

673.

B203

Sama

Mokrani, S., 2005, « Eléments nouveaux en vue de la Description de la

Langue Samayé (B25): Eléments de Phonologie et de Morphologie »,

mémoire de master 2, Sciences du Langage, Université Lumière Lyon

2, Lyon, 150 p

674.

B204

Ndambomo

Mouloungui, Michel Phranzie (1999). Lexique Yesa. Libreville, Gabon.

Miméo. 15 p

675.

B21

Seki

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

676.

B21

Seki

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

677.

B22a

Kele oeste

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

678.

B22b

Ngom

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

679.

B22b

Ngom

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

680.

B23

Mbangwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

681.

B24

Wumvu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

682.

B24

Wumvu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1989). “Le wumvu de Malinga (Gabon): tonalité des

nominaux”, Pholia, 4: 39-44.

683.

B24

Wumvu

Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2007). Lexique Wumvu. Libreville, Gabon: GRELACO –

Université Omar Bongo.

684.

B24

Wumvu

Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2009). Aspects Phonologiques du Wumvu de Malinga.

Libreville, Gabon: GRELACO – Université Omar Bongo. 107 p.

685.

B25

Kota

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

686.

B25

Kota

Hombert, J.-M., 1990, “Ikota”, Revue Gabonaise des Sciences de

l’Homme, 2 : 211-212

687.

B25

Kota

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

688.

B25

Kota

Piron, Pascale (1990) [CBOLD]. Kota wordlist (900 items)

689.

B25

Kota

Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2007). Lexique Kota. Libreville, Gabon:GRELACO –

Université Omar Bongo.

690.

B251

Shake

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 1 p.

691.

B251

Shake

Hombert, Jean-Marie, Marcel Mamfoumbi & J.-L. Mbongo (1989). “Notes sur

la phonologie diachronique du sake”, Pholia, 4: 149-156.

692.

B252

Mah

ongwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

693.

B27

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

221

Shake

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

694.

B30

Tsogo

grupo

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1988). “Caractéristiques principales du groupe B30”,

Pholia, 3: 271-290.

695.

B30

Tsogo

grupo

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1991). « Etude comparée des parlers du groupe okani

B30 (Gabon) », Thèse. Lyon, France: Université Lumière Lyon 2. 469 p.

696.

B30

Tsogo

grupo

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1991) « Etude dialectrométrique et lexicostatistique

du groupe B30, Gabon », Pholia, 6: 191-218.

697.

B30

Tsogo

grupo

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2003). “The B30 Langages”, in The Bantu

Languages, Nurse, D., Philippson, G. (eds), Londres / New-York,

Routledge, Routledge Language Family Series. 27 p.

698.

B301

Viya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 1 p.

699.

B301

Viya

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988). “Une langue mixte en voie de disparition: le

geviya”, Pholia, 3: 53-69.

700.

B301

Viya

Bodinga-bwa-Bondiga, Sebastian & Lolke J. van der Veen (1993). “Plantes

utiles des Evia: pharmacopée”, Pholia, 8: 27-66.

701.

B301

Viya

Bodinga-bwa-Bodinga, S. & Van der Veen, L., 1995, “Les proverbes evia et le

monde animal. La communauté traditionnelle evia à travers ses expressions

proverbiales (Gabon)”, Paris, Editions L’Harmattan, 95 p., 2-7384-3931-4

702.

B301

Viya

Rékanga, Jean-Paul (2007). Notes sur les Schèmes tonals des Thèmes

nominaux em Via (B35). Libreville, Gabon: GRELACO/Université Omar

Bongo.

703.

B301

Viya

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1991). "Le système tonal du ge-via, Gabon", Pholia,

6: 219-257.

704.

B301

Viya

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1999). Les Bantous eviya (Gabon-B30): langue et

société traditionelle. Université Lumière (Lyon 2).

705.

B301

Viya

Van der Veen, Lolke (1999). "La propagation des tons et le statut des indices

pronominaux précédant le verbe en geviya (B30)", in Blanchon, Jean A. &

Denis Creissels, eds. Issues in Bantu Tonology. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe

Verlag. 1-14.

706.

B301

Viya

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2001). “The tone system of Geviya (Bantu B30 /

Gabon) », Paper presented at TAPS (Typology of African Prosodic Systems),

University of Bielefeld, May 2001. 7 p.

707.

B301

Viya

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (2001). « La propagation des tons et le statut des

indices pronominaux précédant le verbe en geviya », Actes de Clitiques et

cliticisation, Bordeaux, Octobre 1998, Muller, C. (eds), Honoré Champion,

pp. 443-457, Clitiques et cliticisation - Actes du colloque de Bordeaux,

octobre 1998

708.

B301

Viya

Van der Veen, L. & Bodinga-bwa-Bodinga, S., à paraître, “Une société

traditionnelle noire africaine et ses plantes utiles : les Eviya du Gabon.

Dénomination, catégorisation et utilisation des plantes.”, Editions Raponda-

Walker (?), 167 p

709.

B301

Viya

Van de Velde, Mark (2002). Review: Gedandedi sa geviya. Dictionnaire

geviya-français. par Lolke Van der Veen & Sébastien Bodinga-bwa-

Bodinga. in: Afrika und Übersee. Band 85: 310-315.

710.

B30

2

Himba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

711.

B304

Pinzi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

712.

B305

Pove

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

222

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

713.

B305

Pove

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

714.

B305

Pove

Mickala-Manfoumbi, Roger (2004). Lexique Pove-Français-Pove. Libreville:

Editions Raponda-Walker. 761 p.

715.

B305

Pove

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1986). "Notes en vue d’une description phonologique

et morphologique de la langue pouvi (Gabon", Mémoire de Maîtrise,

Sciences du Langage, Université Lyon 2, Lyon. 26 p.

716.

B305

Pove

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1994) Online Gevove Lexicon. 26 p.

717.

B305

Pove

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1994) Gevove Wordlist (1.450 items). 26 p.

718.

B305

Pove

Van der Veen, L., à paraître, Esquisse de la langue gevove (Gabon, B30).

DDL. 57 p.

719.

B31

Tsogo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

720.

B32

Kande

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

721.

B32

Kande

Nghoubou, Sabine Baloka (2004). Lexique Kandè. Libreville, Gabon. Miméo.

14 p.

722.

B32

Kande

Rekanga, Jean-Paul. (?) Lista ALGAB pour le groupe Okani (B30). Gabon. 20

p.

723.

B32

Kande

Van der Veen, Lolke J. (1989). “Doubles réflexes dans quelques langues du

groupe okani, Gabon”, Pholia, 4: 229-.

724.

B33

Pinzi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

725.

B40

Shira

-Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999). "Tone cases in Bantu group B40", in Blanchon,

Jean A. & Denis Creissels, eds. Issues in Bantu Tonology. Köln: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag. 37-82.

726.

B40

Shira

-Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987). “Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le

groupe bantou B40”, Pholia, 2: 5-22.

727.

B40

Shira

-Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990). “The great *HL split in Bantu group B40”,

Pholia: 5: 17-29.

728.

B40

Shira

-Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (2000). “Bipartition des noms polysyllabiques réflexes

du type tonal *BH dans les zones B40 e H12”, Journal of African

Languages and Linguistics, 21 : 123-134.

729.

B40

Shira

-Punu

König, Cristina (2008) “Special phenomena”, in Cristina König, ed. Cases in

Africa. Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. 204-222.

730.

B401

Bwisi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

731.

B402

Varama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 16 p.

732.

B403

Vumbu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

733.

B403

Vumbu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

734.

B404

Ngove

Aleko, Hilaire & Gilbert Puèch (1988). “Notes sur la langue ngove et les

ngubi”, Pholia, 3: 257-269.

735.

B404

Ngove

Puèch, Gilbert (1988). “Augment et préfixe nominal en ngubi”, Pholia, 3: 247-

256.

223

736.

B405

Ibonga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

737.

B41

Shira

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

738.

B41

Shira

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988). “Relèvements tonals en eshira et en massango:

première approche d’une tonologie comparée du groupe bantou B40”,

Pholia, 3: 71-85.

739.

B41

Shira

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

740.

B41

Shira

Mouguiama, Laurent (1994) [CBOLD]. Shira Wordlist (850 items)

741.

B41

S

hira

Mouguiama, Laurent (1994). “Perception de la maladie chez les Eshira,

Gabon”, Pholia, 9: 115-124.

742.

B411

Bwali

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

743.

B42

Sangu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

744.

B42

Sangu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988). “Relèvements tonals en eshira et en massango:

première approche d’une tonologie comparée du groupe bantou B40”,

Pholia, 3: 71-85.

745.

B42

Sangu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990). “Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de

Mbigou, Gabon”, Pholia, 5: 31-48.

746.

B42

Sangu

Blanchon, J. A. & L. Van der Veen (1990). « La forge de Fougamou: deux

versions en langues vernaculaires », Pholia, 5: 49-66.

747.

B42

Sangu

Idiata-Mayombo, Daniel Franck (1993). “Eléments de phonologie

diachronique du isangu, B.42”, Pholia, 8: 67-108.

748.

B42

Sangu

Idiata-Mayombo, Daniel Franck (1994). “Perception de la maladie chez les

Masangu, Gabon”, Pholia, 9: 95-114.

749.

B42

Sangu

Idiata-Mayombo, Daniel Franck [CBOLD]. Isangu wordlist (300 items).

750.

B42

Sangu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

751.

B42

Sangu

Nadaillac, L. de (1995) [CBOLD]. Masangu wordlist (3.000 items). 62 p.

752.

B43

Punu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

753.

B43

Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984). « Présentation du Yi-Lumbu dans ses rapports

avec le Yi-Punu et le Ci-Vili à travers un conte traditionnel », Pholia , 1: 7-

35

754.

B43

Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991). « Le pounou (B43), le mpongwe (B11a) et

l’hypothèse fortis/lenis », Pholia, 6: 49-83.

755.

B43

Punu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1994) [CBOLD]. Punu wordlist (4.200 items)

756.

B43

Punu

Kwenzi-Mikala, Jerôme (1989). “Contribution à l’analyse des emprunts

nominaux yipunu au français”, Pholia, 4: 157-170.

757.

B43

Punu

Kwenzi-Mikala, Jerôme (1990). “L’anthroponymie chez les Bapunu”, Pholia,

5: 113-120.

758.

B43

Punu

Kwenzi-Mikala, Jerôme (1993). « La gestualité et les interactions dans la

narration d’une épopée: l’exemple de Mumbwanga », Pholia, 8 109-120.

759.

B43

Mbokou, Ludwine Mabika (2006). A Model for the Macro- and

224

Punu

Microstructure for Yipunu-French School Dictionary. D Litt thesis.

University of Stellenbosch. 256 p.

760.

B43

Punu

Mickala-Manfoumbi, Roger (2009). « Redoublement et expression de

l’intensif en Punu », 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-

out).

761.

B43

Punu

Puech, Gilbert (1980).“La tonalité des thèmes nominaux en punu”, in F.

Nsuka-Ntutsi. Eléments de Description du Punu. Lyon : Université de Lyon.

19-32.

762.

B44

Lumbu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

763.

B44

Lumbu

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984). « Présentation du Yi-Lumbu dans ses rapports

avec le Yi-Punu et le Ci-Vili à travers un conte traditionnel », Pholia , 1: 7-

35

764.

B44

Lumbu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

765.

B441

Lumbu

-

yi-Banda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

766.

B442

Lumbu

-

yi-Tandu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

767.

B501

Wanzi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

768.

B501

Wanzi

Hombert, Jean-Marie & Medard Mwélé (1988). “Eléments de phonologie

diachronique du wanzi, langue bantu du Gabon, groupe B50”, Pholia, 3:

183-194.

769.

B501

Wanzi

Louali, Naima (1994). “Perception de la maladie chez les Wanzi orientaux,

Gabon”, Pholia, 9: 125-140.

770.

B501

Wanzi

Mouele, Médard (1993). “Les ideophones en wanzi: étude préliminaire”,

Pholia, 8: 181-206.

771.

B501

Wanzi

Mouele, Médard (1994) [CBOLD]. Waanzi Wordlist (3.000 items)

772.

B501

Wanzi

Puèch, Gilbert (1990). “Upstep in a Bantu tone language”, Pholia, 5: 175-186.

773.

B51

Duma

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

774.

B51

Duma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

775.

B51

Duma

Mouele, Médard (1996) [CBOLD]. Duma Wordlist (1.000 items)

776.

B51

Duma

Puèch, Gilbert (1990). “Upstep in a Bantu tone language”, Pholia, 5: 175-186.

777.

B52

Nzebi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

778.

B52

Nzebi

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987). “Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi,

B52 “, Pholia, 2: 23-45.

779.

B52

Nzebi

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987). “Malcolm Guthrie et la tonalite des nominaux

nzèbi”, Pholia, 2: 47-73.

780.

B5

2

Nzebi

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990). “Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de

Mbigou, Gabon”, Pholia, 5: 31-48.

225

781.

B52

Nzebi

Blanchon, J. A. & Lolke Van der Veen (1990). « La forge de Fougamou: deux

versions en langues vernaculaires », Pholia, 5: 49-66.

782.

B52

Nzebi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

783.

B52

Nzebi

Muroni, Jean-Marc (1989). Petit Dictionnaire Bantou du Gabon: Français-

Ndjabi-Français. Paris: L’Harmattan. 208 pp.

784.

B52

Nzebi

Nadaillac, L. de (1995) [CBOLD]. Inzebi wordlist (4.800 items)

785.

B53

Tsaangi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

786.

B601

Mpini

Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992). « Notes sur la

morphologie du lempiini de Enyuga », Pholia, 7: 23-40.

787.

B602

Kaning'i

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

788.

B61

Mbete

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

789.

B61

Mbete

Chatelain, Heli (1894). "Bantu Notes and Vocabularies. No. III. The Ma-Iaka

and Their Language", Journal of the American Geographical Society of New

York, 26: 51-67.

790.

B61

Mbete

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

791.

B62

Mbaama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

792.

B62

Mbaama

Chatelain, Heli (1894). "Bantu Notes and Vocabularies. No. III. The Ma-Iaka

and Their Language", Journal of the American Geographical Society of New

York, 26: 51-67.

793.

B62

Mbaama

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

794.

B62

Mbaama

Okoudowa, Bruno (2005). Descrição preliminar de aspectos da fonologia e da

morfologia do lembaama. Dissertação de Mestrado, USP, São Paulo

795.

B62

Mbaama

Okoudowa, Bruno (2006). Descrição gramatical do Lembaama. Projeto de

tese doutoral. USP

796.

B62

Mbaama

Okoudowa, Bruno. O Futuro em Lembaama. 7 p.

797.

B621

O

mbamba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

798.

B63

Nduumo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

799.

B63

Nduumo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

800.

B63

Nduumo

Mouele, Médard (1996) [CBOLD]. Nyaani Wordlist (250 items)

801.

B631

Nduumo

-

Kuya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

802.

B70

Teke

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

226

803.

B70

Teke

Chatelain, Heli (1894). "Bantu Notes and Vocabularies. No. III. The Ma-Iaka

and Their Language", Journal of the American Geographical Society of New

York, 26: 51-67.

804.

B70

Teke

DDL - Université Lumière, Lyon 2 (1995) [CBOLD]. Teke Wordlist (1.500

items)

805.

B70

Teke

Hombert, J.M., 1986, “Development of nasalized vowels in the Teke language

group”, in The Phonological Representation of Suprasegmentals, Bogers et

al, K. (eds), Dordrecht, Foris Publications, pp. 359-379

806.

B70

Teke

Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987). “Phonetic conditioning for the development of

nasalization in Teke”, Pholia, 2: 85-93.

807.

B70

Teke

Jacquot, André (1963), Précisions sur l’Inventaire des Langues Teke du

Congo.

7 p.

808.

B70

Teke

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

809.

B70

T

eke

Kamba, Muzenga (1994). “Réflexes du protobantou em teke”, Africana

Linguistica 11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

105-126.

810.

B70

Teke

Nsuka Nkutsi, F. (1990). "Note sur les parlers teke du Zaïre", Pholia 5:147-

173.

811.

B70

Teke

Puèch, Gilbert (1987). “Tons structurels et tons intonationnels en teke”,

Pholia, 2: 163-175.

812.

B701

Teke

-

Bibaana

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

813.

B702

Teke

-

Boundji

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

814.

B703

Teke

-

Komono

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

815.

B704

Teke

-

Mvula

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

816.

B71

Teke norte

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

817.

B71a

Teke

-Kali

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

818.

B72

Teke

nordeste

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

819.

B72a

Teke

-

Ngungwel

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

820.

B73

Teke oeste

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

821.

B73a

Tsaayi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

822.

B73b

Laali

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

823.

B73c

Yaa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

227

824.

B74b

Boo

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

825.

B75

Teke

-Tio

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

826.

B76

Teke leste

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

827.

B76a

Sieno

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

828.

B77

Teke sul

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

829.

B77

Teke sul

Hyman, Larry M. (1987). “Prosodic Domains in Kukuya”, Natural Language

& Linguistic Theory, 5.3: 311-333

830.

B77

Teke sul

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

831.

B77a

Kukwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

832.

B77b

F

umu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

833.

B77b

Fumu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

834.

B78

Wumbu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

835.

B78

Wumbu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

836.

B781

Ruumbu

-

Kiwaansa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

837.

B79

Teke

sudeste

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

838.

B801

/C84

Lele

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Cf. Tukungo

839.

B801

/C84

Lele

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Luhileele. Manuscrit.

[179 ítens]

840.

B802

Ngongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Cf. Tukungo

841.

B803

Nzadi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

842.

B804

Nunu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

843.

B81

Tiene

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

228

844.

B81

Tiene

Ellington, John E. (1977) [CBOLD]. Tiene wordlist (600 items)

845.

B81

Tiene

Hyman, Larry M. & Sharon Inkelas (1997). Emergent Templates: the Unusual

case of Tiene. Rutgers Optimal Archive ROA-214.

846.

B81

Tiene

Hyman, Larry M. & Sharon Inkelas (2006). " Affixation by Place of

Articulation: Rare AND Mysterious", UC Berkeley Phonology Lab Annual

Report. 28 p.

847.

B

81

Tiene

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

848.

B82

Boma

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

849.

B82

Boma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

850.

B821

Kempee

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

851.

B83

Mfinu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

852.

B83

Mfinu

Daeleman, J. (1977). “Récits mfínu”, Africana Linguistica 7, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 145-158

853.

B831

Kifulunga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

854.

B84

Mpuono

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

855.

B84b

Mbuun

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

856.

B84c

Mbuun

-

Labaempi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

857.

B84d

Mbuun

-

Mwilabong

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

858.

B85

Yans

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

859.

B85

Yans

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

860.

B85

Yans

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

861.

B85

Yans

Rottland, F. (1977). “Reflexes of Proto-Bantu phonemes in Yanzi (B.85)”,

Africana Linguistica 7, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 375-396

862.

B85c

Yeei

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

863.

B85e

Mput

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

229

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

864.

B85f

Songo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

865.

B85f

Songo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

866.

B85f

Songo

Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2008). Noms et usages des plantes

utiles chez les Nsong (RD Congo, Bandundu, bantu B85F). Göteborg Africana

informal Series. 71 p.

867.

B85f

Songo

Thomas, Jacqueline M.C. & Luc Bouquiaux (1977). “Une aire de génération

de tons en Afrique Centrale : Problèmes tonals dans quelques langues

oubanguiennes et bantoues périphériques”, Actes du Deuxième Colloque de

Linguistique Fonctionnelle (Clermont-Ferrand, 22-25 juillet 1975). 201-224.

868.

B85fb

Tsong

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

869.

B85g

Tsambaan

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

870.

B86

Dinga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

871.

B86

Dinga

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

872.

B86

Dinga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

873.

B86b

Dzing

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

874.

B86bb

Dzing

-

Bisey

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

875.

B86bc

Dzing

-

Kaantsa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

876.

B86bd

Dzing

-

Sedzo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

877.

B861b

Ngwi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

878.

B862

Lwel

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

879.

B863

Mpiin

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

880.

B87

Ngongo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

230

Zona C

881.

C

G

eral

Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) “Vergelijkende taalstudie I & II”, Aequatoria, 1.

882.

C

G

eral

Boelaert, Edmond (1940). “Bij vergelijkende taalstudie III”, Aequatoria, 3:

88-89

883.

C

G

eral

Bouquet, Armand & André Jacquot (1967). « Essai de géographie linguistique

sur quelques plantes médicinales du Congo-Brazzaville », Cahiers de

l’Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer. Série

sciences humaines.4: 4-35.

884.

C

G

eral

Burssens, Nico. North West Protobantu Reflexes. 142 p.

885.

C

G

eral

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

886.

C

G

eral

Guillaume, Henri & Jean-Michel Delobeau (1978). « Une mosaïque ethnique

et linguistique en milieu rural: enquête de démographie linguistique dans la

sous-préfecture de Mongoumba », Contacts de Langues et Contacts de

Culture. Société pour l’Etude des Langues Africaines.

887.

C

G

eral

Hauser, André (1954). « La frontière linguistique bantoue-oubanguienne entre

le bas-Oubangui et ses affluents de droite », Zaïre: Revue Congolaise, 1: 21-

26.

888.

C

G

eral

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1939) “Vergelijkende taalstudie III “, Aequatoria, 2: 73-82.

889.

C

G

eral

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1951). « Les langues de la cuvette centrale congolaise »,

Aequatoria, 14: 18-24.

890.

C

G

eral

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1961). « Sur quelques langues bantoues du Congo »,

Aequatoria, 24: 53-58.

891.

C

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1960). Les Langues Bantu du Nord-ouest: Etat des

Connaissances, Perspectives de la Recherche. Institut d’Etudes Congolaises.

892.

C

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1991). « Le nom de la houe dans les langues bantoues du

nord-ouest: implications historiques », Cahiers des Sciences Humaines, 27:

561-576.

893.

C

G

eral

Mortier, R. (1941). “Classificate der talen van Ubangi”, Aequatoria, 4: 1-8.

894.

C

G

eral

Mortier, R. (1942). “Stamnamen, hun samenstelling wijziging en betekenis -

deel 1”, Aequatoria, 5: 112-117.

895.

C

G

eral

Mortier, R. (1943). “Stamnamen, hun samenstelling wijziging en betekenis -

deel 2 “, Aequatoria, 6: 8-12.

896.

C

G

eral

Mortier, R. (1946). “Ubangi onder linguistisch opzicht”, Aequatoria, 9: 104-

112.

897.

C

G

eral

Motingea Mangulu, André (1984). Parlers Riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire:

Eléments de Structure Grammaticale, Etudes Aequatoria, 8. Bamanya DRC.

288 p.

898.

C

G

eral

Motingea Mangulu, André (2009). « Contribution de la documentation

linguistique à l’histoire du peuplement du bassin central congolais », 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée

Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 29 p.

899.

C101

Bole

Leitch, Myles (1994). “The distribution of properties of Babole prenasalized

segments”, Work Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics. University of

North Dakota session, 38: 101-112.

900.

C101

Bole

Leitch, Myles (2004). Langue et dialecte au sud du district d’Epena. SIL

Electronic Survey Reports SILESR 2004-007. 58 p.

901.

C101

Leitch, Myles (2007). “Minimal verbal and adjectival inflection in Dibole”,

231

Bole

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 121-134.

902.

C102

Ngando

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

903.

C102

Ngando

Thomas, Jacqueline M.C. & Luc Bouquiaux (1977). “Une aire de génération

de tons en Afrique Centrale : Problèmes tonals dans quelques langues

oubanguiennes et bantoues périphériques”, Actes du Deuxième Colloque de

Linguistique Fonctionnelle (Clermont-Ferrand, 22-25 juillet 1975). 201-224.

904.

C104

Aka

Duke, Daniel J. (2001). Aka as a Contact Language: sociolinguistic and

grammatical Evidence. MA thesis, University of Texas at Arlington.

Published as SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), n 2006-008. 186 p.

905.

C104

Aka

Thomas, Jacqueline M.C. & Luc Bouquiaux (1977). “Une aire de génération

de tons en Afrique Centrale : Problèmes tonals dans quelques langues

oubanguiennes et bantoues périphériques”, Actes du Deuxième Colloque de

Linguistique Fonctionnelle (Clermont-Ferrand, 22-25 juillet 1975). 201-224.

906.

C105

Bwamba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

907.

C11

Ngondi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

908.

C11

Ngondi

Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon. Mpyemo-French lexicon. SIL Cameroon.

909.

C12a

Pande

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

910.

C12a

Pande

Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon. Mpyemo-French lexicon. SIL Cameroon.

911.

C12b

Bogongo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

912.

C13

Mbati

Mortier O.M.C., Rodolf (1941). “Classificatie der talen van Ubangi,

Aequatoria, 4: 1-8

913.

C131

Isongo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

914.

C14

Bomitaba

Gardner, William L. (2006). Language Use in the Epena District of Northern

Congo . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2006-005. 108 p.

915.

C14

Bomitaba

Vanhoudt, Bettie (1987). Eléments de Description du Leke, Langue Bantoue de

Zone C. Sciences Humaines 125. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 238 p.

916.

C141

Inyele

Gardner, William L. (2006). Language Use in the Epena District of Northern

Congo . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2006-005. 108 p.

917.

C142

Bondongo

Gardner, William L. (2006). Language Use in the Epena District of Northern

Congo . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2006-005. 108 p.

918.

C143

Impfondo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

919.

C143

Impfondo

Gardner, William L. (2006). Language Use in the Epena District of Northern

Congo . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2006-005. 108 p.

920.

C143b

Dzeke

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

921.

C144

Bambomba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

232

-

Epena

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

922.

C145

Leke

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

923.

C15

Bongili

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

924.

C15

Bongili

Gardner, William L. (2006). Language Use in the Epena District of Northern

Congo . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2006-005. 108 p.

925.

C16

Lobala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

926.

C16

Lobala

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « La langue des Lobálá, parlers riverains de

l’entre Ubangi-Zaire », Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

927.

C16b

Likoka

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

928.

C22

Akwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

929.

C24

Koyo

Gazanial & Hyman, Larry (1996) [CBOLD]. Koyo wordlist (1.700 items)

930.

C24

Koyo

Gray, Russell & Simon Greenhill. Bantu basic vocabulary database: Asu,

Basaa, Bemba, Bukusu, Kinyamwezi, Koyo. University of Auckland, New

Zealand. http://language.psy.auckland.ac.nz/bantu/

931.

C24

Koyo

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Koyo Basic Vocabulary. 12 p.

932.

C24a

Koyo

-

Ehamba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

933.

C24b

Koyo

- Zwé

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

934.

C25

Mboshi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

935.

C25

Mboshi

Fontaney, V. Louise (1988). “Mboshi: steps towards a grammar, part 1”,

Pholia, 3: 87-167.

936.

C25

Mboshi

Fontaney, V. Louise (1989). “Mboshi: steps towards a grammar, part 2”,

Pholia, 4: 71-131

937.

C30

Motinguea Mangulu, André (2005). « Extensions formelles et suffixes

dérivatifs en bantou du groupe C30 », in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds.

(2005). Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on

Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale.

361-373.

938.

C30b

Ngala

Athinkra, Zekeh Gbotokuma (2009). Lingala. On-line.

939.

C30b

Ngala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

940.

C30b

Ngala

Bwantsa-Kafungu (1972). J´apprends le Lingala tout seul en trois Mois.

Kinshasa: Centre de Recherches Pédagogiques.

941.

C30b

Ngala

Chanard, C. (2006) Lingala - Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

233

942.

C30b

Ngala

English-Lingala vocabulary quizzes.

943.

C30b

Ngala

Gardner, William L. (2006). Language Use in the Epena District of Northern

Congo . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2006-005. 108 p.

944.

C30b

Ngala

Grouselle, Pascal (2003). Initiation au Lingala, Langue bantoue. Lexique

Online.

945.

C30b

Ngala

Herroelen, P. (1957). « Commentaires sur « Quelques noms vernaculaires

d’animaux très communes au Congo belge en dialectes du groupe lingala et

en kisuku » von C. Lemmens et J. Pouchet », Aequatoria, 20: 85-89.

946.

C30b

Ngala

Lemaire, Charles (1897). Vocabulaire Pratique Français-Anglais-Zanzibarite

(Swahili)-Fiote-Kibangi-Irebou-Mongo-Bangala. Bruxelles: Imprimeria

Scientifique Ch. Bulens. 60 p.

947.

C30b

Ngala

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Quelques Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Ucókwe, Gipeende, Ciluba. Manuscrit. [36

ítens]

948.

C30b

Ngala

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). D’autres Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Chokwe, Lunda, Lulua, Kete. Manuscrit. [68

ítens]

949.

C30b

Ngala

Nsiloulou, Antoine (2009). Etude Comparative de la Classification nominale

du Lingala et du Kongo, Variété Dondo. Luanda: Universidade Agostinho

Neto. 82 p.

950.

C30b

Ngala

Van Everbroeck, René (1985). Dictionnaire Lingala-Français et Français-

Lingala. Kinshasa: Editions l'Epiphanie. 358 p.

951.

C30b

Ngala

X (?). Français-Lingala-Français. 32 p.

952.

C301

Doko

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

953.

C301

Dok

o

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1961). « Sur le parler doko », Aequatoria, 24: 121-135.

954.

C301

Doko

Rood, N. (1962). “Lidoko et Mowea”, Aequatoria, 25.4: 125-139.

955.

C301

Doko

Twilingiyimana, Chrysogone (1984). Elements de Description du Doko.

Sciences Humaines, 116. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’AQfrique

Centrale. 109 p.

956.

C301

Doko

Vanhouteghem, C. (1947). « Overzicht der Bantu-dialekten van het distrikt

Lisala”, Aequatoria, 10: 41-50.

957.

C31a

Loi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

958.

C31a

Loi

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Esquisse du parler des Baloi/Likila »,

Parlers Riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

959.

C31aa

Likila

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Esquisse du parler des Baloi/Likila »,

Parlers Riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

960.

C31b

Ngiri

Boeck, L.B. de (1949). “Dialectgroepen in het Ngiri-gebied”, Aequatoria, 12:

89-94.

961.

C31b

Ngiri

Beavon, Keith & Mary Beavon. Mpyemo-French lexicon. SIL Cameroon.

962.

C31c

Nunu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

963.

C312

Ndobo

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Esquisse du parler des Ndobo », Parlers

Riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

964.

C313

Litoka

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Le parler des Litóká », Parlers Riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

965.

C314

Balobo

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Esquisse du parler des Balobo », Parlers

Riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

966.

C32

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

234

Bangi

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

967.

C32

Bangi

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Comparées de la Zone

C: Osambala, Ohindo, Bobangi, Kusu, Mongo e Otetela. Manuscrit. [275

itens].

968.

C32

Bangi

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Le parler des Mbonji », Parlers riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

969.

C32

Bangi

Tanghe, B.O., E. de Boeck & G. Hulstaert (1940). “Bestaat er wel in de

Congolese talen een tegenwoordige tijd?”, Aequatoria, 3: 90-95.

970.

C32

Bangi

Whitehead, John (1989?) [CBOLD]. Bobangi Wordlist (7.500 items)

971.

C32c

Rebu

Lemaire, Charles (1897). Vocabulaire Pratique Français-Anglais-Zanzibarite

(Swahili)-Fiote-Kibangi/Irebou-Mongo-Bangala. Bruxelles: Imprimeria

Scientifique Ch. Bulens. 52 p.

972.

C321

Binza

Hedborg, M. (1912). Français – Mabinza et Mabinza – Français. Bruxelles:

Imprimerie Veuve Monnom. 24 p.

973.

C321 ?

Moya

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

974.

C

322

Dzamb

a

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

975.

C322

Dzamb

a

Henderson, Brent (2006). “Multiple agreement, concord and case checking in

Bantu”, Selected Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African

Linguistics. Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

976.

C322

Dzamba

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « La langue des Zámba », Parlers riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8. 288 p.

977.

C323

Mpama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

978.

C323

Mpama

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequatoria, 6: 26-27.

979.

C33

Sengele

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

980.

C33

Sengele

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

981.

C33

Sengele

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

982.

C34a

Sakata

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

983.

C34a

Sakata

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

984.

C34a

Sakata

De Witte, P. (1950). “Over het kesakata”, Aequatoria, 13: 138-142..

985.

C34a

Sakata

De Witte, P. (1950). “Over het Kesakata”, Aequatoria, 13: 138-142.

986.

C34a

Sakata

De Witte, P. (1955). Taalstudie bij de Basakata. Annales du Musée Royal du

Congo Belge. Sciences de l’Homme – Linguistique 10. Tervuren, Belgique.

987.

C34a

Sakata

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

988.

C34b

Wadia

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

235

989.

C34c

Bai

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

990.

C35a

Ntomba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

991.

C35a

Ntomba

Cocquyt, A. (1954). « Proverbes des ntomba et njale », Aequatoria, 17: 7-27.

992.

C35a

Ntomba

Esser, Joseph (1942-1943). “Proverbes ntomba”, Aequatoria, 5: 101-105; 6:

20-22.

993.

C35a

Ntomba

Esser, Joseph (1943). “Fables ntomba”, Aequatoria, 3:72-77; 90-96.

994.

C35a

Ntomba

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1957). “La langue ntomba”, Aequatoria, 20: 57-62.

995.

C35a

Ntomba

Hulstaert, Gustaaf & D. Brown (1940). “Ntomba”, Aequatoria, 3: 63.

996.

C35a

Ntomba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

997.

C35a

Ntomba

Philippe, R. (1955). « A propos de l’orthographe des noms ethniques au Congo

belge », Aequatoria, 18: 29.

998.

C35b

Bolia

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

999.

C35b

Bolia

Mamet, M. (1960). Le Langage des Bolia. Tervuren, Belgique: Annales du

Musée Royal du Congo Belge. 269 p.

1000.

C36a

Poto

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1001.

C36a

Poto

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1002.

C36b

Mpesa

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1003.

C36d

Ngala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1004.

C36e

Boloki

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1005.

C36e

Boloki

Meeuwis, Michael (1999). “Butungu’s “Mokingi mwa Mputu”: A Boloki

perception of Europe at the end of the 19

th

Century”, Journal of Language

and Popular Culture in Africa, Archives. LPCA Text Archives 1.

1006.

C36f

Kangana

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1007.

C36ia

Loleku

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1008.

C36ia

Loleku

Mortier O.M.C., Rodolf (1941). “Classificatie der talen van Ubangi,

Aequatoria, 4: 1-8

1009.

C36ib

Mbenga

Mortier O., Rodolf (1941). “Classificatie der talen van Ubangi, Aequatoria,

4:1-8

1010.

C37

Budza

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1011.

C37

Budza

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1012.

C37

Budza

Possoz, Emile (1939). “Le préfixe ya”, Aequatoria, 2: 131.

236

1013.

C37

Budza

Vanhouteghem, C. (1947). “Overzicht der Bantu-dialekten van het distrikt

Lisala”, Aequatoria, 10:,41-50.

1014.

C371

Tembo

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1015.

C371

Tembo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1016.

C371

Tembo

Possoz, Emile (1939) “Le préfixe ya”, Aequatoria, 2: 131.

1017.

C372

Kunda

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « La langue des Kunda », Parlers Riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

1018.

C372c

Banga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1019.

C374

Babale

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Le parler des Babale », Parlers Riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

1020.

C401

Pagibete

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1021.

C401

Pagibete

Nzemze, Honoré (1950). « Notes sur les pagabete », 13: 135-137.

1022.

C401b

Gezo

Mortier O.M.C., Rodolf (1941). “Classificatie der talen van Ubangi,

Aequatoria, 4: 1-8

1023.

C404

Liliko

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1024.

C41

Ngombe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1025.

C41

Ngombe

Davidson, J. (1951). « Les proverbes dans la langue des ngombe »,

Aequatoria, 14: 48-56.

1026.

C41

Ngombe

Davidson, J. (1952). « Les chants des ngombe », Aequatoria, 15: 17-20.

1027.

C41

Ngombe

Davidson, J. (1953). « Les verbes défectifs dans la langue ngombe »,

Aequatoria, 16: 8-10.

1028.

C41

Ngombe

De Boeck, L. B. (1947). “Ngome tekst uit Boso-kufe”, Aequatoria, 10: 59-62

b

.

1029.

C41

Ngombe

Heijboer, B.M. (1948). “Londo en lingombe”, Aequatoria, 11: 60-66, 108-110.

1030.

C41

Ngombe

Heijboer, B.M. (1948). “kp en gb in noord-bantoe”, Aequatoria, 11: 126-127.

1031.

C41

Ngombe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1032.

C41

Ngombe

Mortier O., Rodolf (1941). “Classificatie der talen van Ubangi, Aequatoria, 4:

1-8

1033.

C41

Ngombe

Rood, N. (1948). “Gedichten in lingombe”, Aequatoria, 11: 6-12.

1034.

C41

Ngo

mbe

Rood, N. (1958). Dictionnaire Ngombe-Néerlandais-Français. Tervuren,

Belgique: Annales du Musée Royal du Congo Belge. 414 p.

1035.

C41

Ngombe

Rood, N. (1962). “Lidoko et Mowea”, Aequatoria, 25: 125-139.

1036.

C41

Ngombe

Rood, N. (1962). “Contes Ngombe”, Aequatoria, 25: 43-44.

1037.

C41

Ngombe

Rood, N. (1965). “Deux fabliaux des Ngombe”, Africana Linguistica 2,

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 161-174.

1038.

C41

Ngombe

Vanhouteghem, C. (1947). “Overzicht der Bantu-dialekten van het distrikt

Lisala”, Aequatoria, 10: 41-50.

1039.

C41

Ngombe

Van Thiel, H. (1947). “Tonetiek van het lingombe”, Aequatoria, 10: 70-77.

237

1040.

C411

Bomb

oma

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). “Le parler des Ebuku », Parlers Riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

1041.

C411

Bomboma

Motingea Mangulu, André (2001). « Lopolotsi: Poemas anciens d1un Esclave

Bombomba (Equateur, R. D. do Congo », Journal of Language and Popular

Culture in Africa, Archives. Text Archives, 2.

1042.

C412

Bamwe

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Le parler des Lifonga », Parlers Riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

1043.

C412

Bamwe

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Le parler des Likátá », Parlers riverains

de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

1044.

C412

Bamwe

Motingea Mangulu, André (1990). « Esquisse du parler des Libóbí « , Parlers

Riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire. Etudes Aequatoria, 8.

1045.

C412

Bamwe

Samarin, William (1994) [CBOLD]. Bamwe wordlist (100 items)

1046.

C413

Dzando

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1047.

C414

Ligenza

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1048.

C42

Mbwela

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1049.

C43

Benge

-

Baati

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1050.

C43a

Baati

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1051.

C43b

Benge

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1052.

C43b

Benge

Bareau & Reding (1912). Vocabulaire Français – Mobenge et Mobenge –

Frabçais.

Bruxelles: Imprimerie Veuve Monnom. 70 p.

1053.

C43b

Benge

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1054.

C43e

Bonginda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1055.

C44

Bw

a

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1056.

C44

Bw

a

Boone, Douglas W.& Kenneth S. Olson (2004). Bwa bloc Survey Report. SIL

Electronic Survey Reports SILESR 2004-013.

1057.

C44

Bwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1058.

C45

Ngelima

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1059.

C45a

Beo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1060.

C501

Likile

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1061.

C501

Likile

Carrington, J.-F. (1977). “Esquisse morphologique de la langue likile (Haut-

Zaïre), Africana Linguistica 7, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 65-88.

1062.

C502

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

238

Linga

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1063.

C51

Mbesa

De Boeck, B. (1951). « Een greep uit de mombesa-taal », Aequatoria, 14: 136-

143.

1064.

C51

Mbesa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1065.

C52

So

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1066.

C52

So

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1067.

C53

Poke

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1068.

C53

Poke

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1069.

C54

Lombo

Carrington, John F. (1947). "Notes sur la langue olombo (turumbu)",

Aequatoria, 10: 102-113.

1070.

C54

Lombo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1071.

C55

Kele

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1072.

C55

Kele

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1073.

C56

Foma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1074.

C61

Mo

ngo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1075.

C61

Mongo

Boelaert, Edmond (1942). “De vrouw bij de nkundo-mongo”, Aequatoria, 5:

9-14.

1076.

C61

Mongo

Boelaert, Edmond (1949). « N’songa lianja, l’épopée nationale des nkundo »,

Aequatoria, 12: 1-75.

1077.

C61

Mongo

Boelaert, Edmond (1957). « Bloedverwantschapsbenamingen bij de nkundo »,

Aequatoria, 20: 125-128.

1078.

C61

Mongo

Boelaert, Edmond (1961). « Persistance des tons en lomongo », Aequatoria,

24: 11-15.

1079.

C61

Mongo

Boelaert, Edmond (1962). « La procession de Lianja », Aequatoria, 25: 1-9.

1080.

C61

Mongo

Bokoka, F. & A. Bengala (1962). « Un conte mongo », Aequatoria, 25: 101-

111.

1081.

C61

Mongo

Coupez, André (1956). « Application de la lexicostatistique au mongo et au

rwanda « , Aequatoria, 19: 85-87.

1082.

C61

Mongo

De Rop, A. (1957). “Over riviernamen in het mongo-gebied”, Aequatoria, 20:

5-9.

1083.

C61

Mongo

De Rop, A. & E. Boelaert (1983). « Versions et fragments de l’épopée Mongo

Nsong’a Lianja, Partie II, versions 7 à 56 », Etudes Aequatoria, 1: 1-517.

1084.

C61

Mongo

Herroelen, P. (1957). « Quelques notes sur les noms d’oiseaux dans Nsong’a

Lianja », Aequatoria, 20: 25.

1085.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1937/38). « Considérations sur l’orthographe du lonkundo-

lomongo », Aequatoria, 1.

1086.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1941). “Tonetiek van lomongo en tshiluba”, Aequatoria, 4:

56-58.

1087.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1941). “Nkundo et mongo”, Aequatoria, 4: 35-37.

239

1088.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1945). « Lomongo en Ngbandi - partie 1”, Aequatoria, 8:

153-155.

1089.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1946). “Lomongo en Ngbandi - partie 2 », Aequatoria, 9:

103.

1090.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1955). “

Devinettes nkundo II “, Aequatoria, 56-65; 81-90

1091.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1956). « Chants de portage », Aequatoria, 19: 53-64.

1092.

C61

Mong

o

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1956). « Noms de personnes chez les nkundo »,

Aequatoria, 19: 91-102; 135-136.

1093.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1957). Dictionnaire Lomongo-Français. Annales du Musée

Royal du Congo Belge. Tervuren, Belgique. 1.948 p.

1094.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1961). Grammaire du Lomongo. Première partie :

Phonologie. Annales du Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. Sciences

Humaines 39. Tervuren, Belgique. 176 p.

1095.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1961). « À propos de ‘La persistance des tons en lomongo’

« , Aequatoria, 24: 102-105.

1096.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1962). « Un conte mongo », Aequatoria, 25: 101-103.

1097.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1962). « Le noble des booli (conte) », Aequatoria, 25: 105-

111.

1098.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1965). Grammaire du Lomongo. Deuxième partie:

Morphologie. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale.

1099.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1966). Grammaire du Lomongo. Troisième partie :

Syntaxe. Annales du Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. Sciences

Humaines 58. Tervuren, Belgique. 944 p.

1100.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1970) “Notes sur la dérivation en mongo”, Africana

Linguistica 4. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 167-

180

1101.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1971) “Le jeu des parties du corps. Textes mongo traduits

et commentés”, Africana Linguistica 5, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 139-196

1102.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1980). “Un cas de postposition chez les Mongo”, Africana

Linguistica 8, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

137-148.

1103.

C61

Mongo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1980). “Table des matières de la syntaxe du lomongo”,

Africana Linguistica 8, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 149-158.

1104.

C61

Mongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1105.

C61

Mongo

Lemaire, Charles (1897). Vocabulaire Pratique Français-Anglais-Zanzibarite

(Swahili)-Fiote-Kibangi-Irebou-Mongo-Bangala. Bruxelles: Imprimeria

Scientifique Ch. Bulens. 60 p.

1106.

C61

Mongo

Lootens, P. (1958). « Noms vernaculaires d’animaux », Aequatoria, 21: 60-61.

1107.

C61

Mongo

Lovins, Julie B. (1971). “The tonology of Lomongo reduplication”, Studies in

African Linguistics, 2.3: 257-270,

1108.

C61

Mongo

Meeussen, A. E. (1954). “Werkwoordafleiding in mongo en oerbantoe”,

Aequatoria, 17: 81-86.

1109.

C61

M

ongo

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Comparées de la Zone

C: Osambala, Ohindo, Bobangi, Kusu, Mongo e Otetela. Manuscrit. [275

itens].

1110.

C61

Mongo

Philippe, R. (1955). « A propos de l’orthographe des noms ethniques au Congo

belge », Aequatoria, 18: 29.

1111.

C61

Picavet, R. (1947). « Het dialekt der Batswa », Aequatoria, 10: 137-141.

240

Mongo

1112.

C61

M

ongo

Possoz, Emile (1939). « Le préfixe ya », Aequatoria, 2: 131.

1113.

C61

Mongo

Ruskin, E. A. (1921). Mongo Proverbs and Fables. Bongandanda, Congo:

Balolo Mission Press. 116 p.

1114.

C61

Mongo

Van Goethem, E. (1942). “Proverbes judiciaires des mongo”, Aequatoria, 5: 1-

8.

1115.

C61

Mongo

Van Goethem, E. (1951). « Le dieu des nkundo », Aequatoria, 13: 1-6; 42-48.

1116.

C61

Mongo

Van Goethem, E. (1952). “Devinettes nkundo”, Aequatoria, 15: 41-48.

1117.

C61

Mo

ngo

Verbeek, A. (1948). “Inlandse geneesmiddelen”, Aequatoria, 11: 23-31; 70-75;

98-102; 148-152.

1118.

C61

Mongo

Verbeek, A. (1951). “Anticonceptionele middelen”, Aequatoria, 14: 26-28.

1119.

C61b

Bokote

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1120.

C61e

Konda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1121.

C61e

Konda

Rombauts, Hugo (1952). « Langage simple, expressif et imagé », Aequatoria,

15: 27-30

1122.

C61e

Konda

Rombauts, Hugo (1952). « Elimo chez les ekonda », Aequatoria, 15: 121-126

1123.

C61eb

Twa

Rombauts, Hugo (1950). « Batwá, batúa, batsá », Aequatoria, 13: 21-23.

1124.

C61h

Emoma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1125.

C61l

Mbole

Hulstaert, G. (1970). Esquisse du Parler des Nkengo (Mbole). Tervuren,

Belgique: Annales du Musée Royal du Congo Belge. 71 p.

1126.

C61l

Mbole

Hulstaert, G. (1977) “Esquisse du parler des Lwankamba”, Africana

Linguistica 7, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

201-246

1127.

C61l

Mbole

Hulstaert, G (1980). “Esquisse du parler des YEngE”, Africana Linguistica 8,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 115-136

1128.

C61l

Mbole

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1129.

C61lb

Nkengo

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1970). Esquisse du Parler des Nkengo. Annales Sciences

Humaines, 66. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 71

p.

1130.

C61n

Panga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1131.

C61q

Tswa

Hulstaert, Gustaav (1953). « Que signifie le nom batswa? », Aequatoria, 16:

101-104.

1132.

C61q

Tswa

Picavet, R. (1947). « Het dialekt der batswa », Aequatoria, 10: 137-141.

1133.

C62

Lalia

De Ryck, M. (1940). "Une société secrète chez les Lalia Ngolu: le liboa",

Aequatoria, 3.

1134.

C63

Ngando

Kimura, Daiji (1990). “Verbal Interaction of the Bongando in central Zaire:

with special Reference to their addressee-unspecified loud Speech”, African

Study Monographs, 11: 1-26

1135.

C701

Langa

-

Mbole

-

Balanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1136.

C702

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

241

Langa

-

Mbole

-

Bambuli

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1137.

C703

Osambala

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Comparées de la Zone

C: Osambala, Ohindo, Bobangi, Kusu, Mongo e Otetela. Manuscrit. [275

itens].

1138.

C71

Tetela

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1139.

C71

Tetela

Djongakodi, Yoto Joseph (1999). "Some aspects of tone in Tetela : Constraints

and rules", in Shigeki Kaji, Ed. Proceedings of the Symposium Cross-

Linguistics Studies of Tonal Phenomenon, Tonogenesis, Typology, and

related Topics. Tokyo: ILCAA. 243-255.

1140.

C71

Tetela

Jacobs, John (1959). "Essai de cosmologie tetela (Kasai)", Aequatoria, 22: 81-

99.

1141.

C71

Tetela

Jacobs, John (1962). “De belangrijkste elementen van het Tetela-

toonsysteem”, Africana Linguistica 1, Tervuren: Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 31-42

1142.

C71

Tetela

Jacobs, John (1962). « Enigmes tetela, espèces et fonction », Aequatoria, 25:

81-91.

1143.

C71

Tetela

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1144.

C71

Tetela

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Comparées de la Zone

C: Osambala, Ohindo, Bobangi, Kusu, Mongo e Otetela. Manuscrit. [275

itens].

1145.

C71

Tetela

Vansina, Jan (1958). “Taalgeographische toestand in het Kuba-gebied”,

Aequatoria, 21: 1-4.

1146.

C72

Kusu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1147.

C72

Kusu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1148.

C72

Kusu

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Comparées de la Zone

C: Osambala, Ohindo, Bobangi, Kusu, Mongo e Otetela. Manuscrit. [275

itens].

1149.

C73

Nkucu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1150.

C73

Nkucu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. .

1151.

C74

Yela

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1941). “Over het dialekt der Boyela - deel 1”, Aequatoria,

4: 95-98.

1152.

C74

Yela

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1942). “Over het dialekt der Boyela - deele 2-3”,

Aequatoria, 5. 15-19, 41-43.

1153.

C75

Kela

-Lemba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1154.

C75

Kela

-Lemba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Cf. Lemba e Kela.

1155.

C76

Ombo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1156.

C76

Ombo

Meeussen, A. E. (1952). Esquisse de la Langue Ombo. Tervuren, Belgique:

Annales du Musée Royal du Congo Belge. 110 p.

242

1157.

C801

Cwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1158.

C802

Mbingi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1159.

C81

Dengese

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1160.

C81

Dengese

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Cf. Dengese e Nkutu.

1161.

C82

Hendo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Cf. Songomeno.

1162.

C82

Hendo

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Comparées de la Zone

C: Osambala, Ohindo, Bobangi, Kusu, Mongo e Otetela. Manuscrit. [275

itens].

1163.

C83

Bushoong

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1164.

C83

Bushoong

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

1165.

C83

Busho

ong

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1166.

C83

Bushoong

Vansina, Jan (1955). “Lààm : Gezongen kwaadsprekerij bij de bushong”,

Aequatoria, 18: 125-130.

1167.

C83

Bushoong

Vansina, Jan (1958). “Taalgeographische toestand in het Kuba-gebied”,

Aequatoria, 21: 1-4.

1168.

C83

Bushoong

Vansina, Jan (1959). Esquisse de Grammaire Bushongo. Tervuren, Belgique:

Annales du Musée Royal du Congo Belge.

1169.

C83d

Shuwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1170.

C831

Ilebo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1171.

C84

Lele

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1172.

C85

Wongo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1173.

C85

Wongo

Burssens, Amaat (1997) [CBOLD]. Wongo Wordlist (800 items)

1174.

C85

Wongo

Chanda, Vincent Musamba (1986). “Notes on Wongo phonology and

morphology”, Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal

de l´Afrique Centrale, 279-294

1175.

C85

Wongo

Chanda, Vincent Musamba (1986). “Studies in Wongo literature”, Africana

Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

295-314.

1176.

C85

Wongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Cf. Tukungo

1177.

C85

Wongo

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Quelques Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Ucókwe, Gipeende, Ciluba. Manuscrit. [36

ítens}

243

1178.

C85

Wongo

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). D’autres Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Chokwe, Lunda, Lulua, Kete. Manuscrit. [68

ítens]

1179.

C??

Gumbu

Masuka, Alphonse (1952). “Proverbes bagumbu”, Aequatoria, 15: 135-140.

1.1.2. BANTU CENTRAL

Zona D

1180.

D

G

eral

Cleire, R. (1942). “Talen rond het Kivu-Meer”, Aequatoria, 5: 44.

1181.

D101

Lika

Lojenga, Constance Kutsch (2008). “Nine vowels and ATR vowel harmony

in Lika, a Bantu language in D.R. Congo”, Africana Linguistica, 15.

1182.

D102

Kwange

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1183.

D103

Songe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1184.

D104

Zura

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1185.

D12

Lengola

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1186.

D12

Lengola

Stappers, Leo (1971). “Esquisse de la Langue Lengola”, Africana Linguistica

5. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 255-307

1187.

D13

Mituku

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1188.

D13

Mituku

Stappers, Leo (1973). Esquisse de la Langue Mituku. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale.

1189.

D13

Mituku

Stappers, Leo & I. Agbamubi (1970) “Textes mituku”, Africana Linguistica

4, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 209-222

1190.

D14

Enya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1191.

D14a

Enya

-

Kisangani

Spa, Jaap (1973). Traits et Tons en Enya. Tervuren. MRAC.

1192.

D14a

Enya

-

Kisangani.

Spa, Jaap (1975). “Vocabulaire enya”, Africana Linguistica 6, Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 159-185

1193.

D20a

Ngengele

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1194.

D20a

Ngengele

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1195.

D201

Lika

Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2008). “Nine vowels and ATR vowel harmony in

Lika, a Bantu language in D. R. of Congo”, Africana Linguistica, 14: 63-84.

1196.

D22

Amba

Boelaert, E. (1937-1938). “Vergelijken taalstudie: Lijst 1 eerste gedeelte”,

Aequqtoria, 6: 26-27.

1197.

D22

Amba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

244

1198.

D22

Amba

Russell, Joan (1992). “From reanalysis to convergence: Swahili –Amba”,

York Papers in Linguistics, 16: 121-138.

1199.

D23

Komo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1200.

D23

Komo

Chanard, C. (2006) Komo - Système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. Paris: LLACAN (Langage, Langues et

Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

1201.

D23

Komo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1202.

D23

Komo

Thomas, John Paul (1992). “Tone in Komo”, Work Papers of the Summer

Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota session, 36: 71-162.

1203.

D23

Komo

Thomas, Paul (1994). “Bantu noun-class reflexes in Komo”, Africana

Linguistica 11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

177-196.

1204.

D24

Songola

Ankei, Yuji (1986). ¨Connaissance populaire du poisson chez les Songola et

les Bwari: Ethnoichtyologie comparée des pêcheurs du fleuve Zaïre et du

lac Tanganyika”, Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée

Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 1-42.

1205.

D24

Songola

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1206.

D24a

Songola

-

Kasenga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1207.

D24b

Songola

-

Ulindi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1208.

D25

Lega

Anônimo (n.d.). Vocabulaire Français-Kirega. Dialecte Kisile des environs

de Mulambula. 217 p.

1209.

D25

Lega

-

Mwenga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1210.

D25

Lega

Botne, Robert (1994) [CBOLD]. Lega Wordlist (1.500 items)

1211.

D25

Lega

Botne, Robert (1994). A Lega and English Dictionary with an Index to Proto-

Bantu Roots. Series: East African Languages and Dialects, 3. Cologne:

Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 138 p.

1212.

D25

Lega

Itangaza, Mubangu (1993). "Subject-verb position and agreement shift in

Kilega", The 20

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics. Columbus,

Ohio.13 p.

1213.

D25

Lega

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1214.

D25

Lega

Mateene, Kahombo C. (1973). « Quelques principes du choix des noms

individuels dans certaines sociétés bantu », Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines,

13: 356-362.

1215.

D25

Lega

Meeussen, A.E. (1962). “Lega-teksten”, Africana Linguistica 1, Tervuren:

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 75-98.

1216.

D25

Lega

Meeussen, A.E. (1971). Eléments de Grammaire Lega. Archives

d’Ethnographie, 15. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique

Centrale. 37 p.

1217.

D25

Lega

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Liste lexicale du Lega. 12 p.

1218.

D251

Lega

-

Shabunda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

245

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1219.

D25

Lega

-

Mwenga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1220.

D26

Zimba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1221.

D27

Bangub

angu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1222.

D27

Bangub

angu

Meeussen, A.E. (1954). Linguistische Schets van het Bangubangu. Tervuren.

MRAC.

1223.

D27

Bangub

angu

Meeussen, A.E. (1974). ¨A note on global rules in Bangubangu tone”, Studies

in African Linguistics, 5.1: 95-99.

1224.

D28

Holoholo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1225.

D28

Holoholo

Coupez, André (1955). Esquisse de la Langue Holoholo. Sciences de

l’Homme – Linguistique, 12. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 161 p

1226.

D28

Holoholo

Coupez, André (1955) [CBOLD]. Holoholo Wordlist (700 items)

1227.

D28a

Guha

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1228.

D281

Tumbwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1229.

D282

Lumbwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1230.

D304

Homa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1231.

D308

Bodo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1232.

D31

Bhele

Chanard, C. (2006). Bhele - Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL. Paris: LLACAN (Langage, Langues et

Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

1233.

D32

Bira/Sese

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1234.

D32

Bira/Sese

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1235.

D32

Bira/Sese

Lojenga, Constance Kutsch (1995). “From two to three tones in Bila (Border-

Bantu, Zaïre)”, 25

th

Colloquium on African Languages and

Linguistics.Leiden. 7 p.

1236.

D32b

Bira

--

Sedzabo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1237.

D32c

Bira

-Miala

-

Bunia

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1238.

D33

Nyali

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

246

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1239.

D33

Nyali

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1240.

D331

Bvanuma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1241.

D332

Budu

Frieke-Kappers, Claertje (2007). The Creative Use of Genre Features

Continuity and Change in Patterns of Language Use in Budu, a Bantu

Language of Congo (Kinshasa). PhD Thesis. Amsterdam: Vrije

Universiteit. 466 p.

1242.

D332

Budu

Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (1994). “Kibudu: A Bantu language with nine

vowels”, Africana Linguistica 11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 127-134

1243.

D43

Nyanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1244.

D43

N

yanga

Biebuyck, D. (1958). « Les divisions du jour et de la nuit chez les nyanga »,

Aequatoria, 21: 134-138.

1245.

D43

Nyanga

Kadima, Marcel (1965). “Esquisse Phonologique et Morphologique de la

Langue Nyanga”, Africana Linguistica 2, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l´Afrique Centrale, 55-112.

1246.

D43

Nyanga

Mateene, Kahombo C. (1973). « Quelques principes du choix des noms

individuels dans certaines sociétés bantu », Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines,

13: 293-325.

1247.

D55

Buyi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

Zona E

1248.

E

G

eral

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey.

Hosted at the CBOLD site.

1249.

E

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et Accent dans les Langues bantu d’Afrique

Orientale. Thèse d’état. Université René Descartes, Paris 5.

1250.

E

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1998). ‘Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the

evolution of Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman and Charles

W. Kisseberth, eds. Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford

University.

1251.

E46

Temi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Sonjo Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

1252.

E46

Temi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) [Sonjo-Temi Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1253.

E51

Kikuyu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1254.

E51

Kikuyu

Bennett, Patrick R. Et alii. (1985). A First Course in Kikuyu 1. Wirute

Gikuyu. Madison, USA: Wisconsin University. 357 p.

1255.

E51

Kikuyu

Bennett, Patrick R. Et alii. (1985). A First Course in Kikuyu 2. An

Introduction to Kikuyu Conversation. Madison, USA: Wisconsin

University. 330 p.

1256.

E51

Kikuyu

Bennett, Patrick R. Et alii. (1985). A First Course in Kikuyu 3. Essays, Texts

and Glossaries. Linguistic and Cultural Reference Materials. Madison,

USA: Wisconsin University. 492 p.

1257.

E51

Kiku

yu

Chanard, C. (2006). Kikuyu - Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

247

d’Afrique Noire).

1258.

E51

Kikuyu

Hewson J. & D. Nurse (2005). “The Relationship of tense and aspect in the

Gikuyu verb”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African

Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 281-311.

1259.

E51

Kikuyu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1260.

E51

Kikuyu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975/79) [Kikuyu Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1261.

E51

Kikuyu

De Pauw, G. & W. Wagacha, Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2007). “Automatic

diacritic restoration for resource-scarce languages”, in V. Matousek & P.

Mautner, eds. Text, Speech and Dialogue (Proceedings of the 10

th

International TSD Conference). Julius Springer-Verlag.

1262.

E51

Kikuyu

Schwarz, Florian (2003). “Focus marking in Kikuyu”, ZAS Papers in

Linguistics, 30: 41-118.

1263.

E51

Kikuyu

Schwarz, Florian (2006). Ex-situ focus in Kikuyu. Condensed version of MA

thesis. University of Massachusetts.

1264.

E52

Embu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Embu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

1265.

E521

Mbere

Katakami, Hidetoshi (1997). “Personal names and modes of address among

the Mbeere”, African Study Monographs, 18: 203-212.

1266.

E53

Mero

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1267.

E54

Tharaka

Abels, Klaus & Peter Muriungi (2007). “The focus particle in Kîtharaka”,

ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 46: 1-20.

1268.

E54

Tharaka

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1269.

E54

Tharaka

Buell, Leston (2007). “Semantic and formal locatives: implications for the

Bantu locative inversion typology”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics,

15: 105-120.

1270.

E54

Tharaka

Mberia, Kithaka wa (2002). “Nasal consonant processes in Kitharaka”,

Nordic Journal of African Studies, 11.2 :,156-166.

1271.

E54

Tharaka

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Tharaka Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1272.

E541

Chuka

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Chuka Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1273.

E55

Kamba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1274.

E55

Kamba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1275.

E55

Kamba

De Pauw, G. de & W. Wagacha, Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2007).

“Automatic diacritic restoration for resource-scarce languages”, in V.

Matousek & P. Mautner, eds. Text, Speech and Dialogue (Proceedings of

the 10

th

International TSD Conference). Julius Springer-Verlag.

1276.

E55a

Kamba Kitu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kamba Kitu Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1277.

E55b

Ka

mba Mach

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kamba Mach. Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1278.

E62

Chaga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1279.

E621a

Meru

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

248

1280.

E621a

Meru

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Meru Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1281.

E621aa

Meru Im.

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Meru Imenti Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1282.

E621ab

Meru Tig.

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Meru Tigania Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1283.

E621b

Mashami

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1284.

E621b

Mashami

Klein-Arendt Reinhardt (2005). “Pre-colonial non-bantu Influence on

Savannah Bantu vocabulary: The case of iron terminology in the Machame

dialect of Chaga (E62)”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies

in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and

Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 147-164.

1285.

E621b

Mashami

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Machame Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1286.

E621c

Siha

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Siha Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1287.

E621c

Siha

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Siha Wordlist 2. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1288.

E621d

Kiwoso

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1289.

E621d

Kiwoso

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kibosho Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1290.

E621d

Kiwoso

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kibosho Wordlist 2. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1291.

E622a

Mochi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1292.

E622a

Mochi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Moshi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1293.

E622c

Wuunjo

McHugh, Brian D. (1990). "The phrasal cycle in Kivunjo Chaga tonology", in

Inkelas, Sharon & Draga Zec, Eds. The Phonology-Syntax Connection.

Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 145-162.

1294.

E622c

Wuunjo

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Wunjo Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1295.

E6

22cb

Kilema

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1296.

E622cb

Kilema

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Lema Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

1297.

E622cc

Mamba

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Mamba Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1298.

E623a

Seri

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Seri Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1299.

E623c

Mkuu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Mkuu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1300.

E623d

Keni

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Keni Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

1301.

E64

Kah

e

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kahe Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

1302.

E65

Gweno

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1303.

E65

Gweno

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Gweno Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

249

1304.

E65

Gweno

Philippson, Gérard & Derek Nurse (2000). “Gweno, a little known language

of northern Tanzania”, in Kulikoyela K. Kahigi, Yared M. Kihore &

Maarten Mous, eds. Lugha za Tanzania/Languages of Tanzania. CNWS

Publications. 44 p

1305.

E701

Elwana

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1306.

E71

Pokomo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1307.

E71

Pokomo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1308.

E71

Pokomo

Würtz (1889). "Zur Grammatik des Ki-pokomo", Zeitschrift für afrikanische

Sprachen. 161-163.

1309.

E72

Nyika

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1310.

E72a

G

iryama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1311.

E72a

Giryama

Deed (1964) Giryama Wordlist (5.000 items).

1312.

E72a

Giryama

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1313.

E72a

Gir

yama

Volk, Erez (2007). High, low and in between: Giryama Tonology. Masters

Degree at Tel Aviv University. 82 p.

1314.

E72c

Conyi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1315.

E72d

Duruma

Chanard, C. (2006). Duruma - Système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

1316.

E72d

Duruma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1317.

E72e

Rabai

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1318.

E73

Digo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1319.

E73

Digo

Kisseberth, Charles (n.c) “Digo tonology”, Chapter 4. 105-182.

1320.

E73

Digo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1321.

E73

Digo

Nicolle, Steve M. (2007). “Textual functions of Chidigo demonstratives “,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 159-171.

1322.

E73

Digo

Pakia, Mohamed (2005). African traditional Plant Knowledge today: an

ethnobotanical Study of the Digo at the Kenya Coast. Dissertation.

University of Bayreuth. 212 p.

1323.

E731

Segeju

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1324.

E74a

Dabida

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

250

1325.

E74a

Dabida

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Dawida Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1326.

E74b

Taveta

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1327.

E74b

Tave

ta

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Taveta Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1328.

E741

Sagala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1329.

E741

Sagala

Cédric Patin. “Tone shift and tone spread in Saghala, a Bantu language of

Kenya”. CNRS/Sorbonne Nouvelle. 14 p.

Zona F

1330.

F

G

eral

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey.

Hosted at the CBOLD site.

1331.

F

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et Accent dans les Langues Bantu d’Afrique

Orientale. Thèse d’état. Université René Descartes (Paris 5).

1332.

F

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1998). “Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the

evolution of Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman & Charles

W. Kisseberth. Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford

University.

1333.

F11

Tongwe

Nishida, Toshisada & Shigeo Uehara (1981). “Kitongwe names of plants: a

preliminary listing”, African Study Monographs, 1: 109-131.

1334.

F12

Bende

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Bende Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1335.

F12

Bende

Yuko, Abe (2006) . A Bende Dictionary. Bantu Vocabularies Series, 13.

ILCAA. Tokyo University of Foreign Studies. Online. 175 p.

1336.

F21

Sukuma

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1337.

F21

Sukuma

Batibo, H. M. (1991). “The two-directional tone melody spread in Sukuma”,

in Kathleen Hubbard, Ed. Proceedings of the 70

th

Annual Meeting of the

Berkeley Linguistics Society: Special Session on African Language

Structures. 15-24.

1338.

F21

Sukuma

Bukurura, Sufian Hemed (1995). “Indigenous communication systems:

lessons and experience from among the Sukuma and Nyamwezi in west-

central Tanzania”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 4.2: 1-16.

1339.

F21

Sukuma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1340.

F21

Sukuma

Mann, Michael (1966) Sukuma Wordlist. (3.200 items)

1341.

F21

Sukuma

Matondo, Masangu (2006). “Tonal transfer in Kisukuma”, in John Mugane,

John P. Hutchison & Dee A., eds. Selected Proceedings of the 35

th

Annual

Conference on African Linguistics: African Languages and Linguistics in

Broad Perspectives. 125-135.

1342.

F21

Sukuma

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Sukuma Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p

1343.

F21

Sukuma

Rugemalira, Josephat M. (2007). “The structure of the Bantu noun phrase”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 135-148.

1344.

F21h

Ntuzu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Ntuzu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

251

1345.

F22

Nyamwezi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1346.

F22

Nyamwezi

Bukurura, Sufian Hemed (1995). “Indigenous communication systems:

lessons and experience from among the Sukuma and Nyamwezi in west-

central Tanzania”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 4.2: 1-16.

1347.

F22

Nyamwezi

Gray, Russell & Simon Greenhill. Bantu basic vocabulary database: Asu,

Basaa, Bemba, Bukusu, Kinyamwezi, Koyo. University of Auckland, New

Zealand.

1348.

F22

Nyamwezi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1349.

F22

Nyamwezi

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2004). “Palatalization and depalatalization in

Kinyamwezi”, in John Rennison et. al. (eds) Phonologica 2002

1350.

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2004). “When depalatalization has competing outputs”,

in John Rennison et. al. (eds) Phonologica 2003

1351.

F22

Nyamwezi

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2002) “Verbal extensions in Bantu: the case of Swahili

and Nyamwezi”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and

African Languages and Literatures, 2: 4-26.

1352.

F22

Nyamwezi

Maganga, Clément & Thilo Schadeberg (1992) Nyamwezi Wordlist (2.000

items). 16 p.

1353.

F22

Nyamwezi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Nyamwezi Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1354.

F22

Nyamwezi

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989). “Tone and history of Nyamwezi verb forms

with complex final tones”, Afrika und Übersee, 72: 33-42.

1355.

F22

Nyamwezi

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1991). “High tone shift in KiNyamwezi”, Proceedings

of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society, 17, supplement,

201-221.

1356.

F22

Nyamwezi

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2005). “Bantu: Phonology. Nyamwezi (F22) “Reflexes

of Proto-Bantu Tone”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies

in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and

Mande. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 221-228.

1357.

F22

Nyamwezi

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Nyamwezi Basic Vocabulary

1358.

F22b

Mweri

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1359.

F22d

Nyanyembe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1360.

F23

Sumbwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1361.

F23

Sumbwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1362.

F23

Sumbwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Sumbwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1363.

F231

Sumbwa

-

Yeke

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1364.

F24

Kimbu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) [Kimbu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1365.

F25

Bungu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1366.

F25

Bungu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Bungu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1367.

F25b

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Wungu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

252

Bungu

Language Survey – TLS.

1368.

F31

Nilamba

CRDO. Nyilamba-Ihanzu on-line. Paris: CNRS / Centre de Ressources pour

la Description de l'Oral.

1369.

F31

Nilamba

Dunham, Margaret. Nyilamba Texts and Sound Files. Hosted at the CRDO

(Centre de Ressources pour la Description de l’Oral).

1370.

F31

Nilamba

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Nyiramba wordlist, in The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1371.

F32

Nyaturu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1372.

F32

Nyaturu

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1978). “Über die Töne der nominalen und

pronominalen Formen im Rimi”, Afrika und Übersee, 61: 189-209.

1373.

F32

Nyaturu

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1979). “Über die Töne der verbalen Formen im Rimi”,

Afrika und Übersee, 62: 288-313.

1374.

F32

Nyaturu

Woolford, Ellen (1999). “Animacy hierarchy effects on object agreement”, in

Paul Kotey, ed. New Dimensions in African Linguistics. Africa World

Press, 203-216.

1375.

F32

Nyaturu

Woolford, Ellen (2000). “Agreement in disguise”, in Vicky Carstens &

Frederick Parkinson, eds. Advances in African Linguistics. Africa World

Press.

1376.

F32a

Nyaturu Ch.

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Nyaturu-Cha. Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

1377.

F32b

Nyaturu W.

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Nyaturu-Wil Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

1378.

F33

Rangi

Bergman, T.G., Joseph Mbongue, Rachel Sowers & Tracy Tooley (2007)

Sociolinguistic Survey among the Rangi People. SIL Electronic Survey

Report SILESR 2007-004.

1379.

F33

Rangi

Chatelain, Heli & W. R. Summers (1894). "Bantu notes and vocabularies. No.

II. Comparative tables and vocabularies of Lange, Songe, Mbangala, Kioko,

Lunda, etc.", Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York,

26: 208-240.

1380.

F33

Rangi

Dunham, Margaret. Langi Texts and Sound Files. Hosted at the CRDO

(Centre de Ressources pour la Description de l’Oral).

1381.

F33

Rangi

Dunham, Margaret (2001). Description ethno-linguistique des Valangi de

Tanzanie. Thèse. Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle (Paris 3). 409 p.

1382.

F33

Rangi

Dunham, Margaret (2005). “On the verbal system in Langi, a Bantu language

of Tanzania”, Studies in African Linguistics, 33: 199-234.

1383.

F33

Rangi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1384.

F33

Rangi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Langi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1385.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2000). “Rangi vowel system: five or seven?”, 30

th

Colloquium

on African Languages and Linguistics. University of Leiden, August 2000.

10 p.

1386.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2002). “Derivational processes in Rangi”, Revised version

published in: Studies in African Linguistics, 31: 129-153

1387.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2003). “If you’ve got a mother tongue, please use it!” -

Minority language development: the case of Rangi”, Online Proceedings of

the Postgraduate Conference, University of Edinburgh, May 2003. 6 p.

1388.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2003). “First steps in reconstructing Rangi language history”,

33

rd

Colloquium on African Languages and Linguistics, University of

Leiden, August 2003. 18 p.

1389.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2003). “How does their language survive? Survival strategies

in the Rangi language of Tanzania”, Meeting of the Language in Context

Research Group, University of Edinburgh, June 2003. 5 p.

253

1390.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2004). “Editing Rangi narratives: a pilot study in literature

production”, Postgraduate Conference, University of Edinburgh, May 2004.

25 p.

1391.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2005) “Editing Rangi narratives”.Updated version. EWPAL,

14: 68-98.

1392.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2006). “Participatory research, TAM functions and dialect

survey among the Rangi”, 36

th

colloquium on African languages and

linguistics (CALL36), University of Leiden. 10 p.

1393.

F33

Rangi

Stegen, Oliver (2007). “Lexical density in oral versus written Rangi texts”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 173-184.

1394.

F34

Mbugwe

CRDO. Mbugwe on-line. Paris: CNRS / Centre de Ressources pour la

Description de l'Oral.

1395.

F34

Mbugwe

Dunham, Margaret. Mbugwe Texts and Sound Files. Hosted at the CRDO

(Centre de Ressources pour la Description de l’Oral).

1396.

F34

Mbugwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

Zona G

1397.

G

eral

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey.

Hosted at the CBOLD site.

1398.

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et Accent dans les Langues Bantu d’Afrique

Orientale. Thèse d’état. Université René Descartes (Paris 5).

1399.

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1998). “Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the

evolution of Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman & Charles

W. Kisseberth. Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford

University.

1400.

G

eral

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). Societies, Religion and History. Columbia

University Press. 274 p. [on Ruvu languages: Gogo, Kagulu, Doe, Lugulu,

Kwere, Zaramo, Kami, Kutu, Vidunda, Sagala]. 274 p.

1401.

G

eral

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). Proto-Ruvu Divergence and internal Group

Contact. Columbia University Press. 1 p.

1402.

G

11

Gogo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1403.

G11

Gogo

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Gogo words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1404.

G11

Gogo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1405.

G11

Gogo

Van der Veken Anneleen.(2005). “Gogo (G11) and the Languages of Zone J”,

in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative

Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 123-135.

1406.

G12

Kagulu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1407.

G12

Kagulu

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Kagulu words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1408.

G12

Kagulu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1409.

G12

Kagulu

Petzell, Malin (2003). “What is the function of the pre-prefix in Kagulu?”.

Paper presented at the langue.doc conference, held at Göteborg University.

1410.

G12

Petzell, Malin (2004). “Unempowered but powerful. The Kagulu language of

254

Kagulu

Tanzania”, Habar: Information om Tanzania. Stockholm : Svensk-

Tanzaniska stödföreningen, 3-5.

1411.

G12

Kagulu

Petzell, Malin (2009). Morphological encoding of giveness in the Kagulu noun

phrase. London: SOAS. 1 p.

1412.

G20a

Ma’a

Lewis, Scott (2004). Mbugu / Ma’a project. SIL Electronic Survey Reports

SILESR 2004-001. 14 p.

1413.

G20a

Ma’a

Mous, Maarten (1994) "Ma'a or Mbugu?", in Mixed Languages. Instituut voor

Functioneel Onderzoel van Taal en Taalgebruik (IFOTT). 175-200.

1414.

G20a

Ma’a

Mous, Maarten (?) "Was there ever a Southern Couchitic language (Pre-)

Ma´a?", 201-211.

1415.

G22a

Pare norte

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1416.

G22a

Pare norte

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1417.

G22a

Pare norte

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) North Pare Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

1418.

G22b

Pare

sul/

Asu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1419.

G22b

Pare

sul/

Asu

Gray, Russell & Simon Greenhill. Bantu Basic Vocabulary Database: Asu,

Basaa, Bemba, Bukusu, Kinyamwezi, Koyo. University of Auckland, New

Zealand.

1420.

G22b

Pare

sul/

Asu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1421.

G22b

Pare

sul/

Asu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). [CBOLD]. South Pare Wordlist.

The Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 17 p.

1422.

G22b

Pare

sul/

Asu

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Asu Basic Vocabulary

1423.

G221

Mbugu

Lewis, Scott (2004). Mbugu / Ma’a project. SIL Electronic Survey Reports

SILESR 2004-001. 14 p.

1424.

G221

Mbugu

Mous, Maarten (?) "Ma'a or Mbugu?", in Mixed Languages. Instituut voor

Functioneel Onderzoel van Taal en Taalgebruik (IFOTT). 175-200.

1425.

G23

Shambala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1426.

G23

Shambala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1427.

G23

Shambala

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) [Sambaa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1428.

G23

Shambala

Werner, Alice (1906). "Notes on the Shambala and some allied languages of

East Africa", JAS. 5..154-166.

1429.

G24

Bondei

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1430.

G24

Bondei

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1431.

G24

Bondei

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Bondei Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1432.

G301

Doe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1433.

G301

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

255

Doe

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1434.

G301

Doe

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Doe Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

1435.

G31

Zigula

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1436.

G31

Zigula

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1437.

G31

Zigula

Kenstowicz, Michael & Charles Kisseberth (1990). "Chizigula tonology: The

word and beyond", in Inkelas, Sharon & Draga Zec, Eds. The Phonology-

Syntax Connection. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 163-194.

1438.

G31

Zigula

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Zigua Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1439.

G311

Mushungulu

Jenkins, Orville Boyd (2004). Who are the "Somali Bantu"? On-line.

1440.

G311

Mushungulu

Van Lehman, Dan & Omar Eno (2003). The Somali Bantu: Their History and

Culture. Washington: Center for Applied Linguistics. 41 p.

1441.

G32a

Ng

h’wele

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1442.

G32a

Ngh’wele

Legère, Karsten (2003). Trilingual Ngh’wele-Swahili-English and Swahili-

Ngh’wele-English wordlist (PDF) as a searchable database. Department of

Oriental and African Languages, Göteborg University.

1443.

G32b

Kwere

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1444.

G32b

Kwere

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kwere Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1445.

G33

Zaramo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1446.

G33

Zaramo

Dempwolff, Otto Von (1911). "Eine lautliche Sonderheit des Dzalamo",

Afrika und Übersee, 2.4: 257-260..

1447.

G33

Zaramo

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Zaramo words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1448.

G33

Zaramo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1449.

G33

Zaramo

Klamroth, M. (1910-1911). "Beiträge zum Verständnis der religiösen

Vorstellungen der Saramo im Bezirk Daressalam (Deutsch-Ostafrika)",

Afrika und Übersee. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, 1.1: 37-70; 1.2.: 118-

153; 1.3: 189-223.

1450.

G33

Zaramo

Meinhof, C. (1920-1921). "Was sind emphatische Laute, und wie sind sie

entstanden?",Afrika und Übersee, 11-12: 81-106.

1451.

G33

Zaramo

Meinhof, C. (1920-1921). "Dzalamo-Texte",Afrika und Übersee, 11-12: 278-

295.

1452.

G33

Zaramo

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Zaramo Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1453.

G34

Ngulu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1454.

G34

Ngulu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1455.

G34

Ngulu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975/99). The Tanzanian Language

Survey: Nguungulu. Database hosted at the CBOLD site.

1456.

G35

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

256

Ruguru

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1457.

G35

Ruguru

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Kagulu words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press.

1458.

G35

Ruguru

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1459.

G35

Ruguru

Marten, Lutz (2003). “Dynamic and pragmatic partial agreement in Luguru”,

in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. 113-140.

1460.

G35

Ruguru

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Luguru Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

1461.

G36

Kami

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1462.

G36

Kami

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Kami words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1463.

G36

Kami

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1464.

G36

Kami

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kami Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1465.

G37

Kutu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1466.

G37

Kutu

Hulstaert, G. (1974). “Sur les dialectes des Bakutu”, Revue Zaïroise des

Sciences de l´Homme. Kinshasa: ONRD, 4.

1467.

G37

Kutu

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Kutu words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1468.

G37

Kutu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1469.

G37

Kutu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kutu Wordlist.The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1470.

G38

Vidunda

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Vidunda words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1471.

G38

Vidunda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1472.

G38

Vidunda

Karsten Legère, S. Maganga & P. Mkwan’hembo (2004). “Vidunda people

and their plant names”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian

and African Languages and Literatures, 4: 115-141.

1473.

G38

Vidunda

Legère, Karsten (2007). “Vidunda (G38) as an Endangered Language?”, in

Doris L. Payne & Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual

Conference on African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla

Proceedings Project. 43-54

1474.

G38

Vidunda

Legère, Karsten (2009). "Plant names in the Tanzanian Bantu language

Vidunda: Structure and (some) etymology", in Masangu Matondo, Fiona Mc

Laughlin & Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 38th Annual

Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African Language

Documentation.

Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project

.

217-228.

1475.

G

38

Vidunda

Legère, Karsten, S. Maganga & P. Mkwan' hembo (2004). "Vidunda people

and their plant names", Africa & Asia, 4: 115-141.

1476.

G39

Sagala

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Sagala words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

1477.

G39

Sagala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1478.

G40

Aiello, F. & F. Guadagna (2000). Glossario italiano-inglese-swahili di

257

Swahili

termini relativi all’informatico.

1479.

G40

Swahili

Alexandre, Pierre (1984). "Kiswahili alakati", Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines,

24: 101-104.

1480.

G40

Swahili

Ali, Hassan O. A brief History of the Swahili Language.

1481.

G40

Swahili

Ali, Hassan O. Useful Swahili Words.

1482.

G40

Swa

hili

Allen, J. W. T. (1967). “Swahili prosody”,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute of

Swahili Research, 37.2: 171-179.

1483.

G40

Swahili

Allen, J. W. T. (1970). “A note on “mbwa”, “mbwe” and “mbwawa””,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 40.1: 65.

1484.

G40

Swahili

Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993). « Observations on some derivational affixes

in Kiswahili”, University of Trondheim Working Papers in Linguistics, 19:

1-19.

1485.

G40

Swahili

Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995). “Kiswahili, a continental language: how

possible is it?”, . Nordic Journal of African Studies, 4.2: 50-70

1486.

G40

Swa

hili

Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995). “Kiswahili: people, language, literature, and

lingua franca”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 4.1: 104-123.

1487.

G40

Swahili

Augustin, Maryanne (?). "Topic and focus in Swahili". 12 p.

1488.

G40

Swahili

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1489.

G40

Swahili

Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1999). Formatives of tense, aspect, mood and

negation in the verbal construction of standard Swahili. Dissertation.

Memorial University of Newfoundland. 305 p.

1490.

G40

Swahili

Beck, Rose Marie (1999). "Comic in Swahili or Swahili comic?", AAP 60 : 67-

101.

1491.

G40

Swahili

Beech, Mervyn W. H. (). Aids to the Study of Kiswahili. Four Studies: 1.

Kiswahili Writings; 2. Kiswahili Stories; 3. Enigmas and Aphorisms; 4.

Magic in Pemba. New York: Kegan, Paul, Trench, Trübner & Limited 184

p.

1492.

G40

Swahili

Brandon, Frank Roberts (1975). "A constraint on deletion in Swahili", in

Robert K. Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the 6

th

Conference on African

Linguistics. Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus: Ohio State

University. 241-259.

1493.

G40

Swahili

Buell, Leston Chandler (2002). “Swahili amba-less relatives without head

movement”, UCLA Working Papers in Linguistics, 8: 86-106.

1494.

G40

Swahili

Buell, Leston Chandler (2002). A synchronized processing model for the

Syntax and Prosody of Swahili . Linguistics Departrment, UCLA.

1495.

G40

Swahili

Buell, Leston Chandler (2002). “Swahili amba-less relatives without head

movement”, UCLA Working Papers in Linguistics, 8: 86-106

.

1496.

G40

Swahili

Burt, F. (1910). Swahili Grammar and Vocabulary. London: Society for

Promoting Christian Knowledge. 260 p.

1497.

G40

Swahili

Büttner, C. G. (1912). "Chuo cha Herkai. Das Buch von Herkai ", Afrika und

Übersee., 2.3: 194-232; 2.4: 261-296.

1498.

G40

Swahili

Chanard, C. (2006). Swahili : Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL LLACAN (Langage, Langues et

Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

1499.

G40

Swahili

Contini-Morava, Ellen. Noun classification in Swahili. University of Virginia.

1500.

G40

Swahili

Cornice, Abdillahi Didier. Mwana Simba - nouvelle méthode d’apprentissage

du swahili a l’usage des étudiants débutants / Mwana Simba - a new

Swahili learning method for beginner students.

1501.

G40

Deen, Kamil Ud (2001). “The acquisition of Swahili verbal morphology”,

258

Swahili

Proceedings of the 2001 Generative Approaches to Language Acquisition

Conference. Palmela, Portugal.

1502.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2002). The acquisition of Nairobi Swahili: the

morphosyntax of inflectional prefixes and subjects. Dissertation. University

of California at Los Angeles (UCLA).

1503.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2003). “Underspecified verb forms and subject omission in

Nairobi Swahili”, Proceedings of the 27

th

Boston University Conference on

Language Development (BUCLD). Cascadilla Press.

1504.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2003). “Agreement-less declaratives in Nairobi Swahili”,

UCLA Working Papers in Lingustics, 9: 116 ff.

1505.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2004). “Subject agreement, object agreement and specificity

in Nairobi Swahili”, Proceedings of the 2003 Generative Approaches to

Language Acquisition Conference, Utrecht, Netherlands.

1506.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2004). “The acquisition of inflectional prefixes in Nairobi

Swahili “, Annual Review of Language Acquisition, 3: 139-179.

1507.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2004). “The necessity of an articulated functional domain:

evidence from the acquisition of functional morphology in child Swahili”,

Workshop on alternative Views of the functional Domain. Universidade

Nova de Lisboa.

1508.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2004). “The status of subject agreement in Swahili”, The

annual Conference on African Linguistics. Harvard University.

1509.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2005). “Productive agreement in Swahili: against a

piecemeal approach”, Proceedings of the 29

th

Boston University Conference

on Language Development. Cascadilla Press.

1510.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud (2006). “Subject agreement in Nairobi Swahili”, in John

Mugane, John P. Hutchison & Dee A., eds. Selected Proceedings of the 35

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African Languages and

Linguistics in Broad Perspectives. 225-233.

1511.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud & Nina Hyams (2002). “The form and interpretation of finite

and non-finite verbs in Swahili”, Proceedings of the 26

th

Boston University

Conference on Language Development (BUCLD). Cascadilla Press.

1512.

G40

Swahili

Deen, Kamil Ud & Nina Hyams (2006). The Morphosyntax of Mood in Early

Grammar, with special Reference to Swahili.

1513.

G40

Swahili

De Pauw, G., G.-M. de Schryver & P. W. Wagacha (2006). “Data-driven

part-of-speech tagging of Kiswahili”, in P. Sojka, I. Kopecek & K. Pala,

eds. Proceedings of the 9

th

international Conference on Text, Speech and

Dialogue. Springer-Verlag.

1514.

G40

Swahili

Elwell, Robert. “Using syllables as features in morpheme tagging in Swahili”,

Proceedings of the Midwest Computational Linguistics Colloquium.

1515.

G40

Swahili

English-Swahili vocabulary quizzes.

1516.

G40

Swahili

Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson. Swahili grammar notes. The

Yale Program in African Languages.

1517.

G40

Swahili

Geider, Thomas (2003). A bibliography of Swahili literature, linguistics,

culture, and history. Swahili Forum, 10. Institut für Ethnologie und

Afrikastudien, Johannes Gutenberg Universität Mainz. 110 pp.

1518.

G40

Swahili

Gibson, Graig (2007) Digital dialects: Swahili: interactive language learning.

www.digitaldialects.com/Swahili.htm

1519.

G40

Swahili

Goldklang, Harold A. (1967). “Current Swahili newspaper terminology”,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 37.2: 194-224.

1520.

G40

Swahili

Goyvaerts, D. L. (1972). "Ordered rules and the morphophonemics of the N-

class in Swahili", York Papers in Linguistics, 2: 143-157.

1521.

G40

Swahili

Haig-Houssikian (1970). “The identity of nominal, verbal and adjectival roots

in Swahili”, Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 40.1: 53-

259

59.

1522.

G40

Swahili

Henderson, Brent (2005). Swahili morphosyntax and PF evidence for phases.

University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

1523.

G40

Swahili

Henderson, Brent (2006). Syntactic and PF inversion in Bantu. University of

Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

1524.

G40

Swahili

Hillewaert, Sarah & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver. Kiswahili (Swahili) -

English Dictionary.

1525.

G40

Swahili

Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1975). "A reconstructed chronology pg loss: Swahili

class 9/10", in Robert K. Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the 6

th

Conference on

African Linguistics. Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus: Ohio

State University. 32-46.

1526.

G40

Swahili

Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1996). "What kind of language is Swahili?", AAP,

47: 73-95.

1527.

G40

Swahili

Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah Mirza. Swahili pronunciation. The Yale

Program in African Languages.

1528.

G40

Swahili

H-Swahili, an H-Net forum for Swahili language and culture.

1529.

G40

Swahili

Hurskainen, Arvi (1992). “A two-level computer formalism for the analysis

of Bantu morphology: an application to Swahili”, Nordic Journal of African

Studies, 1.1: 87-119.

1530.

G40

Swahili

Hurskainen, Arvi (2004). “Swahili language manager: a storehouse for

developing multiple computational applications”, Nordic Journal of

African Studies, 13.3: 363-397.

1531.

G40

Swahili

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1532.

G40

Swahili

Karangwa, Jean de Dieu (2003). “Le kiswahili à l’épreuve de la modernité”,

Cahiers du Rifal, 23: 84-100.

1533.

G40

Swahili

Kiango, John G. (2003). “Syntactic analysis of Swahili verbal expressions”,

Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages

and Literatures, 3: 64-90.

1534.

G40

Swahili

Kiango, John G. (2003). “Syntactic classification of Swahili verbal

expressions”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and

African Languages and Literatures, 3: 20-40.

1535.

G40

Swahili

Kiango, John G. (2005). “Tanzania’s historical contribution to the recognition

and promotion of Swahili”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on

Asian and African Languages and Literatures, 5: 157-166.

1536.

G40

Swahili

Kipacha, Ahmad (2006). “The impact of morphological alternation of subject

markers on tense/aspect: the case of Swahili”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics,

43: 81-96.

1537.

G40

Swahili

Kimani, S.R. (1971). “Problems in Swahili use and phonology”, Swahili:

Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 41.1: 94-99.

1538.

G40

Swahili

Knappert, Jan (1983). “Swahili songs with double entendre”, Afrika und

Übersee, 66: 67-76.

1539.

G40

Swahili

Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (2002). “Constraints and processes:

evidence from Bemba, Herero and Swahili”, SOAS Working Papers in

Linguistics and Phonetics, 10:. 91-102.

1540.

G40

Swahili

Ladefoged., Peter. Vowels and consonants: Swahili vowels. Sound files

hosted at the UCLA Phonetics Lab.

1541.

G40

Swahili

Lambert, H. E. (1965). “The archaic perfect tense in Swahili”, Swahili:

Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 35.1: 73-74.

1542.

G40

Swahili

Legère, Karsten (2003). “Plant names from North Zanzibar”, Africa & Asia:

Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and

Literatures, 3: 123-146

1543.

G40

Legère, Karsten (2006). “Formal and informal development of the Swahili

260

Swahili

language: focus on Tanzania”, in Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A.

Pemberton, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on

African Linguistics: Shifting the Center of Africanism in Language Politics

and Economic Globalization. 176-184.

1544.

G40

Swahili

-

Zanzibar

Lemaire, Charles (1897). Vocabulaire Pratique Français-Anglais-Zanzibarite

(Swahili)-Fiote-Kibangi-Irebou-Mongo-Bangala. Bruxelles: Imprimeria

Scientifique Ch. Bulens. 60 p.

1545.

G40

Swahili

Lindfors, Anna-Lena (2003). Tense and aspect in Swahili. Department of

Linguistics and Philology, Uppsala University.

1546.

G40

Swahili

Lindfors, Anna-Lena (2003). The ku marker in Swahili. Department of

Linguistics and Philology, Uppsala University.

1547.

G40

Swahili

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2001). “Aspiration in Swahili adjectives and verbs”,

Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages

and Literatures, 3: 155-160..

1548.

G40

Swahili

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2001). “The suffixes –fu and –vu in Swahili: A

preliminary analysis”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian

and African Languages and Literatures, 1: 35-39.

1549.

G40

Swahili

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2002). “Verbal extensions in Bantu: the case of Swahili

and Nyamwezi”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and

African Languages and Literatures, 2: 4-26.

1550.

G40

Swahili

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2004). “Strategies of emphasis and intensity in

Swahili”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African

Languages and Literatures, 4: 142-150..

1551.

G40

Swahili

MacWilliam, Anita (1988). “Expanding Swahili lexicon by means of Bantu

languages“, Meta: Journal des Traducteurs, 33.4: 577-579.

1552.

G40

Swahili

Madan, A.C. (1903). Swahili-English Dictionary. Oxford at the Clarendon

Press. 486 p.

1553.

G40

Swahili

Madoshi, F.F. (1971). “The meaning of the word “kiswahili””, Swahili:

Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 41.1: 89-93.

1554.

G40

Swahili

Maganga, C. (1971). “Kiswahili verbs cluster”, Swahili: Journal of the

Institute of Swahili Research, 41.1: 63-66.

1555.

G40

Swahili

Maral-Hanak, Irma (2005). “Swahili-English codeswitching in development

communication in Tanzania: an obstacle for participatory development?”,

Occasional Paper 2. Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität Wien.

1556.

G40

Swahili

Marten, Lutz (1998). "Swahili -kwisha: sketching the path of

grammaticalization", SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics and Phonetics,

8: 141-163.

1557.

G40

Swahili

Marten, Lutz (2000). “Agreement with conjoined noun phrases in Swahili”,

Afrikanistische Arbeitspapere, 64: 75-96.

1558.

G40

Swahili

Marten, Lutz (2002). “A lexical treatment of stem markers in Swahili”,

Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere, 72: 87-100.

1559.

G40

Swahili

Marten, Lutz (2003). “The dynamics of Bantu applied verbs: an analysis at

the syntax-pragmatics interface”, in Kézié K. Lébikaza, ed. Actes du 3

e

Congrès mondial de Linguistique Africaine. Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

1560.

G40

Swahili

Marten, Lutz (2005). “The dynamics of agreement and conjunction”, Lingua,

115: 527-547.

1561.

G40

Swahili

Marten, Lutz & Ruth Kempson. “Pronouns, agreement, and the dynamic

construction of verb phrase interpretation: a dynamic syntax approach to

Bantu clause structure”, Linguistic Analysis, 32: 471-504.

1562.

G40

Swahili

Meeussen, A. E. (1967). “Notes on Swahili prosody”, Swahili: Journal of the

Institute of Swahili Research, 37.2: 166-170.

1563.

G40

Swahili

Mensah, J. K. (1995). “Swahili journalistic language: a linguistic study”,

Nordic Journal of African Studies, 4.2: 93-102.

1564.

G40

Mhina, George A. (1967). “Style in Swahili”,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute

261

Swahili

of Swahili Research, 37.2: 189-191.

1565.

G40

Swahili

Mhina, George A. (1976). Language planning in Tanzania: Focus on

KiSwahili. UNESCO Report, ref. ED-76/WS/29.

1566.

G40

Swahili

Mkelle, M. B. (1971). “Change in content and meaning of words”, Swahili:

Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 41.1: 100-105.

1567.

G40

Swahili

Mwita, Leonard Chacha (2007). “Prenasalization and the IPA”, UCLA

Working Papers in Phonetics, 106: 58-67.

1568.

G40

Swahili

Mohamed, Mohamed A. (1995). Dictionary making: a case of Kiswahili

dictionaries.

1569.

G40

Swahili

Mohammed, Abdul Ghany & Kassim A. Abdullah. Introductory Kiswahili

lessons.

1570.

G40

Swahili

Momanyi, Clara (2007). “Patriarchal symbolic order: the syllables of power

as accentuated in Waswahili poetry”, Journal of Pan African Studies, 1.8:

12-21.

1571.

G40

Sw

ahili

Moshi, Lioba (2006). “The globalization world languages: the case of

Kiswahili”, in Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A. Pemberton, Eds.

Selected Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics:

Shifting the Center of Africanism in Language Politics and Economic

Globalization. 166-175.

1572.

G40

Swahili

Mpiranya, Fidèle (1995). Swahili Phonology Reconsidered in a Diachronical

Perspective : The Impact of Stress on Morphophonemics and Syllable

Structure. East African Languages and Dialects. Vol. 4. Köln: Rüdiger

Koppe Verlag. 87 p.

1573.

G40

Swahili

Msanjila, Yohana P. (2005). “Problems of writing in Kiswahili: a case study

of Kigurunyembe and Morogoro secondary schools in Tanzania”, Nordic

Journal of African Studies, 14. 1: 15-25.

1574.

G40

Swahili

Mukuthuria, Mwenda (2006). “Kiswahili and its expanding roles of

development in East African cooperation: a case of Uganda”, Nordic

Journal of African Studies, 15: 154-165.

1575.

G40

Swahili

Mwansoko, H. J. M. (2003). “Swahili in academic writing”, Nordic Journal

of African Studies, 12.3: 265-276.

1576.

G40

Swahili

Mwihaki, Alice (2004). “Meaning as use: a functional view of semantics and

pragmatics”, Swahili Forum, 11: 127-129.

1577.

G40

Swahili

Natalis, Ernest (1960). La Langue Swahilie: Cours Méthodique. Liège:

Editions FULREAC, Université de Liège.

1578.

G40

Swahili

Ng’ang’a, Wanjiku (2003). “Semantic analysis of Kiswahili words using the

self organizing map”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 12.3: 405-423.

1579.

G40

Swahili

Ng’ang’a, Wanjiku (2005). Word sense disambiguation of Swahili: extending

Swahili language technology with machine learning. Dissertation.

University of Helsinki.

1580.

G40

Swahili

Ngonyani, Deo (1995). Towards a typology of applicatives in Bantu.

1581.

G40

Swahili

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) [CBOLD]. Swahili. Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1582.

G40

Swahili

Ogwana, John C. (2001). “Swahili yesterday, today, and tomorrow: factors of

its development and expansion”, Zeitschrift für Kulturwissenschaften, 11.

1583.

G40

Swahili

Okombo, Duncan Okoth & John Hamu Habwe (2007) “Pragmatic strategies

in the use of Kiswahili demonstratives”, Swahili Forum, 14: 81-88.

1584.

G40

Swahili

Online dictionary of Tanzanian Swahili.

1585.

G40

Swahili

Online English to Swahili to English Dictionary

.

1586.

G40

Swahili

Online English to Swahili to English Dictionary.

1587.

G40

Pan-African glossary of sports - Msamiati wa kiafrika yote wa michezo.

262

Swahili

Agence Intergouvernementale de la Francophonie (AIF).

1588.

G40

Swahili

Park, Jae-Ick (1997). “Disyllabic requirement in Swahili morphology”,

University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics, 4.2.

1589.

G40

Swahili

Parker, Beverly L. (1967). “Musical analysis of specimens of two Swahili

metres”, Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 37.2: 180-

188.

1590.

G40

Swahili

Parker, Philip M. Swahili English dictionary.

1591.

G40

Swahili

Petzell, Malin (2005). “Expanding the Swahili vocabulary”, Africa & Asia:

Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African Languages and

Literatures, 5: 85-107.

1592.

G40

Swahili

Podobinska, Zofia (2004). “Un couple polono-tanzanien serait-il heureux?

Recherches dans le domaine de la communication interculturelle”, Swahili

Forum, 11: 141-169.

1593.

G40

Swahili

Polomé, Edgar (?). “Geographical differences in lexical usage in Swahili”,

Zeitschrift für Mundartforschung, 4. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.

1594.

G40

Prins, A. H. J. (1970). A Swahili Nautical Dictionary. Dar Es Salaam,

Tanzania.

1595.

G40

Swahili

Reuster-Jahn, Uta & Roland Kiessling (2006). “Lugha ya Mitaani in

Tanzania: the poetics and sociology of a young urban style of speaking,

with a dictionary comprising 1100 words and phrases”, Swahili Forum, 13.

Johannes Gutenberg University, Mainz

1596.

G40

Swahili

Ricard, Alan 1988. “Le ‘kiswahili du monde’ en Tanzanie”, Politique

Africaine, 32: 95-98.

1597.

G40

Swahili

Riddle, Elizabeth (1975). "Relational grammar and some aspects of Swahili

syntax", in Robert K. Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the 6

th

Conference on

African Linguistics. Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus: Ohio

State University. 260-269

1598.

G40

Swahili

Rugemalira, Joséphat (1993) [CBOLD]. Swahili Wordlist (1.400 items)

1599.

G40

Swahili

Rupper, Fr. G. (1965). “Suggested list of terms for stars and constellations”,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 35.1: 75-76.

1600.

G40

Swahili

Russell, Joan (1992). “From reanalysis to convergence: Swahili-Amba”, York

Papers in Linguistics, 16: 121-138.

1601.

G40

Swahili

Saloné, Sukari B (2003). Event Semantics, Typeshifting and Passive in

Swahili.

1602.

G40

Swahili

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989). "The three relative constructions in Swahili

Kisanifu", Le swahili et ses Limites. Editions Recherches sur les

Civilisations. 8 p.

1603.

G40

Swahili

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1990).”Schon-noch-nicht-mehr: das Unerwartete als

grammatische Kategorie im Kiswahili “, Frankfurter Afrikanistische

Blätter, 2: 1-15.

1604.

G40

Swahili

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1991). “Historical inferences from Swahili

etymologies”, Unwritten Testimonies of the African Past. Orientalia

Varsoviensia. Varsovia, Polônia: Uniwersytet Warszawski

. 19 p.

1605.

G40

Swahili

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1997). “Die Swahili-talen van Mozambique”,

Mededelingen van de Afdeling Letterkunde, Koninklijke Nederlandsche

Akademie van Wetenschappen, 60: 57-84.

1606.

G40

Swahili

Seidl, Amanda & Alexis Dimitriadis (2003). “Statives and reciprocal

morphology in Swahili”, in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. 239-

284.

1607.

G40

Swahili

Sewangi, Seleman (2001). Computer-assisted extraction of terms in specific

domains: the case of Swahili. Dissertation. University of Helsinki.

1608.

G40

Steere, Edward & A. C. Madan (1884). A Handbook of the Swahili Language

263

Swahili

as spoken in Zanzibar. London: Society for Promoting Christian

Knowledge. 491 p.

1609.

G40

Swahili

Stegen, Oliver (2005). “Developing Bantu language descriptions in Swahili:

strengthening both Tanzanian vernaculars and Swahili in education”, The

SACHES Conference. University of Dar es Salaam.

1610.

G40

Swahili

Stigand, Chauncy Hugh (1915). A Grammar of Dialectic Changes in

the Kiswahili Language. Cambridge University Press. 128 p.

1611.

G40

Swahili

Swahili advanced computer applications. Bisharat discussion board.

1612.

G40

Swahili

The Internet Living Swahili Dictionary by the Kamusi Project, Yale

University.

1613.

G40

Swahili

Thompson, Katrina Daly & Antonia Folarin Schleicher. Swahili learners’

reference Grammar. National African Language Resource Center,

University of Wisconsin-Madison.

1614.

G40

Swahili

Tosco, Maddalena & Simon Sewangi (2005). “Discovering usage patterns for

the Swahili amba-relative forms cl. 16, 17, 18: using corpus data to support

autonomous learning of Kiswahili by Italian speakers”, Nordic Journal of

African Studies, 14.3: 274-317.

1615.

G40

Swahili

Vessela, Nino. Corso introduttivo di swahili.

1616.

G40

Swahili

Wager, Janet S. (1975). "A constraint on complements in Swahili", in Robert

K. Herbert, Ed. Proceedings of the 6

th

Conference on African Linguistics.

Working Papers in Linguistics, 20. Columbus: Ohio State University. 32-46.

1617.

G40

Swahili

WebVerbix On-Line Conjugator for Swahili.

1618.

G40

Swahili

Woolford, Ellen (1999). “Animacy hierarchy effects on object agreement”, in

Paul Kotey., ed. New Dimensions in African Linguistics. Africa World

Press.203-216.

1619.

G40

Swahili

Zahran, Mohammed (2001). “Instructing Kiswahili for foreign aid workers:

Nordic experiences”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian

and African Languages and Literatures, 1: 79-83.

1620.

G40

Swahili

Zahran, Mohammed. Your introductory Kiswahili course.

1621.

G40e

Sheng

Bosire, Mokaya (2006). “Hybrid Languages: The Case of Sheng”, in

Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A. Pemberton, Eds. Selected Proceedings

of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Shifting the Center of

Africanism in Language Politics and Economic Globalization. 185-183,

1622.

G40e

Sheng

Bosire, Mokaya (2009). "What Makes a Sheng Word Unique? Lexical

Manipulation in Mixed Languages", in Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds.

Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on African Linguistics:

Linguistic Research and Languages in Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings

Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 77-85.

1623.

G40f

Katang.Swah.

Fabian, Johannes (2001). “Vocabulaire de ville de Elisabethville: A history of

Elisabethville from its beginning to 1965, compiled and written by André

Yav”, Journal of Language and Popular Culture in Africa, Archives of

Popular Swahili. 4,1. http://www.abbol.com/

1624.

G40g

Congo Swah

Mertens, Fernand (2001). Dictionnaire Bbadha-Swahili-Français. Annales

Sciences Humaines 49. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique

Centrale. 422 p.

1625.

G40h

Mwanza

Swahili

Madoshi, (1971). “Kiswahili words peculiar to Mwanza”, Swahili: Journal

of the Institute of Swahili Research, 41.1: 89-93.

1626.

G401

Mgao

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1627.

G403

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

264

Mwani

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1628.

G403

Mwani

Bleek, Wilhelm H.I. (1856) The Languages of Mosambique: Vocabularies of

the Dialects of Lourenzo Marques, Inhambane, Sofala, Tette, Sena,

Quellimane, Mosambique, Cape Delgado, Anjoane, the Maravi, Mudasu,

etc. Harrison & Sons.

1629.

G403

Mwani

Petzell, Malin (2002). “A sketch of Kimwani: A minority language in

Mozambique”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and

African Languages and Literatures, 2: 88-100

1630.

G403

Mwani

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1994). “KiMwani at the southern fringe of KiSwahili”,

in Mixed Languages. Instituut voor Functioneel Onderzoel van Taal en

Taalgebruik (IFOTT).

1631.

G405

Siddi Índia

Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y. (2008). “Linguistic evidence of Bantu origins of the

Sidis of India”, in Kiran Kamal Prasad & Jean-Pierre Angenot, eds. TADIA,

The African Diaspora in Asia: Explorations on a less Known Fact.

Bangalore, India: Jana Jagrati Prakashana. 302-313.

1632.

G41

Tikuu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1633.

G41

Tikuu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1634.

G42aa

Amu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1635.

G42ab

Siu

Eastman, Carol M. & Farouk M. Topan (1966). “The Siu: Notes on the people

and their language”, Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research,

36.2: 22-48

1636.

G42ab

Siu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1637.

G42ac

Pate

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1638.

G42b

Mvita

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1639.

G42d

Unguja

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1640.

G42f

Fundi

Lambert, H. E. (1965). “Some initiation songs of the Southern Swahili Coast”,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 35.1: 49-67.

1641.

G42h

Vumba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1642.

G42h

Vumba

Lambert, H. E. (1963). “A story in Kivumba”, Swahili: Journal of the Institute

of Swahili Research, 33.2: 21-23.

1643.

G42h

Vumba

Lambert, H. E. (1965). “Some initiation songs of the Southern Swahili Coast”,

Swahili: Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 35.1: 49-67.

1644.

G43a

Pemba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1645.

G43a

Pemba

Beech, Mervyn W. H. (?). "Magic in Pemba", Aids to the Study of Kiswahili.

Four Studies. New York: Kegan, Paul, Trench, Trübner & Limited 184 p.

1646.

G43c

Makundushi

(="Hadimu")

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1647.

G43c

Makundushi

(="Hadimu

Chum, Haji (1963). “A story in Kivumba”, Swahili: Journal of the Institute of

Swahili Research, 33.2: 123-124.

265

1648.

G43c

Makundushi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1649.

G43d

Ngome

Kipacha, Ahmadi (2004). “Kingome-English lexicon”, Swahili Forum, 11:

179-209.

1650.

G43d

Ngome

Kipacha, Ahmadi (2005). “An ethno-linguistics perspective on Kingome

Swahili narrative texts”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 14.3: 356-367.

1651.

G43c

Makundushi

(="Hadimu")

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1652.

G44

Comorian

Philippson G. (2005). “Pitch accent in Comorian and Proto-Sabaki Tones”, in

K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative

Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 199-220.

1653.

G44a

Ngazija

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1654.

G44a

Ngazija

Cassimjee, Farida & Charles W. Kisseberth (1997). Optimal Domains Theory

and Bantu Tonology: A Case Study from Isixhosa and Shingazidja. Rutgers

Optimal Archive ROA-176.

1655.

G44a

Ngazija

Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1977). "Recherches

sur l’instrumentalisation du comorien: problèmes de adaptation lexicale,

d’après la version comorienne de la loi du 23 novembre 1974

"

, Cahiers

d’Etudes Africaines, 17: 213-239.

1656.

G44a

Ngazija

CRDO. Ngazija on-line. Paris: CNRS / Centre de Ressources pour la

Description de l'Oral.

1657.

G44a

Ngazija

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1658.

G44a

Ngazija

Mohamed, El-Anrifou Abdou.. Grammaire du shingazidja

1659.

G44a

Ngazija

Mohamed, El-Anrifou Abdou. Shingazidja grammar notes, English-

Shingazidja word list and Shingazidja-English word list.

1660.

G44a

Ngazija

Mohamed, El-Anrifou Abdou. Lexique shingazidja-francais.

1661.

G44a

Ngazija

Robi, Marie-Françoise. Ngazidja texts and sound files. Hosted at the CRDO

(Centre de Ressources pour la Description de l’Oral).

1662.

G44a

Nga

zija

WebVerbix On-Line. Conjugator for Comorian (Shingazidja).

1663.

G44b

Njuani

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1664.

G44b

Njuani

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1665.

G44c

Mwali

Liphol

a, Marcelino (2009) "Tom em kimwani", Proceedings of the 9

th

LASU

Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa Universitária (UEM). 79-98.

1666.

G44c

Mwali

Petzell, Malin (2002). «

A sketch of kimwani, a minority language of

Mozambique », Göteborg University, Africa & Asia,2 : 88-110.

1667.

G44c

Mwali

Rey, Véronique (1994). “Première approche du mwali”, Africana Linguistica

11, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 169-176.

1668.

G44d

Maore

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1669.

G44d

Maore

Rombi, Marie-Françoise. Maore Texts and Sound Files. Hosted at the CRDO

(Centre de Ressources pour la Description de l’Oral).

1670.

G45

Mwanza

Madoshi, (1971). “The development and consolidation of Kiswahili in

266

Swahili

regions around Lake Victoria (Mara, Mwanza, West Lake)”, Swahili:

Journal of the Institute of Swahili Research, 41.1: 75-81.

1671.

G51

Pogolo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1672.

G51

Pogolo

Marten, Lutz (2003). “The dynamics of Bantu applied verbs: an analysis at

the syntax-pragmatics interface”, in Kézié K. Lébikaza, ed. .Actes du 3

e

Congrès mondial de Linguistique africaine. Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

1673.

G51

Pogolo

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Pogoro Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1674.

G52

Ndamba

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Ndamba Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1675.

G61

Sango

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1676.

G61

Sango

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Sangu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1677.

G62

Hehe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1678.

G62

Hehe

Morison, Michelle (2009). “Homorganic NC sequences in Kibena: Pre-

nasalized consonants, consonant clusters, or something else?”, Rice Working

Papers in Linguistics, 1: 222-241.

1679.

G62

Hehe

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Hehe Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1680.

G63

Bena

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1681.

G63

Bena

Morrison, Michelle (2009). " Homorganic NC sequences in Kibena: Pre-

nasalized consonants, consonant clusters, or something else?", Rice

Working Papers in Linguistics. 1: 223-241.

1682.

G63

Bena

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Bena Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1683.

G64

Pangwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1684.

G64

Pangwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Pangwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1685.

G65

Kinga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1686.

G65

Kinga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1687.

G65

Kinga

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kinga Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1688.

G65

Kinga

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1969). “Die Sippentabus der Kinga”, Zeitschrift für

Religions- und Geistesgeschichte, 12: 34-41.

1689.

G65

Kinga

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1973). “Kinga: A restricted tone system”, Studies in

African Linguistics, 4.1: 22-47.

1690.

G66

Wanji

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Wanji Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1691.

G67

Kisi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1692.

G67

Kisi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kisi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

267

Zona H

1693.

H

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1960). Les Langues Bantu du Nord-ouest: Etat des

Connaissances, Perspectives de la Recherche. Institut d’Etudes

Congolaises.

1694.

H

G

eral

Jacquot, André (1991). « Le nom de la houe dans les langues bantoues du

nord-ouest: implications historiques », Cahiers des Sciences Humaines, 27:

561-576.

1695.

H

G

eral

Homburger, Lilias (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot. Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues (Kwambi-R23, Bailundu-R11f, Chokwe-K11, Ngangela-

K12b, Nyaneka-R13, Ndonga-R22, Luyi-K31, Mbundu-H21, Kwanyama-

R21, Herero-R31, Humbe-R10). Paris: imprimerie Nationale.

1696.

H10a

Kituba

Swartenbroeckx, Pierre (1973). Dictionaire Kikongo et Kituba – Français.

Bandundu: CEEBA Publications.

1697.

H10b

Mun

u

kut

u

b

a

Chanard, C. (2006). Munukutuba - système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets

des langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et

Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

1698.

H10b

Mun

u

kut

u

b

a

Maniacky, Jacky. Dictionary of Congo-Brazzaville national languages -

Munukutuba, Lingala

1699.

H11

Bembe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1700.

H11

Bembe

Jacquot, André (1960). Notes sur la Phonologie du Beembe. .

1701.

H11

Bembe

Jacquot, André (1962). « Notes sur la phonologie du beembe », Journal of

African Languages, 1: 232-242.

1702.

H11

Bembe

Jacquot, André (1981). Etudes Beembe: Esquisse linguistique, Devinettes et

Proverbes. Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer

(ORSTOM). 106 p.

1703.

H11

Bembe

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1996) [CBOLD]. Kibeembe wordlist (450 items)

1704.

H11

Bembe

Pepper, Herbert (1954). “Essai de définition d’une grammaire musicale noire

d’après des notations empruntées à un inventaire babembe”, Problèmes

d’Afrique Centrale, 26.4: 1-12.

1705.

H11

Bembe

Philippson, Gérard & Pierre Boungou (1999). “Elements de tonologie

beembe”, in Jean-Alain Blanchon and Denis Creissels, eds. Issues in Bantu

Tonology. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 83-107.

1706.

H111

Hangala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1707.

H111

Hangala

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1996) [CBOLD]. Kihangala wordlist (500

items)

1708.

H112b

Doondo

Nsiloulou, Antoine (2009). Etude Comparative de la Classification nominale

du Lingala et du Kongo, Variété Dondo. Luanda: Universidade Agostinho

Neto. 82 p.

1709.

H12

Vili

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1710.

H12

Vili

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984). « Présentation du Yi-Lumbu dans ses rapports

avec le Yi-Punu et le Ci-Vili à travers un conte traditionnel », Pholia , 1: 7-

35

1711.

H12

Vili

Blanchon, Jean Alain (2000). “Bipartition des noms polysyllabiques réflexes

du type tonal *BH dans les zones B40 e H12”, Journal of African

Languages and Linguistics, 21 : 123-134.

268

1712.

H12

Vili

Dello, Jean & Bernard Seret (1994). “Glossaire des noms de poissons de mer

en langue vili (Congo)”, Africana Linguistica 12, Tervuren: Annales du

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 49-52.

1713.

H12

Vili

Institut des Langues Nationales au Kouilou I.LA.LOK (2008) Dictionnaire

Vili-Français. Paris: L’Harmattan. 232 pp.

1714.

H12

Vili

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1715.

H12

Vili

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1996) [CBOLD]. Civili Wordlist (500 items)

1716.

H12

Vili

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1717.

H12b

Vili

-

Mayumba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1718.

H13

Kunyi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1719.

H131

Sundi

-

Kifouma

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1720.

H132

Sundi

-

Kimongo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1721.

H133

Sundi

-

Boko

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1722.

H134

Sundi

-

Bokoso

ngho

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1723.

H135

Sundi

-

Mavunda

-

Ndemvu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1724.

H14/15

Kongo

Cabinda

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1725.

H16

Kongo

Anonymous (1964). Leçons de Kikongo par des Bakongo.

1726.

H16

Kongo

Cannecattim, Bernardo Maria de (1859). Collecções de Observações

Grammaticais sobre a Língua Bunda ou Angolense e Dicionário Abreviado

da Lingua Congueza. Lisboa: Imprensa Nacional. 204 p.

1727.

H16

Kongo

Bittremieux, Leo (1943). “De spraakkundige prefixen en het wegwallen van

sommige prefixen in het Kikongo”, Aequatoria, 6: 104-111.

1728.

H16

Bittremieux, Leo (1944). “De spraakkundige prefixen in het Kikongo”,

Aequatoria, 7: 1-13, 81-88, 136.

1729.

H16

Kongo

Bouquet, Armand & André Jacquot (1967). « Essai de géographie linguistique

sur quelques plantes médicinales du Congo-Brazzaville », Cahiers de

l’Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer, série

sciences humaines, 4: 4-35.

1730.

H16

Kongo

Coene, A. (1960). Kikongo: Notions grammaticales et Vocabulaire.

Français-

Kikongo-Néerlandais-Latin. 102 p.

1731.

H16

Kongo

Daeleman, Jan (1958). « Dag-en jaarverdeling bij de bakoongo », Aequatoria,

21: 98-101.

1732.

H16

Daeleman, Jan (1959). “Verkorting en “viermoren-wet” in het Kikóongo”,

269

Kongo

Aequatoria, 22: 93-97.

1733.

H16

Kongo

Decapmaker, J. (1954). « L’emploi du passif dans les langues des bakongo

»,

Aequatoria, 17: 28-30.

1734.

H16

Kongo

De Clercq, E. P. L. (1939). De Bakongo in hun Taal: Spreekwoorden en

Fabels. Brussels: Vromant & C

0

.

1735.

H16

Kongo

Dereau, Léon (1955). Cours de Kikongo. Namur, Belgium: Maison d’Editions

Ad. Wesmael-Charlier. 232 p.

1736.

H16

Kongo

Dereau, Léon (1957). Lexique Kikôngo-Français Français-Kikôngo. Namur,

Belgium: Maison d’Editions Ad. Wesmael-Charlier. 116 p.

1737.

H16

Kongo

Diarra, Boubacar (1985). Esboço Fonológico & Alfabeto: Kikoongo,

kimbundu, cokwe, umbundu, mbund, oxikwanyama.Luanda, Angola:

Instituto de Línguas Nacionais. 140 p.

1738.

H16

Kongo

INL (n.d.) Histórico sobre a Criação dos Alfabetos em Línguas Nacionais.

Luanda: INALD. 178 p.

1739.

H16

Kongo

Jacquot, André (1967). “Forme du pronom objet de 2

ème

personne du singulier

en ‘Kikongo’ “, Journal of African language, 6: 58-60.

1740.

H16

Kongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1741.

H16

Kongo

Laman, K. E. (1936). Dictionnaire Kikongo-Français, avec une Etude

Phonétique décrivant les dialectes les plus importants de la Langue dite

Kikongo. Institut Royal Colonial Belge. Bruxelles: Librairie Falk fils. 1183

p.

1742.

H16

Kongo

Lecomte S.J., Jean-Marie (1956). Lexique Gimbala-Français-Kikongo.

Eegenhoven, Belgique. 186 p.

1743.

H16

Kongo

Lumwamu, François (1968). "Remarques sur la détermination des classes

grammaticales dans une langue à classes

"

, Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 8:

535-546.

1744.

H16

Kongo

Lumwamu, François (1970). "Sur les classes nominales et le nombre dans une

langue bantu

"

, Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 10: 489-529.

1745.

H16

Kongo

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1746.

H16

Kongo

Mahieu, Wauthier de (1962). « Un cas isolé de click en langue Kongo »,

Aequatoria, 25: 19-20.

1747.

H16

Kongo

Masembo, Mfumukanda M. (n.d). Dictionnaire de Poche. 65 p.

1748.

H16

Kongo

Masuka, A. (1946). "Proverbes bakongo", Aequatoria, 9:: 1-6.

1749.

H16

Kongo

MacGaffey, Wyatt (1988). "Complexity, astonishment and power: The visual

vocabulary of Kongo minkisi", Journal of Southern African Studies. Special

Issue on Culture and Consciousness in Southern Africa. 4. 2: 188-203.

1750.

H16

Kongo

Rwanika, Mwisha et alii (1986). Kikongo. Livre du Formateur. Bukavu, Zaïre

: Peace Corps. 194 p.

1751.

H16

Kongo

Swartenbroeckx, Pierre (1973). Dictionaire Kikongo et Kituba – Français.

Bandundu: CEEBA Publications.

1752.

H16

Kongo

Van Roy, Hubert (1959). “De godservaring bij de bakongo”, Aequatoria, 22:

132-143.

1753.

H16

Kongo

Van Roy, Hubert (1963). Proverbes Kongo. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l´Afrique Centrale.

1754.

H16

Kongo

Walker, Rachel, Narineh Hacopian & Mariko Taki (2002). "Nasal consonant

speech errors: Implications for "similarity" and nasal harmony at a distance".

Journal of Acousical. Society of America, 112.

7 p.

1755.

H16

Kongo

Witte, J. de (1953). "Une nouvelle grammaire du Kikongo ", Aequatoria, 16:

69-72.

270

1756.

H16aa

Kongo

-Sul

-

Sikongo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1757.

H16aa

Kongo

-Sul

-

Sikongo

Bentley, W. Holman (1887). Appendix to the Dictionary and Grammar of the

Kongo language, as spoken at San Salvador, Capital of the Old Kongo

Empire. London: Trübner & Co. 723 p.

1758.

H16aa

Kongo Sul

-

Sikongo

Bentley, W. Holman (1895). Appendix to the Dictionary and Grammar of the

Kongo language, as spoken at San Salvador. London: Kegan P., Trübner &

Co. 724 - 1055

1759.

H16aa

Kongo Sul

-

Sikongo

Cannecattim, Bernardo Maria de (1859). Collecções de Observações

Grammaticais sobre a Língua Bunda ou Angolense e Dicionário Abreviado

da Lingua Congueza. Lisboa: Imprensa Nacional. 204 p.

1760.

H16aa

Kongo Sul

-

Sikongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1761.

H1

6aa

Kongo Sul

-

Sikongo

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1762.

H16ab

Kongo Sul

-

Mboma

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1763.

H16ac

Kongo Sul

-

Songo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1764.

H16ad

Kongo Sul

-

Solongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1765.

H16ad

Kongo Sul

-

Solongo

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1766.

H16ad

Kongo Sul

-

Solongo

Tavares, José Lourenço (1915). 182 p. Gramática da Língua do Congo

(Kikongo): Dialecto Kisolongo. Loanda: Imprensa Nacional de Angola. 182

p.

1767.

H16ad

Kongo Sul

-

Solongo

Troesch, J. (1962). « Le royaume de Soyo », Aequatoria, 25: 95-100.

1768.

H16ba

Kongo Centro

-

Sundi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1769.

H

16ba

Kongo

Centro

-

Sundi

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1996) [CBOLD]. Kisuundi wordlist (550 items)

1770.

H16bc

Kongo Centro

-

Manyanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1771.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1772.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Bittremieux, Leo (1922). Mayombsch Idioticon. Gent: Drukkerij Erasmus.

1773.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Bittremieux, Leo (1943). “Inleiding op een mayombsch kruidwoordenboek”,

Aequatoria, 6: 79-83.

1774.

H16c

Kongo

-

Bittremieux, Leo (1945). “Oude voornamen in Mayombe”, Aequatoria, 8: 81-

87.

271

Yombe

1775.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noel Nguimbi Mabiala (1993). « Défini,

référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique », Pholia, 8: 7-26.

1776.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

de Clercq, L. (1921). Grammaire du Kiyombe. Bruxelles: Goemare,

Imprimeur du Roi. 92 p.

1777.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1778.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1994) « Perception de la maladie chez les

bayoombi (Congo) », Pholia, 9: 41-73

1779.

H16c

Yombe

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1994) [CBOLD]. Yoombe Wordlist (2.100

items)

1780.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Meeussen, A. E. & D. Ndembe (1964). "Principes de tonologie yombe (kongo

occidental)", Journal of African Languages, 3.2: 135-161.

1781.

H16c

Kongo

-

Yombe

Van Overbergh, C. & E. De Jonghe (1907). Les Mayombe (Etat Indépendent

du Congo). Bruxelles: Albert De Wit. 508 p.

1782.

H16ca

Kongo

-

Kymbi

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1996) [CBOLD]. Kymbi wordlist (850 items)

1783.

H16da

Kongo

-

Fiote

Dennett, Richard Edward (1898). Notes on the folklore of the fjort (French

Congo). London: The Folk-Lore Society. 258 p..

1784.

H16da

Kongo

-

Fiote

Lemaire, Charles (1897). Vocabulaire Pratique Français-Anglais-Zanzibarite

(Swahili)-Fiote-Kibangi/Irebou-Mongo-Bangala. Bruxelles: Imprimeria

Scientifique Ch. Bulens. 60 p.

1785.

H16da

Kongo

-

Fiote

Troesch, J. (1953). « La négation dans le dialecte fiote », Aequatoria, 16: 134-

136.

1786.

H16da

Kongo

-

Fiote

Visseq, Alexandre (1890). Dictionnaire Fiot-Français. Paris: Maison-Mère.

226 p.

1787.

H16dc

Kongo

-

Kakongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1788.

H16dc

Kongo

-

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1789.

H16e

Kongo

-

Bwend

e

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1790.

H16eba

Sonde

-

Kyaanza

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1791.

H16ebb

Sonde

-

Feshi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1792.

H16ebc

Sonde

-

Kiluwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1793.

H16ebd

Sonde

-

Gisoondi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1794.

H16f

Kongo

-

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

272

Laadi

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1795.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Blanchon, Jean Alain (1992). « Nouvel examen de la tonalité des noms en

laadi de Brazzaville », Pholia, 7: 7-22.

1796.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Grégoire, Claire (1976). “Les suffixes verbaux et les finales de la conjugaison

simple en laadi”, in A. Jacquot, A.E. Meeussen & C. Grégoire, eds. Etudes

Bantoues II. Paris: SELAF/CNRS.

1797.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1967). “La classification nominale comme système de

dérivation en laadi”, La Classification nominale dans le Langues négro-

africaines. Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique

1798.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1971). “Devinettes laadi annotées”, Etudes bantoues. Société

des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

1799.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1982) [CBOLD]. Laadi wordlist (9.000 items)

1800.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1982). Etude descriptive de la langue laadi. Université de

Lille 3.

1801.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1982). Lexique Laadi (Koongo). Oralité – Documents 3. Paris:

SELAF/ORSTOM. 265 p.

1802.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1982). Textes Laadi. Office de la Recherche Scientifique et

Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM). 486 p.

1803.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Jacquot, André (1985). Etudes Linguistiques Laadi. Office de la Recherche

Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM). 248 p.

1804.

H16f

Kongo

-

Laadi

Mabiala, Jean-Noel Nguimbi (1996) [CBOLD]. Cilaadi Wordlist (500 items)

1805.

H16gb

Kongo

-

Ntandu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1806.

H16gb

Kongo

-

Ntandu

Daeleman, Jan. (1983). “Tone-groups and tone-cases in a Bantu tone-

language”. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics, 60-61: 131-142.

1807.

H16gb

Kongo

-

Ntandu

Daeleman, Jan & A. E. Meeussen (1983) “The tonology of the noun in Kongo

(Ntandu)”, Africana Linguistica 9, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 137-148.

1808.

H16gb

Kongo

-

Ntandu

Daeleman, Jan & L. Pauwels (1983). “Notes d’ethnobotanique ntandu

(kongo)”, Africana Linguistica 9, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 149-256.

1809.

H16gb

Kongo

-

Ntandu

Goldsmith, John (1987) "Tone and accent, and getting the two together", in

Jon Aske et alii eds. Proceedings of the 13

th

Annual Meeting of the Berkeley

Linguistic Society. 88-104.

1810.

H16hb

Kongo SE

-

Zoombo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1811.

H21

kiMbundu

Arvanites, Linda (1976). "Kimbundu nominals: Tone patterns in two

contexts", in Larry M. Hyman, Ed. Studies in Bantu Tonology.Los Angeles:

University of Southern California. 132-140.

1812.

H21

k

iMbundu

Cannecattim, Bernardo Maria de (1859). Collecções de Observações

Grammaticais sobre a Língua Bunda ou Angolense e Dicionário Abreviado

da Lingua Congueza. Lisboa: Imprensa Nacional. 204 p.

1813.

H21

kiMbundu

Chatelain, Heli (1888-1889). Grammatica Elementar do Kimbundu ou Língua

de Angola. Genebra: Typographia de Charles Schuchardt. 221 p.

273

1814.

H21

kiMbundu

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

1815.

H21

kiMbundu

Chatelain, Heli (1894). "Bantu Notes and Vocabularies. No. III. The Ma-Iaka

and Their Language", Journal of the American Geographical Society of New

York, 26: 51-67.

1816.

H21

kiMbundu

Chatelain, Heli (1894) Fifty Tales with Ki-Mbundu Text Literal English

Translation, Introduction and Notes. Boston and New York: The American

Folk-Lore Society.

1817.

H21

kiMbundu

Diarra, Boubacar (1985). Esboço Fonológico & Alfabeto: Kikoongo,

kimbundu, cokwe, umbundu, mbund, oxikwanyama.Luanda, Angola:

Instituto de Línguas Nacionais. 140 p.

1818.

H21

kiMbundu

Dias, Pedro (1697/2006). Arte da Língua de Angola. Rio de Janeiro: Biblioteca

Nacional.

1819.

H21

kiMbundu

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

1820.

H21

kiMbundu

INL (n.d.) Histórico sobre a Criação dos Alfabetos em Línguas Nacionais.

Luanda: INALD. 178 p.

1821.

H21

kiMbundu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1822.

H21a

kiMbu

ndu-

Ngola

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1823.

H21b

kiMbu

ndu-

Mbamba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1824.

H21

kiMbundu

Kukanda, Vatomene (1974). Esquisse Grammaticale du Kimbundu.

Lubumbashi, R. D. do Congo: Université Nationale du Zaïre. 96 p.

1825.

H21

kiMbundu

Lopo, Júlio de Castro (1942). O Vocábulo “Loanda”: Subsídios Históricos.

Loanda: Tipografia Mondego. 20 p.

1826.

H21

kiMbundu

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1827.

H21

kiMbundu

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1828.

H21b

kiMbundu

-

Mbamba

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1829.

H21

kiMbundu

-

Musuko

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1830.

H21

kiMbundu

-

Ntemo

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1831.

H21ab

kiMbu

ndu-

Omumbuim

Maia, Antônio da Silva (1949). “Conto indígena em subdialecto omumbuim,

do dialecto quimbundo”, Mensário Administrativo. Colônia de Angola. 26-

27: 73-74.

1832.

H21

kiMbundu

Maia, Antônio da Silva (1961). Dicionário Complementar Português-

Kimbundu-Kikongo. Cucujães: Editorial Missões.

1833.

H21

kiMbundu

Maia, Antônio da Silva (1964). Lições de Gramática de Quimbundo

(Português e Banto): Dialecto Omumbuim. Luanda: Escola Tipográfica das

Missões, Cucujães

1834.

H21

Matta, J. D. Cordeiro da (1893). Ensaio de Diccionario Kimbundu-Portuguez.

274

kiMbundu

Lisboa: Casa Editora Antonio Maria Pereira. 176 p.

1835.

H21

kiMbundu

Nascimento, J. Pereira do (1907). Portuguez-Kimbundu. Huilla: Typographia

da Missão. 172 p.

1836.

H2

1

kiMbundu

Oliveira, Mário António Fernandes (1973). Línguas de Angola: O Quimbundo.

Lisboa: Revista “Ocidente”.

1837.

H21

kiMbundu

Warmenhoven, João (1994). Vocabulário da Língua do Kimbundo de Angola.

Gemert, Holanda: Missie Informatie Dienst. 99 p.

1838.

H22

Sa

ma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1839.

H23

Bolo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1840.

H24

Songo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1841.

H24

Songo

Pires, Alberto Augusto (1950). “Contos indígenas em dialecto songo”,

Mensário Administrativo. Colônia de Angola. 35-36: 51-52.

1842.

H301

Longo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1843.

H31

Yaka

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1844.

H31

Yaka

Chatelain, Heli (1894). "Bantu Notes and Vocabularies. No. III. The Ma-Iaka

and Their Language", Journal of the American Geographical Society of New

York, 26: 51-67.

1845.

H31

Yaka

Goldsmith, John (?) "Tone and accent, and getting the two together", 9 p.

1846.

H31

Yaka

Hyman, Larry M. (1997). Positional Prominence and the “prosodic trough” in

Yaka. Rutgers Optimal Archive ROA-225.

1847.

H31

Yaka

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1848.

H31

Yaka

Kidima, Lukowa (1990). "Tone and syntax in Kiyaka", in Inkelas, Sharon &

Draga Zec, Eds. The Phonology-Syntax Connection. Chicago: The

University of Chicago Press. 195-216.

1849.

H31

Yaka

Lamal, F. (1965). Basuku et Bayaka des Districts Kwango et Kwilu. Sciences

Humaines, 56. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 323

p.

1850.

H31

Yaka

Ruttenberg S.J., P. Lexique Yaka–Français Français-Yaka. Kinshasa. 343 p.

1851.

H32

Suku

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1852.

H32

Suku

Herroelen, P. (1957). « Commentaires sur « Quelques noms vernaculaires

d’animaux très communs au Congo belge en dialectes du groupe lingala et

en kisuku » von C. Lemmens et J. Pouchet », Aequatoria, 20, p .

1853.

H32

Suk

u

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1854.

H32

Suku

Lamal, F. (1965). Basuku et Bayaka des Districts Kwango et Kwilu. Sciences

Humaines, 56. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 323

p.

1855.

H32

Suku

Piper, Klaus (1977). Elemente des Suku: Zur Phonologie und Morphologie

einer Bantusprache. Leiden, Netherlands: PHd dissertation.

1856.

H34

Mbangala

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

1857.

H34

Mbangala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

275

1858.

H35

Shinji

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

1859.

H35

Shinji

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1860.

H35

Shinji

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

1861.

H42

Hungana

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1862.

H42

Hungana

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

Zona J

1863.

J

G

eral

Cleire, R. (1942). “Talen rond het Kivu-Meer”, Aequatoria, 5: 44.

1864.

J

G

eral

Derek Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language

Survey. Hosted at the CBOLD site.

1865.

J

G

eral

Doneux, Jean Léonce (1971) Deux Etudes sur les Interrogatifs en zone J du

Bantou. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale.

1866.

J

G

eral

Muzale, Henry R. T. (1998). A Reconstruction of the Proto-Rutaran

tense/aspect System. Dissertation. Memorial University of Newfoundland.

1867.

J

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et accent dans les Langues Bantu d’Afrique

Orientale. Thèse d’Etat. Université René Descartes (Paris 5).

1868.

J

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1998). “Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the

evolution of Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman & Charles

W. Kisseberth, eds. Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford

University.

1869.

J

Geral

Schoenbrun, David L. (1997). The Historical Reconstruction of Great Lakes

Bantu Cultural Vocabulary: Etymologies and Distributions. Series: Sprache

und Geschichte in Afrika. SUGIA - Supplements, 9. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag. 351 p.

1870.

J

G

eral

Van der Veken A.(2005). “Gogo (G11) and the Languages of Zone J”, in J.

Maniacky & K. Bostoen, eds. (2005). Studies in African Comparative

Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 123-135.

1871.

JD41

Konzo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1872.

JD42

Nande

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1873.

JD42

Nande

Bjorkman, Bronwyn M. (2009). "Uniform exponence and reduplication

evidence from Kinande". 10 p.

1874.

JD42

Nande

Black, Cheryl A. (1995). “Tones on Word-Internal Domains in Kinande”,

Phonology, 12.1: 1-38.

1875.

JD42

Nande

Hollis, A. C. (1909). The Nandi: Their Language and Folk-lore.Oxford at the

Clarendon Press. 452 p.

1876.

JD42

Nande

Kavutirwaki, Kambale (1978) [CBOLD]. Nande Wordlist (2.100 items)

1877.

JD42

Nande

Kavutirwaki, Kambale & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2006). Dictionnaire Kinande-

Français avec index Français-Kinande. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale.

1878.

JD42

Mutaka, Ngessimo (1990). “Reduplication and the tonal representation of

276

Nande

Kinande nouns”, in J. Hutchison & V. Manfredi, Eds. Current Approaches

to African Linguistics 7. Dordrecht: Foris. 29-40.

1879.

J

D42

Nande

Mutaka, Ngessimo (2001). “The typology of tonal systems in the Kinande

complex verb”, TAPS (Typology of African Prosodic Systems) Proceedings,

University of Bielefeld. 11 p.

1880.

JD

42

Nande

Mutaka, Ngessimo (2009). “The phonology of tone in the imperative in

Kinande”, 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu Languages.Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-out)

1881.

JD42

Nande

Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2009).

“

Exploring the cultural aspects of Bantu people

through lexical entries: the case of Lamnso (Cameroon) and Kinande

(DRC)”, in G. de Lima Angenot, J.-P. Angenot & M. A. D. Teixeira, Eds.

Os Iberoamericanismos de Origem Bantu. Porto Velho:

Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 14 p.

1882.

JD42

Nande

Ogechi, Nathan Oyori & Sara Jerop Ruto (2002). “Portrayal of disability

through personal names and proverbs in Kenya: evidence from Ekegusii and

Nandi”, Stichproben: Wiener Zeitschrift für kritische Afrikastudien, 3: 63-82.

1883.

JD42

Nande

Remotti, Francesco (1987). "Catégories sémantiques de l’éros chez les

Wanande du Zaïre

"

, L’Homme, 27.103 : 73-92.

1884.

JD502

Yaaka

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1885.

JD51

Hunde

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1886.

JD51

Hunde

Mateene, Kahombo C. (1967). “Le changement des phonèmes du hunde à

partir du système phonologique”, Africana Linguistica 3, Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 65-78

1887.

JD51

Hunde

Mateene, Kahombo C. (1971). “Les rôles syntaxiques du pronom de classe en

hunde”, Studies in African Linguistics, 2.2: 165-181.

1888.

JD52

Haavu

Angenot, J.-P. & J.L. Vincke (1985). “Morphotonologie du Gihaavu”, in

Angenot, J.-P. ., G.L. Istre, A. Nicolacopulos & D. Pagel. Eds.

Miscellaneous Phonology 2. Florianópolis: UFSC Working Papers in

Linguistics - An International Series, 35-40.

1889.

JD52

Haavu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1890.

JD53

Shi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1891.

JD53

Shi

Bynon-Polak, Louise (1971). “Le mariage au Bushi”, Africana Linguistica 5,

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 79-118

1892.

JD53

Shi

Cleire, R. (1941). « Le sens des préfixes nominaux en mashi », Aequatoria

, 4:

21-26, 45-49.

1893.

JD53

Shi

Polak-Bynon, Louise (1975). A Shi Grammar, Surface Structures and

Generative Phonology of a Bantu Language. Tervuren. MRAC.

1894.

JD53

Shi

Polak-Bynon, Louise (1978). Lexique Shi-Français suivi d´um index Français-

Shi. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale. 112 p.

1895.

JD53

Shi

Polak-Bynon, Louise (1978) [CBOLD]. Shi Wordlist (2.500 items)

1896.

JD531

Tembo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1897.

JD531

Tembo

Kaji, Shigeki. (1996) “Tone reversal in Temba (J57)”, Journal of African

Languages and Linguistics, 17.1: 1-26.

277

1898.

JD56

Bwari

Ankei, Yuji (1986). ¨Connaissance populaire du poisson chez les Songola et

les Bwari: Ethnoichtyologie comparée des pêcheurs du fleuve Zaïre et du lac

Tanganyika”, Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal

de l´Afrique Centrale, 1-42.

1899.

JD56

Bwari

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1900.

JD61

Rwanda

Angenot, J.-P. (1982) “Tone antecipation rule in Kinyarwanda: An acoustic

analysis”, 8

th

International Colloquium on African Linguistics. Leiden:

Holanda.

1901.

JD61

Rwanda

Arnold, T. (1980) “La conjugaison composée en rwanda”, Africana

Linguistica 8, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

23-64

1902.

JD61

Rwanda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1903.

JD61

Rwanda

Coupez, André (1956). « Application de la lexicostatistique au mongo et au

rwanda », Aequatoria, 19: 85-87.

1904.

JD61

Rwanda

Coupez, André (1980). Abrégé de grammaire Rwanda. Kigali and ULB.

Institut National de Recherche Scientifique. Tome 2.

1905.

JD61

Rwanda

Coupez, André & Th. Kamanzi (1965). “Poèmes dynastiques rwanda”,

Africana Linguistica 2, Tervuren: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 991-54.

1906.

JD61

Rwanda

Coupez, A., Th. Kamanzi, S. Bizimana, G. Sematama, G. Rwabukumba & C.

Ntazinda (2005). Dictionnaire Rwanda-Rwanda et Rwanda-Français. 3

volumes. Butare, Rwanda & Tervuren, Belgique: IRST & Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale. 2895 p.

1907.

JD61

Rwanda

Cox, Betty Ellen & Myra Anderson & Muriel Teusing. Kinyarwanda-English

and English - Ktnyarwanda Dictionary, . 128 p.

1908.

JD61

Rwanda

Dubnova, Ye. Z. (1984). The Rwanda Language. Moscow: Nauka Publishers.

1909.

JD61

Rwanda

Jackson, Muhirwe (2005) Automatic Speech Recognition: Human Computer

Interface for Kinyarwanda Language. MSc thesis. Makerere University.

1910.

JD61

Rwanda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1911.

JD61

Rwanda

Jouannet, Francis (1985). “Assimilations et dissimilations tonales :

Comparaison typologique entre le rwanda, le rundi et le tonga”,

Prosodologie et Phonologie non-linéaire. Pris : Société d’Etudes

Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France. 257-305

1912.

JD61

Rwanda

K'Amus (2009). Kirundi / Kinyarwanda Dictionary. On-line.

1913.

JD61

Rwanda

Kimenyi, Alexander. Online Essays and Papers on Kinyarwanda.

1914.

JD61

Rwanda

McGinnis, Martha & Donna B. Gerdts (2004). “A phase-theoretical analysis of

Kinyarwanda multiple applicatives”, in Sophie Burelle & Stanca

Somesfalean, eds. Proceedings of the 2003 CLA Annual Conference.

Université de Québec à Montréal.

1915.

JD61

Rwanda

Morimoto, Yukiko (2006). “Agreement properties and word order in

comparative Bantu”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 161-188.

1916.

JD61

Rwanda

Nibagwire, Louise (2003) “How Rwanda-Rundi materials development

influence teaching and translation”, Paper presented at The African

Language Research Project Summer Conference. Ocean City MD, July

2003.

1917.

JD61

Rwanda

Ntwari, Gérard (2006). « L’inversion du sujet en kinyarwanda », Proceedings

of the 2006 Canadian Linguistics Association Annual Conference.

1918.

JD61

Rwanda

Paradis, Carole. Rwanda Wordlist (757 items). Hosted at the CBOLD site.

278

1919.

JD61

Rwanda

Parker, Philip M. Ruanda English dictionary.

1920.

JD61

Rwanda

Schumacher, Pierre (1954). Dictionnaire Phonétique Français-Runyarwanda

Runyarwanda-Français.

Kabgayi, Rwanda: Vicariat Apostolique.

1921.

JD61

Rwanda

Twilingiyimana, Chrysogone (1994). “Les emprunts du kinyarwanda au

français: quelques procédés d´intégration”, Africana Linguistica 11,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 197-214.

1922.

JD61

Rwanda

Woolford, Ellen (1993). “Symmetric and asymmetric passives”, Natural

Language and Linguistic Theory, 11: 679-728.

1923.

JD61

Rwanda

Zeller, Jochen (2006). “Derived subjects in Kinyarwanda locative

constructions”, Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics, 33 : 131ff.

1924.

JD61

Rwanda

Zorc, David R. & Louise Nibagwire (2007). Kinyarwanda and Kirundi

Comparative Grammar. Hyattsville, MD: Dunwoody Press’s Bantu

language series. 30 p

1925.

JD61a

Rwanda

-

Tanzania

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Rwanda Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1926.

JD61b

Rwanda

-

Kigoyi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1927.

JD61c

Rwanda

-

Twa (Kinigi)

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1928.

JD61d

Rwa

nda

-

Rera

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1929.

JD62

Rundi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1930.

JD62

Rundi

Brassil, Dan (2000). Patterns in Kirundi Reduplication. Linguistics

Department, University of California at San Diego. 41 p.

1931.

JD62

Rundi

Coupez, André (1958). “Textes ruúndi n

0

2”, Aequatoria, 21; 81-97.

1932.

JD62

Rundi

Cox, Elizabeth Ellen. Dictionary: Kirundi-English. Marston Memorial

Historical Center, Free Methodist Church of America.

1933.

JD62

Rundi

Cox, Elizabeth Ellen, Dictionary: English-Kirundi. Marston Memorial

Historical Center, Free Methodist Church of America. 160 p.

1934.

JD62

Rundi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1935.

JD62

Rundi

Jouannet, Francis (1985). “Assimilations et dissimilations tonales :

Comparaison typologique entre le rwanda, le rundi et le tonga”,

Prosodologie et Phonologie non-linéaire. Pris : Société d’Etudes

Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France. 257-305

1936.

JD62

Rundi

K'amus (2009). Kirundi / Kinyarwanda Dictionary. On-line.

1937.

JD62

Rundi

Mayugi, Nicolas (1976). Les Noms Composés du Kirundi. Mémoire de

Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre

1938.

JD62

Rundi

Meeussen, A. E. (1959). Essai de Grammaire Rundi. Annales du Musée Royal

du Congo Belge. Sciences de l’Homme – Linguistique 24. Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 236 p.

1939.

J

D62

Rundi

Morimoto, Yukiko (2006). "Agreement properties and word order in

comparative Bantu”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 161-188.

1940.

JD62

Rundi

Ndayiragije, Juvénal (2003). “Théories linguistiques et réciprocité en

chichewa: la leçon du kirundi”, in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds.

169-210.

279

1941.

JD62

Rundi

Niyonkuru, Lothaire (1987). “Loan-words in Kirundi: a preliminary study”,

African Study Monographs, 7: 81-87.

1942.

JD62

Rundi

-

Tanzania

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Rundi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1943.

JD62

Rundi

Rodegem, F. M. (1966). Structures Judiciaires Traditionnelles au Burundi.

Bujumbura: Travaux de l´Université.

1944.

JD62

Rundi

Rodegem, F. M. (1970). “Syntagmes complétifs spéciaux en rundi”, Africana

Linguistica 4, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 167-

181-208

1945.

JD62

Rundi

Rodegem, F. M. (1971). “La fête des prémices au Burundi”, Africana

Linguistica 5, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 205-

254.

1946.

JD62

Rund

i

Rodegem, F. M. (1983). “L´expressivité dans les invariables indépendants et

les tics verbaux en rundi”, Africana Linguistica 9, Tervuren: Annales du

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 305-340.

1947.

JD62

Rundi

Zorc, David R. & Louise Nibagwire (2007). Kinyarwanda and Kirundi

Comparative Grammar. Hyattsville, MD: Dunwoody Press’s Bantu

language series. 30 p

1948.

D63

Fuliiro

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1949.

JD63

Fuliiro

Chanard, C. (1993). Fuliru - Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

1950.

D631

Vira

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1951.

JD64

Shubi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Shubi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1952.

JD65

Hangaza

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Hangaza Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1953.

JD66

Ha

Harjula, Lotta (2004). The Ha Language of Tanzania: Grammar, Texts and

Vocabulary. Series: East African Languages and Dialects, 13. Cologne:

Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 220 p.,

1954.

JD66

Ha

Harjula, Lotta (2004). “Handling tone in two-level morphology: the case of

Ha”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 13.1: 95-102.

1955.

JD66

Ha

Harjula, Lotta. The Ha noun class system revisited. University of Helsinki.

1956.

JD66

Ha

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1957.

JD66

Ha

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Ha Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1958.

JD66

Ha

Rugemalira, Josephat M. (2007). “The structure of the Bantu noun phrase”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 135-148.

1959.

JD67

Vinza

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1960.

JD67

Vinza

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Vinza Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1961.

JE101

Gungu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1962.

JE102

Talinga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

280

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1963.

JE11

Nyoro

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1964.

JE11

Nyoro

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Nyoro Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1965.

JE11

Nyor

o

Vincke, Jacques L. (1961) « Systématiques des termes du parenté », Cahiers

d’Etudes Africaines, 2: 271-291.

1966.

JE111

Kyopi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1967.

JE12

Tooro

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1968.

JE12

Tooro

Kaji, Shigeki (2009). "Tone and syntax in Rutooro, a toneless Bantu language

of Western Uganda", Language Sciences, 31: 239–247

1969.

JE12

Tooro

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Toro Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1970.

JE121

Hema

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1971.

JE121

Hema

Onadikondo, Wung´a Lomami (1973). Aspects et Structures du Hema.

Dissertation. Lubumbashi: Université Nationale du Zaïre.

1972.

JE121

Hema

Thiry, Edmond (2004). Une Introduction à l’Ethnohistoire des Hema du Nord

(Congo du Nord-Est). Publications Digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée

Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 123 p.

1973.

JE13

Nkore

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1974.

JE13

Nkore

Musamba, Chanda Chibili (1975). Elements de Grammaire Générative et

Transformationnelle de la Langue Nkore. PhD thesis. Lubumbashi:

Université Nationale du Zaïre. 2 volumes.

1975.

JE13

Nkore

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Nyankore Wordlist . The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1976.

JE13

Nkore

Poletto, Robert E. (1998). Topics in Runyankore Phonology. PhD thesis. Ohio

State University.

1977.

JE13

Nkore

Taylor, Charles (1959). Kiga-Nkore Wordlist (12.500 items). re Wordlist

(12.500 items). The Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

1978.

JE131

Hima

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1979.

JE14

Kiga

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Rukiga Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1980.

JE14

Kiga

Parker, Philip M. Chiga English dictionary.

1981.

JE14

Kiga

Taylor, Charles (1959). Kiga-Nkore Wordlist (12.500 items). The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1982.

JE15

Ganda

Anônimo (2009).Online Luganda Dictionary.

file:///E:/Documents/000%201%20BANTU/05%20Diversos/dictionary.php.h

tm

1983.

JE15

Ganda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

1984.

JE15

Ganda

Chanard, C. (2006). Luganda - Système Alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

1985.

JE15

Ganda

Ferrari-Bridgers, Franca (2009). "A quantitative and qualitative analysis of the

final vowels [i] and [a] in Luganda deverbal nouns", in Akinloye Ojo &

281

Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on

African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and Languages in Africa.

Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 23-31.

1986.

JE15

Ganda

Fisher, A. B. (1911). Twilight Tales of the Black Baganda. London,

Edinburgh & New York : Marshall Brothers Ltd. 198 p.

1987.

JE15

Ganda

(?). Ganda Verbs List. 18 p.

1988.

JE15

Ganda

Hyman, Larry M. & Francis X. Katamba (1990-1991). “The augment in

Luganda tonology”, Journal of African Langauges and Linguistics, 12: 1-45.

1989.

JE15

Ganda

Hyman, Larry M. & Francis X. Katamba (2001). “The word in Luganda”, To

appear in: Proceedings of the Cologne Conference on Typology.

1990.

JE15

Ganda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1991.

JE15

Ganda

Kamoga, Frederick K. (1964). Luganda Continuation. Book 2. Wahington,

D.C.: Peace Corps. 30 p.

1992.

JE15

Ganda

Languages on-line: Luganda. Center for Language Technology and

nstructional Enrichment at Indiana University, Bloomington.

1993.

JE15

Ganda

Luganda Scientific Terminologies Research

1994.

JE15

Ganda

Marten, Lutz (2003). “The dynamics of Bantu applied verbs: an analysis at the

syntax-pragmatics interface”, in Kézié K. Lébikaza, ed. Actes du 3

e

Congrès

mondial de Linguistique africaine. Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

1995.

JE15

Ganda

Matovu, Kasalina et al. (1994). Luganda Self-instructing Learner’s Manual.

Makerere University, Kampala. 158 p.

1996.

JE15

Ganda

McPherson, Laura (2008). A Descriptive and Theoretical Account of Luganda

Verbal Morphology. Bachelor of Arts Dissertation. 131 p.

1997.

JE15

Ganda

McPherson, Laura & Mary Paster (2009). "Evidence for the Mirror Principle

and morphological templates in Luganda affix ordering", in Akinloye Ojo &

Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on

African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and Languages in Africa.

Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 56-66 .

1998.

JE15

Ganda

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ganda Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

1999.

JE15

Gan

da

Peace Corps Uganda (2008). An Introduction to Survival Luganda. 9 p.

2000.

JE15

Ganda

Roscoe, John (1911). The Baganda: An Account of their Native Customs and

Beliefs. London: Macmillan and Co. 578 p.

2001.

JE15

Ganda

Snoxall, R. A. (1967). Luganda-English Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford

University Press

2002.

JE15

Ganda

Snoxall, R.A. (1967). Ganda Wordlist (6.300 items)

2003.

JE15

Ganda

Ssekiryango, Jackson (2006). “Observations on double object constructions in

Luganda”, in Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A. Pemberton, Eds. Selected

Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Shifting

the Center of Africanism in Language Politics and Economic Globalization.

66-74.

2004.

JE15

Ganda

Ssemakula, Mukasa E. “A primer on speaking and writing Luganda”. Hosted

by the Buganda Home Page (BHP).

2005.

JE15

Ganda

Walker, Rachel, Narineh Hacopian & Mariko Taki (2002). "Nasal consonant

speech errors: Implications for "similarity" and nasal harmony at a distance".

Journal of Acousical. Society of America, 112. 7 p.

2006.

JE16

Soga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2007.

JE16

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

282

Soga

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2008.

JE16

Soga

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Soga Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2009.

JE17

Gwere

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2010.

JE17

Gwere

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Gwere Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2011.

JE18

Nyala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2012.

JE21

Nyambo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2013.

JE21

Nyambo

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Nyambo Wordlist .The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2014.

JE21

Nyambo

Rugemalira, Joséphat (1993). Nyambo Wordlist (1.500 items).

2015.

JE21

Nyambo

Rugemalira, Josephat M. (2007). “The structure of the Bantu noun phrase”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 135-148.

2016.

JE22

Haya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2017.

JE22

Haya

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2018.

JE22

Haya

Maho, Jouni Filip & Abdulaziz Y. Lodhi (2004). Ten unannotated Haya Word

Lists from Tanzania. 130 pp.

2019.

JE22

Haya

Maho, Jouni Filip & Abdulaziz Y. Lodhi (2006). Ten annotated Haya Word

Lists from Tanzania. 285 pp.

2020.

JE22

Haya

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Haya Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2021.

JE22d

Ziba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2022.

JE22d

Ziba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Nota bene: rotulado como “Karagwe”

2023.

JE23

Zinza

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2024.

JE23

Zinza

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Zinza Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2025.

JE24

Kerebe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2026.

JE24

Kerebe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Nota bene: é rotulado como “Karagwe”

2027.

JE24

Kerebe

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Kerebe Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2028.

JE24

Kerebe

Odden, David (1994). Kerewe Wordlist (1.500 items).

The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2029.

JE24

Kerebe

Odden, David (1995). “The status of onsetless syllables in Kikerewe”, Ohio

State University Working Papers in Linguistics, 47: 89-110.

2030.

JE24

Kerebe

Odden, David (1996). “Patterns of Reduplication in Kikerewe”, OSU Working

Papers in Linguistics, 48: 111-149

2031.

JE24

Odden, David (2006). Kikerewe-English Dictionary. 112 p.

283

Kerebe

2032.

JE24

Kerebe

Thornell, Christina (2002). “A preliminary sketch of time, aspect and mood in

Kikerebe”, Africa & Asia: Göteborg Working Papers on Asian and African

Languages and Literatures, 2: 125-147.

2033.

JE25

Jita

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2034.

JE25

Jita

Downing, Laura J. (1999). Jita Wordlist (2.200 items). The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2035.

JE25

Jita

Downing, Laura J. (2001). “Liquid spirantisation in Jita”, Malawian Journal

of Linguistics, 2: 1-27.

2036.

JE25

Jita

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Jita Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2037.

JE251

Kwaya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2038.

JE251

Kwaya

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Kwaya Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

2039.

JE252

Reg

i

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2040.

JE252

Regi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Kilegi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

2041.

JE31

Masaba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2042.

JE31

Masaba

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Masaaba Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2043.

JE31

Masaba

Siertsema, Berthe (1981). Masaba Word List: English-Masaba & Masaba-

English. Archives d’Anthropologie 28. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 225 p.

2044.

JE31

Masaba

Siertsema, Berthe (1981). Masaba Wordlist (5.000 items). The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2045.

JE31a

Gisu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2046.

JE31c

Bukusu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2047.

JE31c

Bukusu

De Blois, K. F. (1975). Bukusu Generative Phonology and Aspects of Bantu

Structure. Sciences Humaines, 85. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 232 p.

2048.

JE31c

Bukusu

De Blois, K. F. [CBOLD]. Bukusu Wordlist (900 items)

2049.

JE31c

Bukusu

Downing, Laura J. (2004). “Bukusu reduplication”, in C. Githiora, H.

Littlefield & V. Manfredi, Trends in African Linguistics 5. Africa World

Press

2050.

JE31c

Bukusu

Gray, Russell & Simon Greenhill. Bantu basic Vocabulary Database: Asu,

Basaa, Bemba, Bukusu, Kinyamwezi, Koyo. University of Auckland, New

Zealand.

2051.

JE31c

Bukus

u

KWL (1998). Bukusu Wordlist (5.900 items)

2052.

JE31c

Bukusu

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Bukusu Basic Vocabulary. 18 p.

2053.

JE31c

Bukusu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Bukusu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2054.

JE32

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Luyia Wordlist. The Tanzanian

284

Luhya

Language Survey - TLS.

2055.

JE32a

Hanga

Troyer, Melissa (2008). "Reduplication in the Luwanga Verb". 27 p.

2056.

JE32c

Marama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2057.

JE32d

Kisa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2058.

JE32e

Kabasari

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2059.

JE32f

Nyala

-Leste

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2060.

JE33

Nyore

Key, Michael. “Leftward high tone spread and downstep in Nyore”, Rutgers

Optimal Archive 644-0204.

2061.

JE33

Nyore

Key, Michael & Mokaya Bosire (2003). "Morphologically-conditioned OCP

Effects in Bantu Tonology: Evidence from Kinyore". 10 p.

2062.

JE34

Saamia

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2063.

JE34

Saamia

Drolc, Uschi (2007). “Book review: ‘A grammatical sketch of the Lusaamia

verb’ by Robert Botne & others, 2006”, Afrikanistik Online.

2064.

JE34

Saamia

Grimes, Stephen (2002). "The use of the reflexive marker in Lusaamia", 1-16.

2065.

JE34

Saamia

Marlo, Michael R.(2002). “Reduplication in Lusaamia”, Indiana University

Linguistics Club – IULC - Working Papers online 02-03.

2066.

JE34

Saamia

Marlo, Michael R. & Aaron Brown (2002). “Segmental duration in Lusaamia:

a phonetic study”, Indiana University Linguistics Club – IULC - Working

Papers online 02-05.

2067.

JE34

Saamia

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Samia Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2068.

JE34

Saamia

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975/1999). The Tanzanian Language

Survey: Samia lugwe. Database hosted at the CBOLD site.

2069.

JE342

Marachi

Marlo, Michael R. (2008). "Post-syntactic phonology: evidence from Bantu",

NAPhC 5. 10 p.

2070.

JE343

Songa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2071.

JE35

Nyole

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989). “The velar nasal in Nyole E.35”, Annales

Aequatoria, 10: 168-180.

2072.

JE401

Ngoreme

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ngoreme Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2073.

JE402

Ikizu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ikizu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

2074.

JE403

Suba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2075.

JE403

Suba

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Suba Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS.

2076.

JE404

Shashi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2077.

JE404

Shashi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Shashi Siz Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2078.

JE406

Singa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

285

2079.

JE41

Ragoli

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2080.

JE41

Ragoli

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ragoli Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

2081.

JE412

Isukha

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2082.

JE42

Gusii

Anónimo. (2006).

Ekegusii-Kisii to English Dictionary.

On-line.

http://www.ekegusii.org

2083.

JE42

Gusii

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2084.

JE42

Gusii

Bickmore, Lee S. “Constraining high tone spans in Ekegusii verbal tonology”,

Rutgers Optimal Archive 77-0000.

2085.

JE42

Gusii

Elwell, Robert. "Final vowel agreement in the Ekegusii verb". University of

Texas at Austin. 14 p.

2086.

JE42

Gusii

Elwell, Robert. “Finite state methods for Bantu verb morphology”,

Proceedings of the Texas Linguistics Society.

2087.

JE42

Gusii

Elwell, Robert (2005). Ekegusii Verb Morphology. Honours thesis. Albany. 29

p.

2088.

JE42

Gusii

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2089.

JE42

Gusii

Kenya Project. Learn Ekegusii.

2090.

JE42

Gusii

Learn Ekegusii. The Kenya Project.

2091.

JE42

Gusii

Marlo, Michael R. (2008). "Post-syntactic phonology: evidence from Bantu",

NAPhC 5. 10 p.

2092.

JE42

Gusii

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Gusii Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2093.

JE42

Gusii

Ogechi, Nathan Oyori & Sara Jerop Ruto (2002). “Portrayal of disability

through personal names and proverbs in Kenya: evidence from Ekegusii and

Nandi”, Stichproben: Wiener Zeitschrift für kritische Afrikastudien, 3: 63-82.

2094.

JE43

Kuria

Chanard, C. (2006). Kuria - Système alphabétique d’après « Alphabets des

langues africaines », Unesco-SIL. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

2095.

JE43

Kuria

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2096.

JE43

Kuria

Mwita, Leonard Chacha (2008). Verbal Tone in Kuria. PhD Thesis. UCLA -

University of California at Los Angeles. 367 p.

2097.

JE43a

Kuria Tari

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Kuria Tari Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

2098.

JE43b

K

uria Mago

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Kuria-Mago Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

2099.

JE44

Zanaki

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Zanaki Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS. 18 p.

2100.

JE45

Nata

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Nata Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey – TLS. 18 p.

Zona K

2101.

K

Akuupa, Michael Uusiku (2006). Checking the Kulcha: Local discourses of

286

G

eral

culture in the Kavango region of Namibia. MA thesis. Department of Social

Anthropology, University of Western Cape. 71 p.

2102.

K

G

eral

Bakatumana Ntumba, François Xavier (2000). Les Langues bantu de la Zone

K: Essai de Classification Interne. Thèse de Doctorat. Lubumbahi. 363 p.

2103.

K

G

eral

Bostoen, Koen (2007). “Bantu plant names as indicators of linguistic

stratigraphy in the Western Province of Zambia”, Selected Proceedings of

the 37

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics. Cascadilla Proceedings

Project.

2104.

K

G

eral

Bostoen, Koen, Jacky Maniacky & Mark Stoneking (2006). An integrated

linguistic and genetic approach to population dynamics in western Zambia.

Paper presented at the 36

th

Colloquium on African Languages and

Linguistics (CALL36), University of Leiden.

2105.

K

G

eral

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2106.

K

G

eral

Lusakalalu, Pedro (2003). “What is Rukavango?”, Nordic Journal of African

Studies, 12.1: 92-104.

2107.

K

G

eral

Maniacky, Jacky (1997). Zone K Bantu et L angues voisines. On-line.

2108.

K

G

eral

Silva, Oziel Marques da, Geralda de Lima V. Angenot & Jean-Pierre Angenot.

“As Línguas bantu da zona K : Um levantamento bibliográfico”.

Afros &

Amazônicos : Revista do Grupo de Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-

Amazônicos – GEPIAA. On-line. Número 1. Porto Velho : Universidade

Federal de Rondônia.

14 p

2109.

K

G

eral

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2110.

K101

Ngondzelo

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Ngondzelo

Luanda, Angola: ILANG. 23 p.

2111.

K11

Chokwe

Atkins, Guy (1954). "The structure of the dissylabic tense suffix in Cokwe" ,

African Studies, 13.2: 85-86

2112.

K11

Chokwe

Atkins, Guy (1955). "The one-word tenses in Cokwe" , Africa, 25.3: 261-273.

2113.

K11

Chokwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2114.

K11

Chok

we

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2115.

K11

Chokwe

Diarra, Boubacar (1985). Esboço Fonológico & Alfabeto: Kikoongo,

kimbundu, cokwe, umbundu, mbund, oxikwanyama.Luanda, Angola:

Instituto de Línguas Nacionais. 140 p.

2116.

K11

Chokwe

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2117.

K11

Chokwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2118.

K11

Chokwe

Kanyamibwa, Melchior (1982). Confrontation historique du lexique du

protobantu avec le cokwe (zone K), le sanga (zone L) et le rwanda (zone J).

Dissertation. Université Nationale du Rwanda. 158 p.

2119.

K11

Chokwe

Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007). “Subject-agreeing complementizers and

their functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale”, in Doris L. Payne

& Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference on

African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

180-190.

287

2120.

K11

Chokwe

Kawasha, Boniface (2008). “Relative clauses and subject inversion in Chokwe,

Kaonde, Lunda and Luvale, Africana Linguistica, 14: 37-62.

2121.

K11

Chokwe

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2122.

K11

Chokwe

-

Mataba

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2123.

K11

Chokwe

Marques, Alberto Ferreira (1949). “Contribuição para o estudo da etnografia

dos povos da Lunda: Minungos e Quiôcos. Mensário Administrativo.

Colônia de Angola. 26-27: 77-85.

2124.

K11

Chokwe

Martins, João Vicente (1990). Elementos de Gramática de Utchokwe. Lis

boa:

Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical. 250 p.

2125.

K

11

Chokwe

Martins, João Vicente (1993). Crenças, Adivinhação e Medicina Tradicionais

dos Tutchokwe do Nordeste de Angola. Lisboa: Instituto de Investigação

Científica Tropical. P. 1-198 e 393-443.

2126.

K11

Chokwe

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Chokwe

Luanda, Angola: ILANG. 23 p.

2127.

K11

Chokwe

INL (n.d.) Histórico sobre a Criação dos Alfabetos em Línguas Nacionais.

Luanda: INALD. 178 p.

2128.

K11

Chokwe

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Quelques Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Ucókwe, Gipeende, Ciluba. Manuscrit. [36

ítens}

2129.

K11

Chokwe

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). D’autres Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Chokwe, Lunda, Lulua, Kete. Manuscrit. [68

ítens]

2130.

K11

Chokwe

Sassuco, Daniel Perez (2008). La Forme nominale, Verbale et Syntaxe du

Cokwe, Langue Bantu de l’Angola. Dissertation de Master. Universitat

Autónoma de Barcelona. 299 p.

2131.

K11

Chokwe

White, G. M. N (1944). "The noun prefixes of the West-Central zone of Bantu

languages", African Studies, 34: 153-160.

2132.

K111

Minungu

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2133.

K111

Minungu

Maniacky, Jacky (2009). "Notes on Nyinungu (Unclassified Bantu, Cokwe-

Lunda group)". WOCAL 6. Köln, Germany: 8 p.

2134.

K111

Minungu

Marques, Alberto Ferreira (1949). “Contribuição para o estudo da etnografia

dos povos da Lunda: Minungos e Quiôcos. Mensário Administrativo.

Colônia de Angola. 26-27: 77-85.

2135.

K12a

Lwimbi

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2136.

K12a

Lwimbi

Maniacky, Jacky (2005). "Some notes on Lwimbi (Bantu K12a, Angola)",

35th Colloquium on African Languages and Linguistics. Leiden. 3 p.

2137.

K12a

Lwimbi

Scott, Cecil W. (1955). “A note on the Luimbi of Central Angola”, Africa.

Edinburgh University Press.

2138.

K12a

Lwimbi

White, G. M. N (1944). "The noun prefixes of the West-Central zone of Bantu

languages", African Studies, 34: 153-160.

2139.

K12b

Ngangela

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2140.

K12b

Ngangela

Diocèse de Menongue (1997). O Mundo Cultural dos Guanguelas. Menongue,

Angola. 642 p.

2141.

K12b

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot : Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

288

Ngangela

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2142.

K12b

Ngangela

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2143.

K12b

Nga

ngela

König, Cristina (2008) “Special phenomena”, in Cristina König, ed. Cases in

Africa. Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. 204-222.

2144.

K12b

Ngangela

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2145.

K12b

Ngangela

Maniacky, Jacky (2002). Tonologie du Ngangela: Variété de Menongue. Thèse

de doctorat. Paris INALCO. 399 p.

2146.

K12b

Ngangela

Milheiros, Mário (1949). “Os ganguelas”, Mensário Administrativo. Colônia

de Angola. 26-27: 49-71.

2147.

K12b

Ngangela

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Ngangela

Luanda, Angola: ILANG. 7 p.

2148.

K12b

Ngangela

Ntondo, Zavoni (2006). Morfologia e Sintaxe do Ngangela. Colecção

Universitária: Série Lingüística. Luanda: Editorial Nzila. 225 p.

2149.

K12b

Ngangela

Ntondo, Zavoni (2009) "A construção passiva em ngangela",

Proceedings of

the 9

th

LASU Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa Universitária

(UEM). 153-164.

2150.

K12b

Ngangela

Pearson, Emil (1969). Ngangela-English Dictionary. Cuernavaca, Mexico:

Tipográfica Indígena Domingo Diez. 216 p.

2151.

K12b

Ngangela

Seifert, Marc (2006). Narrations of the Kavango: Folktales and Documentory

Texts from Northern Namibia and Southern Angola. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe

Verlag. 284 p.

2152.

K12bb

Kubango

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2153.

K13

Luchazi

Fleisch, Axel (2000). Luchazi Grammar: A Morphosemantic Analysis.

Grammatische Analysen Afrikanischer Sprachen, Bd 15. Köln: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag. 263 p.

2154.

K13

Luchazi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2155.

K13

Luchazi

Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007). “Subject-agreeing complementizers and

their functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale”, in Doris L. Payne

& Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference on

African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

180-190.

2156.

K13

Luchazi

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2157.

K13

Luchazi

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Luchazi

Luanda, Angola: ILANG. 14 p.

2158.

K13

Luchazi

White, G. M. N (1944). "The noun prefixes of the West-Central zone of Bantu

languages", African Studies, 34: 153-160.

2159.

K14

Lwena

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2160.

K14

Lwena

Horton, Albert (1953). A Dictionary of Luvale. El Monte, California, USA:

Rahn Brothers Printing & Lithographing Company. 434 p.

2161.

K14

Lwena

Horton, Albert (1978). Dictionary English – Luvale. Parts: 1, 2, 3. 178 p.

2162.

K14

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

289

Lwena

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2163.

K14

Lwena

Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007). “Subject-agreeing complementizers and

their functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale”, in Doris L. Payne

& Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference on

African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

180-190.

2164.

K14

Lwena

Kawasha, Boniface (2008). “Relative clauses and subject inversion in Chokwe,

Kaonde, Lunda and Luvale, Africana Linguistica, 14: 37-62.

2165.

K14

Lwena

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2166.

K14

Lwena

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Lwena.

Luanda, Angola: ILANG. 21 p.

2167.

K14

Lwena

Nsuka, François (1969). Esquisse de la phonologie et morphologie de la

langue lwena (luvale). Lubumbashi. Université de Lubumbashi. Mémoire de

licence. 108 p.

2168.

K14

Lwena

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2169.

K14

Lwena

Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987). “A tonological study of Luvale verbs”, in Y.

Yukawa, Ed. Studies in Zambian Languages. Vol.1. Bantu Linguistics.

Tokyo. ILCAA. 1-33

2170.

K15

Mbunda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2171.

K15

Mbunda

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

2172.

K15

Mbunda

Diarra, Boubacar (1985). Esboço Fonológico & Alfabeto: Kikoongo,

kimbundu, cokwe, umbundu, mbund, oxikwanyama.Luanda, Angola:

Instituto de Línguas Nacionais. 140 p.

2173.

K15

Mbunda

Diarra, Boubacar, ed. (1992). Léxico Base Português-Mbunda, Mbunda-

Português. Luanda: Secretaria de Estado da Cultura & Instituto de Línguas

Nacionais. 59 p.

2174.

K15

Mbunda

INL (n.d.) Histórico sobre a Criação dos Alfabetos em Línguas Nacionais.

Luanda: INALD. 178 p.

2175.

K15

Mbunda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2176.

K15

Mbunda

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Mbunda

Luanda, Angola: ILANG. 18 p.

2177.

K15

Mbunda

Stirke, D. E. C. & A.W. Thomas (1916). A Comparative Vocabulary of

Sikololo, Silui and Simbunda. 40 p.

2178.

K16

Nyengo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2179.

K17

Mbwela

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2180.

K17

Mbwela

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2181.

K17

Mbwela

Mingas, Amélia A. & Zavoni Ntondo (1997), Inquérito Lingüístico Mbwela.

Luanda, Angola: ILANG.

2182.

K17

Mbwela

Maniacky, Jacky (2003). "Le mbwela, langue bantu (K.17) du sud de

l’Angola", 33rd Colloquium on African Languages and Linguistics. Leiden,

Holanda. 5 p.

290

2183.

K21

Salampasu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2184.

K21

Salampasu

Guillot, R. (?). Petite Grammaire de l’Usalampasu. 184 p.

2185.

K22/L52

Lunda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2186.

K22/L52

Lunda

Carvalho, Henrique Augusto Dias de (1890). Methodo Prático para Fallar a

Língua da Lunda, contendo Narrações Históricas dos diversos Povos.

Lisboa:Imprensa Nacional. 441 p.

2187.

K22/L52

Lunda

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2188.

K22/L52

Lunda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2189.

K22/L52

Lunda

Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2002). “Grammatical relations and relativization

in Lunda”, Journal of African Languages and Linguistics, 23: 31-62.

2190.

K22/L52

Lunda

Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2006). “The structure of complement clauses in

Lunda", Studies in African Linguistics, 35.1: 1-32.

2191.

K22/L52

Lunda

Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007). “Subject-agreeing complementizers and

their functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale”, in Doris L. Payne

& Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference on

African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

180-190.

2192.

K22/L52

Lunda

Kawasha, Boniface (2008). “Relative clauses and subject inversion in Chokwe,

Kaonde, Lunda and Luvale, Africana Linguistica, 14: 37-62.

2193.

K22/L52

Lunda

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2194.

K22/L52

Lunda

Munyandamutsa, R. (1967). Esquisse de la Phonologie et de la Morphologie

de la langue Ndembu. Dissertação de Mestrado. Lubumbashi: Université

Officielle du Congo.

2195.

K22/L52

Lunda

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). D’autres Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Chokwe, Lunda, Lulua, Kete. Manuscrit. [68

ítens]

2196.

K22/L52

Lunda

Mutunda, Sylvester (2006) “A sociolinguistic study of politeness strategies in

the Lunda culture”, Language, Society and Culture, 17.

2197.

K22/L52

Lunda

White, G. M. N. (1944). "The noun prefixes of the West-Central zone of Bantu

languages", African Studies, 34: 153-160.

2198.

K22/L52

Lunda

White, C.M.N. (1957). A Lunda-English Vocabulary. London: University of

London Press Ltd.

2199.

K23/L53

Ruund

Angenot, J.-P. & J. L. Vincke (1971). “Approche générative de la tonologie du

verbe Ruwund”, Proceedings of the International Meeting ‘Tonal

Problems’. Leiden, Holanda.

2200.

K23/L53

Ruund

Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Jacques L. Vincke (1977). “Règles tonales ruwund”,

Africana Linguistica 7, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique

Centrale, 57-64

2201.

K23/L53

Ruund

Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Jacques L. Vincke (1981). “The Ruwund tonal

system”, in Jean-Pierre Angenot, Gilles Istre, Jaap Spa & Paulino

Vandresen, eds. Studies in Pure Natural Phonology and Related Topics.

UFSC Working Papers in Linguistics. Florianópolis, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

103-106.

2202.

K23/L53

Ruund

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

291

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2203.

K23/L53

Ruund

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2204.

K23/L53

Ruund

Lerbak, Anna E. (1952). Lessons in Uruund of Mwant Yavu (Lunda of Mwata

Yamvo). Sandoa: Mission Méthodiste.

2205.

K23/L53

Ruund

Nash, J. (1994). “Underlying low tones in Ruund”, Studies in African

Linguistics, 23.3: 223-78. Los Angeles.

2206.

K23/L53

Ruund

Nash, Jay (1996). Ruund-English Lexicon. 1.405 p.

2207.

K23/L53

Ruun

d

Nash, J. (1996) [CBOLD]. Ruund Wordlist (3.800 items)

2208.

K23/L53

Ruund

N’Landu, Ntotila & Jacques L. Vincke (1986). “Essai de tonologie générative

du ruwund”, Africana Linguistica 10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de

l´Afrique Centrale, 315-336

2209.

K23

/L53

Ruund

Stappers, Leo (1954). "Een ruund dialekt: De taal der Beena Tubeya", Kongo-

Overzee, 20.4-5: 360-375.

2210.

K23/L53

Ruund

Vincke, Jacques J. (1964). Dictionnaire Ruund-Français. Lubumbashi:

Miméo.

2211.

K23/L53

Ruund

Vincke, Jacques J. (1966). Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie de la

langue ruund. Lubumbashi. PhD Thesis.

2212.

K23/L53

R

uund

Woolford, Ellen (1999). “Animacy hierarchy effects on object agreement”, in

Paul Kotey ed. New Dimensions in African Linguistics. Africa World Press.

203-216

2213.

K23/L53

Ruund

Woolford, Ellen (2001). “Conditions on object marking in Ruwund”,

University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers in Linguistics, 20: 177-201.

2214.

K31

Luyana

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2215.

K31

Luyana

Givón, Talmy (1970). The Siluyana Language: A preliminary Linguistic

Description. Communication 6. 112 p.

2216.

K31

Luyana

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot. Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2217.

K31

Luyana

Jacottet, E. (1896). Etudes sur les Langues du Haut-Zambèze: Textes précédés

d’une Esquisse Grammaticale. Première partie: Grammaire Soubiya et

Louyi. Paris: Ernest Leroux Editeur. 87 p

2218.

K31

Luyana

Jacottet, E. (1900). Etudes sur les Langues du Haut-Zambèze: Textes précédés

d’une Esquisse Grammaticale. Troisième partie: Textes Louyi. Paris: Ernest

Leroux Editeur. 108 p.

2219.

K31

Luyana

Jacottet, E. (1900). Etudes sur les Langues du Haut-Zambèze: Textes précédés

d’une Esquisse Grammaticale. Troisième partie: Textes Louyi. Contes,

Légendes, Superstitions et Vocabulaires. Paris: Ernest Leroux Editeur. 18 p.

2220.

K31

Luyana

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2221.

K31

Luyana

Mukumbuta, Lisimba (?). "Some aspects of Luyana tonology", in Muntu. 119-

134.

2222.

K31

Luyana

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2223.

K31

Luyana

Stirke, D. E. C. & A.W. Thomas (1916). A Comparative Vocabulary of

Sikololo, Silui and Simbunda. 40 p.

2224.

K33a

Kwangali

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

292

2225.

K33a

Kwangali

Dammann, Ernst (1957) Studien zum Kwangali : Grammatik, Texte, Glossar.

Hamburg : De Gruyter & Co. [only: 144-182]

2226.

K33a

Kwangali

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2227.

K33a

Kwangali

Kloppers, J.K., Nakare D. & Isala L. M. (1994). Bukenkango Rukwangali-

English, English-Rukwangali Dictionary. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan.

164 pp

2228.

K33a

Kwangali

Legère, Karsten (2005) “Preprefix or not? That is the question: The case of

Kwangali, Kwanyama and Ndonga”, in E. F. K. Voeltz, Ed. Studies in

African Linguistic Typology. Typological Studies of Language, 64.

Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Co. 251-262.

2229.

K33a

Kwangali

Möhlig, W. J. G. (1997). “A dialectometrical analysis of the main Kavango

languages: Kwangali, Gciriku and Mbukushu”, in Wilfrid H. G. Haacke &

Edward E. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 211-234.

2230.

K33a

Kwangali

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2231.

K33b

Mbundza

Seifert, Marc (2006). Narrations of the Kavango: Folktales and Documentory

Texts from Northern Namibia and Southern Angola. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe

Verlag. 284 p.

2232.

K331

Sambyu

Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2009). “Linguistics historiography in

Southwest Bantu”, 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-

out)

2233.

K331

-332

Manyo

Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (?). “Linguistic evidence of cultural change:

The case of the Rumanyo speaking people in Northern Namibia", Sprache

und Geschichte in Afrika, 18: 131-154.

2234.

K331

-332

Manyo

Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2009). “Linguistics historiography in

Southwest Bantu”, 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-

out)

2235.

K331

-332

Manyo

Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Karl-Peter Shikaya-Mberema (2005). A

Dictionary of the Rumanyo Language: Rumanyo-English, English-Rumanyo,

including a Grammatical Sketch. Southern African Languages and Cultures,

2. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp. 459.

2236.

K

331-332

Manyo

Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G. (2009). "Two ways of conceptualising natural

landscapes: A comparison of the Otjiherero and Rumanyo word cultures in

Namibia.", in Michael Bollig & Olaf Bubenzer, eds. African Landscapes:

Interdisciplinary Approaches. New York: Springer. 431-454.

2237.

K331

-332

Manyo

Seifert, Marc (2006). Narrations of the Kavango: Folktales and Documentory

Texts from Northern Namibia and Southern Angola. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe

Verlag. 284 p.

2238.

K331

-332

Manyo

Seifert, Marc (2003). “Zur Anlage eines modernen Schulwörterbuches in

Rumanyo, Bantusprache Namibias”, Beiträge zur 1. Kölner

Afrikawissenschaftlichen Nachwuchstagung (KANT 1), Köln: Inst. für

Afrikanistik, Universität zu Köln. 84 p.

2239.

K332

Gciriku

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2240.

K332

Gciriku

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2241.

K332

Marten, Lutz & Nancy Chongo Kula (2003). “Semantic transparency in

293

Gciriku

phonology: telicity and vowel copying in Dciriku “, to appear in:

Phonologica 2002.

2242.

K332

Gciriku

Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2005). A Grammatical Sketch of Rugciriku.

Grammatische Analysen Sprachen, Bd. 26. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Pp. 136.

2243.

K332

Gciriku

Möhlig, W. J. G. (1997). “A dialectometrical analysis of the main Kavango

languages: Kwangali, Gciriku and Mbukushu”, in Wilfrid H. G. Haacke &

Edward E. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 211-234.

2244.

K332

Gciriku

ali

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2245.

K332

Gciriku

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Gciriku Glossary. from Möhlig & Shiyamberema

(2005) A Dictionary of the Rumanyo Language. 14 p.

2246.

K333

Mbukushu

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2247.

K333

Mbukushu

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2248.

K333

Mbukushu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2249.

K333

Mbukushu

Kathage, Birte (2009). "Landscape Conceptualisation in Mbukushu: A

Cognitive-Linguistic Approach", in Michael Bollig & Olaf Bubenzer, eds.

African Landscapes: Interdisciplinary Approaches. New York: Springer.

455-471

.

2250.

K333

Mbukushu

Larson, Thomas John (1977). “Kinship terminology of the Hambukushu of

Ngamiland”, Botswana Notes and Records, 9 : 85-89.

2251.

K333

Mbukushu

Larson, Thomas John (1981). “Hambukushu ethnobotany”, Botswana Notes

and Records, 13: 145-148.

2252.

K333

Mbukushu

Larson, Thomas J. (1989). “History and social organization of the Bayeyi of

Ngamiland”, South African Journal of Ethnology , 12.1: 23-26.

2253.

K333

Mbukushu

Larson, Thomas J. (1989). “Sorcery and witchcraft with the Bayeyi and

Hambukushu: A cross-cultural comparison”, South African Journal of

Ethnology , 12.4: 131-136.

2254.

K333

Mbukushu

Legère, Karsten & Munganda Robert (2004) Thimbukushu-Thihingirisha.

English-Thimbukushu : Manandorandathana gho Thikuhonga Subject

Glossaries. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan. 146 pp

2255.

K333

Mbukushu

Möhlig, W. J. G. (1997). “A dialectometrical analysis of the main Kavango

languages: Kwangali, Gciriku and Mbukushu”, in Wilfrid H. G. Haacke &

Edward E. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 211-234.

2256.

K333

Mbukushu

Seifert, Marc (2006). Narrations of the Kavango: Folktales and Documentory

Texts from Northern Namibia and Southern Angola. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe

Verlag. 284 p.

2257.

K333

Mbukushu

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2258.

K333

Mbukushu

Wynne, R.C. (1980). English-Mbukushu Dictionary. Avebury Publications.

615 p.

2259.

K34

Kwandu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2260.

K353

Koma

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2261.

K36

Shanjo

Bostoen, Koen (2009). "Shanjo and Fwe as Part of Bantu Botatwe: A Dia

chronic Phonological Approach", in Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds.

294

Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on African Linguistics.

Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project. 110-130.

2262.

K36

Shanjo

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2263.

K37

Kwangwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2264.

K371

Kwandi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2265.

K401

Mbalangwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2266.

K401

Mbalangwe

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2267.

K401

Mbalangwe

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2268.

K402

Fwe

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2269.

K402

Fwe

Bostoen, Koen (2009). "Shanjo and Fwe as Part of Bantu Botatwe: A Dia

chronic Phonological Approach", in Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds.

Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on African Linguistics.

Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project. 110-130.

2270.

K402

Fwe

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2271.

K402

Fwe

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2272.

K402

Fwe

Pretorius, Johan L. (1975). The Fwe of the Eastern Caprivi Zipfel. MA thesis.

University of Stellenbosch. 156 p.

2273.

K41

Totela

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2274.

K41

Totela

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2275.

K41

Totela

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2276.

K41

Totela

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2277.

K42

Subia

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2278.

K42

Subia

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

295

2279.

K42

Subia

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2280.

K42

Subia

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2281.

K421

Mbalangwe

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2282.

K501

/L12

Samba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2283.

K501

/L12

Samba

Van Avermaet, E. (1945). « Les tons en kiluba samba et le tambour-

téléphone », Aequatoria, 8: 1-12.

2284.

K51/H41

Mbala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2285.

K51/H41

Mbala

Gusimana, Barth (1955). Dictionnaire Français-Kimbala. Banningville:

Imprimerie Vicariat du Kwango.

2286.

K51/H41

Mbala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2287.

K51/H41

Mbala

Kama Funzi Mudindambi (1977) “Récits Mbala”, Africana Linguistica 7,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 247-268

2288.

K51/H41

Mbala

Lecomte S.J., Jean-Marie (1956). Lexique Gimbala-Français-Kikongo.

Eegenhoven, Belgique. 186 p.

2289.

K51/H41

Mbala

Meeussen, A.E. (1977). “Trois pronominaux du mbala”, Africana Linguistica

7, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 359-374

2290.

K51/H41

Mbala

Mudindaambi, Lumbwe, (1977). Dictionnaire mbala-francais. CEEBA

Publications. 3.4: 1025. Bandundu.

2291.

K51/H41

Mbala

Ndolo, Pius & Florence Malasi (1972). Vocabulaire Mbala. Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale. 121 p.

2292.

K51/H41

Mbala

Ndolo, Pius (1972). Essai sur la Tonalité et la Flexion verbale du Gimbala.

Archives d’Anthropologie 19. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 105 pp.

2293.

K52/L11

Pende

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2294.

K52/L11

Pende

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2295.

K52/L11

Pende

Griffin, A. W. (1937). Grammar of the Kipende Language. 47 p.

2296.

K52/L11

Pende

Gusimana, Barthelemy (1952). Ha Mago Gukatuga Lo. Fransi-Kipende.

Kinguni: St Pierre Claver. 48 p.

2297.

K52/L11

Pende

Gusimana, Barth (1972) [CBOLD]. Pende Wordlist (8.200 items)

2298.

K52/L11

Pende

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2299.

K52/L11

Pende

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Quelques Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Ucókwe, Gipeende, Ciluba. Manuscrit. [36

ítens}

2300.

K52/L11

Pende

Niyonkuru, L. (1983). “Note sur l´assibilation en pende”, Africana Linguistica

9, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 265-270.

2301.

K53/L13

Kwese

,

Pindi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

296

2302.

K53/L13

Kwese

,

Pindi

Burssens, Nico (1994) [CBOLD]. Nw Bantu wordlist (8.500 items). Proto-

Bantu, Buma B74, Dinga B86, Lori G61 (B80?), Mbunda K15, Mputu (?),

Ngoli A25(?), Ngz (?), Nzadi (L12?), Pindi L13 (B863?), Sakata C34, Yansi

B85.

2303.

K53/L13

Kwese

,

Pindi

Forges, Germaine (1983). Phonologie et Morphologie du Kwezo. Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale, série in-8-Sciences humaines- 113. 465 p

2304.

K53/L13

Kwese

,

Pindi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2305.

K54/L12

Holu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2306.

K54/L12

Holu

Daeleman, Jan (2004). Notes Grammaticales et Lexique du Kiholu. Lincom

Studies in African Linguistics, 58. München: Lincom Europa. 78 p.

2307.

K54

/L12

Holu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2308.

K54

/L12

Holu

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

Zona L

2309.

L

G

eral

Bostoen, Koen, Jacky Maniacky & Mark Stoneking, (2006). “An integrated

linguistic and genetic approach to population dynamics in western Zambia”,

Paper presented at The 36

th

Colloquium on African Languages and

Linguistics (CALL36), University of Leiden.

2310.

L

G

eral

Kabange Mukala, Ernest (?) Correspondances lexicales entre les zones L e M.

Notes non publiées. 3 p.

2311.

L

G

eral

Kabange Mukala, Ernest (2009). « Eléments de transition linguistique entre les

zones L et M: Parenté et affinité », 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-

out)

2312.

L

G

eral

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel, Gustavo Gurgel do Amaral & Jean-Pierre

Angenot (2009). “Vers le Proto-L : Une Contribution à la Classification

interne des Langues bantoues et à une Pondération de l’Apport de la Zone

L à l’Héritage lexical afro-ibéroaméricain », Afros & Amazônicos : Revista

do Grupo de Pesquisas Interdisciplinares Afro-Amazônicos – GEPIAA.

On-line. Númer o 1. Porto Velho : Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 30p

2313.

L

G

eral

Possoz, Emile (1940). « Les langues du Katanga », Aequatoria, 3, p 135.

2314.

L202

Yazi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2315.

L21

Kete

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2316.

L21

Kete

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2317.

L21

Kete

Kamba Muzenga, J. G. (1980). Esquisse de Grammaire Kete. Sciences

Humaines, 104. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale.

259 p.

2318.

L21

Kete

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). D’autres Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Chokwe, Lunda, Lulua, Kete. Manuscrit. [68

ítens]

297

2319.

L22a

Mbagani

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2320.

L22a

Mbagani

Vancoillie, G. (1947). « Grepen uit de Mbagani-traditie », Aequatoria, 10: 89-

101; 122-129.

2321.

L22b

Bindji

-sul

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Notes Lexicales Bindji. Manuscrit.

[510 itens].

2322.

L221

Lwalwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2323.

L222

Beneki

dial

.Mbangani

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2324.

L23

Songye

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2325.

L23

Songye

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2326.

L23

Son

gye

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2327.

L23

Songye

Lumeka, P. R. (1967). “Proverbes des Songye”, Africana Linguistica 3,

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 39-50

2328.

L23

S

ongye

Stappers, Leo (1953). “In hoevverre verschilt het kisongye van het tshiluba?”,

Aequatoria, 16: 1-17.

2329.

L23

Songye

.

Stappers, Leo (1953). “Toonparallelisme als mnemotechnisch middel in

spreekworden “, Aequatoria, 16: 98-100.

2330.

L23

Songye

Stappers, Leo. (1964). Morfologie van het Songye. Tervuren. MRAC. Ann.

Ling. 51.

2331.

L23b

Songye

-Sul

Stappers, Leo. (1953). Zuid-Kisongye Bloemlezing: Milembwe-Teksten.

Annales du Musée Royal du Congo Belge. Sciences de l’Homme –

Linguistique, 6. Tervuren, Belgique. 79 p.

2332.

L232

Musolo

Stappers, Leo. (1962). “De toonstruktuur van het werkwoord in het Musolo”,

Africana Linguistica 1, Tervuren: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 99-

121.

2333.

L24

Inkongo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2334.

L301

Kebwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.

2335.

L302

Kampwete

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (2009).” La position du parler

kìkampwete par rapport aux langues cilubà (L31) et kilubà (L33),

Proceedings of the VI Special WOCAL – The 6

th

World Congress of

African Linguistics. São Paulo, Brasil: Universidade de São Paulo. 10

p.

2336.

L303

Zela

Kabange Mukala, Ernest (1983). Etude Comparée de Langues des Zones L e

M: Cas des Langues Kiluba, Kizeela, Kisanga, Kitaabwa et Aushi.

Mémoire de Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre. [153

ítens]

2337.

L303

Zela

Kabange Mukala, Ernest (?). Correspondances phonétiques entre le kizela et

diverses autres langues. Notes non publiées. 27 p.

2338.

L303

Zela

Kabange Mukala, Ernest (2008). Kizela. Versão preliminar da tese doutoral.

358 p.

2339.

L303

Zela

Mutambwa, Mulumbwa (1984). Essai d’Onomastique du Kízéélá: Etude des

Anthroponymes. Mémoire de Licence: Lubumbashi, Zaïre: Université

298

Nationale du Zaïre.

2340.

L303

Zela

Nollevaux, Jules (1949). "La cosmogonie des bazela", Aequatoria, 12: 121-

128.

2341.

L303

Zela

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2342.

L303

Zela

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2343.

L303

Zela

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2344.

L303

Zela

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2345.

L303

Zela

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2346.

L303

Zela

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2347.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2348.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

CIYEM (2003). Dictionnaire en Ligne Cilubà-Français. Université de

Mbujimayi.

2349.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Coupez, André (1954). Etudes sur la Langue Luba. Tervuren, Belgique:

Annales du Musée Royal du Congo Belge. Vol. 9.

2350.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

de Clercq, Auguste & Emil Willems (1960) [CBOLD]. Tshiluba Wordlist

(2.700 items). [somente até a letra “J”)

2351.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

De Pauw, G., P.W. Wagacha & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2007).

“Automatic diacritic restoration for resource-scarce languages”, in V.

Matousek and P. Mautner, eds. Text, Speech and Dialogue (Proceedings of

the 10

th

International TSD Conference). Julius Springer-Verlag.

2352.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

De Rop, Albert Jozef (1959). « L’orthographe du ciluba », Aequatoria, 22: 1-

6.

2353.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Daniël J. Prinsloo (2001). “Towards a sound

lemmatisation strategy for the Bantu verb through the use of frequency-

based tail slots, with special reference to Cilubà, Sepedi and Kiswahili”, in

J. S. Mdee & H. J. M. Mwansoko, eds. Makala ya kongamano la kimataifa

Kiswahili 2000 (Proceedings). Taasisi ya Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili (TUKI),

Chuo Kikuu cha Dar es Salaam.

2354.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

English-Tshiluba vocabulary quizzes.

2355.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1941). “Tonetiek van lomongo en tshiluba”, Aequatoria,

3: 56-58.

2356.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2357.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Kabuta, Ngo Semzara et al. Dictionnaire Cilubà - Français. On-line

2358.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (2008). Nkòngamyakù wa Cilubà-Mfwàlànsa.

RECALL 19 / Ciyèm. Universiteit Gent & Université de Mbujimayi. 365 p.

2359.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Lukusa, Stephen (2009) "Reduplication in Ciluba",

Proceedings of the 9

th

LASU Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa Universitária (UEM).

299

137-152.

2360.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Maddieson, Jan (1976). “Tone reversal in Ciluba: A new theory”, in L. M.

Hyman, Ed. Studies in Bantu Tonology. Southern California Occasional

Papers in Linguistics, 3: 142-165

2361.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2362.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Meeussen, A.E. (1958). “Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi)”, Kongo-

Overzee XXV. Antwerpen: De Sikkel.

2363.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Morrison, W. M. (1906). Grammar and Dictionary of the Buluba-Lulua

Langauge as spoken in the Upper Kasai and Congo Basin. New York:

American Tract Society. 423 p.

2364.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). Quelques Donn ées Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Ucókwe, Gipeende, Ciluba. Manuscrit. [36

ítens}

2365.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Muyumba, Valentine Kanyinda (2004). “Luba-Kasai: a working

bibliography”, Electronic Journal of Africana Bibliography, 9.

2366.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2006). “Resumptive pronominal clitics in Bantu

languages”, Selected proceedings of the 36

th

annual conference on African

linguistics. Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

2367.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Stappers, Leo (1953). “In hoeverre verschilt het kisonge van het tshiluba?”,

Aequatoria, 16: 1-7.

2368.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Stappers, Leo (1953). “Toonparallelisme als mnemotechnisch middel in

spreekworden “, Aequatoria, 16: 98-100.

2369.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Van Avermaet, E. (1955). “Langage rythmé des Baluba », Aequatoria, 18: 1-

5.

2370.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai

Van Caeneghem, R. (1944). “Godsgebeden bij de Baluba”, Aequatoria, 7: 28-

34; 10: 4-16.

2371.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Van Spaandonck, Marcel (1971). “On the so-called reversing tonal system of

Ciluba: A case for restructuring”, Studies in African Linguistics, 2.2: 131-144.

2372.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Willems, Emile (1936/1959). Dictionnaire Tshiluba-Français. Luluabourg:

Archidiocèse. 392 p.

2373.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Willems, Emile (1967). Vocabulaire Tshiluba-Français Français-Tshiluba.

Luluabourg: Archidiocèse.

2374.

L31a

Luba

-Kasai.

Yoto, Djongakodi (1976). Emprunt Linguistique Luba Kasai d´Origine

française: Interprétation Générative. Lubumbashi: Université Nationale du

Zaïre.

2375.

L31b

L

ulua

(Lange)

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2376.

L31b

Lulua

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2377.

L31b

Lulua

Morrison, W. M. (1906). Grammar and Dictionary of the Buluba-Lulua

Langauge as spoken in the Upper Kasai and Congo Basin. New York:

American Tract Society. 423 p.

2378.

L31b

Lulua

Mutombo Huta-Mukana, Daniel (n.d). D’autres Données Lexicales

Comparées: Lingala, Wongo, Chokwe, Lunda, Lulua, Kete. Manuscrit. [68

ítens]

2379.

L32

Kanyoka

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2380.

L32

Kanyoka

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2381.

L32

Stappers, Leo (1953). “Toonparallelisme als mnemotechnisch middel in

300

Kanyoka

spreekworden”, Aequatoria, 16: 99-100.

2382.

L32

Kanyoka

Stappers, Leo (1980). “Texteskanyok”, Africana Linguistica 8, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 199-226.

2383.

L33

Luba

-Katanga

Anônimo (1969). Dictionnaire Français-Kiluba et Kiluba-Français. Kamina,

Katanga: Congo Evangelistic Mission.

2384.

L33

Luba

-

Katanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2385.

L33

Luba

-

Katanga

Jenniges, E. (1908). Traité de Kiluba-Sanga tel qu’il est parlé au Secteur du

Haut-Luapula (Katanga) et Régions limitrophes. Publication de l’Etat

Indépendant du Congo. 44 p.

2386.

L33

Luba

-

Katanga

Jenniges, E. (1909). Dictionnaire Français-Kiluba. Bruxelles: Spineux & Cie.

192 p.

2387.

L33

Luba

-

Katanga

Kabonga, Mukala (1983). Etude Comparée de Langues des Zones L e M: Cas

des Langues Kiluba, Kizeela, Kisanga, Kitaabwa et Aushi. Mémoire de

Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre. [153 ítens]

2388.

L33

Luba

-

Katanga

Mutonkole Lunda wa Ngoyi (1994).”Le passé d’aujourd’hui en luba-shaba:

tonalités et alternances des finales”, Africana Linguistica 11, Tervuren:

Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 141-148.

2389.

L33

Luba

-

Katanga

Tempels, Placide (1935-1938). Textes Ethnographiques (Baluba-Shankadi,

Bashila). On-line. 25 p.

http://www.aequatoria.be/tempels/EcritsEthnoEng.html

2390.

L34

Hemba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2391.

L34

Hemba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2392.

L35

Sanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2393.

L35

Sanga

Bourdonnec, P.-M. (1948). « La langue sanga », Aequatoria, 11: 41-49.

2394.

L35

Sanga

Coupez, André (1981). “A linguistic lesson”, in Jean-Pierre Angenot, Gilles

Istre, Jaap Spa & Paulino Vandresen, eds. Studies in Pure Natural

Phonology and Related Topics. UFSC Working Papers in Linguistics.

Florianóipolis, Santa Catarina, Brazil. 107-112.

2395.

L35

Sanga

Coupez, André (1992). "Alternances tonales en sanga (L35)", I.T.L, Review of

Applied Linguistics,, 97-98 : 47-52.

2396.

L35

Sanga

Jenniges, E. (1908). Traité de Kiluba-Sanga tel qu’il est parlé au Secteur du

Haut-Luapula (Katanga) et Régions limitrophes. Publication de l’Etat

Indépendant du Congo. 44 p.

2397.

L35

Sanga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2398.

L35

Sanga

Kabonga, Mukala (1983). Etude Comparée de Langues des Zones L e M: Cas

des Langues Kiluba, Kizeela, Kisanga, Kitaabwa et Aushi. Mémoire de

Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre. [153 ítens]

2399.

L35

Sanga

Kanyamibwa, Melchior (1982). Confrontation historique du lexique du

protobantu avec le cokwe (zone K), le sanga (zone L) et le rwanda (zone J).

Dissertation. Université Nationale du Rwanda. 158 p.

2400.

L35

Sanga

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2401.

L35

Sanga

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

301

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2402.

L35

Sanga

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2403.

L35

Sanga

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2404.

L35

Sanga

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2405.

L35

Sanga

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2406.

L41

Kaonde

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2407.

L41

Kaonde

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2408.

L41

Kaonde

Kawasha, Boniface (2008). “Relative clauses and subject inversion in Chokwe,

Kaonde, Lunda and Luvale, Africana Linguistica, 14: 37-62.

2409.

L41

Kaonde

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2410.

L41

Kaonde

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2411.

L41

Kaonde

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2412.

L41

Kaonde

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2413.

L41

Kaonde

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2414.

L41

Kaonde

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2415.

L62

Nkoya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2416.

L62

Nkoya

Van Binsbergen, Wim (2002). Minority language and the state in two African

situations: the Nkoya of Zambia and the Kalanga of Botswana.

2417.

L62

Nkoya

Van Binsbergen, Wim = Tatashikanda Kahare. Kazanga: Tatashikanda’s

Nkoya website.

2418.

L62

Nkoya

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

Zona M

2419.

M

G

eral

Bostoen, Koen, Jacky Maniacky & Mark Stoneking (2006). “An integrated

linguistic and genetic approach to population dynamics in Western Zambia”,

Paper presented at The 36

th

Colloquium on African Languages and

Linguistics (CALL36), University of Leiden.

302

2420.

M

G

eral

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey.

Hosted at the CBOLD site.

2421.

M

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et Accent dans les Langues Bantu d’Afrique

Orientale. Thèse d’état. Université René Descartes (Paris 5).

2422.

M

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1998) . “Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the

evolution of Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman and Charles

W. Kisseberth, eds. Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford

University.

2423.

M

G

eral

Walsh, Martin T. & Imani N. Swilla (2000). Linguistics in the Corridor: a

Review of Research on the Bantu Languages of South-West Tanzania, North-

East Zambia and North Malawi.

2424.

M11

Pimbwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2425.

M11

Pimbwe

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Pimbwe Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2426.

M12

Rungwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2427.

M12

Rungwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Lungwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2428.

M12

Rungwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Rungwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2429.

M12b

Lungwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Lungwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2430.

M13

Fipa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2431.

M13

Fipa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Fipa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2432.

M13a

Sukuma

Matondo, Masangu (2006).”Tonal Transfer in Kisukuma”, in John Mugane,

John P. Hutchison & Dee A. Worman, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 35

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African Languages and

Linguistics in Broad Perspectives. Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla

Proceedings Project, 125-135

2433.

M13a

Sukuma

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Sukuma Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2434.

M14

Lungu

Bickmore, Lee S. (2007). “High-toned mora insertion between onsetless

morphemes in Cilungu”, Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual

Conference on African Linguistics. Cascadilla Proceedings Project. 88-95.

2435.

M14

Lungu

Bickmore, Lee S. (2007). “Stem tone melodies in Cilungu”, SOAS Working

Papers in Linguistics, 15: 7-18.

2436.

M14

Lungu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2437.

M14

Lungu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Rungu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2438.

M15

Mambwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2439.

M15

Mambwe

Halemba, Andrzej (1995) [CBOLD] Mambwe wordlist (16.000 items)

2440.

M15

Mambwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2441.

M15

Mambwe

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Mambwe Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2442.

M201

Lambya

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

303

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2443.

M201

Lambya

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Lambya Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2444.

M20

2

Sukwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2445.

M21

Wanda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2446.

M21

Wanda

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Wanda Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2447.

M22

Mwanga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2448.

M22

Mwanga

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Namwanga Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

2449.

M23

Nyiha

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2450.

M23

Nyiha

Mtenje, Al D. (2007). “On recent trends in phonology: vowel sequences in

Bantu languages”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 33-48.

2451.

M23

Nyiha

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Nyiha Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2452.

M24

Malila

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2453.

M24

Malila

Lojenga, Constance Kutsch (2007). “Minimality and Morae in Malila (M.24)”,

in Doris L. Payne & Jaime Peña, eds. Selected Proceedings of the 37

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics. Somerville, MA, USA Cascadilla

Proceedings Project. 77-87

2454.

M24

Malila

Lojenga, Constance Kutsch (2009). “

Two types of vowel Harmony in Malila”,

Proceedings of the Special WOCAL – Word Congress of African Linguistics.

São Paulo, Brasil: Universidade de São Paulo. 19 p.

2455.

M24

Malila

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Malila Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2456.

M25

Safwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Safwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2457.

M25

Safwa

Voorhoeve, Jan (1973). “Safwa as a restricted tone system”, Studies in African

Linguistics, 4.1: 1-21.

2458.

M301

Ndali

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2459.

M301

Ndali

Mtenje, Al D. (2006). “Tone

in Cindali",

Lingua, 116: 1495–1506.

2460.

M301

Ndali

Mtenje, Al D. (2007). “On recent trends in phonology: vowel sequences in

Bantu languages”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 33-48.

2461.

M301

Ndali

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ndali Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2462.

M301b

Nd

ari

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ndari Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2463.

M31

Sokili

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2464.

M31a

Nyakyusa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2465.

M31a

Nyakyusa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2466.

M31a

Nyakyusa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Nyakyusa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

304

2467.

M31a

Nyakyusa

Rugemalira, Josephat M. (2007). “The structure of the Bantu noun phrase,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 135-148.

2468.

M31b

Kukwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2469.

M31c

Lugulu

Gonzales, Rhonda M. (2008). "Appendix: 100 Sagala words", Societies,

Religion, and History. Columbia University Press. 249-257.

2470.

M31d

Ngonde

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2471.

M401

Bwile

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2472.

M402

Aushi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2473.

M402

Aushi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2474.

M402

Aushi

Kabonga, Mukala (1983). Etude Comparée de Langues des Zones L e M: Cas

des Langues Kiluba, Kizeela, Kisanga, Kitaabwa et Aushi. Mémoire de

Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre. [153 ítens]

2475.

M402

Aushi

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2476.

M402

Aushi

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2477.

M402

Aushi

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2478.

M402

Aushi

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2479.

M402

Aushi

Verbeek, Léon (2007). «Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2480.

M402

Aushi

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2481.

M41

Taabwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2482.

M41

Taabwa

Kabonga, Mukala (1983). Etude Comparée de Langues des Zones L e M: Cas

des Langues Kiluba, Kizeela, Kisanga, Kitaabwa et Aushi. Mémoire de

Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre. [153 ítens]

2483.

M41

Taabwa

Van Acker, Auguste (1907). Dictionnaire Kitabwa-Français et Français-

Kitabwa. Bruxelles: Annales du Musée du Congo.

2484.

M41

Taabwa

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2485.

M41

Taabwa

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2486.

M41

Taabwa

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

305

2487.

M41

Taabwa

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2488.

M41

Taabwa

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2489.

M41

Taabwa

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2490.

M41a

Taabwa

-

R D Congo

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2491.

M41b

Taabwa

-

Zambia

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2492.

M41c

Ngumbo

-

Taabwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2493.

M411

Shila

Tempels, Placide (1935-1938). Textes Ethnographiques (Baluba-Shankadi,

Bashila). On-line. 25 p.

http://www.aequatoria.be/tempels/EcritsEthnoEng.html

2494.

M411

Shila

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2495.

M411

Shila

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2496.

M411

Shila

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2497.

M411

Shila

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2498.

M411

Shila

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2499.

M411

Shila

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2500.

M42

Bemba

Anônimo (2001). Medical Vocabulary Table. On-line.

2501.

M42

Bemba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2502.

M42

Bemba

Chanda, Musamba Vincent (1994). “On Bemba dynastic poetry”, Africana

Linguistica 12, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale,

19-26

2503.

M42

Bemba

Cheng, Lisa & Nancy C. Kula (2006). “Syntactic and phonological phrasing in

Bemba relatives”, ZAS Papers in Llinguistics, 43: 31-54.

2504.

M42

Bemba

Gray, Russell & Simon Greenhill. Bantu basic Vocabulary Database: Asu,

Basaa, Bemba, Bukusu, Kinyamwezi, Koyo. University of Auckland, New

Zealand. http://language.psy.auckland.ac.nz/bantu/

2505.

M42

Bemba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

306

2506.

M42

Bemba

Kabonga, Mukala (1983). Etude Comparée de Langues des Zones L e M: Cas

des Langues Kiluba, Kizeela, Kisanga, Kitaabwa et Aushi. Mémoire de

Licence. Lubumbahi: Université Nationale du Zaïre. [153 ítens]

2507.

M42

Bemba

Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1968). A Phonemic Analysis of Bemba. Zambian Papers

3. University of Zambia

2508.

M42

Bemba

Kasonde, Alex (2006). “OBED - Online Bemba English Dictionary -: corpus,

grammar and lexis”, 36

th

Colloquium on African Languages and Linguistics

(CALL36), University of Leiden. 17 p

2509.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (1999). “On the representation of NC clusters in

Bemba”, in Renée van Bezooijen and René Kager, eds. Linguistics in the

Netherlands 1999. 13 p.

2510.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2000). “The morphology-phonology interface:

consonant mutations in Bemba”, in Tod van der Wouden and Helen de

Hoop, eds. Linguistics in the Netherlands 2000. 14 p.

2511.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2001). “Imbrication in Bemba”, HIL Occasional

Papers, 4: 102-116. 15 p.

2512.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2002). “On the formation of the modified base in

Bemba”, in Katrin Hiietam and Christa Schubert, eds. Proceedings of the 9

th

Manchester Postgraduate Conference in Linguistics. University of

Manchester.

2513.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2002). “Spirantisation in morphologically driven

phonology: the causative in Bemba”, in C. Czinglar, et al., eds. Proceedings

of Console VIII. 16 p.

2514.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2002). The Phonology of Verbal Derivation in Bemba.

LOT - Landelijke Onderzoekschool Taalwetenschap dissertation series, 65.

Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics. 221 p

2515.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2003). “On the autonomy of the root in Bemba”,

Proceedings of WOCAL 3. 15 p.

2516.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2004). “Domain variability in the reduplication of

inflected items”, Malawi Journal of Linguistics.

2517.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2009). “Retaining vowel colour in Bemba roots: On

blocked imbrication in derived roots”, 3

rd

International Conference on Bantu

Languages.Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (hand-

out).

2518.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (1998). “Aspects of nasality in Bemba”,

SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics and Phonetics, 8: 191-208.

2519.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (2002). “Constraints and processes:

evidence from Bemba, Herero and Swahili”, SOAS Working Papers in

Linguistics and Phonetics, 10: 91-102

2520.

M42

Bemba

Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (2002). “Nasality in Bemba: onset-to-

onset government and licensing constraints”, in Erika Chisarik & Iaonna

Sitaridou, eds. Proceedings of the 8

th

Manchester Postgraduate Conference

in Linguistics. University of Manchester.

2521.

M42

Bemba

Mann, Michael (1995) Bemba Wordlist (6.800 items). 195 p.

2522.

M42

Bemba

Marten, Lutz (2003). “The dynamics of Bantu applied verbs: an analysis at the

syntax-pragmatics interface”, in Kézié K. Lébikaza, ed. Actes du 3

e

Congrès Mondial de Linguistique Africaine. Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 15 p.

2523.

M42

Bemba

Parker, Philip M. Bemba English Dictionary.

2524.

M42

Bemba

Peace Corps Zambia (1995). Special Lessons: Bemba. 94 p..

2525.

M42

Bemba

Philippson, Gérard. “*HH and *HL tone patterns in Bemba and the Bemba

tone system”, in Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry M. Hyman, eds. Bantu

Historical Linguistics. CSLI Publications.

307

2526.

M42

Bemba

Rhine, Lenny. Patient-doctor Interaction : General Phrases for ChiBemba,

ChiNyanja, CiTonga and SiLozi at the Medical Library. University of

Zambia.

2527.

M42

Bemba

Schoeffer (1907). A Grammar of the Bemba Language as spoken in North-

East Rhodesia. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 77 p.

2528.

M42

Bemba

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Bemba Basic Vocabulary. 12 p.

2529.

M42

Bemba

Spitulnik, Debra (2000). Bemba Phonology. Emory University. Mimeo

2530.

M42

Bemba

The Bemba Home Page. Emory University, Atlanta GA.

2531.

M42

Bemba

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2532.

M

42

Bemba

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2533.

M42

Bemba

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains etleur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2534.

M42

Bemba

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2535.

M42

Bemba

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2536.

M42

Bemb

a

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2537.

M421

Lembwe

Stappers, Leo (1951). “Godsverering bij the baamilembwe”, Aequatoria 14:

121-124.

2538.

M51

Bisa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2539.

M51

Bisa

Madan, A. C. (1908). Lala-Lamba Handbook: A Short Introduction to the

South-western Division of the Wisa-Lala Dialect of Northern Rhodesia with

Stories and Vocabulary. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. 147 p.

2540.

M52

Lala

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2541.

M52

Lala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2542.

M52

Lala

Madan, A. C. (1908). Lala-Lamba Handbook: A Short Introduction to the

South-western Division of the Wisa-Lala Dialect of Northern Rhodesia with

Stories and Vocabulary. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. 147 p.

2543.

M52

Lala

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2544.

M52

Lala

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2545.

M52

Lala

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains et leur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2546.

M52

Lala

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

308

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2547.

M52

Lala

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 143 p.

2548.

M52

Lala

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2549.

M54

Lamba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2550.

M54

Lamba

Doke, Clement Martin 1963. English-Lamba Vocabulary. Johannesburg:

Witwatersrand University Press. 93 p.

2551.

M54

Lamba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2552.

M54

Lamba

Marchal, R. (1943). “Terminologie juridique en kilamba”, Aequatoria, 6: 112-

114.

2553.

M54

Lamba

Verbeek, Léon (1981). Le Chasseur africain et son Monde : Les Chansons de

Chasse du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 743 p.

2554.

M54

Lamba

Verbeek, Léon (2004). Pleureuses du Luapula-Moëro : Mélopées funèbres du

Sud-Est Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal

de l’Afrique Centrale. 770 p.

2555.

M54

Lamba

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Les Jumeaux africains etleur Culte: Chansons des

Jumeaux du Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 104 p.

2556.

M54

Lamba

Verbeek, Léon (2007). Chansons du Pilon et de la Meule: Pileuses du Sud-Est

du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 92 p.

2557.

M54

Lamba

Verbeek, Léon (2007). « Cesse de pleurer, mon enfant »: Berceuses du Sud-

Est du Katanga. Publications digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de

l’Afrique Centrale. 1

2558.

M54

Lamba

Verbeek, Léon (2008). Univers des Pêcheurs et Piroguiers africains:

Chansons de la Pêche et de la Pirogue au Sud-Est du Katanga. Publications

digitales. Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 302 p.

2559.

M542

Temba

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2560.

M61

Lenje

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2561.

M61

Lenje

Kankawa, Evariste Mumba (1995). Lenje Wordlist (1.000 items). The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

2562.

M61

Lenje

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2563.

M62

Soli

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2564.

M62

Soli

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2565.

M63

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

309

Ila

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2566.

M63

Ila

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2567.

M63

Ila

Smith, Edwin W. (1907). A Handbook of the Ila Languae, commonly called

Seshukulumbwe. Oxford University Press. 531 p.

2568.

M63

Ila

Smith, Edwin W. & Andrew Murray Dale (1920). The Ila-speaking Peoples of

Northern Rhodesia. Volume 1. London: Macmillan & Co.

2569.

M63

Ila

Smith, Edwin W. & Andrew Murray Dale (1920). The Ila-speaking Peoples of

Northern Rhodesia. Volume 2. London: Macmillan & Co. 460 p. [Chapter

XXVI : The Ila Language]. 277-310.

2570.

M631

Sala

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2571.

M631

Sala

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2572.

M632

Lundwe

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2573.

M634

Lumbu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2574.

M64

Tonga

Anônimo (2001). Medical Vocabulary Table. On-line.

2575.

M64

Tonga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2576.

M64

T

onga

Blumenfeld, Lev (2006). "Tone domains in Tonga", Rutgers Optimal Archive

ROA-805.19 p.

2577.

M64

Tonga

Fell, J.R. (1918). A Tonga Grammar. London: William Clowes & Sons Ltd.

140 p.

2578.

M64

Tonga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2579.

M64

Tonga

Jouannet, Francis (1985). “Assimilations et dissimilations tonales :

Comparaison typologique entre le rwanda, le rundi et le tonga”,

Prosodologie et Phonologie non-linéaire. Pris : Société d’Etudes

Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France. 257-305

2580.

M64

Tonga

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2581.

M64

Tonga

Rhine, Lenny. Patient-doctor Interaction: General Phrases for ChiBemba,

ChiNyanja, CiTonga and SiLozi at the Medical Library. University of

Zambia.

2582.

M641

Leya

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2583.

M641

Leya

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

2584.

M642

Ndawe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

310

2585.

M643

Toka

Luna, Kathryn M. de (2008). "Core vocabulary tables for Botatwe languages",

Collecting Food, Cultivating Persons:Wild Resource Use in Central African

Political Culture, c. 1000 B.C.E. to c. 1900 C.E. Evanston, Illinois:

Northwestern University. 403-600.

Zona N

2586.

N

G

eral

Bleek, Wilhelm H.I. (1856) The languages of Mosambique: Vocabularies of

the Dialects of Lourenzo Marques, Inhambane, Sofala, Tette, Sena,

Quellimane, Mosambique, Cape Delgado, Anjoane, the Maravi, Mudasu etc.

Harrison & Sons.

2587.

N

G

eral

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey.

Hosted at the CBOLD site.

2588.

N101

Ndendeule

Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1995). Towards a Typology of Applicatives in Bantu.

35 p.

2589.

N101

Ndendeule

Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2006). “Resumptive pronominal clitics in Bantu

languages”, Selected Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African

Linguistics. Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

2590.

N11

Manda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2591.

N11

Manda

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Manda Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2592.

N12

Ngoni

Tanz

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2593.

N12

Ngoni

Tanz.

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ngoni Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2594.

N121

Ngoni

-

Malawi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2595.

N121

Ngoni

-

Malawi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2596.

N13

Matengo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2597.

N13

Matengo

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Matengo Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2598.

N13

Matengo

Yoneda, Nobuko. A descriptive Study of Matengo, a Bantu Language of

Tanzania, with Focus on verbal Structure. Abstract of a PhD thesis. 5 p.

2599.

N14

Mpoto

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2600.

N14

Mpoto

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2601.

N14

Mpoto

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Mpoto Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2602.

N15a

Tonga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2603.

N15b

Siska

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2604.

N21a

Tumbuka

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2605.

N21a

Tumbuka

Downing, Laura J. (2004). “The prosody of focus in Bantu languages and the

311

primacy of phrasing”, Paper presented at the TIE Conference, Santorini

(Greece). 8 p.

2606.

N21a

Tumbuka

Downing, Laura J. (2005). "The prosody of focus-related enclitics in some

Southern Bantu languages", Bantu Grammar: Description and Theory 5.

SOAS. 17 p.

2607.

N21a

Tumbuka

Downing, Laura J. (2006). “The prosody and syntax of focus in Chitumbuka”,

ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 55-80.

2608.

N21a

Tumbuka

Downing, Laura J. (?). "The puzzle of misleading focus clitic position and

prosody". 3 p.

2609.

N21a

Tumbuka

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2610.

N21a

Tumbuka

Kamwendo, Gregory Hankoni (2004). “Your Chitumbuka is shallow. It’s not

the real Chitumbuka” - linguistic purism among Chitumbuka speakers in

Malawi”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 13.3: 275-288

2611.

N21a

Tumbuka

Kimper, Wendell A. (2006). “Question formation in the Karonga dialect of

Tumbuka”, in Arasanyin, Olaoba F. & Michael A. Pemberton, Eds. Selected

Proceedings of the 36

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Shifting

the Center of Africanism in Language Politics and Economic Globalization.

75-79.

2612.

N21aa

Tumbuka

-

Zambia

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2613.

N21ab

Tumbuka

-

Malawi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2614.

N21ca

Kamanga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2615.

N21cb

Henga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2616.

N31a

Nyan

ja

Anônimo (2001). Medical Vocabulary Table. On-line.

2617.

N31a

Nyanja

Barnes, Herbert (1902). Nyanja-English Vocabulary. London. 207 p.

2618.

N31a

Nyanja

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2619.

N31a

Nyanja

Missionários da Companhia de Jesus (1963). Dicionário Português-Cinyanja-.

Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar. 291p

2620.

N31a

Nyanja

Missionários da Companhia de Jesus (1964). Dicionário Cinyanja-Português.

Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar. 266 p

2621.

N31a

Nyanja

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2622.

N31a

Nyanja

Peace Corps Malawi (1966). Health Vocabulary: Guide for the Translation

into the Chinyanja Language, of the Host Country, Malawi. 20 p

2623.

N31a

Nyanja

Peace Corps Zambia (1995). Nyanja: Special Lessons. 91 p

2624.

N31a

Nyanja

Rebman, John (1877). Dictionnary of the Kinyassa Language. St. Chrischona.:

Church Missionary Society. 195 p.

2625.

N31a

Nyanja

Stevick, Earl W. (1965). Chinyanja Basic Course. Washington: Peace Corps.

376 p.

2626.

N31b

Chewa

Anonymous (1969). Intensive Chichewa. On-line. Scan prepared by Andy

Lyons. Likuni Press and Publishing House P.O. Box 133, Lilongwe,

Malawi. 49 p.

2627.

N31b

Chewa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

312

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2628.

N31b

Chewa

Botne, Robert & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (2004). A Learner’s Chichewa

and English Dictionary. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 90 p.

2629.

N31

b

Chewa

Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985). "On topic, pronoun and agreement

in Chichewa", Proceedings of the Annual Eastern States Conference on

Linguistica. Columbus: Ohio State University. 40 p.

2630.

N31b

Chewa

Downing, Laura J. (2003). “Stress, tone and focus in Chichewa and Xhosa”,

Frankfurter Arikanistische Arbeitspapiere, 15: 59-81.

2631.

N31b

Chewa

Downing, Laura J. (2004). “The prosody of focus in Bantu languages and the

primacy of phrasing”, Paper presented at The TIE Conference, Santorini

(Greece), September 2004. 8 p.

2632.

N31b

Chewa

Downing, Laura J. (2005). "The prosody of focus-related enclitics in some

Southern Bantu languages", Bantu Grammar: Description and Theory 5.

SOAS. 17 p.

2633.

N31b

Chewa

Downing, Laura J., Al Mtenje & Bernd Pompino-Marschall (2004). “Prosody

and information structure in Chichewa”, ZAS - Zentrum für Allgemeine

Sprachwissenschaft Papers in Linguistics, 37: 167-186.

2634.

N31b

Chewa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2635.

N31b

Chewa

Kamper, Gergely (2006). “Differential object marking”, The Even Yearbook 7.

Budapest.

2636.

N31b

Chewa

Kanerva, Jonni M. (1990). "Focusing on phonological phrases in Chichewa",

in Inkelas, Sharon & Draga Zec, Eds. The Phonology-Syntax Connection.

Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 145-162.

2637.

N31b

Chewa

Kaplan, Aaron F. (n.d.) "Tonal and morphological identity in reduplication",

12 p.

2638.

N31b

Chewa

Kishindo, Pascal J. (2003). “Recurrent themes in Chichewa verse in Malawian

newspapers”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 12.3: 327-353

2639.

N31b

Chewa

Kunkeyani, Thokozani (2007). “Semantic classification and Chichewa derived

nouns “, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 151-157.

2640.

N31b

Chewa

Mchombo, Sam (2001). “Effects of head-marking on constituent order in

Chichewa”, Proceedings of the LFG01 Conference. CSLI Publications

Online. 16 p.

2641.

N31b

Chewa

Mchombo, Sam (2003). “On discontinuous constituents in Chichewa”, in

Patrick Sauzet, & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds. 141-168

2642.

N31b

Chewa

Mchombo, Sam (2006). “Linear order constraints on split NPs in Chichewa”,

ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 143-160.

2643.

N31b

Chewa

Mchombo, Sam (2007). “Argument binding and morphology in Chichewa", in

Frederick Hoyt, Nikki Seifert, Alexandra Teodorescu, Jessica White &

Stephen Wechsler, Eds. Texas Linguistics Society 9: Morphosyntax of

Underrepresented Languages. CSLI Publications. 203-221.

2644.

N31b

Chewa

Mchombo, Sam Chichewa Vocabulary List. 16 p.

2645.

N31b

Chewa

Mchombo, Sam. Sample Chichewa Sentences. 5 p.

2646.

N31b

Chewa

Morimoto, Yukiko (2006). “Agreement properties and word order in

comparative Bantu”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 161-188.

2647.

N31b

Chewa

Morimoto, Yukiko & Sam Mchombo (2004). “Configuring topic in the left

periphery: a case of Chichewa split-NPs”, ZAS - Zentrum für Allgemeine

Sprachwissenschaft Papers in Linguistics, 37 : 347-373.

2648.

N31b

Chewa

Moto, Francis (2004). “Towards a study of the lexicon of sex and HIV/AIDS”,

Nordic Journal of African Studies, 13.3: 343-362.

2649.

N31b

Mtenje, Al D. (n.c.) “Tone shift, accent and domains in Bantu: the case of

313

Chewa

Chichewa”, 1-27.

2650.

N31b

Chewa

Mtenje, Al D. (2001). Chewa Wordlist (6.200 items).

2651.

N31b

Chewa

Michigan State University. Chichewa Learning Materials.

2652.

N31b

Chewa

Missionários da Companhia de Jesus (1963). Dicionário Cinyanja-Português.

Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar.

2653.

N31b

Chewa

Missionários da Companhia de Jesus (1964). Dicionário Português-Cinyanja.

Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar.

2654.

N31b

Chewa

Ndayiragije, Juvénal (2003), "Théories linguistiques et réciprocité en

chichewa: la leçon du kirundi ", in Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz, eds.

169-210.

2655.

N31b

Chewa

Parker, Philip M. Chewa English Dictionary. on-line

2656.

N31b

Chewa

Peace Corps Malawi. An Introduction to the Chichewa Language. 19 p.

2657.

N31a

Nyan

ja

PST (1995). Nyanja : Special Lessons. Peace Corps, Zambia.

2658.

N

31b

Chewa

Rhine, Lenny. Patient-doctor interaction: General Phrases for ChiBemba,

ChiNyanja, CiTonga and SiLozi at the Medical Library. University of

Zambia.

2659.

N31b

Chewa

Ribeiro, José (1972). “Dicionário português- dialeto Cinyanja”, Dicionário

Africano de Umbanda. Rio de Janeiro: Editora Espiritualista. 143-375

2660.

N31b

Chewa

Simango, Silvester Ron (2007). “Enlarged arguments in Bantu: evidence from

Chichewa”, Lingua, 117: 928-949.

2661.

N31b

Chewa

X (?). Cewa Vocabulary. 18 p.

2662.

N31d

Nyasa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2663.

N41

Nsenga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2664.

N41

Nsenga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2665.

N41

Nsenga

Safir, Ken & Silvester Ron Simango. Chinsenga Anaphora Sketch. 5 p.

2666.

N41

Nsenga

Simango, Silvester Ron. Anaphora in the African Languages: Questionnaire

Response for CiNsenga, Ngoni dialect. 81 p.

2667.

N41

Nsenga

Simango, Silvester Ron. CiNsenga: A Grammar Sketch. 24 p.

2668.

N41

Nsenga

Simango, Silvester Ron & Ken Safir. CiNsenga Files : Grammar Sketch,

Anaphora Sketch, Questionnaire. African Anaphora Project, Rutgers

University.

2669.

N42

Kunda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2670.

N42

Kunda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2671.

N43

Nyungwe

Courtois, Victor José (1900). Elementos de Grammatica Tetense: Língua

Chinyungwe, Idioma fallado no Districto de Tete e em toda a vasta Região

do Zambeze Inferior. Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade. 270 p.

2672.

N43

Nyungwe

Dupeyron, Pedro (1900). Pequeno vademecum da lingua bantu na provincia

de Moçambique ou breve Estudo da Língua Chi-Yao ou Adjaua comparada

com os Dialectos de Sena, Tete e Quelimane e seguida d'um Vocabulário da

314

mesma Língua e da de Quelimane. Administração do Novo Mensageiro do

Coração de Jesus. 168 p.

2673.

N43

Nyungwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2674.

N43

Nyungwe

Rego, Sóstenes (?). "Interrogativos enfáticos em nyungwe". Lisboa, Portugal:

ILTEC. 6 p.

2675.

N44

Sena

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2676.

N44

Sena

Dupeyron, Pedro (1900). Pequeno vademecum da lingua bantu na provincia

de Moçambique ou breve Estudo da Língua Chi-Yao ou Adjaua comparada

com os Dialectos de Sena, Tete e Quelimane e seguida d'um Vocabulário da

mesma Língua e da de Quelimane. Administração do Novo Mensageiro do

Coração de Jesus. 168 p.

2677.

N44

Sena

Pareira, Antônio A. (1930). Vocabulário do Dialecto Chi-Sena. Lisboa:

Boletim da Agência das Colônias.

2678.

N46

Podzo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

Zona P

2679.

P

G

eral

Bleek, Wilhelm H.I. (1856) The languages of Mosambique: Vocabularies of

the Dialects of Lourenzo Marques, Inhambane, Sofala, Tette, Sena,

Quellimane, Mosambique, Cape Delgado, Anjoane, the Maravi, Mudasu etc.

Harrison & Sons.

2680.

P

G

eral

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). The Tanzanian Language Survey.

Hosted at the CBOLD site.

2681.

P

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1991). Tons et Accent dans les Langues Bantu d’Afrique

Orientale. Thèse d’état. Université René Descartes (Paris 5).

2682.

P

G

eral

Philippson, Gérard (1998) . “Tone reduction vs metrical attraction in the

evolution of Eastern Bantu tone systems”, in Larry M. Hyman and Charles

W. Kisseberth, eds. Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Tone. CSLI Stanford

University.

2683.

P11

Ndengereko

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2684.

P11

Ndengereko

Jenkins, Orville Boyd (2006). Language, Tribe, and Ethnic Clusters:

Analyzing the Ndengereko Cluster in Tanzania.

2685.

P11

Ndengereko

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ndengeleko Wordlist. The

Tanzanian Language Survey - TLS.

2686.

P11

Ndengereko

Ström, Eva-Marie (1993). Ongoing Grammar Description of Ndengereko.

Department of Oriental and African Languages, Göteborg University.

2687.

P11

Ndengereko

Ström, Eva-Marie. (2009). "

The situation of Ndengeleko: A Coastal

Tanzanian language (P10)

", in Masangu Matondo, Fiona Mc Laughlin &

Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 38th Annual Conference on

African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African Language

Documentation.

Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project

.

229-241

2688.

P12

Rufiji

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2689.

P12

Rufiji

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Rufiji Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

2690.

P13

Matuumbi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

315

2691.

P13

Matuumbi

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Matumbi Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

2692.

P13

Matuumbi

Odden, David (1990). "Syntax, Lexical Rules and Postlexical Rules in

Kimatumbi", in Inkelas, Sharon & Draga Zec, Eds. The Phonology-Syntax

Connection. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 259-278..

2693.

P14

Ngindo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2694.

P14

Ngindo

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ngindo Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2695.

P15

Mbunga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2696.

P15

Mbunga

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Mbunga Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2697.

P21

Yao

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2698.

P21

Yao

Dupeyron, Pedro (1900). Pequeno vademecum da lingua bantu na provincia

de Moçambique ou breve Estudo da Língua Chi-Yao ou Adjaua comparada

com os Dialectos de Sena, Tete e Quelimane e seguida d'um Vocabulário da

mesma Língua e da de Quelimane. Administração do Novo Mensageiro do

Coração de Jesus. 168 p.

2699.

P21

Yao

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2700.

P21

Yao

Meeussen, A.E. (1971). “Notes on conjugation and tone in Yao”, Africana

Linguistica 5, Tervuren, Belgique: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 197-

204

2701.

P21

Yao

Mtenje, Al (2002). An Optimality Theoretic Account of Ciyao Verbal

Reduplication Hosted at the LASU site.

2702.

P21

Yao

Ngunga, Armindo (2001) [CBOLD]. Yao Wordlist (7.400 items). 192 p.

2703.

P21

Yao

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Yao Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2704.

P21

Yao

Odden, David (n.c.) “The origin of leftward tone shift in Masasi Chiyao”, 101-

111.

2705.

P21

Yao

Parker, Philip M. Yao English Dictionary.

2706.

P21

Yao

Steere, Edward (1871). Collections for a Handbook of the Yao Language.

London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. 124 p.

2707.

P21

Yao

Tanner, Darren (2007). Context Insensitive Vowel Hiatus Resolution in Ciyao.

Rutgers Optimal Archive ROA-903.

2708.

P21

Yao

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Yao P21. 12 p.

2709.

P21

Yao

Viana, Miguel José (1961). Dicionário de Português-Chiyao e Chiyao-

Português. Memórias do Instituto de Investigação Científica de

Moçambique.

2710.

P21

Yao

X (?). Yao Wordlist 2. 9 p.

2711.

P22

Mwera

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2712.

P22

Mwera

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Mwera 1 Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2713.

P22

Mwera

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Mwera 2 Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2714.

P23

Makonde

Guerreiro, M. Viegas (1963). Rudimentos da Língua Maconde. Lourenço

Marques: Instituto de Investigação Científica de Moçambique.

316

2715.

P23

Makonde

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2716.

P23

Makonde

Kraal, Pieter J. (2005). A Grammar of Makonde (Chinnima, Tanzania).

Research School of Asian, African, and Amerindian Studies CNWS,

Faculty of Arts, Leiden University Dissertations Online. 433 p. [1. "Title

page, Índice (14 p).; 2. "Chapter 1. Introduction" ( 15 p.); 3. "Chapter 2.

Consonants, vowels and syllabic structure" (17 p.); 4. "Chapter 3. Prosody"

(); 5. "Chapter 4. Pronominal forms and invariables (30 p.)"; 6. "Chapter 5:

; 7. "Chapter 6: ; 8. "Chapter 7: ; 9. "Chapter 8:; 10. "Appendix A:; 11.

"Appendix B:; 12. "Appendix C1: Chinnima-English (54 p.); 13. "Appendix

C2:; 14. "Appendix C3:; 15. "References: ]

2717.

P23

Makonde

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975. Makonde Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2718.

P24

Ndonde

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2719.

P25

Mabiha

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2720.

P25

Mabiha

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Mabia Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2721.

P31

Makhuwa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2722.

P31

Makhuwa

Batibo, Herman M. (1997). “The historical implications of the linguistic

relationship between Makua and Sotho languages”, Pula: Botswana Journal

of African Studies, 11.1: 23-29.

2723.

P31

Makhuwa

Cassimjee, Farida & Charles W. Kisseberth (1999). “A conspiracy argument

for Optimality Theory: Emakhuwa dialectology”, University of Pennsylvania

Working Papers in Linguistics, 6.1.

2724.

P31

Makhuwa

Cassimjee, Farida & Charles W. Kisseberth. Tonal Variation across

Emakhuwa Dialects. Rutgers Optimal Archive. 289-1298

2725.

P31

Makhuwa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2726.

P31

Makhuwa

Kisseberth, Charles W. (1996) . Emakhua Wordlist (7.200 items).

2727.

P31

Makhuwa

Kröger, Oliver (2005). Report of a Survey of Coastal Makua Dialects. SIL

Electronic Survey Reports SILESR 2005-020. 45 p

2728.

P31

Makhuwa

Matos, Alexandre Valente de (1974). Dicionário Português- Macua. Lisboa:

Junta de Investigações Científicas do Ultramar. 428 p.

2729.

P31

Makhuwa

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Makhuwa Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS. 18 p.

2730.

P31

Makhuwa

Reiman, Duane (2001). Findings from the Sociolinguistic Survey of the Lolo

People . SIL Electronic Survey Reports SILESR 2002-001.

2731.

P31

Makhuwa

van der Wal, Guenever Johanna Jenneke] (2006). “The disjoint verb form

and an empty Immediate After Verb position in Makhuwa”, ZAS Papers in

Linguistics, 43: 233-256.

2732.

P31c

Lolo

Reiman, Duane (2001). Findings from the Sociolinguistic Survey of the Lolo

People. SIL International. 44 p.

2733.

P31e

Naharra

van der Wal, Guenever Johanna (2009). Word Order and Information

Structure in Makhuwa-Enahara. PhD. Dissertation. Leiden University. 309

p.

2734.

P31b

Metto

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2735.

P311

Koti

Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Francisco Ussene Mucanheia (2000). Ekoti: The Maka

or Swahili Language of Angoche. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 272 p.

317

2736.

P312

Sakati

Devos, Maud (2008). “The expression of modality in Shangaci”, Africana

Linguistica, 18: 3-36.

2737.

P312

Sakati

Lyndon, Chris & Ada Lyndon (2007). Enthembo: An Appraisal of Linguistic

and Sociolinguistic Factors. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2007-

003. 20 p.

2738.

P32

Lomwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2739.

P32

Lomwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2740.

P33

Ngulu

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975). Ngulu Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2741.

P34

Chwabo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

Zona R

2742.

R

G

eral

Bostoen, Koen, Jacky Maniacky & Mark Stoneking (2006). “An integrated

linguistic and genetic approach to population dynamics in Western Zambia”,

Paper presented at The 36

th

Colloquium on African Languages and

Linguistics (CALL36), University of Leiden.

2743.

R

G

eral

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2744.

R

Geral

Mission Rohan-Chabot (1925). Le Groupe Sud-ouest des Langues bantoues:

Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka, Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu,

Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie Nationale.

2745.

R103

Mbali

Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966). “Olumbali” do Distrito de Moçamedes:

Achegas para o seu Estudo. Luanda, Angola: Boletim do Instituto de

Investigações Científicas de Angola, 3.1: 37-73.

2746.

R11

uMbundu

Alves, P. Albino (1950). “Fábula do leão, a lebre e o cágado”, Mensário

Administrativo. Colônia de Angola. 35-36: 47-49.

2747.

R11

uMbundu

Alves, P. Albino (1951). Dicionário Etimológico Bundo-Português. Lisboa:

Tipografia Silvas Ltda. 1.775 p.

2748.

R11

uMbundu

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2749.

R11

uMbundu

Chatelain, Heli (1894) “Bantu notes and vocabularies”, Journal of the

American Geographical Society of New York, 2.6: 208-240.

2750.

R11

uMbundu

Daniel, Henrique Etaungo (2002). Alupolo - Adivnhas. Póvoa de Santo

Adrião: EUROPRESS. 195 p.

2751.

R11

uMbundu

Diarra, Boubacar (1985). Esboço Fonológico & Alfabeto: Kikoongo,

kimbundu, cokwe, umbundu, mbund, oxikwanyama.Luanda, Angola:

Instituto de Línguas Nacionais. 140 p.

2752.

R11

uMbundu

Diarra, Boukabar (1987). Léxico Temático de Saúde Português-Umbundu.

Luanda: Secretaria de Estado da Cultura.

2753.

R11

uMbundu

Diarra, Boukabar (1990). Gramática Umbundu.Luanda: Instituto de Línguas

Nacionais. 112 p.

2754.

R11

uMbundu

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2755.

R11

uMbundu

Hambly, Wilfrid D. (1934). The Ovimbundu of Angola. Anthropological

Series. Publication 329. 21.2. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History..

318

275 p. [Language: 234-262].

2756.

R11

uMbundu

Homburger, Lilias (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2757.

R11

uMbundu

INL (n.d.) Histórico sobre a Criação dos Alfabetos em Línguas Nacionais.

Luanda: INALD. 178 p.

2758.

R11

uMbundu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2759.

R11

uMbundu

König, Cristina (2008) “Special phenomena”, in Cristina König, ed. Cases in

Africa. Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. 204-222.

2760.

R11

uMbundu

Le Guennec, Grégoire & Jose Francisco Valente (1972). Dicionário

Português-Umbundu. Luanda, Angola: Instituto de Investigação Científica

de Angola. 687 p.

2761.

R11

uMbundu

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos.

Loanda: Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2762.

R11

uMbundu

Musamba, Vincent (1969). Essai de grammaire mbundu (umbundu).

Mémoire de licence. Lubumbash

2763.

R11

uMbundu

Nascimento, José Pereira do (1894). Grammatica do Umbundu ou Língua de

Benguella. Lisboa: Imprensa Nacional.192 p.

2764.

R11

uMbundu

Sassuco, Daniel Peres (2007). Ensaio Morfológico do Nominal em Umbundu.

49 p.

2765.

R11

uMbundu

Sanders, W. H. (1885). Vocabulary of the Umbundu Language: Umbundu-

English and English-Umbundu. Boston: Beacon Press. 76 p.

2766.

R11

uMbundu

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1982). “Nasalization in Umbundu”, Journal of African

Languages and Linguistics, 4: 109-132.

2767.

R11

uMbundu

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1986). “Tone cases in Umbundu”, Africana Linguistica

10, Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 423-448.

2768.

R11

uMbundu

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1990). A Sketch of Umbundu. Köln, Germany: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag.

2769.

R11

uMbundu

Valente, José Francisco (1964). Gramática Umbundu. Luanda: Instituto de

Investigação Científica de Angola. 430 p.

2770.

R11

uMbundu

Valente, José Francisco (1964). Selecção de Provérbios e Adivinhas em

Umbundu. Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar. 221 p.

2771.

R12

Ndombe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2772.

R12

Ndombe

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2773.

R13

Nyaneka

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2774.

R

13

Nyaneka

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2775.

R13

Nyaneka

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2776.

R13

Nyaneka

Silva, Antônio Joaquim da (1966). Dicionário Português-Nhaneca. Instituto

de Investigação Científica de Angola.

2777.

R14

Nkhumbi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

319

2778.

R14

Nkhumbi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2779.

R20

Wambo

Brandão, Anibal dos Santos (1949). “Usos e costumes dos indígenas

vauambo: Como um soba governa. Mensário Administrativo. Colônia de

Angola. 26-27: 89-91.

2780.

R20

Wambo

Brandão, Anibal dos Santos (1950). “Usos e costumes dos indígenas

váuambo. Mensário Administrativo. Colônia de Angola. 35-36: 39-42.

2781.

R20

Wambo

Brincker, C. G. (1886). Wörterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-

Hérero mit reifügund Verwandter Ausdrücke und Formen des Oshi-Ndonga-

Otj-Ambo. Leipzig: T. O. Weigel. 420 p.

2782.

R20

Wambo

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2783.

R20

Wambo

Tönjes, H. (1910). Lehrbuch der Ovambo-Sprache Osikuanyama. Berlin.

(Lehrb. SOS 8)

2784.

R201

Kwamato

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2785.

R21

Kwanyama

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2786.

R21

Kwanyama

Diarra, Boubacar (1985). Esboço Fonológico & Alfabeto: Kikoongo,

kimbundu, cokwe, umbundu, mbunda, oxikwanyama.Luanda, Angola:

Instituto de Línguas Nacionais. 140 p.

2787.

R21

Kwanyama

Hai ti! A Beginner’s Guide to Oshikwanyama. SchoolNet Namibia.

2788.

R21

Kwanyama

Halme, Riikka (2004). A Tonal Grammar of Kwanyama. Series: Namibian

African Studies. 8. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 299 p.

2789.

R21

Kwanyama

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2790.

R21

Kw

anyama

Hurskainen, Arvi & Riikka Halme (2001). “Mapping between disjoining and

conjoining systems in Bantu languages: implementation on Kwanyama”,

Nordic Journal of African Studies, 10.3: 399-414.

2791.

R21

Kwanyama

INL (n.d.) Histórico sobre a Criação dos Alfabetos em Línguas Nacionais.

Luanda: INALD. 178 p.

2792.

R21

Kwanyama

Legère, Karsten (2005) “Preprefix or not? That is the question: The case of

Kwangali, Kwanyama and Ndonga”, in E. F. K. Voeltz, Ed. Studies in

African Linguistic Typology. Typological Studies of Language, 64.

Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Co. 251-262.

2793.

R21

Kwanyama

Loeb, Edwin M.., Carl Koch & Ella-Marie K. Loeb (1956). "Kuanyama

Ambo Magic. 6. Medicinal, Cosmetical, and Charm Flora and Fauna", The

Journal of American Folklore, 69.272: 147-174.

2794.

R21

Kwanyama

Magalhães, António Miranda (1922). Manual das Línguas Indígenas de

Angola segundo o Programa Oficial para Exames Administrativos. Loanda:

Imprensa Nacional de Angola 201 p. [143-149]

2795.

R21

Kwanyama

Mittelberger, Charles (1990). A Sabedoria do Povo Cuanhama em Provérbios

e Adivinhas. Cunene, Angola: Edição L.I.A.M. 192 p.

2796.

R21

Kwanyama

Otten, Dirk. “Cardinal directions and environmental concepts of landscape in

Kwanyama”, Afrikanistik Online. Digital Peer Publishing.

2797.

R21

Kwanyama

Otten, Dirk (2006). “Book review: ‘A tonal grammar of Kwanyama’ by

Riikka Halme” 2004”, Afrikanistik Online.

2798.

R21

Kwanyama

Tobias, G.W.R. & B.H.C. Turvey (1962). English-Kwanyama Dictionary.

Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.

320

2799.

R21

Kwanyama

Tönjes, H. (1910). Lehrbuch der Ovambo-Sprache Osikuanyama. Berlin.

(Lehrb. SOS 8)

2800.

R214

Mbalanhu

Fourie, D. J. (1997). “The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the

Wambo group”, in H.G. Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian

Languages: Reports and Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 277-306.

2801.

K214

Mbalanhu

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2802.

R22

Ndonga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2803.

R22

Ndonga

Brincker, C. G. (1886). Wörterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-

Hérero mit reifügund Verwandter Ausdrücke und Formen des Oshi-Ndonga-

Otj-Ambo. Leipzig: T. O. Weigel. 420 p.

2804.

R22

Ndonga

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2805.

R22

Ndonga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2806.

R22

Ndonga

Legère, Karsten (2005) “Preprefix or not? That is the question: The case of

Kwangali, Kwanyama and Ndonga”, in E. F. K. Voeltz, Ed. Studies in

African Linguistic Typology. Typological Studies of Language, 64.

Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Co. 251-262.

2807.

R22

Ndonga

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

2808.

R22

Ndonga

Te ti! A Beginner’s Guide to Oshindonga. SchoolNet Namibia.

2809.

R22

Ndong

a

Viljoen, J. J., P. Amakali & M. Namuandi (1984). Oshindonga/English

English/Oshindonga Eembwiitya Dictionary. Windhoek, Namibia:

Gamsberg Macmillan Publishers Ltd. 109 p.

2810.

R23

Kwambi

Homburger, Lilias (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2811.

R24

Ngandyera

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2812.

R31

Herero

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2813.

R31

Herero

Brincker, C. G. (1886). Wörterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-

Hérero mit reifügund Verwandter Ausdrücke und Formen des Oshi-Ndonga-

Otj-Ambo. Leipzig: T. O. Weigel. 420 p.

2814.

R31

Herero

Homburger, Lilias (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2815.

R31

Herero

Irle, J. (1913). "Herero-Sprichwörter", Afrika und Übersee. Zeitschrift für

Kolonialsprachen, 4.1: 1-19..

2816.

R31

Herero

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2817.

R31

Herero

Kavari, Jekura (2009) "A relay

-like syntactic phenomenon in otjiherero",

Proceedings of the 9

th

LASU Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa

Universitária (UEM). 191-204.

321

2818.

R31

Herero

Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (2002). “Constraints and processes:

evidence from Bemba, Herero and Swahili”, SOAS Working Papers in

Linguistics and Phonetics, 10:. 91-102.

2819.

R31

Herero

Marten, Lutz (2006). “Locative inversion in Otjiherero: more on

morphosyntactic variation in Bantu”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 97-

122.

2820.

R31

Herero

Marten, Lutz & Ruth Kempson (2002). “Pronouns, agreement, and the

dynamic construction of verb phrase interpretation: a dynamic syntax

approach to Bantu clause structure “, Linguistic Analysis, 32: 471-504.

2821.

R31

Herero

Möhlig, Wilhelm J.G. & Jekura U. Kavari (2008). Reference Grammar of

Herero (Otjiherero), Bantu Language of Namibia, with a Glossary

Otjiherero

−

English

−

Otjiherero. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 362 p..

2822.

R31

Herero

Möhlig, Wilhelm J.G., Lutz Marten & Jekura Uaurika Kavari (2002). A

Grammatical Sketch of Herero (Otjiherero) .Series: Grammatical Analyses

of African Languages, 19. 127 p.

2823.

R31

Herero

Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G. (2009). "Two ways of conceptualising natural

landscapes: A comparison of the Otjiherero and Rumanyo word cultures in

Namibia.", in Michael Bollig & Olaf Bubenzer, eds. African Landscapes:

Interdisciplinary Approaches. New York: Springer. 431-454.

2824.

R31

Herero

Viehe, G. (1897). Grammatik des Otjiherero nebst Wörterbuch. Stuttgart.

(Lehrb. SOS, 16). 160 p.

2825.

R311

Kaoko

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2826.

R311a

Dhimba

Cameron, Barbara & Janet Kunkel (2002). A Sociolinguistic Survey of the

Dhimba Language.

2827.

R41

Yeyi

Andersson, L.-G. (1997). “Seyeyi revisited: Prospects for the future of a

threatened language”, in H.G. Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds. Namibian

Languages: Reports and Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 265-276.

2828.

R41

Yeyi

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2829.

R41

Yeyi

Gowlett, D. F. (1997). “Aspects of Yeyi diachronic phonology”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds. Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 235-264.

2830.

R41

Y

eyi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2831.

R41

Yeyi

Larson, Thomas J. (1989). “The Bayeyi of Ngamiland”, Botswana Notes and

Records, 21: 23-42.

2832.

R41

Yeyi

Larson, Thomas J. (1989). “History and social organization of the Bayeyi of

Ngamiland”, South African Journal of Ethnology , 12.1: 23-26.

2833.

R41

Yeyi

Larson, Thomas J. (1989). “Sorcery and witchcraft with the Bayeyi and

Hambukushu: A cross-cultural comparison”, South African Journal of

Ethnology , 12.4: 131-136.

2834.

R41

Yeyi

The Kamanakao Association. A NGO “with the basic Objective of

Maintaining and Developing the Remnants of the Language and Culture of

the Wayeyi People of Northern Botswana.

2835.

R41

Yeyi

Seidel, Frank (2008). A Grammar of Yeyi: A Bantu Language of Southern

Africa. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 464 p.

2836.

R41

Yeyi

Seidel, Frank (2008). “The hodiernal past domain and the concept of

recentness in Yeyi”, Africana Linguistica, 14: 151-176.

2837.

R

41

Yeyi

Sommer, Gabriele (?). "Western savanna (K, R)", in Derek Nurse & Gérard

Philippson, Eds. The Bantu Languages. Chapter 28. 566-580.

322

Zona S

2838.

S

G

eral

Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2001). “On the manifestation of stress in African

languages”, Paper presented at TAPS - Typology of African Prosodic

Systems. University of Bielefeld.

2839.

S

G

eral

Badenhorst, Jaco, Charl van Heerden, Marelie Davel & Etienne Barnard

(2009). "Collecting and evaluating speech recognition corpora for nine

Southern Bantu languages", Proceedings of the EACL 2009 Workshop on

Language Technologies for African Languages. 8 p.

2840.

S

G

eral

Batibo, Herman M. (1997). “The historical implications of the linguistic

relationship between Makua and Sotho languages”, Pula: Botswana Journal

of African Studies, 11.1: 23-29.

2841.

S

G

eral

Bosch, Sonja E., Laurette Pretorius & Jackie Jones (2007). “Towards machine-

readable lexicons for South African Bantu languages”, Nordic Journal of

African Studies, 16: 131-145.

2842.

S

G

eral

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2004).

“Spellcheckers for the South African languages, 1: the status quo and

options for improvement”, South African Journal of African Languages, 24:

57-82.

2843.

S

G

eral

Doke, Clement Martyn (1937). ‘Language’, in I. Schapera, ed. The Bantu-

speaking Tribes of South Africa. London. 309-331.

2844.

S

G

eral

Doke, Clement Martyn (1944). “Etudes relative aux langues bantoues en

Afrique du sud », Aequatoria, 7: 152-154.

2845.

S

G

eral

Downing, Laura J. (2005). “The prosody of focus-related enclitics in some

Southern Bantu languages”, Paper presented at The 5

th

Bantu Grammar

Meeting, London.

2846.

S

G

eral

Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1937). “Traditional literature”, in I. Schapera, ed. The

Bantu-speaking Tribes of South Africa. London.

2847.

S

G

eral

Matambirofa, Francis (2000). “Some aspects of the architecture of the

possessive noun phrase in Bantu”, Zambezia, 27.1: 93-102.

2848.

S

G

eral

Mongwe, Mkomati John (2006). The Role of the South African National

Lexicography Units in the Planning and Compilation of Multifunctional

Bilingual Dictionaries. MA thesis. University of Stellenbosch. 92 p.

2849.

S

G

eral

Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002). “Towards an

11 x 11 array for the degree of conjunctivism/disjunctivism of the South

African languages”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 11. 2: 249-265.

2850.

S

G

eral

Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003). “Non-word

error detection in current South African spellcheckers”, Southern African

Linguistics and Applied Language Studies, 21: 307-326.

2851.

S

G

eral

Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus. & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003). “Towards

second-generation spellcheckers for the South African languages”, in Gilles-

Maurice de Schryver, ed. TAMA 2003 South Africa Conference Proceedings.

SF 2 Press

2852.

S

G

eral

Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2004). “Spellcheckers

for the South African languages, Part 1: Status quo and options for

improvement”, South African Journal of African Languages, 24: 57-82.

2853.

S

G

eral

Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2004). “Spellcheckers

for the South African languages, Part 2: The utilisation of clusters of

circumfixes”, South African Journal of African Languages, 24: 83-94.

2854.

S

G

eral

Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981). “Tone in South African Bantu dictionaries”,

Journal of African Languages and Linguistics, 3: 175-180.

2855.

S

G

eral

Schapera, Isaac, ed. (1937). The Bantu-speaking Tribes of South Africa: An

Ethnographical Survey. George Routledge & Sons. London.

323

2856.

S

G

eral

Shosted, Ryan K. (2006). “Whistled fricatives in Bantu: acoustic origins”,

LSA - Linguistic Society of America. Albuquerque NM.

2857.

S

G

eral

Van Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus (1937). “Grouping and ethnic history”, in I.

Schapera, ed.. The Bantu-speaking Tribes of South Africa. London.

2858.

S10

Shona

ALLEX Project. The General Shona Dictionary. On-line.

2859.

S10

Shona

ALLEX team (now ALRI). Duramazwi RechiShona - Online Shona

Dictionary.

2860.

S10

Shona

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2861.

S10

Shona

Bleek, Wilhelm H.I. (1856). The languages of Mosambique: vocabularies of

the dialects of Lourenzo Marques, Inhambane, Sofala, Tette, Sena,

Quellimane, Mosambique, Cape Delgado, Anjoane, the Maravi, Mudasu etc.

Harrison & Sons.

2862.

S10

Shona

Bliss, Heather (2009). "Comparing APPLs and oranges: The syntax of Shona

applicatives", in Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of

the 39th Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and

Languages in Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA.

100-109.

2863.

S10

Shona

Bliss, Heather & Dennis Ryan Storochenko (?). "Grammaticization of topic in

Shona". 9 p.

2864.

S10

Shona

Carter, Hazel & G. P. Kahari (1981). Shona Language. Course.Books 1, 2 & 3.

Madison: Wisconsin University. 247 p.

2865.

S10

Shona

Chiwome, Emmanuel M. (1989). “The teaching of Shona through the med ium

of Shona and English in High Schools and at the University of Ziumbabwe”,

Zambezia, 16.2: 159-172.

2866.

S10

Shona

Dembetembe, N.C. (1979). “A syntactic classification of non-auxiliary verbs

in Shona”, Zambezia, 7.1: 49-60.

2867.

S10

Shona

Dembetembe, N.C. (1981). “Remarks on some syntactic noun features in

Shona”, Zambezia, 9.2: 103-118.

2868.

S10

Shona

Carter, Hazel & G. P. Kahari (1981). Shona Language Course I-III. African

Studies Program, University of Wisconsin-Madison. 247 p.

2869.

S10

Shona

Chimhundu, Herbert (1979). “Some problems relating to the incorporation of

loanwords in the lexicon”, Zambezia, 7.1: 75-92.

2870.

S10

Shona

Doke, Clement M. (1931). Report on the Unification of the Shona Dialects.

Hertford, England: Stephen Austin & Sons Ltd.

2871.

S10

Shona

Elliott, William Allan (1897). Dictionary of the Tebele and Shuna Languages,

with illustrative Sentences and some grammatical Notes. London. 488 p.

2872.

S10

Shona

Fortune, George (1976). “Form and imagery in Shona proverbs”, Zambezia

,

4.2: 25-56.

2873.

S10

Shona

Fortune, George (1979). “Shona lexicography”, Zambezia, 7.1: 21-48.

2874.

S10

Shona

Gonzales, Ashleigh (2009). "Intrinsic F0 in Shona vowels: A descriptive

study", in Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the

39th Annual Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and

Languages in Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA.

145-155.

2875.

S10

Shona

Hannan, Michael (1959) [CBOLD]. Shona Wordlist (20.000 items)..

2876.

S10

Shona

Harford, Carolyn (1997). “When two vowels go walking: vowel coalescence in

Shona”, Zambezia, 24.1: 69-86.

2877.

S10

Shona

Jefferies, Ann (2000). “This is this, and here are some examples: verbalisers

and extensions in Shona”, Zambezia, 27.1: 1-26.

324

2878.

S10

Shona

Kahari, George P. (1983). “Shona nomenclature”, Zambezia, 11.2: 161-167.

2879.

S10

Shona

Lafon, Michel (1994). “Shona class 5 revisited: a case against ri- as class 5

nominal prefix”, Zambezia, 21.1: 51-80.

2880.

S10

Shona

Languages on-line: Shona. Center for Language Technology and Instructional

Enrichment at Indiana University, Bloomington.

2881.

S10

Shona

Mabugu, Patricia (2000). “Accommodating recalcitrant data within an analysis

of the ChiShona applicative”, On-line Proceedings of the Postgraduate

Conference, University of Edinburgh.

2882.

S10

Shona

Maddieson, Ian (1990). “Shona velarization: complex consonants or complex

onsets?”, UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 74: 16-34.

2883.

S10

Shona

Magwa, Wiseman (2002). “The Shona writing system: an analysis of its

problems and possible solutions”, Zambezia, 29.1: 1-11.

2884.

S10

Shona

Mashiri, Pedzisai (1999). “Terms of address in Shona: a sociolinguistic

approach”, Zambezia, 26.1: 93-110.

2885.

S10

Shona

Mashiri, Pedzisai (2000). “Street remarks, address rights and the urban female:

socio-linguistic politics of gender in Harare”, Zambezia, 27.1: 55-70.

2886.

S10

Shona

Mashiri, Pedzisai, Kenneth Mawomo & Patrick Tom (2002). “Naming the

pandemic: semantic and ethical foundations of HIV/AIDS Shona

vocabulary”, Zambezia, 29.2: 221-234.

2887.

S10

Shona

Mawadza, A. (2000). “Harare Shona slang: a linguistic study”, Zambezia,

27.1: 93-102.

2888.

S10

Shona

Mbeje, Audrey N. Zulu Vocabulary & Pronounciation Guide. Penn African

Studies Center. On-line.

2889.

S10

Shona

Mberi, N.E. (2003). “Metaphors in Shona: a cognitive approach”, Zambezia

,

30.1: 72-88.

2890.

S10

Shona

Mkanganwi, K.G. (2000). “Morpho(?)phono(?)logical fuzzy edges:the case of

(-/i/-)/(-/u/-) semantic(?) contrast in Shona”, Zambezia, 27.1: 47-54.

2891.

S10

Shona

Mkanganwi, K.G. (2002). “Shona (derivational) morphology: an observation

in search of a theory”, Zambezia, 29.2: 174-190.

2892.

S10

Shona

Mpofu, N. (2002). “Lexical developments in the Shona language as reflected

in the making of the Duramazwi Guru ReChiShona”, Zambezia, 29.2: 149-

155.

2893.

S10

Shona

Natsa, Albert & Kedmon N. Hungwe (2006). “Language teachers’ conceptions

of literacy in Zimbabwean secondary schools”, Journal of Language and

Learning, 4: 74-85.

2894.

S10

Shona

Ndau Primer. Zipped Word files hosted by Cameron Smith.

2895.

S10

Shona

Parker, Philip M. (2009). Shona English Dictionary. On-line.

2896.

S10

Shona

Ridings, Daniel. Shona Morphology. The ALLEX Project

2897.

S10

Shona

Schellenberg, Murray (2009). "Singing in a tone language: Shona", in

Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual

Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and Languages in

Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 137-144.

2898.

S10

Shona

Shosted, Ryan (2006). “Just put your lips together and blow? Whistled

fricatives in Southern Bantu”, Proceedings of ISSP 2006, 7

th

International

Seminar on Speech Production. Centro de Estudos da Fala, Acóustica,

Linguagem e Música (CEFALA).

2899.

S10

Shona

Shumba, Martin (2009). Shona Language.

On-line

2900.

S10

Shona

Smith, Cameron. Introductory Shona language. On-line

2901.

S10

Storoshenko, Dennis Ryan (2009). "Investigating the Shona Rreflexive zvi", in

325

Shona

Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual

Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and Languages in

Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 42-55.

2902.

S10

Shona

Toews, Carmela (2009). "The expression of tense and aspect in Shona", in

Akinloye Ojo & Lioba Moshi, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 39th Annual

Conference on African Linguistics: Linguistic Research and Languages in

Africa. Cascadilla Proceedings Project. Somerville, MA, USA. 32-41.

2903.

S10

Shon

a

WebVerbix (2006). On-Line Conjugator for Shona

2904.

S10

Shona

X (?). Shona Dictionary from A to MU. 684 p.

2905.

S11

Korekore

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2906.

S12

Zezuru

Fortune, George (1967). Elements of Shona (Zezuru Dialect). Salisbury:

Longmans of Rhodesia.

2907.

S13

Manyika

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2908.

S13

Manyika

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2909.

S131

Tewe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2910.

S14

Karanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2911.

S14

Karanga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2912.

S14

Karanga

Topintzi, Nina. (2003). “Issues of locality and morphologically induced non-

identity in the N. Karanga assertative and non-assertative patterns”,

University College London Working Papers in Linguistics, 15.

2913.

S15

Ndau

Anonymous. Ndau Primer. Zipped Word files hosted by Cameron Smith.

2914.

S15

Ndau

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2915.

S15

Ndau

Padres X Y. Gramática Ndau. 1ª parte. 360 p.

2916.

S15

Ndau

Padres X Y. Gramática Ndau. 2ª parte. 143 p.

2917.

S15

Ndau

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2918.

S16

Kalanga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2919.

S16

Kalanga

Downing, Laura J. “Voiceless tone depressors in Nambya and Botswana

Kalang’a”, Proceedings of the 27

th

meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics

Society.

2920.

S16

Kalanga

Gardner, William. “Book review: ‘Ikalanga phonetics and phonology’ by

Joyce Mathangwan, 1999”, SIL Electronic Book Review. SILEBR 2004-011.

2921.

S16

Kalanga

Letsholo, Rose M. (2006). “WH constructions in Ikalanga: a remnant

movement analysis”, in John Mugane, John P. Hutchison & Dee A., eds.

Selected Proceedings of the 35

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics:

African Languages and Linguistics in Broad Perspectives. 258-270.

2922.

S16

Mathangwane, Joyce (1994) [CBOLD]. Kalanga Wordlist (3.000 items). 82 p.

326

Kalanga

2923.

S16

Kalanga

Moyo, H. J. (2002). “Lexical metamorphosis of the Kalanga language: towards

an analysis of the impact of Ndebele domination of the Kalanga language”,

Zambezia, 29.2.: 142-148.

2924.

S16

Kalanga

Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (1975) Kalanga Wordlist. The Tanzanian

Language Survey - TLS.

2925.

S16

Kalanga

Van Binsbergen, Wim (2002). Minority Language and the State in two African

Situations: the Nkoya of Zambia and the Kalanga of Botswana.

2926.

S16b

Nambya

Downing, Laura J. “Voiceless tone depressors in Nambya and Botswana

Kalang’a”, Proceedings of the 27

th

meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics

Society.

2927.

S16b

Nambya

Online corpus for Nambya. The ALLEX Project

2928.

S16c

Humbe

Homburger, L. (1925). Mission Rohan-Chabot: Le Groupe Sud-ouest des

Langues bantoues: Kwambi, Bailundu, Chokwe, Ngangela, Nyaneka,

Ndonga, Luyi, Mbundu, Kwanyama, Herero, Humbe. Paris: imprimerie

Nationale.

2929.

S16c

Humbe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2930.

S16d

Nyai

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2931.

S21

Venda

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2932.

S21

Venda

Cassimjee, Farida (?). “Fundamental principles of Venda tonology”, in Derek

F. Gowlette, Ed. African Linguistic Contributions: Presented in Honour of

Ernsi Westphal.Via Afrika Limited. 12-51.

2933.

S21

Venda

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2934.

S21

Venda

Ladefoged, Peter. Vowels and Consonants: Venda, Sound files. Hosted at the

UCLA Phonetics Lab.

2935.

S21

Venda

Murphy, M. Lynne (1997) Venda Wordlist (8.900 items). 242 p.

2936.

S21

Venda

Neubarth, Friedrich & John R. Rennison (2005).”Structure in melody, and vice

versa “, Leiden Papers in Linguistics, 2.4: 95-124.

2937.

S21

Venda

Parker, Philip M.. Venda English dictionary. www.websters-online-dictionary.

2938.

S21

Venda

Wessmann, R. (1908). The Bawenda of the Spelonken (Transvaal). London:

The African World. 202 p.

2939.

S30

Creissels, D. (2005). "L’émergence de systèmes à neuf voyelles en bantou

S30", in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky. (2005). Studies in African Comparative

Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren, Belgique:

Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 191-198.

2940.

S31

Tswana

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2941.

S31

Tswana

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

2942.

S31

Tswana

Chebanne, Andy M. (1992). “The Setswana i(n) verbal prefix”, Pula:

Botswana Journal of African Studies

2943.

S31

Tswana

Chebanne, Andy M. (1993). “The imbrication of suffixes in Setswana”,

Pula:

Botswana Journal of African Studies

. 11 p.

2944.

S31

Tswana

Chebanne, Andy M. (1996). “Intersuffixing in Setswana: the case of the

perfective -ile, the applicative -ela, and the causative –isa”, Pula: Botswana

327

Journal of African Studies, 10.2: 83-94.

2945.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (1994). “La tonalité des finales verbales et la distinction entre

ormes verbales conjointes et formes verbales disjointes en tswana”, Africana

Linguistica. Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale. 12:

27-48.

2946.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2007). “L’influence es voyelles sur les évolutions des

consonnes en tswana », Africana Linguistica, 13: 33-52.

2947.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (1996) [CBOLD]. Tswana Wordlist (5.500 items).

2948.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (1999). "The role of tone in the conjugation of Setswana", in

Blanchon, Jean A. & Denis Creissels, eds. Issues in Bantu Tonology. Köln:

Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 109-152.

2949.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2001). “Auxiliarisation et expression de significations

aspecto-temporelles en tswana”, Paper presented at a LACITO Conference.

2950.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, D. (2001). « Valence verbale et voix en tswana », Réunion de la

Société de Linguistique de Paris, Paris, France.

2951.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2004). “Non-canonical applicatives and focalization in

Tswana”, Paper presented at the symposium Syntax of the World’s

Languages, Leipzig, August 2004.

2952.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2004). La nature hybride de l’infinitif tswana. Université

Lumière (Lyon 2).

2953.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2005). “Tswana verb morphology and the Lexical Integrity

Principle”, Proceedings of the 5

th

Mediterranian Morphology Meeting

(MMM5). .

2954.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2005). Les prépositions Simples du Tswana. Université

Lumière (Lyon 2).

2955.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, D. (2005), “Tswana verb morphology and the Lexical Integrity

Principle”, proc. of MMM5, Fréjus, 15-18 septembre.

2956.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis & Danièle Godard, 2005. “The Tswana infinitive as a mixed

category”, Proceedings of the 12

th

international HPSG Conference. CSLI

Publications.

2957.

S31

Tswana

Creissels, Denis (2007). « L’influence des voyelles sur les évolutions des

consonnes en tswana (S31) », Africana Linguistica, 13 :38-52.

2958.

S31

Tswana

Demuth, Katherine & Mark Johnson (1989). “Interactions between discourse

functions and agreement in Setawana”, Journal of African Languages and

Linguistics, 11: 22-35.

2959.

S31

Tswana

Demuth, Katherine & Sheila Mmusi (1997). “Presentational focus and

thematic structure in comparative Bantu”, Journal of African Languages and

Linguistics, 18: 1-19.

2960.

S31

Tswana

Dichabe, Seipati Bernice (1998). Advanced Tongue Root harmony in

Setswana. MA thesis. University of Ottawa.

2961.

S31

Tswana

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

2962.

S31

Tswana

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2963.

S31

Tswana

Jones, Daniel & Solomon Tshekisho Plaatje (1916). A Sechuana Reader in

International Phonetic Orthography, with English Translations. London:

The University of London Press. 96 p.

2964.

S31

Tswana

McCormack, Anna (2006). “A further look at conjunctive and disjunctive

forms in Setswana”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 123-142.

2965.

S31

Tswana

Mgadla, Part Themba (1997). “Missionary wives, women and education: the

development of literacy among the Batswana 1840-1937”, Pula: Botswana

Journal of African Studies, 11.1: 70-81.

328

2966.

S31

Tswana

Mistry, Karen S. (?). An Introduction to Spoken Setswana.. Washington, USA:

Center for Applied Linguistics. 699 p.

2967.

S31

Tswana

Moffat Jr, Robert (1826). Bechuana Spelling-book. London. 17 p.

2968.

S31

Tswana

Moffat Jr, Robert (1864). The standard Alphabet Problem: the preliminary

Subject of a general phonic System considered on the Basis of some

important Facts in the Sechwana Language of South Africa. Published and

edited by John Moffat.

2969.

S31

Tswana

Molalapata, Bontsi Tjanana (2005). The Treatment of Kinship Terminology in

Sotho Dictionaries, with special Reference to Setswana. MA thesis.

University of Pretoria.

2970.

S31

Tswana

Moloto, E. S. (1978). “The qualificative in Tswana”, Pula: Botswana Journal

of African Studies, 1.1: 89-112.

2971.

S31

Tswana

Morapedi, Setumile (2009) "The sentence

-initial locative NP in locative

inversion constructions in Setswana: A subject or na adberbial? An approach

to information structure in lexical functional grammar", Proceedings of the

9

th

LASU Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa Universitária

(UEM). 177-190.

2972.

S31

Tswana

Otlogetswe, Thapelo (2004). “The BNC design as a model for a Setswana

language corpus”, Paper presented at The 7

th

annual CLUK - Computational

Linguistics in the UK) –

Research Colloquium.

2973.

S31

Tswana

Parker, Philip M. Tswana English Dictionary.

2974.

S31

Tswana

Schaefer, Ronald P. (1980). “On the motivation and structure of a

strengthening process in Tswana”, Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics, 5:

119-164.

2975.

S31

Tswana

Shole, Dikeledi Mavis (2003). Cohesion in a Tswana narrative Text. MA

thesis. University of Johanensburg.

2976.

S31

Tswana

Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. Online Tswana wordlist [419 entries].

2977.

S31

Tswana

Zsiga, Elizabeth & Maria Gouskova. On the status of voiced stops in Tswana:

against *ND”. Rutgers Optimal Archives. ROA-807-0206.

2978.

S31c

Ngwatu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

2979.

S311

Kgalagadi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

2980.

S32

Sotho norte

Bergh, Petrus L. (2007). Complexity in Task-based Course Design for Sepedi

in Police Interviews. MA thesis. University of Stellenbosch.

2981.

S32

Sotho norte

De Pauw, G., P.W. Wagacha & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2007).

“Automatic diacritic restoration for resource-scarce languages”, in V.

Matousek & P. Mautner, eds. Text, Speech and Dialogue. Proceedings of the

10

th

International TSD Cnference. Julius Springer-Verlag.

2982.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice (2006). “Compiling modern bilingual dictionaries

for Bantu languages: case studies for Northern Sotho and Zulu”, in E.

Corino, C. Marello & C. Onesti, eds. Proceedings of the XIIth International

Euralex Congress. Edizioni dell’Orso.

2983.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice (2007). “Corpus-based lexicographic pragmatics:

on ‘transforming’ dirty corpora”, in V. Jayadevan and S. Raja, eds. Asian

Lexicography: Retrospect and Prospect. University of Madras.

2984.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & David Joffe (2004). “On how electronic

dictionaries are really used”, Proceedings of the 11

th

EURALEX

International Congress held in Lorient, France. Université de Bretagne Sud.

2985.

S32

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice, David Joffe & Salmina Nong. Sesotho sa Leboa

329

Sotho norte

(Northern Sotho) - English Dictionary. africanlanguages.com

2986.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & G. De Pauw (2007). “Dictionary writing

system (DWS) + Corpus query package (CQP): the case of TshwaneLex”,

Lexikos, 17: 226-246.

2987.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & B. Lepota (2001). “The lexicographic treatment

of days in Sepedi, or When mother-tongue intuition fails”, Lexikos, 11: 1-37.

2988.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Daniël J. Prinsloo (2001). “Corpus-based

activities versus intuition-based compilations by lexicographers: the Sepedi

lemma-sign list as a case in point”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 10.3:

374-398.

2989.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Daniël J. Prinsloo (2001). “Towards a sound

lemmatisation strategy for the Bantu verb through the use of frequency-

based tail slots, with special reference to Cilubà, Sepedi and Kiswahili”, in

J.S. Mdee & H.J.M. Mwansoko, eds. Makala ya kongamano la kimataifa

Kiswahili 2000 Proceedings. Taasisi ya Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili (TUKI),

Chuo Kikuu cha Dar es Salaam.

2990.

S32

Sotho n

orte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Elsabé Taljard (2006). “Locative trigrams in

Northern Sotho, preceded by analyses of formative bigrams”, Linguistics,

44: 135-193.

2991.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Elsabé Taljard (2007). “Compiling a corpus-

based dictionary grammar: an example for Northern Sotho”, Lexikos, 17: 37-

55.

2992.

S32

Sotho norte

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice, Elsabé Taljard, M.P. Mogodi & S. Maepa (2004).

“The lexicographic treatment of the demonstrative-copulative in Sesotho sa

Leboa: an exercise in multiple cross-referencing”, Lexikos, 14: 35-66.

2993.

S32

Sotho nor

te

Explanatory (monolingual) Sesotho sa Leboa Dictionary / Pukuntshu ya

Sesotho sa Leboa ka Inthanete.

2994.

S32

Sotho norte

Gauton, Rachelle, Elsabé Taljard & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003).

”Towards strategies for translating terminology into all South African

languages: a corpus-based approach”, in Gilles-Maurice de Schryver, ed.

TAMA - Terminology in Advanced Management Applications 2003 South

Africa Conference Proceedings. SF2 Press.

2995.

S32

Sotho norte

Kellerman, Esther Elizabeth (2004). ‘n Linguistiese Ondersoek na die

tradisionele Kleurterme van Noord-Sotho. MA thesis. University of Pretoria.

2996.

S32

Sotho norte

Louwrens, Louis J. & David Joffe. Birds and Trees list: English - Sesotho sa

Leboa.

africanlanguages.com

2997.

S32

Sotho norte

Nong, Salmina, Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Daniël J. Prinsloo (2002).

“Loan words versus indigenous words in Northern Sotho: a lexicographic

perspective”, Lexikos, 12: 1-20.

2998.

S32

Sotho norte

Phala, Nchine Isaac (2002). Antonymy in Northern Sotho. MA thesis.

University of Johanensburg.

2999.

S32

Sotho norte

Prinsloo, Daniël J. & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2001). “Taking dictionaries

for Bantu languages into the new millennium, with special reference to

Kiswahili, Sepedi and isiZulu”, in J.S. Mdee & H.J.M. Mwansoko. Makala

ya kongamano la kimataifa Kiswahili 2000 Proceedings. Taasisi ya

Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili (TUKI), Chuo Kikuu cha Dar es Salaam.

3000.

S32

Sotho norte

Prinsloo, Daniël J., Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2001). “Corpus applications

for the African languages, with special reference to research, teaching,

learning and software”, Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language

Studies, 19: 111-131.

3001.

S32

Sotho norte

Prinsloo, Daniël J., Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002). “The use of slashes as

a lexicographic device, with special reference to the African languages”,

South African Journal of African Languages, 22: 70-91.

330

3002.

S32

Sotho norte

Prinsloo, Daniël J. & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002). “Reversing an

African-language lexicon: the ‘Northern Sotho terminology and orthography

no 4’ as a case in point”, South African Journal of African Languages, 22:

161-185.

3003.

S32

Sotho norte

Prinsloo, Daniël J. & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2007). “Crafting a

multidimensional ruler for the compilation of Sesotho sa Leboa

dictionaries”, in M. J. Mojalefa, ed. Rabadia Ratšhatšha. Stellenbosch.

3004.

S32

Sotho norte

Taljard, Elsabé & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2002). “Semi-automatic term

extraction for the African languages, with special reference to Northern

Sotho”, Lexikos, 12: 44-74.

3005.

S32

Sotho norte

Taljard, Elsabé & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver. Linguistics Terminology

Sesotho sa Leboa (Northern Sotho) - English. africanlanguages.com

3006.

S32

Sotho norte

Taljard, Elsabé & Sonja E. Bosch (2006). “A comparison of approaches to

word class tagging: disjunctively vs conjunctively written Bantu languages”,

Nordic journal of African Studies, 15: 428-442.

3007.

S32

Sotho norte

Zerbian, Sabine (2004). “WH-questions in Northern Sotho”, The 3

rd

Bantu

Grammar Meeting, Berlin. 10 p.

3008.

S32

Sotho norte

Zerbian, Sabine (2005). “Why a prosodic account of focus does not work for

Northern Sotho”, Paper presented at The 5

th

Bantu Grammar Meeting.

London. 28 p.

3009.

S32

Sotho norte

Zerbian, Sabine (2006). “High Tone Spread in the Sotho Verb”, in John

Mugane, John P. Hutchison & Dee A. Worman, eds. Selected Proceedings of

the 35

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African Languages and

Linguistics in Broad Perspectives. Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla

Proceedings Project, 147-157

3010.

S3

2

Sotho norte

Zerbian, Sabine (2006). Expression of information structure in the Bantu

language Northern Sotho. (PDF). Dissertation. Zentrum für allgemeine

Sprachwissenschaft, Typologie und Universalienforschung..

3011.

S32

Sotho norte

Zerbian, Sabine (2006). “Questions in Northern Sotho”, Zentrum für

Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, 43: 257-280.

3012.

S32a

Pedi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3013.

S32a

Pedi

Zerbian, Sabine (?). "High tone alignment in a Southern Bantu Language". 4 p.

3014.

S32e

Birwa

Chebanne, Andy M. (2000). “The Sebirwa language: a synchronic and

diachronic account”, Pula: Botswana Journal of African Studies, 14.2: 186-

195.

3015.

S33

Sotho sul

Akindele, Dele Femi (2007). “Lumela/Lumela: a socio-pragmatic analysis of

Sesotho greetings”, Nordic Journal of African Studies, 16: 1-17.

3016.

S33

Sotho sul

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3017.

S33

Sotho sul

Casalis, J. Eugène (1859). Les Bassoutos. Nouvelle bibliothèque des familles.

3018.

S33

Sotho sul

Cutler, Anne, Katherine Demuth & James M. McQueen (2002). “Universality

versus language-specificity in listening to running speech”, Psychological

Science, 13: 258-262.

3019.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1989). “Maturation and the acquisition of Sesotho

passives”, Language, 65: 56-80.

3020.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1989). “Problems in the acquisition of grammatical tone",

Papers and Reports on Child Language Development, 28: 81-88.

3021.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1990). “Locatives, impersonals, and expletives in

Sesotho”, The Linguistic Review, 7: 233-249.

3022.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1990). “Subject, topic, and the Sesotho passive”, Journal

331

of child Language, 17: 67-84.

3023.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1992). “Accessing functional categories in Sesotho:

interactions at the morpho-syntax interface”, in J. Meisel. The Acquisition of

Verb Placement.. Kluwer Academic Publications. 27 p.

3024.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1992). “Acquisition of Sesotho”, in Dan Slobin The

Cross-linguistic Study of Language Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum

Association.

3025.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1993). “Issues in the acquisition of the Sesotho tonal

system”, Journal of Child Language, 20: 275-301.

3026.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1995). “Problems in the acquisition of tonal languages”, in

J. Archibald ed., The Acquisition of Non-linear Phonology. Lawrence

Erlbaum Association.

3027.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine (1998). “Argument structure and the acquisition of Sesotho

applicatives”, Linguistics, 36: 781-806.

3028.

S33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine, ’Malillo Machobane & Francina Moloi (2003). "Rules and

construction effects in learning the argument structure of verbs", Journal of

Child Language, 30 : 797–821.

3029.

S

33

Sotho sul

Demuth, Katherine, Malillo Machobane & Francina Moloi & Christopher

Odato (2005). “Learning animacy hierarcy effects in Sesotho double object

applicatives”, Language, 81: 421-447.

3030.

S33

Sotho sul

English/Sesotho glossary.

3031.

S33

Sotho sul

English-Sesotho vocabulary quizzes.

3032.

S33

Sotho sul

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3033.

S33

Sotho sul

Language manual II – Sesotho. Peace Corps Lesotho.

3034.

S33

Sotho sul

Masilo, Rethabile. How to learn Sesotho at WikiHow.

3035.

S33

Sotho sul

Olivier, Jako (2006). Online English-Sesotho-English Dictionary. 82 p.

3036.

S33

Sotho sul

Olivier, Jako (2007). Sesotho Animal & Insect Word List. 16 p.

3037.

S33

Sotho sul

Olivier, Jako. Bukantswe: Electronic Sesotho-English dictionary. 82 p.

3038.

S33

Sotho sul

Olivier, Jako. Sesotho para viajeros / Sesotho sa moeti.

3039.

S33

Sotho sul

Parker, Philip M.. Sotho English dictionary.

3040.

S33

Sotho sul

Peace Corps (?). Sesotho: Language Manual 2. Lesotho: Peace Corps. 123 p.

3041.

S33

Sotho sul

Rose, Yvan & Katherine Demuth. “Vowel epenthesis in loanword adaptation:

representational and phonetic considerations”, Lingua.

3042.

S33

Sotho sul

Sekere, Ntaoleng Belina (2005). Sociolinguistic Variation in spoken and

written Sesotho: a Case Study of Speech Varieties in QwaQwa. MA thesis.

University of South Africa. 155 p.

3043.

S33

Sotho sul

Sesotho General Words

3044.

S33

Sotho sul

Sesotho Pronunciation Guide

3045.

S33

Sotho sul

Sesotho Words

3046.

S33

Sotho sul

Tsiu, Moruti William (2002). Basotho Family Odes (doboko) and oral

Tradition. MA thesis. University of South Africa (UNISA).

3047.

S33

Zerbian, Sabine (2006). “High tone spread in the Sotho verb”, in Selected

332

Sotho sul

Proceedings of the 35

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics.

Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

3048.

S33

Sotho sul

Ziesler, Y. & Katherine Demuth (1995).”Noun class prefixes in Sesotho child-

directed speech”, Proceedings of the 26

th

Child Language Research Forum.

Stanford Linguistics Association.

3049.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Anônimo (2001). Medical Vocabulary Table. On-line.

3050.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3051.

S34/

K21

Lozi

Baumbach, E. J. M. (1997). “ Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi”, in H.G.

Haacke & Edward F. Elderkin, eds Namibian Languages: Reports and

Papers. Köln: Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 307-451.

3052.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Flint, Lawrence. Online Silozi-English Dictionary at Barotseland.com.

3053.

S34/K21

Lozi

Haacke, Wilfrid G. & E. D. Elderkin, Eds. (1997). Namibian Languages:

reports and Papers. Namibian African Studies, v. 4. Cologne: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag for the University of Namibia.

3054.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Jalla, Adolphe (1937) [CBOLD]. Lozi Wordlist (24.000 items). 504 p.

3055.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3056.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Kashina, Kashina (1996). “The distribution of adverbials in the Lozi clause”,

Proceedings of the Edinburgh Postgraduate Conference in Linguistics and

Applied Linguistics.

3057.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Parker, Philip M.. Lozi English Dictionary.437 p.

3058.

S34/ K21

Lozi

Rhine, Lenny. Patient-doctor Interaction : General Phrases for ChiBemba,

ChiNyanja, CiTonga and SiLozi. Medical Library, University of Zambia.

3059.

S34/K21

Lozi

Stirke, D. E. C. & A.W. Thomas (1916). A Comparative Vocabulary of

Sikololo, Silui and Simbunda. 40 p.

3060.

S40

Nguni

van Binsbergen, Wim (2002). "Ubuntu and the globalisation of Southern

African thought and society. To the memory of Vernie February". 27 p.

3061.

S40

Nguni

Downing, Laura J. (1990). “Local and metrical tone shift in Nguni”, Studies in

African Linguistics, 21.3: 261-317.

3062.

S40

Nguni

Rycroft, David K. (n.c). “Nguni tonal typology and Common Bantu “, 33-76.

3063.

S40

Nguni

Sabel, Joachim & Jochen Zeller (2006). “wh-Question Formation in Nguni", in

John Mugane, John P. Hutchison & Dee A. Worman, eds. Selected

Proceedings of the 35

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African

Languages and Linguistics in Broad Perspectives. Somerville, MA, USA:

Cascadilla Proceedings Project, 271-283

3064.

S40

Nguni

Sibanda, Galen (2009). "Vowel processes in Nguni: Resolving the problem of

unacceptable VV sequences", in Masangu Matondo, Fiona Mc Laughlin &

Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 38th Annual Conference on

African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African Language

Documentation.

Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project,

38-55.

3065.

S407/408

Ndebele

-South

Africa

Elliott, William Allan (1897). Dictionary of the Tebele and Shuna Languages,

with illustrative Sentences and some grammatical Notes. London. 488 p.

3066.

S41

Xhosa

Appleyard, John Whittle (1850). The Kafir Language . Wesleyan Methodist

Mission Press.

3067.

S41

Xhosa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

333

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3068.

S41

Xhosa

Bourquin, Walther (1913). " Adverb und adverbiale Umschreibung imKafir ",

Afrika und Übersee. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, 4.1: 68-74..

3069.

S41

Xhosa

Boyce, William B. (1844). Grammar of the Kafir Language

, with

Vocabulary and Exercices

. Second edition. Wesleyan Methodist Mission

Press. 244 p.

3070.

S41

Xhosa

Cassimjee, Farida & Charles W. Kisseberth. Optimal Domains Theory and

Bantu tonology: a case study from Isixhosa and Shingazidja, Rutgers

Optimal Archive. 176-0297.

3071.

S41

Xhosa

Davis, William J. (1872). A Dictionary of gthe Kaffir Language, including the

Xosa and Zulu Dialects. Part 1: Kaffir-English. London: The Wesleyan

Mission House. 301 p.

3072.

S41

Xhosa

Döhne, Jacob Ludwig (1857). Zulu-Kafir Dictionary, etymologically

Explained. Pike’s Machine Printing Office. 476 p.

3073.

S41

Xhosa

Downing, Laura J. (2003). “Stress, tone and focus in Chichewa and Xhosa”,

Frankfurter Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere, 15: 59-81.

3074.

S41

Xhosa

Gqwede, Eunice Nolungisa (2005). A Pragmatic Analysis of Persuasion in

isiXhosa. MA thesis. University of Stellenbosch.

3075.

S41

Xhosa

Hobson, Carol Bonnin (2000). Morphological Development in the

Interlanguage of English Learners of Xhosa. PhD thesis. Rhodes

University.

3076.

S41

Xhosa

Isixhosa National Lexicography Unit (XNLU). University of Fort Hare.

3077.

S41

Xhosa

Johnson, Keith (1993) “Acoustic and auditory analyses of Xhosa clicks and

pulmonics”, UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 83: 33-45.

3078.

S41

Xhosa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3079.

S41

Xhosa

Kelly, John (1992).”Xhosa isinkalakahliso again”, York Papers in Linguistics,

16:19-35.

3080.

S41

Xhosa

Kropf, Albert (1899). A Kaffir-English dictionary. Lovedale Mission Press.

3081.

S41

Xhosa

Ladefoged, Peter. “Vowels and consonants: Xhosa (clicks)”, Sound files

hosted at the UCLA Phonetics Lab.

3082.

S41

Xhosa

Lewis, Philip. The Acquisition of Clicks by Non-mother-tongue Speakers.

eric.ed.gov

3083.

S41

Xhosa

Mbatha, Thabile & Peter Plüddemann (2004). “The status of isiXhosa as an

additional language in selected Cape Town secondary schools”, PRAESA -

Project for Alternative Education in South Africa - Occasional Papers, 18.

University of Cape Town.

3084.

S41

Xhosa

Ndabazandile, Sabelo. Isifundo zesiXhosa : Learn Xhosa and Know Something

about South Africa.

3085.

S41

Xhosa

O’Kennon, Martha & David Barber. Xhosa on the Web (English to Xhosa and

Xhosa to English translations).

3086.

S41

Xhosa

Parker, Philip M.. Xhosa English Dictionary. Websters-online-dictionary

3087.

S41

Xhosa

Podile, Kholisa (2002). The Dependency Relations within Xhosa Phonological

Processes. MA thesis. University of South Africa (UNISA).

3088.

S41

Xhosa

Sands, Bonny (1990). “Some of the acoustic characteristics of Xhosa clicks”,

UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 74: 96-103.

3089.

S41

Xhosa

Sands, Bonny (1991). “Evidence for click features: acoustic characteristics of

Xhosa clicks”, UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 80: 6-37.

3090.

S41

Xhosa

Theal, Georg McCall (1886). in Swan Sonnenschein, Ed. Kaffir (Xhosa) Folk-

lore. Originally. London. Webbaccess by the Internet Sacred Text Archive.

334

3091.

S41

Xhos

a

Van der Veken, Anneleen & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003). “Les langues

africaines sur la Toile: étude des cas haoussa, somali, lingala, et isixhosa”,

Cahiers du Rifal, 23: 33-45.

3092.

S41

Xhosa

Vesely, Rima (2000), “Multilingual environments for survival: the impact of

English on Xhosa-speaking students in Cape Town”, PRAESA - Project for

Alternative Education in South Africa) ) Ocasional Papers, 5. University of

Cape Town.

3093.

S41

Xhosa

Zerbian, Sabine (2004). “Phonological phrases in Xhosa”, Zentrum für

Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, 27: 71-99.

3094.

S42

Zulu

Adams, Nikki (2008). "Object (a)symmetry in Zulu: Object marking, NPIs and

WH-word licensing", LSA. University of Chicago. 12 p.

3095.

S42

Zulu

-

Nkandla

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3096.

S42

Zulu

Bryant, Alfred Thomas (1905). A Zulu-English Dictionary with Notes on

Pronunciation. Marianhill Press. 904 p.

3097.

S42

Zulu

Buell, Leston Chandler (2002). The Position of Arguments in Zulu:

Dissertation Prospectus. Linguistics Department, UCLA.

3098.

S42

Zulu

Buell, Leston Chandler (2003). “Introducing arguments above the agent: the

case of Zulu locative applicatives”, in M. Tsujimura & G. Garding, eds.

WCCFL 22 Proceedings. Cascadilla Press

3099.

S42

Zulu

Buell, Leston Chandler (2004). “The Zulu verb within the constraints of the

LCA”, Paper presented at ACAL32, Boston.

3100.

S42

Zulu

Buell, Leston Chandler (2005). Issues in Zulu verbal Morphosyntax.

Dissertation. Linguistics Department, UCLA 231 p.

3101.

S42

Zulu

Buell, Leston Chandler (2006). “The Zulu conjoint/disjoint verb alternation:

focus or constituency?”, ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 43: 9-30.

3102.

S42

Zulu

Buell, Leston (2007). “Semantic and formal locatives: implications for the

Bantu locative inversion typology”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics,

15: 105-120.

3103.

S42

Zulu

Buell Leston (2009). "

Evaluating the immediate postverbal position as a

focus position in Zulu

", in Masangu Matondo, Fiona Mc Laughlin & Eric

Potsdam, Eds. Selected Proceedings of the 38th Annual Conference on

African Linguistics: Linguistic Theory and African Language.

Documentation.

Somerville, MA, USA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project

.

166-172

3104.

S42

Zulu

Buell Leston (?). "VP-Internal DPs and right dislocation in Zulu". 13 p.

3105.

S42

Zulu

Callaway, Henry (1870). The Religious System of the Amazulu. Internet Sacred

Text Archive

3106.

S42

Zulu

Cassimjee, Farida & Charles W. Kisseberth (2001). Zulu tonology and its

relationship to other Nguni languages", in Shigebki Kaji, Ed. Proceedings of

the Symposium Cross-Linguistic Studies of Tonal Phenomena. 327-359.

3107.

S42

Zul

u

Cheng, Lisa & Laura J. Downing (2007). “The prosody and syntax of Zulu

relative clauses”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 51-63.

3108.

S42

Zulu

Clark, Mary (1988). "An accentual analysis of the Zulu noun", in Harry van

der Hulst & Norval Smith, Eds. Autosegmental Studies in Pitch Accent.

Dordrecht: Foris Publications. 51-79.

3109.

S42

Zulu

Colenso, John W. (1861). Zulu-English Dictionary. Pietermaritzburg, South

Africa. 552 p.

3110.

S42

Zulu

Davis, William J. (1872). A Dictionary of gthe Kaffir Language, including the

Xosa and Zulu Dialects. Part 1: Kaffir-English. London: The Wesleyan

Mission House. 301 p.

3111.

S42

Demuth, Katherine & Susan Suzman (1997). “Language impairment in Zulu”,

335

Zulu

Proceedings of the 21

st

annual Boston University Conference on Language

Development, 1: 124-135.

3112.

S42

Zulu

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice (2006). “Compiling modern bilingual dictionaries

for Bantu languages: case studies for Northern Sotho and Zulu”, in E.

Corino, C. Marello & C. Onesti, eds. Proceedings of the XIIth International

Euralex Congress. Edizioni dell’Orso.

3113.

S42

Zulu

de Schryver, Gilles-Maurice & Rachelle Gauton (2002). “The Zulu locative

prefix ku- revisited: a corpus-based approach”, Southern African Linguistics

and Applied Language Studies, 20: 201-220.

3114.

S42

Zulu

Döhne, Jacob Ludwig (1857). Zulu-Kafir Dictionary, Etymologically

Explained. Pike’s Machine Printing Office. 476 p.

3115.

S42

Zulu

Doke, Clement M. . "Chapter 1: The phonetical structure of the Zulu

language", Text-book of Zulu Grammar.. 15 p.

3116.

S42

Zulu

Downing, Laura J. (2001). “How ambiguity of analysis motivates stem tone

changes in Durban Zulu”, University of British Columbia Working Papers

on Linguistics, 4: 39-55.

3117.

S42

Zulu

Dube, Busi (1997). “Complementizer-less Comps or a morpho-phonologically

underspecified C head in early Zulu L2 subordination?”, On-line

Proceedings of the Postgraduate Conference, University of Edinburgh.

3118.

S42

Zulu

English-Zulu Vocabulary Quizzes.

3119.

S42

Zulu

Gauton, Rachelle, Elsabé Taljard & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2003).

“Towards strategies for translating terminology into all South African

languages: a corpus-based approach”, in Gilles-Maurice de Schryver. TAMA

- Terminology in Advanced Management Applications 2003 South Africa

Conference Proceedings. SF2 Press.

3120.

S42

Zulu

Gauton, Rachelle, Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Linkie Mohlala (2004). “A

corpus-based investigation of the Zulu nominal suffix -kazi: a preliminary

study”, in Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí & Oluseye Adesola, eds. Proceedings of

the 4

th

World Congress of African Linguistics, New Brunswick 2003. Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag.

3121.

S42

Zulu

Goldsmith, John & Gretta Buthelezi (2005). The Zulu Language. University of

Chicago.

3122.

S42

Zulu

Grout, Lewis (1859). The Isizulu: a Grammar of the Zulu Language. London:

Trübner & Co. 498 p.

3123.

S42

Zulu

Huyssteen, Linda van (2003). A practical Approach to the Standardisation and

Elaboration of Zulu as a technical Language. DLitt et Phil thesis. University

of South Africa.

3124.

S42

Zulu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3125.

S42

Zulu

Knappert, J. (1962). “The Tonology of the Zulu verbs of three syllables”,

Africana Linguistica 1, Tervuren: Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 43-56.

3126.

S42

Zulu

Kotnovas, Nicholas (2005). The Zulu Noun. University of Chicago.

3127.

S42

Zulu

Kotnovas, Nicholas (2005). The Zulu Verb. University of Chicago.

3128.

S42

Zulu

Ladefoged, Peter. Vowels and Consonants: Zulu Clicks. Sound files hosted at

the UCLA Phonetics Laboratory.

3129.

S42

Zulu

Languages on-line: Zulu. Center for Language Technology and Instructional

Enrichment at Indiana University, Bloomington.

3130.

S42

Zulu

Leslie, David (1875). Among the Zulus and the Amatongas, with Sketches of

the Natives, their Language and Customs, and the Country, Products,

Climate, wild Animals, &c. Edinburgh.

3131.

S42

Zulu

Mbeje, Audrey N. Zulu Vocabulary & Pronounciation Guide. Penn African

Studies Center. On-line.

336

3132.

S42

Zulu

Mohlala, Linkie (2003). The Bantu attribute noun class prefixes and their

suffixal counterparts, with special reference to Zulu. MA thesis. University

of Pretoria.

3133.

S42

Zulu

Parker, Philip M.. Zulu English Dictionary.

3134.

S42

Zulu

Prinsloo, Daniël J. & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2001). “Taking dictionaries

for Bantu languages into the new millennium, with special reference to

Kiswahili, Sepedi and isiZulu”, in J.S. Mdee & H.J.M. Mwansoko, eds.

Makala ya Kongamano la Kimataifa Kiswahili 2000 Proceedings . Taasisi

ya Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili (TUKI), Chuo Kikuu cha Dar es Salaam.

3135.

S42

Zulu

Roberts, Charles (1900). A Zulu Manual or Vade-mecum, being a Companion

Volume to the Zulu-Kafir Language and the English-Zulu Dictionary.

London. Kegan, Paul, Trench & Trubner & Co. 172 p.

3136.

S42

Zulu

Rycroft, David K. (1980). “Ndebele and Zulu: some phonetic and tonal

comparisons”, Zambezia, 8.2: 109-128.

3137.

S42

Zulu

(2005). Sifunda Isizulu. On-line vocabulary.

3138.

S42

Zulu

Suter, Fred (1911). Lessons in Zulu. London.

3139.

S42

Zulu

Taljard, Elsabé & Sonja E. Bosch (2006). “A comparison of approaches to

word class tagging: disjunctively vs conjunctively written Bantu languages”,

Nordic Journal of African Studies, 15: 428-442.

3140.

S42

Zulu

TravLang. IsiZulu for Travellers.

3141.

S42

Zulu

Wolfe, Jason (1993) Important Zulu Medical Words: their Pronunciation and

Translation.

3142.

S42

Zulu

Zeller, Jochen (2003). Word-level and Phrase-level Prefixes in Zulu.

3143.

S42

Zulu

Zeller, Jochen (2004). "Left Dislocation in Zulu

". 40 p

3144.

S42

Zulu

Zulu-English / English-Zulu Online Dictionary.

3145.

S42

Zulu

Zulu Pronounciation Guide. isiZulu.net. Zulu-English Dictionary. On-line

3146.

S43

Swazi

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3147.

S43

Swazi

Creissels, Denis (1999). "Bimoraic syllables in a language without length

contrast and without consonants in coda position: the case of Siswati

(S43)", in Blanchon, Jean A. & Denis Creissels, eds. Issues in Bantu

Tonology. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 153-196.

3148.

S43

Swazi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3149.

S43

Swazi

Malambe, Gloria (2009). "A typology of palatalization in Southern Bantu

languages", Proceedings of the 9

th

LASU Conference. Maputo, Moçambique:

Imprensa Universitária (UEM). 119-136.

3150.

S43

Swazi

Thwala, Nhlanhla (2004). “The CP periphery and the syntax of questions,

clefts and relative clauses in Bantu”, Paper presented at The 4

th

Bantu

Grammar Meeting, Leiden.

3151.

S44

Ndebele

-

Zimbabwe

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3152.

S44

Ndebele

Downing, Laura J. (2000). "Satisfying minimality in Ndebele", ZAZ Papers in

Linguistics, 23-39. Berlin.

3153.

S44

Ndebele

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

337

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3154.

S44

Ndebele

Kula, Nancy Chongo (2004). “Domain variability in the reduplication of

inflected items”, Malawi Journal of Linguistics.

3155.

S44

Ndebele

Pelling, James N. (1971) [CBOLD]. Ndebele Wordlist (5.000 items)

3156.

S44

Ndebele

Rycroft, David K. (1980).”Ndebele and Zulu: some phonetic and tonal

comparisons”, Zambezia, 8.2: 109-128.

3157.

S44

Ndebele

Zondo, J. (1982). “Some aspects of the ideophone in Ndebele”, Zambezia,

10.2: 111-126.

3158.

S51

Tswa

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3159.

S51

Tswa

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3160.

S51

Tswa

Shosted, Ryan (2006). “Just put your lips together and blow? Whistled

fricatives in Southern Bantu”, Proceedings of ISSP 2006, 7

th

International

Seminar on Speech Production. Centro de Estudos da Fala, Acóustica,

Linguagem e Música (CEFALA).

3161.

S51

Tswa

Shosted, Ryan K. (2006). “Whistled fricatives in Bantu: acoustic origins”,

Linguistic Society of America. Albuquerque NM.

3162.

S511

Hlengwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3163.

S53

Tsonga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3164.

S53

Tsonga

Cole, Deborah (2000). “Sound symbolism as a purposive function of culturally

situated speech: a look at the use of ideophones in Tsonga”, Working Papers

in Linguistics from A-Z. Coyote Papers, 10. University of Arizona.

3165.

S53

Tsonga

Golele, Nxalati Charlotte Priscilla (2002) Rririma ra tinovhele ta nhungu ta

xiTsonga: language of eight xiTsonga novels”, DLitt et Phil thesis.

University of South Africa, Pretoria. 374 p.

3166.

S53

Tsonga

Janson, Tore (1999) “Prenasalized voiced aspirated stops in

Changana/Tsonga”. Fonetik 99 Conference. Göteborg University

3167.

S53

Tsonga

Janson, Tore & Olle Engstrand (2001) “Some unusual sounds in Changana”,

Working Papers from the Department of Linguistics, Lund University, 49:

74-77.

3168.

S5

3

Tsonga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens]. Changana.

3169.

S53

Tsonga

Ladefoged, Peter. Vowels and Consonants: Tsonga. Sound files hosted at the

UCLA Phonetics Laboratory.

3170.

S53

Tsonga

Lee, Seunghun L. (2009) “H tone, depressors and downstep in Tsonga

”, in

Masangu Matondo, Fiona Mc Laughlin & Eric Potsdam, Eds. Selected

Proceedings of the 38

th

Annual Conference on African Linguistics:Linguistic

Theory and African Language Documentation. Cascadilla Proceedings

Project, Somerville, MA. 26-37.

3171.

S53

Tsonga

Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1983). “Some tone rules in Tsonga”, Afrika und

Übersee, 66: 13-24.

3172.

S53

Tsonga

Mabaso, Ximbani Eric (2004). Issues on Xitsonga verbs. MA thesis.

University of South Africa. 263 p.

3173.

S53

Tsonga

Masunga, Sarah Hlekani (2000). Language Management in South Africa: a

Case Study of the Xitsonga. MA thesis. University of Pretoria.

3174.

S53

Tson

ga

Matsimbe, Jafete (2009) "Apelidos mais freqüentes dos Tsongas na região sul

de Moçambique no período entre 1895 e 1975", Proceedings of the 9

th

LASU

Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa Universitária (UEM). 237-

338

252.

3175.

S53

Tsonga

Nhaombe, Henrique

(2009) "A dimensão etno-semântica em Changana dos

termos kuhisa (quente) e kutitimela (frio) e seus correlacionados",

Proceedings of the 9

th

LASU Conference. Maputo, Moçambique: Imprensa

Universitária (UEM). 205-212.

3176.

S53

Tsonga

Sitoe, Bento (2000) “Motivação semântica e sócio-cultural na organização das

classes nominais - sua influência sobre a sintaxe: o caso do Changana”, Atti

del Convegno L’Umanesimo Latino e l’Umanesimo Africano. (Praia, Cabo

Verde). Treviso, Italia: Fondazione Cassamarca Treviso.

3177.

S

53

Tsonga

Zerbian, Sabine (2007). “A first approach to information structure in Xitsonga

/ Xichangana”, SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics, 15: 65-78.

3178.

S53b

N’walunga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3179.

S53f

Nhlanganu

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3180.

S53g

Djo

nga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3181.

S53h

Bila

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3182.

S532

Gwamba

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3183.

S54

Rhonga

Bastin Yvonne, André Coupez & M. Mann (1999). "Basic vocabulary list",

Continuity and Divergence in the Bantu Languages: Perspectives from a

Lexicostatistic Study. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa. 8 p.

3184.

S54

Rhonga

Quintão, José Luis (1951). Dicionários Xironga-Português e Português-

Xironga. Lisboa: Agência Geral das Colónias.

3185.

S54

Rhonga

Carmichael, Lesley (1999). “The morphosyntactic structure of NPs in Ronga”,

University of Washington Working Papers in Linguistics, 16: 83-96.

3186.

S54

Rhonga

Conceição, Manuel da & Susan McBurney (1999). “A brief look at the

sociolinguistics of Ronga and other languages spoken in Mozambique”,

University of Washington Working Papers in Linguistics, 16: 9-30.

3187.

S54

Rhonga

Hargus, Sharon & Manuel da Conceição (1999).”Consonant labialization in

Ronga”, University of Washington Working Papers in Linguistics, 16: 31-50.

3188.

S54

Rhonga

Hargus, Sharon, Manuel da Conceição & Susan McBurney (1999). “Noun

classes and agreement in Ronga”, University of Washington Working Papers

in Linguistics, 16: 51-82.

3189.

S54

Rhonga

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3190.

S54

Rhonga

Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1897). Les Chants et les Contes des Baronga de la

Baie de Delagoa. Lausanne: Georges Bridel et Cie Editeurs. 327 p.

3191.

S54

Rhonga

Panguene, Alberto. (n.d.). Questionário Ndindini (Rhonga de Catembe). 45 p.

3192.

S54

Rhonga

Pinheiro, Augusto Soares (1897). Subsídios para a Gramática Landim

(Xijonga), Dialecto fallado pelos Indígenas de Lourenço Marques, seguidos

de um Vocabulário com mais de 1500 Palavras. Lisboa: Typographia e

Lithographia de a. E. Bakata. 72 p.

3193.

S54

Rhonga

Quintão, José Luís (1951). Gramática de Xironga (Landim). Lisboa: Agência

Geral das Colônias.

3194.

S54

Rhonga

Vondrasek, Rose (1999)..”Ronga relative clauses and noun phrase

accessibility”, University of Washington Working Papers in Linguistics, 16:

115-140.

3195.

S54

Rhonga

Webster, Gabriel (1999). “Evidence for weight subcategorization in Ronga”,

University of Washington Working Papers in Linguistics, 16: 97-114

3196.

S541

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

339

Konde

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3197.

S61

Chopi

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3198.

S611

Lenge

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

3199.

S62

Shengwe

Firmino, Gregório (2008). "Nomes dos vatonga de Inhambane: entre a tradição

e a modernidade", Etnográfica, 12.1: 129-141.

3200.

S

62

Shengwe

Johnston, H. (1919). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu

Languages. Oxford. [263 itens].

1.2. BANTU GENERALIZADO: GRASSFIELDS

3201.

Elias, Philip, Jacqueline Leroy & Jan Voorhoeve (1984). “Mbam-

Nkam or Eastern

Grassfields”, Afrika und Übersee, 67: 31-107.

3202.

Hadermann, Pascale (2005). “Harmonization of Nominal Classes in Bantu Zone A and

Grassfields Bantu Languages”, in J. Maniacky & K. Bostoen, eds. (2005).

Studies in

African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande.

Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale.

3203.

Hyman, Larry M. (1976). “Floating tones in Mbam-Nkam”, in L. M. Hyman, ed.

Studies in

Bantu Tonology. Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics,3.

3204.

Hyman, Larry M. (1998). Proto-Grassfields-Bantu Recontructions (450 items).

Hosted at

the CBOLD site

3205.

Janssens, Baudouin (1994). “Etude comparative du thème çç »un, autre

» dans le

bantou de zone A et des Grassfields”, Africana Linguistica 11,

Tervuren: Annales du

Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 93-104.

3206.

Johnston, Harry Hamilton (1919/1922). A Comparative Study of the Bantu and semi-

Bantu

Languages. Oxford.

3207.

Leroy, Jacqueline (1994). “Le mbam-nkam ou East-Grassfield”,

Africana Linguistica 11,

Tervuren: Annales du Musée Royal de l´Afrique Centrale, 135-140.

3208.

Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo (2005). “Harmonization of Nominal Classes in Bantu Zone A

and Grassfields Bantu Languages”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky, eds. (2005). Studies

in African Comparative Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande. Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 375-393.

3209.

Olson, Kenneth S. & John Hajek (2001).

The Geographic and Genetic Distribution of the

Labial Flap. SIL electronic working paper SILEWP 2001-002.

3210.

Ortuno, Nicolas (1995).

Comparative Wordlists for Grassfields languages (4,930 items) =

Adere, Bafanji, Bafou, Bafoussam, Baham, Bahouan, Balafi, Baleng, Balengou, Bali,

Bamendjou,

Bamoun, Bandjoun, Bangam, Bangangte, Bangou, Bangwa, Bapi, Batcha,

Batie, Batoufam, Bayangam, Bazou, Fekfek, Fondante, Fondjomekwet, Fotouni,

Limbum, Mankon. Hosted at the CBOLD site.

MBAM-NKAM

3211.

Hyman, Larry M. & Maurice Tadadjeu (1976). “ Floating tones in Mbam-

Nkam”, in Larry

M. Hyman, ed. Studies in Bantu Tonology.

Southern California Occasional Papers in

Linguistics, 3: 58-109.

3212.

Bamileke Bamileke Voorhoeve, Jan (1964). « Note sur les noms-d’éloge bamiléké

»,

Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines, 4: 452-455.

3213.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven. Dschang Hyper Lex and its Tutorial.

3214.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1993). The Morphotonology of the Dschang-

Bamileke Associative Construction.

340

3215.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1996). “

Dschang syllable structure and moraic

aspiration”, Research Paper, ref. EUCCS/RP-

69. Centre for

Cognitive Science, University of Edinburgh. 27 p.

3216.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1997). Dschang Wordlist (2,000 items).

Hosted at the

CBOLD site.

3217.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1997).

Tonal Variation in the Bamileke Dschang

Noun Associative Construction and Verb Paradigms

. SIL

Cameroun. 50 p.

3218.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1999). Dschang Syllable Structure

. SIL Cameroun.

31 p.

3219.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1998). “

When marking tone reduces fluency: an

orthography experiment in Cameroon”, Language and Speech

,

42: 83-115.

3220.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (1999). “

Strategies for representing tone in African

writing systems”, Written Language and Literacy, 2: 1-44.

3221.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven (2002). “

Orthography and identity in Cameroon”,

Written Language and Literacy, 4: 131-162.

3222.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven & Oliver Stegen (1993).

Tone in Bamileke Dschang

Associative Construction: an Electrolaryngographic Study and

Comparison with Hyman 1985.

3223.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven & Oliver Stegen (1995).

The Bamileke Dschang

Associative Construction: Instrumental Findings.

3224.

Bamileke Dschang Bird, Steven & Maurice Tadadjeu (1997).

Petit dictionnaire

Yémba-Français. Yaoundé, Cameroun: ANACLAC, SIL. 176 p

3225.

Bamileke Dschang Chanard, C. (2006).

Yemba: Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des langues africaines », Unesco-SIL.

LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3226.

Bamileke Dschang Harro, Gretchen (1998).

Notes on Discourse Features of Yemba

Narrative Texts . SIL Cameroun.

3227.

Bamileke Dschang Harro, Gretchen (2005). Forms of Exhortation in a Yemba Text

.

SIL Cameroun.

3228.

Bamileke Dschang Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1991).

Grammar Sketch of

Yemba. SIL Cameroun. 50 p.

3229.

Bamileke Dschang

Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1998).

Notes on discourse

features of Yemba narrative texts.

SIL Cameroun. 60 p.

3230.

Bamileke Dschang Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (2002).

Features of Paragraph

and Section Breaks in Yemba Expository and Hortary

Discourse. SIL Cameroun. 89 p.

3231.

Bamileke Dschang

Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (2005).

Forms of exhortation

in a Yemba text.

SIL Cameroun

103 p.

3232.

Bamileke Dschang Haynes, Nancy (1996). Deux Textes yemba Interlinearisé.

SIL

Cameroun. 20 p.

3233.

Bamileke Dschang Nanfah, Gaston (2003).

Analyse Contrastive des Parlers Yémba du

Département de la Ménoua de l’Ouest-Cameroun.

Köln:

Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. 270 p.

3234.

Bamileke Dschang Nanfah, Gaston (2006). "Lexico-

phonological dialectometry of

Yemba speech varieties",

Journal of West African Languages,

33.1: 89-124.

3235.

Bamileke Fe’fe’ Chanard, C. (2006). Fe’efe’fe - Système Alphabétiqu

e d’après

« Alphabets des langues africaines », Unesco-SIL.

LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

341

3236.

Bamileke Ghomala Domche-Teko, Engelbert & Deborah Hatfield (1991).

Enquête

Sociolinguistique sur les Ghomala’-

Jo, comme Dialecte de

Référence Standard . SIL Cameroun. 33 p.

3237.

Bamileke Kwa’ Brye, Edward (2000). Première Evaluation Glo

bale de la Situation

Sociolinguistique chez les Kwa’ ALCAM 990. SIL Cameroun.

3238.

Bamileke Mungaka Seguin, Lawrence Marc (1993).

A Rapid Appraisal survey of

Mengaka (ALCAM 930), Bamboutos Division, West Province.

SIL Cameroon.

3239.

Bamileke Mungaka Stöckle, Johannes (1992). Mungaka (Bali) Dictionary..

Köln,

Germany : Rüdiger Koppe Verlag. 439 pp.

3240.

Bamileke Mungaka Stöckle, Johannes (1996).

Traditions, Tales and Proverbs of the

Bali-Nyonga.

Köln, Germany. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

250 p.

3241.

Bamileke Nda’nda’ Mbongue, Joseph (2005).

Evaluation Sociolinguistique du Niveau

de Bilingualisme chez les Nda’nda’. SIL Elec

tronic Survey

Report SILESR 2005-004.

3242.

Bamileke Nda’nda’ Stalder, Jürg (1990). Sociolinguistic Survey among the Nda’nda’

.

SIL Cameroun.

3243.

Bamileke Ngomba Grant, Caroline A. 1993

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of Ngomba

(Nda’a), Bamboutos Division, West Province. SIL Cameroun.

3244.

Bamileke Ngomba Kouhegnou, Leon & Scott Satre (2003).

Ngomba Provisional

Lexicon. SIL Cameroon.

3245.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott (1997). Phonological Sketh of Ngomba. S

IL

Cameroun.

3246.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott (1998).

Exposé de l’Alphabet et de l’Orthographe du

ngomba. SIL Cameroon.

3247.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott (1998).

Bilan d’une Enquête Sociolinguistique de fond

dans l’Aire ngomba. SIL Cameroun.

3248.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott (1999). The Simple Clause in Ngomba. SIL Cameroun.

3249.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott (2002). Tense/Aspect and Verbal Negation in Ngomba.

SIL Cameroun.

3250.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott (2004). Structure of the Verb Phrase in Ngomba

. SIL

Cameroun.

3251.

Bamileke Ngomba Satre, Scott .Ngomba-French-English Lexicon as HTML or

zipped

Word-file. SIL Cameroon.

3252.

Bamileke Ngomba Seguin, Lawrence Marc (1994).

Tests d’Intercomprehension

effectues parmi troisVvarietes du Ngomba (ALCAM 94):

Bamendjinda, Babete, Bamendjo. SIL Cameroun.

3253.

Bamileke Ngombale

Seguin, Lawrence Marc (1993).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of

Ngombale (ALCAM 920), Bamboutos Division, West Province

.

SIL Cameroun.

3254.

Bamileke Ngwe Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002).

Sociolinguistic

Language Survey of Ngwe.

SIL Electronic Survey Report

SILESR 2003-004.

3255.

Bamileke Ngwe Koopman, Hilda.

Unifying Predicate Cleft Constructions, with

Data from Vata and Nweh. Linguistics Department, UCLA.

3256.

Bamileke Ngwe Nkemnji, Michael (1994). "On Nweh adjectives that show up as

nouns

", The Annual Conference on African Linguistics

.

Eric. Ed. Gov (ED374669). New Brunswick. 19 p.

3257.

Bamileke

Ngyem

Anderson, Stephen Craig (1983).

Tone and Morpheme Rules in

Bamileke-Ngyemboon

. PhD thesis. University of Southern

342

boon California.

3258.

Bamileke

Ngyem

boon

Anderson, Stephen Craig (2007). P

récis d’Orthographe pour la

Langue Ngiemboon. SIL Cameroun.

3259.

Bamileke

Ngyem

boon

Chanard, C. (2006).

Ngeymboon : Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL.

LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3260.

Bamileke

Ngyem

boon

Ndyola Tsuata, Laurence (2008).

la syntaxe du ngyámbóón: Etude

fonctionnelle des types de questions.

SIL Cameroon Working

Papers. 136 p.

3261.

Ngemba Awing Alomofor, Christian & Stephen Craig Anderson (2005).

Awing

Orthography Guide. SIL Cameroun.

3262.

Ngemba Awing Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002).

Rapid appraisal

sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages:

Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin, and Awing.

SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2003-002.

3263.

Ngemba Awing Krüger, Susanna (2004).

A Sociolinguistic Survey of Pinyin and

Awing . SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2004-008.

3264.

Ngemba Awing Seguin, Lawrence Marc (1994).

Première Evaluation Globale de la

Situation Sociolinguistique à Bamukumbit (ALCAM 917:

awing). SIL Cameroun.

3265.

Ngemba Awing

van den Berg, Bianca (2009). A Phonological Sketch o

f

Awing. SIL Camerron Working aper. 26 p.

3266.

Ngemba Bafut Bafut sound files at the UCLA Phonetics Lab Archive.

3267.

Ngemba Bafut Brye, Edward (2002).

Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey of

Beba ALCAM 912 (PDF). SIL Cameroun.

3268.

Ngemba Bafut Chanard, C. (2006).

Bafut : Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3269.

Ngemba Bafut Mfonyam, Joseph (1982). Tone in the Orthography of Bafut..

Thèse de 3ème cycle. University of Yaoundé. 18 p.

3270.

Ngemba Bafut Tamanji, Pius N. (2006). “Concord and DP structure in Bafut

”,

Afrikanistik Online.

3271.

Ngemba Bambili Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002).

Rapid appraisal

sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages:

Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin, and Awing.

SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2003-002.

3272.

Ngemba Bambili Bombay, Elaine (2002). A Survey (RTT) of the Bambili-

Bambui

Language. ALCAM 914. SIL Cameroun.

3273.

Ngemba Bambili Crawford, Karyn & Elaine Bombay (2007).

A Survey (RTT) of the

Bambili-Bambui Language

. SIL electronic survey report

(SILESR), n. 2007-002.

3274.

Ngemba Beba Brye, Edward (2005). Ra

pid Appraisal Sociolinguistic Survey of

Beba. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2005-019.

3275.

Ngemba Mankon Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002).

Rapid appraisal

sociolinguistic survey

among NGEMBA cluster of languages:

Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin, and Awing.

SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2003-002. 50 p.

3276.

Ngemba

Menda

nkwe

Anderson, Heidi (2005). Intelligibility

Testing (RTT) between

Mendankwe and Nkwen

. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR

2005-002.

343

3277.

Ngemba Mundum Brye, Edward, Elizabeth Brye & Roseta Swiri (2005).

Rapid

Appraisal Sociolinguistic Survey of Mundum

. SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2005-024.

3278.

Ngemba Ngemba Brye, Edward (2002).

A Rapid Appraisal Sociolinguistic Survey of

Mundum ALCAM 911. SIL Cameroun.

3279.

Ngemba Ngemba Sadembouo, Etienne (1991).

A Sociolinguistic Survey of the

Ngemba Language. SIL Cameroun.

3280.

Ngemba Nkwen Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002).

Rapid appraisal

sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages:

Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin, and Awing.

SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2003-002.

3281.

Ngemba Pinyin Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002).

Rapid appraisal

sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages:

Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin, and Awing.

SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2003-002.

3282.

Ngemba Pinyin Krüger, Susanna (2004).

A Sociolinguistic Survey of Pinyin and

Awing.. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2004-008.

3283.

Ngemba Pinyin Mbah, Njeck Mathaus & Stephen C. Anderson (2005).

Pinyin

Orthography .

Cameroon Association for Bible Translation. 14

p.

3284.

Nkambe Dzoninka Grant, Caroline A. (1994).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of Dzodinka

(ALCAM 904) and Mfumte (ALCAM 905), Donga Mantung

Division, North-West Province. SIL Cameroun.

3285.

Nkambe

Kom

dial.

Mfumte

Hyman, L (2005). “Morphology. Initial Vowel and Prefix

Tone in

Kom: Related to the Bantu Augment”, in J. Maniacky & K.

Bostoen, eds. (2005).

Studies in African Comparative

Linguistics with Special Focus on Bantu and Mande.

Tervuren,

Belgique: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 313-341.

3286.

Nkambe Limbum Bradley, Virginia (1994).

Description of Surface Tone in the

Limbum Verb Phrase. SIL Cameroun.

3287.

Nkambe Limbum Bradley, Virginia (1997) Limbum wordlist (1,500 items)

. Hosted at

the CBOLD site.

3288.

Nkambe Limbum Chanard, C. (2006).

Limbum : Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL.

LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3289.

Nkambe Limbum Cheffy, Ian P. (1992).

Scientific Report on Literacy Surveys

conducted during October 1990 -

February 1991, with Literacy

Survey Summary for Limbum. SIL Cameroun.

3290.

Nkambe Limbum Cheffy, Ian P. (1992).

Alphabet and Orthography Statement for

Limbum. SIL Cameroon.

3291.

Nkambe Limbum Fiore, Lynne Ellen (1987). A Phonology of Limbum.

SIL Camerron

Working Papers. 159 p.

3292.

Nkambe Yamba Chanard, C. (2006).

Yamba : Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3293.

Nun Geral

Hombert, J.M., 1980, “Le groupe noun”, in

l’Expansion

bantoue

, Hyman, L. & Voorhoeve, J. (eds), Viviers, Actes

du Colloque International du CNRS, pp. 143-163

3294.

Nun Bafanji Seguin, Lawrence Marc (1994).

Première Evaluation Globale de la

Situation Sociolinguistique à Bafanji (ALCAM 901: shú pamén)

.

SIL Cameroun.

3295.

Nun Bamali Grant, Caroline A. (2007). A Rapid Appraisal Survey of Bamali.

SIL Electronic Survey Reports (SILESR), n. 2007-009. 13 p.

344

3296.

Nun

Bambalang

Grant, Caroline A. (1993).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of

Bambalang, Ngo Kentunjia Division, North-West Province

. SIL

Cameroun.

3297.

Nun

Bamenyam

Grant, Caroline A. (1993).

Rapid Appraisal Survey in Bamenyam

Village, Bamboutos Division, West Province. SIL Cameroun.

3298.

Nun Bamum Byrd, Dani (1992). “Pitch and duration of yes-

no questions in

Nchufie “, UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 81: 48-65.

3299.

Nun Bamum Njoya, Oumarou (2003). «

La notion de parole et son mécanisme

chez les Bamum du Cameroun: étude ethnolinguistique

»,

Sudlangues: Revue Electronique Internationale de Sciences du

Langage, 3.82.

3300.

Nun Bangolan Griffin, Margaret A. (1994).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of

Bangolan. SIL Cameroun.

3301.

Nun Bangolan Mbah, Njeck Mathaus (2003). Phonological Sketch of Bangolan.

The National Association of Cameroonian Language

Committees. 19 p.

3302.

Nun Bangolan Mbah, Njeck Mathaus (2004). Bangolan Orthography Statement

.

The Nation

al Association of Cameroonian Language

Committees. 17 p.

MOMO

3303.

Menka Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002).

Rapid Appraisal and

Lexicostatistical Analysis Surveys of Atong, Ambele and Menka.

SIL

Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-076.

3304.

Metta Chanard, C. (2006).

Metta (Menemo): Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unes co-SIL

. LLACAN (Langage,

Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3305.

Metta Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2006).

A Grammatical Description of Metta

(Cameroon) in Relation to Focus Parametric Variation.

Köln: Rüdiger

Köppe Verlag. 203 p.

3306.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (1990). Key to the Meta’ Alphabet: Teacher’s Edition.

SIL

Cameroun.

3307.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (1991). Linguistic Notes on Metta. SIL Cameroun.

3308.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (1995). Draft and Notes towards a Sketch Grammar of Meta

.

SIL Cameroun.

3309.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (1995).

Initial and final Adverbial Constituents in Meta’

Narrative Text. SIL Cameroun.

3310.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (1997). Studies towards

the Segmental Portion of an

Alphabet Proposal for Moghamo. SIL Cameroun.

3311.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (2000). The Associative Noun Nhrase in Metta.

SIL

Cameroun.

3312.

Metta Spreda, Klaus W. (2000). The Noun in Metta. SIL Cameroun.

3313.

Mundani Chanard, C. (2006). Mundani : Système Alphabétique d’après «

Alphabets des

Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

3314.

Mundani

Parker, Elizabeth (1991). “

Conditionals in Mundani”

, in Stephen C.

Anderson & Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense and aspect in eight languages of

Cameroon. Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at

Arlington Publications in Linguistics, 99. Dallas: Summer Institute of

Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.

345

3315.

Mundani

Parker, Elizabeth (1991). “

Complex sentences and subordination in

Mundani”

, in Stephen C. Anderson & Bernard Comrie, Eds. Tense and

aspect in eight languages of Cameroon. Summer Institute of Linguistics

and the University of Texas at Arlington Publications in Linguistics, 99.

Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at

Arlington.

3316.

Mundani Parker, Elizabeth & Christine Durrant (1990). Mundani-English Lexicon

. SIL

Cameroun.

3317.

Ngamambo

Brye, Edward (2002). Rapid Appraisal Sociolinguis

tic Language Survey of

Ngamamabo ALCAM 868. SIL Cameroun.

3318.

Ngamambo

Lem, Lilian & Edward Brye (2008).

Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic language

survey of Ngamambo of Cameroon. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR-

2008-008.

3319.

Ngie Gregg, George W. (2002).

A Sociolinguistic Survey (RA/RTT) of Ngie and

Ngishe. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-077.

3320.

Ngie Hombert, Jean-Marie

(1976). “Noun classes and tone in Ngie”, in L. Hyman,

ed. Studies in Bantu Tonology

. University of Southern California Occasional

Papers in Linguistics 3: 3-21

3321.

Ngishe Gregg, George W. (2002).

A Sociolinguistic Survey (RA/RTT) of Ngie and

Ngishe. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-077.

3322.

Ngwo Brye, Elizabeth (2005). A Rapid Appraisal Language Survey of Ngwo

. SIL

electronic survey report SILESR 2005-011.

3323.

Ngwo Ladefoged, Peter. Vowels and Consonants: Ngwo

. Sound files hosted at the

UCLA Phonetics Lab.

3324.

Njen

Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (2006). Njém Tonology. SIL Cameroon. 306 p.

3325.

Njen

Beavon, Keith (2003).

Njyem-French-English Lexicon. SIL Came

roon.

On-line. 165 p.

3326.

Njen Bolima, Flora & Elizabeth Brye (2006).

A Rapid Appraisal Language Survey of

Njen. SIL Electronic Survey Report (SILESR), n. 2006-007.

RING

3327.

Center

Ring

Babanki Brye, Edward (2001). Rapi

d appraisal sociolinguistic research

among the Babanki.

SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR

2001-005.

3328.

Center

Ring

Bafmeng Troyer, Duane & Paul Huey (1995). A Rapid Apprais

al Survey of

Mmen (ALCAM 821) and Aghem Dialects (ALCAM 810),

Menchum Division, North-West Province. SIL Cameroun.

3329.

Center

Ring

Bum Lamberty, Melinda (2002). A Sociolinguistic Survey of Bum.

SIL

electronic survey report SILESR 2002-071.

3330.

Center

Ring

Kom Chanard, C. (2006).

Kom : Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3331.

Center

Ring

Kom

Hyman, Larry M. (2005). “Initial vowel and prefix tone in Kom:

Related to the Bantu augment?”, in K. Bostoen & J. Maniacky,

eds. (2005).

Studies in African Comparative Linguistics with

Special Focus on Bantu and Mande.

Tervuren, Belgique: Musée

Royal de l’Afrique Centrale. 313-342.

3332.

Center

Ring

Kom Jones, Randall J. (1997). Tone in the Kom Noun Phrase II

. SIL

International.

346

3333.

Center

Ring

Kom Jones, Randy (2001). Kom-English Lexicon (in various formats)

.

SIL Cameroon.

3334.

Center

Ring

Kom Shultz, George (1993).

Notes on the Phonology of the Kom

Kanguage. SIL Cameroun.

3335.

Center

Ring

Kom Shultz, George (1993). Kom Linguistic and Sociolinguistic Survey

.

SIL Cameroun.

3336.

Center

Ring

Kom Shultz, George (1997). Kom Language Grammar Sketch 1.

SIL

Cameroon.

3337.

Center

Ring

Kom Shultz, George (1997).

Notes on Discourse Features of Kom

Narrative Texts . SIL Cameroon

3338.

Center

Ring

Kom Kom sound files at the UCLA Phonetics Lab Archive.

3339.

Center

Ring

Oku Blood, Cynthia L. (1999). The Oku Noun Class System

. SIL

Cameroun.

3340.

Center

Ring

Oku Blood, Cynthia L. & Leslie David (1999). Oku-

English Provisional

Lexicon. SIL Cameroon.

3341.

Center

Ring

Oku Davis, Leslie K. (1992). A Segmental Phonology

of the Oku

Language. MA thesis. University of Texas at Arlington.

3342.

Center

Ring

Oku Davis, Leslie K. (1997). Tone in the Oku Noun and Verb

. SIL

Cameroun.

3343.

East

Ring

Lamnso' Chanard, C. (2006),

Nso’ : Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des Langues Africaines », Unesco-SIL.

LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3344.

East

Ring

Lamnso' Kishani, Bongasu Tanla (2004). “

Ideologies of women’s names

among the ‘Nso of Cameroon: a contribution to the philosophy

of naming, decolonization and gender”,

Quest: an African

journal of Philosophy, 18: 57-82.

3345.

East

Ring

Lamnso' McGarrity, Laura W. & Robert Botne (2002). “

Between agreement

and case marking in Lamnso”,

Indiana University Working

Papers in Linguistics, v: 53-70.

3346.

East

Ring

Lamnso'

Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2009).

“

Exploring the cultural aspects of

Bantu people through lexical entries: the case of Lamnso

(Cameroon) and Kinande (DRC)”, in G. de Lima Angenot, J.-

P. Angenot & M. A. D. Teixeira, Eds.

Os

Iberoamericanismos de Origem Bantu. Porto Velho:

Universidade Federal de Rondônia. 14 p.

3347.

East

Ring

Lamnso' Yuka, Lendzemo Constantine (2008). “Lexical co

mputation: the

case of Lamnso’ personal names”, California Linguistic Notes

,

33. 2.

3348.

North

Ring

Babungo . LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3349.

North

Ring

Vengo Chanard, C. (2006).

Babungo: Système Alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des langues africaines », Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN

(Langage, Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3350.

West

Ring

Aghem Hyman, Larry M. (2007). "Focus Marking in Aghem: Syn

tax or

Semantics?", Proceedings of the International Conference on

Information Structure, Potsdam, June 6-8, 2006. 19 p.

3351.

West

Ring

Aghem Thormoset, David (2007).

Phonological Reconstruction and the

Aghem Central Vowels. Thesis. University of Calgary. 161 p.

3352.

West

Ring

Aghem Thormoset, Henny-Jane (2000).

Some Aghem Cultural Attributes

to consider when Designing, Developing, and Implementing a

Literacy Development Program for Aghem Women

. SIL

347

Cameroun. 15 p.

3353.

West

Ring

Aghem Troyer, Duane & Paul Huey (1995).

A rapid appraisal survey of

Mmen (ALCAM 821) and Aghem dialects (ALCAM 810),

Menchum Division, North-West Province. SIL Cameroun. 20 p.

3354.

West

Ring

Isu Kiessling, Roland (2006). “

Woher kommen die Infixe im Isu

(Kameruner Grasland)”, Afrikanistik Online.

MOMO SUL

3355.

Ambele Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002).

Rapid appraisal and

lexicostatistical analysis surveys of Atong, Ambele and Menka

. SIL

Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-076.

1.3 . TIKAR

3356.

T

ikar Chanard, C. (2006). Tikar - Système alphabétique d’après «

Alphabets des

langues africaines. Unesco-SIL (1993

). LLACAN (Langage, Langues et

Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

3357.

Tikar

Stanley-Thorne, Carol (1995). Noun classes in Tikar. Los Angeles: The 26

th

annual conference on African linguistics, Los Angeles. 15 p.

1.4. BEBOID

Geral, Comparativo e Mesclado

3358.

Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid Appraisal and Intelligibility Testing Surveys

of the Eastern Beboid Group of Languages.

SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR

2002-019.

3359.

Hamm, Cameron (2002).

Beboid language family of Cameroon and Nigeria: location and

genetic classification. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-017.

3360.

Hamm, Cameron et alii. (2002). A Rapid appraisal survey of western Beboid languages.

SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-014.

3361.

Hombert, J.M., 1980, “Noun classes of the Beboid Languages”, in

Noun classes in

the Grassfield Bantu borderland

, Hyman, L. (ed), Southern California

Occasional Papers in Linguistics 8 : 83-98

1.4.1. BEBOIDE ORIENTAL

3362.

Bebe Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid appraisal and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages. SIL Electr

onic

Survey Report SILESR 2002-019.

3363.

Bebe Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2004).

Intelligibility testing survey of Bebe

and Kemezung, and synthesis of sociolingu

istic research of the Eastern

Beboid cluster. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2004-011.

3364.

Cung Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid appraisal and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages

. SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2002-019.

348

3365.

Kemezung Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid appraisal and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages

. SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2002-019.

3366.

Kemezung Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2004).

Intelligibility testing survey of Bebe

and Kemezung, and synthesis of sociolinguistic r

esearch of the Eastern

Beboid cluster. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2004-011.

3367.

Kemezung Cox, Bruce (2005).Notes on the phonology of Kemezung. SIL Cameroon.

3368.

Mungong Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid appraisal and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages

. SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2002-019.

3369.

Nkane Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid appraisal and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages

. SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2002-019.

3370.

Noone Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002).

Rapid appraisal and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages

. SIL Electronic

Survey Report SILESR 2002-019.

3371.

Noone Breton, Roland J.L. (1995). «

Les Furu et leurs voisins: découverte et essai de

classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun

»,

Cahiers des Sciences Humaines, 31 : 17-48.

3372.

Noone Lux, Cindy (1999). Notes on discourse features of Nooèni narrative texts

.

SIL Cameroun. 30 p.

3373.

Noone

Lux, Dave (1993).

Collection of Noni Texts.

SIL Cameroun.

21 p.

3374.

Noone Lux, Dave (1996). Tone in the Nooni noun phrase: orthographic consi-

derations. SIL Cameroun. 31 p.

3375.

Noone Lux, Dave (2003). Noni provisional lexicon. SIL Cameroon. 77 p.

3376.

Nsari Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2002). Rapid appraisal

and intelligibility

testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages. SIL

1.4.2. BEBOIDE SUL

3377.

Bu

Hamm, Cameron et alii (2002).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of Western Beboid

Languages. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-014.

3378.

Koshin

Hamm, Cameron et alii (2002).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of Western Beboid

Languages. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-014.

3379.

Missong Hamm, Cameron et alii (2002).

A Rapid Appraisal Survey of Western Beboid

Languages. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-014.

3380.

Mundabli Hamm, Cameron et alii (2002). A

Rapid Appraisal Survey of Western Beboid

Languages. SIL Electronic Survey Report SILESR 2002-014.

3381.

Naki Breton, Roland J.L. (1995). »Les Furu et leurs voisins: découve

rte et essai de

classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun

»,

Cahiers des Sciences Humaines, 31: 17-48.

3382.

Naki Good, Jeff (2005). A Sketch of Naki Grammar.

3383.

Naki

Good, Jeff (2005). A fixed-position Focus Construction in Naki.

349

1. 5. EKOID

Ejagham

Chanard, C. (2006). Ejagham de l’Ouest -

système alphabétique d’après

« Alphabets des langues africaines. Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN (Langage,

Langues et Cultures d’Afrique Noire).

Ejagham

Stalder, Jürg (1989).

An assessment of intelligibility in the Ejagham

Community. SIL Cameroun.

1.6. MAMFE

Denya

Beyer, Gregory L. (1999). Denya Word List. SIL Cameroun. 28 p.

Denya

Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1995). Denya tone orthography

. Cameroon Bible

Translation Association (CABTA).

Denya

Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1996). Denya Phonology.

Cameroon Bible

Translation Association. 96 p.

Denya

Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1999). Denya segmental Phonology

. Cameroon

Association for Bible Translation and Literacy (CABTAL).

Denya

Seguin, Lawrence Marc (1998). A preliminary stratifi

cational analysis of

some Denya (ALCAM 882) morphological and syntactic structures.

SIL

Cameroon.

Denya Tambi, Robinson Tabe, David Eyong & Renee Clymer (1998).

Manjoge

Denya / Reading Denya. Three parts. SIL Cameroon.

Kendem

Anderson, Heidi & Susanne Krüger (2004).

A rapid appraisal (RA) survey of

Kendem. SIL electronic survey report SILESR 2004-006.

Kenyang Jackson, Chris (1998). Kenyang tone orthography reading test

. SIL

Cameroun.

Kenyang

Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1998). Kenyang lexicon

. Provisional edition.

Society for Kenyang Literature and Cameroon Association for Bible

Translation and Literacy.

Kenyang Tanyi Eyong Mbuagbaw, (1999). Kenyang orthography guide

. Cameroon

Association for Bible Translation and Literacy.

Kenyang

Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2000). Kenyang segmental phonology.

Cameroon

Association for Bible Translation and Literacy

1. 7. TIVOID

14.

Manta Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002). Rapid appraisal

and

lexicostatistical analysis survey of Manta

. SIL Electronic Survey Report

SILESR 2002-079.

Tiv Tiv sound files at the UCLA Phonetics Lab Archive.

Tiv Sibomana, Leonidas (1983). “Tonal structures of Tiv verbs”,

Afrika und

Übersee, 66 : 149-158.

Tiv Sibomana, Leonidas (1984).”Displacement and lowering of Tiv tones

”,

Afrika und Übersee, 67 : 277-287.

2. BANTOIDE NORTE

Geral, Comparativo e Mesclado

Blench, Roger M. (2004). The North Bantoid hypothesis. Mallam Dendo, Cambridge.

350

2.1. DAKOID

19.

Chamba

Daka

Boyd, Raymond (2007). “

A ‘benefactive reflexive’ in an Adamawa language”,

Abstract of a pap

er presented at the workshop on the typology of benefactives

and malefactives. University of Zurich, October 25-26, 2007.

2.2. MAMBILOID

2.2.1. MAMBILA-KONJA

20.

Konja

Ndi, S. Nygandji (1993). « Réflexions sur l’histoire des Kwanja. From:

Peuples

et cultures de l’Adamawa.

Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique

d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

21.

Mambila

Chanard, C. (2006). Mambila - systèmes alphabétiques d’après «

Alphabets des

langues africaines » , Unesco-SIL.

LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

22.

Mambila Connell, Bruce (1996).

Four tones and downtrend: a preliminary report on

pitch realization in a language with four level tones.

Oxford University. 121

p.

23.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (1996). A Comparative Survey of Mambila Dialects.

24.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (1996).

The roots of Mambila: convergence and divergence in

the development of Mambila. Oxford University.

25.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (1996).

A chart of the Bantoid group.

26.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (1996).

Voices from the Grave: Dying languages and the

complexity of the Mambiloid group.

27.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (1997). Mambila fricative vowels. Oxford University.

28.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (1997).The integrity of Mambiloid. Oxford University.

29.

Mambila

Connell, Bruce (2001).”Downdrift, downstep and declination

”,

Paper

presented at TAPS (Typology of African Prosodic Systems

), University of

Bielefeld, May 2001.

30.

Mambila Connell, Bruce (2007). « Mambila fricative vowels and Bantu spirantisation

»,

Africana Linguistica, 13: 7-32.

31.

Mambila

Perrin, Mona J. Alphabet and orthography statement

for the Mambila

language. SIL Cameroon.

32.

Mambila

Perrin, Mona J. (1991).The tone system in Mambila: some further comments

.

SIL Cameroun.

33.

Mambila

Zeitlyn, David & Danielle Domingue Banyai, (1997).

The Mambila of the

Cameroon Nigerian border, with vocabulary material. Oxford University.

2.2.2. SUGA-VUTE

34.

Vute Chanard, C. (2006). Vute - système alphabétique d’après «

Alphabets des

langues africaines ». Unesco-SIL

. LLACAN (Langage, Langues et Cultures

d’Afrique Noire).

35.

Vute Starr, Alan (1989).

Sociolinguistic survey of Wawa, a Mambiloid language of

Cameroon. SIL Cameroun.

36.

Vute

Thwing, Rhonda Ann (1981). Vute Orthography Statement. 5 p.

37.

Vute

Thwing, Rhonda Ann (1987).

The Vute Noun Phrase and the Relationship

between Vute and Bantu. SIL Cameroun. 120 p.

38.

Vute

Thwing, Rhonda Ann (1987).

Verb Extensions in Vute.

SIL Cameroun. 48 p.

351

3. UNCLASSIFIED

39.

Bikya

Breton, Roland J.L. (1995). Les Furu et leurs voisins: découverte et essai de

classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun.

Cahiers des sciences humaines, v. 31, p. 17-48.

40.

Bishuo Breton, Roland J.L. (1995).

Les Furu et leurs voisins: découverte et essai de

classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun

.

Cahiers des sciences humaines, v. 31, p. 17-48.

Busuu Breton, Roland J.L. (1995). Les Furu et leurs

voisins: découverte et essai de

classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun

.

Cahiers des sciences humaines, v. 31, p. 17-48.

Livros Grátis
( http://www.livrosgratis.com.br )
 
Milhares de Livros para Download:
 
Baixar livros de Administração
Baixar livros de Agronomia
Baixar livros de Arquitetura
Baixar livros de Artes
Baixar livros de Astronomia
Baixar livros de Biologia Geral
Baixar livros de Ciência da Computação
Baixar livros de Ciência da Informação
Baixar livros de Ciência Política
Baixar livros de Ciências da Saúde
Baixar livros de Comunicação
Baixar livros do Conselho Nacional de Educação - CNE
Baixar livros de Defesa civil
Baixar livros de Direito
Baixar livros de Direitos humanos
Baixar livros de Economia
Baixar livros de Economia Doméstica
Baixar livros de Educação
Baixar livros de Educação - Trânsito
Baixar livros de Educação Física
Baixar livros de Engenharia Aeroespacial
Baixar livros de Farmácia
Baixar livros de Filosofia
Baixar livros de Física
Baixar livros de Geociências
Baixar livros de Geografia
Baixar livros de História
Baixar livros de Línguas

Baixar livros de Literatura
Baixar livros de Literatura de Cordel
Baixar livros de Literatura Infantil
Baixar livros de Matemática
Baixar livros de Medicina
Baixar livros de Medicina Veterinária
Baixar livros de Meio Ambiente
Baixar livros de Meteorologia
Baixar Monografias e TCC
Baixar livros Multidisciplinar
Baixar livros de Música
Baixar livros de Psicologia
Baixar livros de Química
Baixar livros de Saúde Coletiva
Baixar livros de Serviço Social
Baixar livros de Sociologia
Baixar livros de Teologia
Baixar livros de Trabalho
Baixar livros de Turismo
 
 